4.0 Anchoring Systems (128-389) r021

Attached are page(s) from the 2008 Hilti North
American Product Technical Guide. For

complete details on this product, including data
development, product specifications, general
suitability, installation, corrosion, and spacing &
edge distance guidelines, please refer to the
Technical Guide, or contact Hilti.
Hilti, Inc.
5400 South 122 n d East Avenue
Tulsa, OK 74146
1-800-879-8000
www.hilti.com
Prod_Tech_Guide_Cover_2008.qxd:MI_Kapitel_5_en.qxd 12/29/07 2:16 PM Page 4
Hilti Product Technical Guide
P R O F I S
PROFIS: Firestop Systems Hilti Diaphragm

The World’s Most Powerful When it comes to Life Safety and building Deck Design
Anchor Design Software code compliance, Hilti provides complete The Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design
solutions with a wide range of products Program allows designers to quickly
• Easy to Learn – Start working in and unmatched technical support. and accurately design roof deck and
just minutes composite floor deck diaphragms.
• Fast and Powerful – Produce detailed • Firestop Systems Guides
designs quickly - Through Penetrations • Ability to design with innovative
• Specify with Confidence – The - Joint Penetrations Hilti fasteners for frame and sidelap
largest number of approvals and • FACT Program connection
latest design codes • FS 411 • Creates easy to use load tables with
• BASIC Training span ranges based on user input
No charge. • Engineering Judgements • Allows for different safety factors
Download now at www.us.hilti.com • Firestop Design Center online depending on load type, building
or www.hilti.ca at www.us.hilti.com or www.hilti.ca code and field quality control
• Direct link to Hilti website
Hilti Online MI – Industrial

Pipe Support
• Technical Library Technical Guide
• Design Centers A guide to specifying the Hilti modular
• Interactive Product Advisors pipe support system for medium to
• Full-line Product Catalog heavy loads without welding.
• Online Ordering
• Maps to Hilti locations • MI System is the ideal solution for
• “Contact Us” program to pipes up to 24 in. diameter
answer your questions • Reliable fastenings without welds
• Easily installed
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.ca.hilti.com I Product Technical Guide 2008
03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD 12/30/07 12:55 AM Page 128
Anchoring Systems
Anchoring Systems Table of Contents

Section Description Page
4.1 Anchor Principles & Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

4.1.1 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
4.1.2 Strength Design (SD) Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
4.1.3 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
4.1.4 Anchors in Concrete and Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
4.1.5 Anchor Working Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
4.1.6 Anchor Behavior Under Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
4.1.6.1 Long Term Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
4.1.7 Anchor Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
4.1.8 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
4.1.8.1 Recommended Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
4.1.8.2 Critical and Minimum Spacing and Edge Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
4.1.8.3 Interaction – ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
4.1.8.4 Bolt Bending – ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
4.1.8.5 Increase in Capacity for Short Term Loading – ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
4.1.9 Strength Design – SD (LRFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
4.1.9.1 Load Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
4.1.9.2 General Requirements for Anchor Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
4.1.9.3 Strength Reduction Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
4.1.9.4 Design Requirements for Tensile Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
4.1.9.5 Design Requirements for Shear Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
4.1.9.6 Interaction – Strength Design (LRFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
4.1.9.7 Required Edge Distances, Anchor Spacing and Member Thickness – Strength Design (LRFD) . . 141
4.1.9.8 Bolt Bending –Strength Design (LRFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
4.1.10 Torquing and Pretensioning of Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
4.1.11 Design of Anchors for Fatigue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
4.1.12 Design of Anchors for Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
4.1.13 Design of Post-Installed Reinforcing Bar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
4.1.14 Anchor Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
4.2 Adhesive Anchoring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
4.2.2 The Hilti HIT System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
4.2.3 HIT-TZ with HIT HY 150 MAX or HIT ICE Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
4.2.7 HIT RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
4.2.8 HIT HY 20 for Masonry Construction Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
128 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008
Anchoring Systems
Anchoring Systems Table of Contents

4.3 Mechanical Anchoring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
4.3.3 HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
4.3.6 HUS-H Screw Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
4.3.7 HCA Coil anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
4.3.8 HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
4.3.9 HDI-P Drop-In Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
4.3.10 HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
4.3.11 HLC Sleeve Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
4.3.12 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
4.3.13 Metal Hit Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
4.3.14 HPS-1 Impact Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
4.3.15 HTB TOGGLER® Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
4.3.16 HLD Kwik Tog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
4.3.17 HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
4.3.18 IDP Insulation Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 129
Anchoring Systems
4.1 Anchor Principles & Design
4.1.1 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Terminology

The following terminology is generally compliant with that hef = effective anchor embedment
used in ICC-ES acceptance criteria for allowable stress
hmin = minimum member thickness
design of anchors.
hnom = dimension from base material surface to
Anom = nominal bolt cross sectional area
bottom of anchor (prior to setting is applicable)
Asl = cross sectional area of anchor sleeve
ho = depth of full diameter hole in base material
Ast = tensile stress area of threaded part
ᐍ = anchor embedded length
c = distance from anchor centerline to free edge of
ᐍ th = anchor useable thread length
base material
MuM,5% = characteristic flexural resistance of anchor
ccr = critical edge distance
bolt (5% fractile)
cmin = minimum edge distance
Nallow = allowable load (based on mean value from
d = anchor bolt diameter (shank diameter) tests and a global safety factor)
dbit = nominal drill bit diameter Nd = design tension load (unfactored)
dh = diameter of clearance hole in attachment Nrec = recommended tension load

(e.g. baseplate)
s = anchor axial spacing
dnom = nominal anchor diameter
scr = critical spacing between adjacent
do = anchor O.D. loaded anchors
dw = washer diameter smin = minimum spacing between adjacent

loaded anchors
fa = adjustment factor for anchor spacing
s = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt
fc = concrete compressive strength as measured by
testing of cylinders sW = width of anchor nut across flats
f 'c = specified concrete compressive strength t fix = maximum thickness of attachment

(e.g. baseplate) to be fastened
fRN = adjustment factor for edge distance,
tension loading Tinst = recommended anchor installation torque
fRV1 = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear Tmax = maximum tightening torque
loading perpendicular and towards free edge
Vallow = allowable shear load (based on mean value
fRV2 = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear from tests and a global safety factor)
loading parallel to edge
Vd = design shear load (unfactored)
fRV3 = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear
Vrec = recommended shear load
loading perpendicular and away from free edge
fy = specified reinforcing bar yield strength
Fy = specified bolt minimum yield strength
Fu = specified bolt minimum ultimate strength
h = thickness of member in which anchor is

embedded as measured parallel to anchor axis
Anchoring Systems
Anchor Principles & Design 4.1
4.1.2 Strength Design (SD) Terminology

The following terminology is generally compliant with that do = anchor O.D.
used in ACI 318-05 Appendix D for the strength design
e'N = distance between geometric centroid of a group
of anchors.
of anchors loaded in tension, and the resultant
A Nc = the projected area of the failure surface for the tension load applied to the group
anchor or group of anchors for calculation of
e'V = distance between geometric centroid of a group
strength in tension
of anchors loaded in shear, and the resultant
A Nco = the projected area of the failure surface of a single shear load applied to the group
anchor without the influence of proximate edges
fc = concrete compressive strength as measured by
for calculation of strength in tension
testing of cylinders
A sl = cross sectional area of anchor sleeve
f 'c = specified concrete compressive strength
A se = tensile stress area of threaded part
fya = specified bolt minimum yield strength
A Vc = the projected area of the failure surface for the
futa = specified bolt minimum ultimate strength
anchor or group of anchors for calculation of
strength in shear h = thickness of member in which anchor is
embedded as measured parallel to anchor axis
A Vco = the projected area of the failure surface of a single
anchor without the influence of proximate edges hef = effective anchor embedment
for the calculation of strength in shear
hmin = minimum member thickness
c = distance from anchor centerline to free edge of
h0 = depth of full diameter hole in base material
base material
kcr = coefficient for basic concrete strength in
cac = critical edge distance required to develop the
tension, cracked concrete
basic concrete breakout strength of a post-
installed anchor in uncracked concrete with kuncr = coefficient for basic concrete strength in
out supplementary reinforcement to control tension, uncracked concrete
splitting kcp = coefficient for pryout strength
ca,max = distance to furthest edge ᐍe = load-bearing length of anchor for shear, not to
(ca,max < 1.5cac ) from anchor centerline exceed 8do, in.
ca,min = distance to closest edge = hef for anchors with a constant stiffness over the
(ca,min < 1.5cac ) from anchor centerline full length of the embedded section, such as
ca1 = distance from edge to anchor centerline; for a headed studs or post-installed anchors with
group of anchors, the distance from the edge to one tubular shell over the full length of the
the axis of the furthest anchor row embedment depth
c'a1 = limiting value of when anchors are located less = 2 d 0 for torque-controlled expansion anchors
than 1.5 h ef from three or more edges with a distance sleeve separated from the
expansion sleeve
ca2 = distance from centerline of anchor to edge of
concrete in the direction perpendicular to c a1 ᐍ th = anchor useable thread length
ccr = critical edge distance MuM,5% = characteristic flexural resistance of anchor

bolt (5% fractile)
cmin = minimum edge distance
n = number of anchors in a group
d = anchor bolt diameter (shank diameter)
Nb = basic concrete breakout strength in tension
dbit = nominal drill bit diameter
of a single anchor in cracked concrete
dh = diameter of clearance hole in attachment
Ncb = nominal concrete breakout strength of a single
(e.g. baseplate)
anchor in tension
dnom = nominal anchor diameter
Anchoring Systems
4.1.2 Strength Design (SD) Terminology

Ncbg = nominal concrete breakout strength of a group Ψc,p = factor modifying the pullout strength of anchors
of anchors in tension in tension based on whether the concrete is
considered to be cracked or uncracked for
Nn = nominal strength in tension
design purposes
Ψc,V
Np = pullout strength of a single anchor in
= factor modifying the shear strength of anchors
cracked concrete
based on whether the concrete is considered
Npn = nominal pullout strength of a single anchor to be cracked or uncracked and whether
supplementary reinforcement is present
Nsa = nominal strength in tension of a single anchor or
group of anchors as governed by steel strength Ψcp,N = factor modifying the tension strength of anchors
in uncracked concrete where supplementary
Nsb = side face blowout strength of a single anchor
reinforcement is not present
Ψec,N
Nsbg = side face blowout strength of a group of anchors
= factor modifying the tension strength of anchors
Nua = factored tensile force applied to an anchor subjected to eccentric tension loading
Ψec,V
or group of anchors
= factor modifying the shear strength of anchors
s = anchor axial spacing subjected to eccentric shear loading
scr = critical spacing between adjacent Ψed,N = factor modifying the tension strength of anchors
loaded anchors based on proximity to near edges
smin = minimum spacing between adjacent Ψed,V = factor modifying the shear strength of anchors
loaded anchors based on proximity to near edges
s = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt 4.1.3 Definitions
tfix = maximum thickness of attachment Adhesive Anchor System = a device for transferring tension
(e.g. baseplate) to be fastened and shear loads to structural concrete, consisting of an anchor
Tinst = recommended anchor installation torque element embedded with an adhesive compound in a
cylindrical hole drilled in hardened concrete. The system
Tmax = maximum tightening torque includes the fastening itself and the necessary accessories to
Vb = basic concrete breakout strength in shear install it appropriately.
of a single anchor in cracked concrete Anchor Category = an assigned rating that corresponds to a
specific strength reduction factor for concrete failure modes
Vcb = nominal concrete breakout strength of a
associated with anchors in tension. The anchor category is
single anchor in shear
established based on the performance of the anchor in
Vcbg = nominal concrete breakout strength of a reliability tests
group of anchors in shear Anchor Group = a group of anchors of approximately equal
embedment and stiffness where the maximum anchor spacing
Vcp = nominal pryout strength of a single anchor
is less than the critical spacing
Vcpg = nominal pryout strength of a group of anchors Anchor Spacing = centerline to centerline distance between
Vn = nominal strength in shear adjacent loaded anchors
Attachment = the structural assembly, external to the surface
Vsa = nominal strength in shear of a single anchor or of the concrete, that transmits loads to or receives loads from
group of anchors as governed by steel strength the base material
Vua = factored shear force applied to a single Characteristic capacity = 5% fractile of the anchor capacity,
anchor or group of anchors defined as that value that will be exceeded by 95% of the
φ
population with a 90% confidence
= strength reduction factor
Concrete Breakout = failure of the anchor characterized by
Ψc,N = factor modifying the concrete breakout the formation of a conical fracture surface originating at or
strength of anchors in tension based on near the embedded end of the anchor element and projecting
whether the concrete is considered to be to the surface of the base material. An angle between the
cracked or uncracked for design purposes
Anchoring Systems

surface and the breakout of 35° (Strength Design) or 45° (ASD) Torque Controlled Expansion Anchor = an expansion
can be assumed. anchor designed to expand with the application of torque to
Cracked Concrete = condition of concrete in which the anchor the anchor bolt or nut
is installed; concrete is assumed to be cracked (ft>fr) for anchor Torque Controlled Adhesive Anchor = an adhesive anchor
design purposes if cracks could form in the concrete at or near employing an anchor element designed to generate expansion
the anchor location over the service life of the anchor. Cracked forces in response to tension loading
concrete must be assumed for Seismic Design Category C Undercut Anchor = a mechanical anchor designed to
through F. interlock with drilled deformations (undercuts) in the
Critical Spacing = required spacing between adjacent loaded base material
anchors to achieve full capacity
Critical Edge Distance = required edge distance to achieve
4.1.4 Anchors in Concrete
full capacity
and Masonry
Cure Time = the elapsed time after mixing of the adhesive Anchor bolts fulfill a variety of needs in construction, from
material components to achieve a state of hardening of the securing column baseplates to supporting mechanical and
adhesive material in the drilled hole corresponding to the electrical systems; from attaching facade panels to anchoring
design mechanical properties and resistances. After the full guardrails. Critical connections, i.e., those that are either
cure time loads can be applied. safety-related or whose failure could result in significant
Displacement Controlled Expansion Anchor = financial loss, require robust anchor solutions capable of
an expansion anchor designed to expand in response to providing a verifiable and durable load path. The proper
driving a plug into the anchor body selection of a suitable anchor system and its incorporation in
Ductile Steel Element = an element with a tensile test connection design requires an understanding of the
elongation of at least 14% and corresponding reduction of fundamental principles of anchor function. An overview is
area of at least 30% at failure provided here. Additional references are provided at the
Gel Time = the elapsed time after mixing of the adhesive conclusion of this section.
material components to onset of significant chemical reaction
4.1.5 Anchor Working Principles
as characterized by an increase in viscosity. During the gel
time the anchors can be inserted. After the gel time has Anchors designed for use in concrete and masonry develop
elapsed, the anchors must not be disturbed. resistance to tension loading on the basis of one or more of
Edge Distance = distance from centerline of anchor to free the following mechanisms:
edge of base material in which the anchor is installed Friction: This is the mechanism used by most post-installed
Effective Embedment Depth = effective anchor embedment mechanical expansion anchors to resist tension loads,
equal to distance from surface of base material to point of load including the Hilti Kwik Bolt, HDI and HSL. The frictional
introduction into the base material, for expansion anchors resistance resulting from expansion forces generated between
taken as distance from surface of base material to tip of the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole during setting of the
expansion element(s) anchor may also be supplemented by local deformation of the
Minimum Edge Distance = minimum edge distance to concrete. The frictional force is proportional to the magnitude
preclude splitting of the base material during anchor of the expansion stresses generated by the anchor. Torque-
installation controlled expansion anchors like the KWIK Bolt and HSL use
Minimum Spacing = minimum spacing between adjacent follow-up expansion to increase the expansion force in
loaded anchors to preclude splitting of the base material response to increases in tension loading beyond the service
during anchor installation (preload) load level or to adjust for changes in the state of the
Minimum Member Thickness = required thickness of base material (cracking).
member in which anchor is embedded to prevent splitting of
Keying: Undercut anchors, and to a lesser degree certain
the base material
types of expansion anchors, rely on the interlock of the anchor
Projected Area = the area on the free surface of the concrete
with deformations in the hole wall to resist applied tension.
member that is used to represent the base of the assumed
The bearing stresses developed in the base material at the
rectilinear failure surface
interface with the anchor bearing surfaces can reach relatively
Side Face Blowout = failure mode characterized by blowout
high levels without crushing due to the triaxial nature of
of side cover of an anchor loaded in tension
the state of stress. Undercut anchors like the Hilti HDA offer
Supplementary Reinforcement = reinforcement that is much greater resilience to variations in the base material
proportioned and positioned to tie the concrete breakout condition and represent the most robust solution for most
surface into the structural member anchoring needs.
Anchoring Systems

Bonding (Adhesion): Regardless of the material used • concrete breakout as characterized by the formation of a
(polymer adhesive, cementitious grout), grouted anchors rely conical fracture surface;
on bond to resist tension loads at the service load level. The • concrete splitting whereby the member in which the
degree of bond available is influenced by the condition of the anchor is embedded fractures in a plane coincident with
the anchor axis.
hole wall at the time of anchor installation. Injection adhesive
anchor systems like Hilti’s RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchor Failure modes associated with anchors loaded to failure in
offer unparalleled flexibility and high bond resistance for a shear may be characterized as follows:
wide variety of anchor element options. • shear/tension rupture of the anchor bolt or body;
Hybrid systems like the Hilti HIT-TZ combine the functionality • anchor pullout or pull-through whereby the anchor is
extracted intact from the hole;
of an adhesive anchor with the working principle of a torque-
controlled expansion anchor for increased reliability under • concrete edge breakout as generated by near-edge
anchors loaded in shear toward a free edge;
adverse job-site conditions.
• pryout whereby the anchor body rotates and produces
Shear Resistance: Most anchors develop resistance to shear a surface spall in the direction opposite the shear load
loading via bearing of the anchor element against the hole wall application.
near the surface of the base material. Shear loading may
4.1.6.1 Long Term Behavior
cause surface spalling resulting in significant flexural stresses
and secondary tension in the anchor body. For the long term behavior of anchoring systems various
influences may have to be considered:
Independent of the anchor working principle, proper
installation in accordance with Hilti’s published installation Adhesive Anchoring Systems:
instructions is required. • Pretensioning relaxation • Fatigue
• Chemical resistance / durability • Concrete cracking
4.1.6 Anchor Behavior • Creep • Corrosion
Under Load • Freeze / Thaw conditions • Fire
In general, correctly installed anchors do not exhibit noticeable • High temperature • Seismic
deflection at service load levels since the preload in the anchor Mechanical Anchoring Systems:
bolt resulting from the application of installation torque sets • Pretensioning relaxation • Corrosion
(pre-displaces) the anchor to the level of the preload applied. • Fatigue • Fire
External tension loading results in a reduction of the clamping • Concrete cracking • Seismic
force in the connection with little corresponding increase in the
Hilti’s current product portfolio of Adhesive anchoring
bolt tension force. Likewise, shear loads are resisted by a Systems meets or exceeds the creep test requirements of
combination of friction resulting from the anchor preload ICC-ES AC58. More information is available in section
forces and bearing. 4.1.10-12, and 4.1.14 (anchor selection guide) or contact Hilti.
At load levels beyond the clamping load, anchor deflections 4.1.7 Anchor Design
increase and the response of the anchor varies according to
The design of anchors to resist a specific constellation of
the anchor force-resisting mechanism. Expansion anchors
exterior loads is properly based on an assessment of the
capable of follow-up expansion will show increased deflection
anchor strength. Both Allowable Stress Design (ASD) and
corresponding to relative movement of the cone and
Strength Design (SD) or Load and Resistance Factor Design
expansion elements. Grouted anchors exhibit a change in
(LRFD) as incorporated in the Concrete Capacity Design
stiffness corresponding to loss of adhesion between the grout
(CCD) method, are currently in use in North America for the
and the base material whereby tension resistance at increasing
design of anchors.
displacement levels is provided by friction between the uneven
hole wall and the grout plug. In all cases, increasing stress Allowable loads: Under the allowable stress design approach
levels in the anchor bolt/body result in increased anchor still prevalent in many building codes, the “allowable load”, or
displacements. resistance, is based on the application of a global safety factor
to the mean result of laboratory testing to failure, regardless of
When loaded in tension to failure, anchors may exhibit one or
the controlling failure mode observed in the tests. The global
more identifiable failure modes. These include:
safety factor is intended to account for reasonably expected
• rupture of the anchor bolt or body; variations in loading as well as resistance and, in many
• anchor pullout or pull-through whereby the anchor is application codes, is traditionally set at 4 for inspected
extracted more or less intact from the hole; installations and 8 for uninspected work. Adjustments for
anchor edge distance and spacing are developed as individual
Anchoring Systems

factors based on testing of two- and four-anchor groups and
single anchors near free edges. These factors are multiplied
together for specific anchor layouts. This approach is
discussed further in 4.1.8.
Strength design: The Concrete Capacity Design (CCD)

method for anchor design has been incorporated into several
codes such as ACI 318 during the past decade. It assigns
specific strength reduction factors to each of several possible
failure modes, provides predictions for the strength associated
with each failure mode, and compares the controlling strength
Frec,a = Fallow,a ⋅ fRx ⋅ fRy ⋅ fAx ⋅ fAy

with factored loads. The CCD method is generally considered
to result in a more consistent factor of safety and a more
reliable estimate of anchor resistance as compared to the
“allowable loads” approach (ASD). The CCD method, as Note that no reduction factor for the diagonally located
incorporated in ACI 318-05, is discussed in 4.1.9. Strength adjacent anchor is required.
Design is state of the art and Hilti recommends the use of 4.1.8.2 Critical and Minimum
Strength Design where applicable. Spacing and Edge
4.1.8 Allowable Stress Distance
Design (ASD) In all cases, the adjustment factors are applicable for cases
4.1.8.1 Recommended Loads where the anchor spacing is:
The recommended allowable load for an anchor or group of s min ≤ s < s cr

anchors is obtained as follows: where:
Tension: Nrec = Nallow ⋅ fRN ⋅ fA s min = minimum spacing between adjacent loaded
Shear: Vrec = Vallow ⋅ fRVN ⋅ fA anchors; and
where: s cr = critical spacing between adjacent loaded anchors;

anchor spacing equal to or greater than requires
Nrec = recommended tension load; no reduction factor.
Nallow = allowable load (based on mean value from tests Similarly, for near-edge anchors, the adjustment factor(s) are
and a global safety factor); applicable for cases where the anchor edge distance is:
Vrec = recommended shear load; c min ≤ c < c cr
Vallow = allowable shear load (based on mean value from where:
tests and a global safety factor); c min = minimum edge distance; and
fA = adjustment factor for anchor spacing; c cr = critical edge distance; anchor edge distance equal
fRN = adjustment factor for edge distance, to or greater than requires no reduction factor.
tension loading; 4.1.8.3 Interaction - ASD
fRV1 = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading Where anchors are loaded simultaneously in tension and
perpendicular and toward free edge; shear, interaction must be considered. The usual form of the
fRV2 = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading interaction equation for anchors is as follows:
Nd α Vd α
parallel to edge; and
[ ] [ ] + ≤ 1.0
N rec Vrec
fRV3 = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading where:
perpendicular and away from free edge.
Nd = design tension load (ASD);
Adjustment factors are applied for all applicable near edge and
spacing conditions. Vd = design shear load (ASD); and
For example, the recommended tension load corresponding to α = exponent, 1 ≤ α ≤ 2

anchor a in the figure below is evaluated as follows:
Anchoring Systems

For cases governed by steel failure, an exponent of 2 may be n = 0.5 for static loading without clamping at the concrete
appropriate. For most cases, however, an exponent of 5/3 surface, e.g., adhesive anchor without nut and
represents the mean behavior as observed in tests. For load washer at concrete surface;
cases involving a substantial seismic or fatigue component,
n = 1.0 for cyclic or seismic loading.
recent investigations indicate that an exponent of 1 should
be used.
4.1.8.4 Bolt Bending - ASD

Where shear loads are applied at some distance from the
surface of the base material, the anchor bolt will be subject to
combined shear and bending, and a separate assessment of
this combined stress condition in the anchor bolt is
appropriate. In the absence of other guidance, the
recommended shear load associated with bolt bending
for anchors subjected to shear loads applied at a standoff
distance z may be evaluated as follows:
αM ⋅ MuM,5%
1.7 ⋅ ᐍ
Vrec = Determination of bolt bending – ASD
where: Note that stand-off installations of post-installed mechanical
α M = 1 standoff installation without rotational restraint anchors require a nut and bearing washer at the concrete
α M = 2 standoff installation with rotational restraint,

surface as shown above in order to ensure proper anchor
function and to properly resist compression loads.
e.g. double-nutted baseplate as shown
4.1.8.5 Increase in Capacity
Vrec = recommended shear load corresponding
for Short-Term
to bending;
Loading – ASD
αM = adjustment of bending moment associated
Some building codes allow a capacity (stress) increase of 1/3
with rotational restraint;
when designing for short-term loading such as wind or seismic
MuM,5% = characteristic flexural resistance of bolt with allowable stress design methodologies. The origin of the
corresponding to approximately 1/3 increase is unclear as it relates to anchor design, but it is
1/2 degree rotation generally assumed to address two separate issues: 1) strain-
= 1.2 ⋅ S ⋅ fuM,5% ( 1 - NN )d
rate effects, whereby the resistance of some materials is
rec increased for transitory stress peaks, and 2) the lower
fu,min = minimum nominal ultimate tensile strength probability of permanent and transitory loads occurring
of anchor rod, see 7.3.2; simultaneously.
S = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt While Hilti does not include the 1/3 increase in published
at concrete surface (assumes uniform capacities for anchors in concrete, the IBC continues to permit
cross section); its use in conjunction with the Alternate Basic Allowable Load
Combinations. It is the responsibility of the designer to
ᐍ = internal lever arm adjusted for spalling of
determine the appropriateness of such a capacity increase
the surface concrete as follows:
= z + (n ⋅ do) ;
under the applicable code.
Hilti does not recommend the use of the 1/3 increase for
z = standoff distance; and power-driven fasteners.
d = anchor outer diameter at concrete surface. 4.1.9 Strength Design –
n=0 for static loading with clamping at the concrete SD (LRFD)
surface as provided by a nut and washer assembly The strength design of anchors should be in conformance with
(required for mechanical anchors); ACI 318 and ICC-ES AC193 and AC308. A summary of
selected relevant design provisions contained in that
document, especially as they pertain to post-installed anchors,
is provided here.
Anchoring Systems
4.1.9.1 Load Distribution 4.1.9.2 General Requirements

Per D.3 – General requirements, load distribution should be
for Anchor Strength
determined on the basis of elastic analysis unless it can be In accordance with general LRFD principles and D.4.1 –
shown that the nominal anchor strength is controlled by General requirements for strength of anchors, the design of
ductile steel elements. Where plastic analysis (assumption of anchors must satisfy the following conditions:
φNn ≥ Nua
fully yielded anchors) is used, deformational compatibility must
(D-1)
φVn ≥ Vua
be checked.
(D-2)
whereby φNn and φVn are the controlling design strengths

from all applicable failure modes and Nua and Vua are factored
tension and shear loads resulting from the governing load
combination. (The load combinations given in 9.2 – Required
Strength conform generally with ASCE 7-05 load
combinations.) For this assessment, the following possible
failure modes are considered:
a) steel rupture of the anchor bolt in tension
b) steel rupture of the anchor bolt in shear
c) concrete cone breakout in tension
d) concrete edge breakout in shear
e) anchor pullout in tension
Example of deformational incompatibility
f) side-face blowout of the concrete
For most cases, elastic analysis yields satisfactory results and g) pryout failure in shear
is recommended. It should be noted, however, that an
The splitting failure mode (characterized by the formation of a
assumption that the anchor load is linearly proportional to the
planar crack in the base material passing through and
magnitude of the applied load and the distance from the
coincident with the anchor axis) is not directly addressed.
neutral axis of the group also implies that the attachment (e.g.
Minimum edge distances, anchor spacings and member
baseplate) is sufficiently stiff in comparison to the axial
thickness are generally considered as preventing this failure
stiffness of the anchors. For additional information on elastic
mode from controlling for the design.
load distribution in typical column baseplate assemblies,
the reader is referred to Blodgett, O., Design of Welded Note that per D.4.1.2, the strength reduction factors applicable
Structures, The James F. Lincoln Arc Welding Foundation, for each failure mode must be applied prior to determining the
Cleveland, Ohio. controlling strength. Thus, for an anchor group, the controlling
strength would be determined as follows:
φ N n = min | φ N sa, φ nN pn, φ N sbg, φ N cbg |

Note: Hilti’s PROFIS Anchor analysis and design software
performs a simplified finite element analysis to establish
anchor load distribution on an elastic basis and provides φ V n = min | φ V sa, φ V cpg, φ V cbg |
recommendations for attachment thickness as required.
4.1.9.3 Strength
Reduction Factors
Strength reduction factors are intended to account for
possible reductions in resistance due to normally expected
variations in material strengths, anchor installation procedures,
etc. Relevant strength reduction factors as given in D.4.4 for
load combinations in accordance with 9.2 –
Required Strength are provided below:
Steel failure of a ductile steel element:
Tension . . . . . . .0.75
Shear . . . . . . . .0.65
Example of simplified elastic load distribution in a
beam-wall connection
Anchoring Systems

Steel failure of a non-ductile steel element: 4.1.9.4 Design Requirements
Tension . . . . . . .0.65 for Tensile Loading
Shear . . . . . . . .0.60 In accordance with D.5.1 – Steel strength of anchor in
tension, anchor steel strength is determined as follows:
Note that the Hilti HDA, HSL-3 and KB-TZ are equipped with
bolt elements that conform to the definition of a ductile steel Nsa = nAsefuta (D-3)
where futa ≤ 1.9fya ≤ 125,000 psi (860 MPa)

element as given in ACI 318-05 (see 4.03 Definitions).
Failure characterized by concrete breakout, side-face blowout,

For reference purposes, nominal minimum bolt steel strengths
anchor pullout or anchor pryout:
for selected Hilti anchors are tabulated below:
Condition A Condition B
fya futa
i) Shear . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 . . . . . . . 0.70
Hilti Anchor Designation ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
ii) Tension
HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF 92.8 (640) 116 (800)
Cast-in headed studs and bolts,
HDA-TR/-PR (SS) 87.0 (600) 116 (800)
hooked bolts . . . . . . . .0.75 . . . . . . . .0.70
HSL-3 92.8 (640) 116 (800)
Post-installed anchors:
HSL-3-R (SS) 65.0 (450) 102 (700)
Category 1 . . . . . . . . 0.75 . . . . . . . 0.65
KB-TZ 3/8"ø 100 (690) 125 (862)
Category 2 . . . . . . . . 0.65 . . . . . . . 0.55
KB-TZ > 3/8"ø 84.8 (585) 106 (731)
Category 3 . . . . . . . . 0.55 . . . . . . . 0.45
SS KB-TZ < 3/4"ø 92.0 (634) 115 (793)
Note that Condition A applies only in the case of concrete
SS KB-TZ 3/4"ø 76.1 (525) 102 (700)
breakout where supplementary reinforcing (typically in the
form of hairpins, see below) specifically designed to take up ASTM A193, B7 105 (724) 125 (862)
the forces in the concrete introduced by the anchor is present The concrete breakout strength of single anchors loaded in
in the concrete. tension is determined in accordance with D.5.2 – Concrete
In general, post-installed anchors should be designed breakout strength of anchor in tension, as follows:
Ψ ed,N Ψ c,N Ψ cp,N Nb

assuming Condition B. A Nc
Ncb = (D-4)
A Nco
Anchor categories are determined via testing conducted in The concrete breakout strength of anchor groups is likewise
accordance with ACI 355.2, wherein the anchor sensitivity to determined as follows:
variations in installation parameters and in the concrete
Ncbg = Nc Ψ ec,N Ψ ed,N Ψ c,N Ψ c,N Nb
A
condition is investigated. (D-5)
A Nco
where:
A Nco = 9 h ef2
A Nc = area defined by projecting from the

centerlines of the anchor or from the
centerline of anchor rows in each of two
orthogonal directions .
Ψ ec,N = modification factor for anchor groups

loaded by an eccentric tension force
tension shear
1
Example hairpin layouts corresponding to Condition A = ≤1
2 e'N
1+
3 h ef
Ψ ed,N = modification factor for near edges for single

anchors and anchor groups
Anchoring Systems

ca,min
= 0.7 + 0.3 if ca,min < 1.5hef
1.5hef
Ψ c,N = modification factor for concrete that is
anticipated to remain uncracked for the
service life of the anchor (> 1)
k uncr
=
k cr
Ψ cp,N = modification factor for splitting
ca,min
≥
1.5hef
= if ca,min < cac
cac cac
Nb = basic concrete breakout strength of a single
anchor in tension in cracked concrete
e'N
= kcr f 'c hef1.5
Note that ACI 318-05 refers to k c ( ≡ k cr ) as the “coefficient for

basic concrete breakout strength in tension” and default Definition of e'N for anchor
ca1 groups
values for k c and Ψ ec,N are provided in Appendix D.
s
ca2,1
For post-installed anchors that have been tested in
ca2,2
accordance with ACI 355.2, specific values of k cr (cracked
concrete) and k uncr (uncracked concrete) are established in ca2,1 ca2,2
accordance with the provisions of that document or the ca1 s/2 s/2
relevant ICC-ES acceptance criteria. A summary of values for

selected Hilti anchors is provided below:
h'ef
Hilti Anchor hef
Designation k cr k uncr Ψec,N
HDA 24 30 1.25 h
HSL-31 24 24 1.00
KB-TZ 17 24 1.41
*HSL-3 M81 ca1 ca2,1 ca2,2 s

17 24 1.41 h'ef = max 1.5 ,
1.5
,
1.5
,
3
1 These values supersede default values provided for post-installed
anchors in ACI 318.
Example of determination of h'ef in a stem wall
The pullout strength of anchors loaded in tension is

determined in accordance with D.5.3 – Pullout strength of
ca,1 s1 1.5hef anchor in tension, as follows:
Npn = Ψ c,P Np (D-14)
where:
A Nc
1.5hef
Np = for post-installed anchors, pullout strength

in cracked concrete as determined by tests
in accordance with ACI 355.2 or the relevant
s2
ICC-ES acceptance criteria
Ψ c,P = modification factor for concrete that is

ca,2
anticipated to remain uncracked for the

service life of the anchor (> 1)
Example of determination of A Nc
Anchoring Systems

1
≤1
Pullout values are based on direct tension testing of anchors in
cracks as well as on the results of the crack movement test. =
2 e'V
Additional pullout values associated with seismic testing may 1+
also be provided. 3 ca1
For deep headed anchors placed close to an edge (c a1 < Ψ ed,V = modification factor for near edges for single
0.4h ef), side-face blowout may control the design. In most anchors and anchor groups
cases, restrictions on the placement of post-installed anchors ca2
= 0.7 + 0.3 if ca,min < 1.5h ef
close to an edge will preclude this failure mode. For further 1.5ca1
information, see D.5.4 – Concrete side-face blowout Ψ c,V = modification factor for concrete that is
strength of a headed anchor in tension. anticipated to remain uncracked for the
service life of the anchor
4.1.9.5 Design Requirements
for Shear Loading = 1.4
In accordance with D.6.1 – Steel strength of anchor in shear, Vb =basic concrete breakout strength of a single
anchor steel strength for headed stud anchors is determined anchor in shear in cracked concrete
0.2
as follows: = 7
le
do
( do )
f 'c ( ca1 )1.5
Vsa = n A se futa (D-19) The concrete pryout strength of single anchors loaded in
For post-installed anchors without a sleeve extending through shear is determined in accordance with D.6.3 – Concrete
the shear plane: pryout strength of anchor in shear, as follows:
Vsa = n 0.6A se futa (D-20) Vcp = k cp Ncb (D-29)
where futa ≤ 1.9 fy ≤ 125,000 psi (860 MPa). Likewise, for anchor groups, the pryout strength is determined
as follows:
For other post-installed anchors, the shear strength as
controlled by steel failure must be determined by test in Vcpg = k cp Ncbg (D-30)
accordance with ACI 355.2 or the relevant ICC-ES where:
acceptance criteria.
k cp = 1.0 for h ef < 2.5 in.
h ef ≥ 2.5 in.
In accordance with D.6.1.3, the shear strength of baseplate
k cp = 2.0 for
anchors used in conjunction with grout pads must be reduced
by 20%. 4.1.9.6 Interaction –
The concrete breakout strength of single anchors loaded in Strength Design (LRFD)
shear is determined in accordance with D.6.2 – Concrete Where anchors are loaded simultaneously in tension and
breakout strength of anchor in shear, as follows: shear, interaction must be considered. In accordance with D.7
Ψ ed,N Ψ c,V Vb
A Vc – Interaction of tensile and shear forces, interaction may be
Vcb = (D-21)
A Vco checked as follows:
Vua ≤ 0.2 φVn φ Nn ≥ Nua

The concrete breakout strength of anchor groups is likewise
determined as follows: If
Vcbg = A Vc Ψ ec,V Ψ ed,V Ψ c,V Vb (D-22) If Nua ≤ 0.2 φ Nn φVn ≥ Vua

Nua > 0.2 φ Nn
A Vco
where: If
A Vco = 4.5hef2
Vua > 0.2 φVn
and [ φNN ] + [ φVV ] ≤ 1.2
ua
n
ua
A Vc = area defined by projecting 1.5 c a1 from Alternatively, ACI 318-05 permits the use of an interaction
the centerlines of the anchor or from the expression of the form:
α α
centerline of anchor rows to the face of the
≤ 1.0
Nua Vua
free edge being considered .
[ ] [ ]
φ Nn
+
φVn
Ψ ec,V = modification factor for anchor groups loaded
by an eccentric shear force with α = 5/3.
Anchoring Systems
4.1.9.7 Required Edge αM = adjustment of bending moment associated

Distances, Anchor with rotational restraint
Spacing and Member MuM,5% = characteristic flexural resistance of bolt
Thickness – corresponding to approximately 1/2
Strength Design (LRFD) degree rotation
In accordance with D.8 – Required edge distances, spacing, = 1.2 ⋅ S ⋅ fu,min ( 1 - NN )
d
and thicknesses to preclude splitting failure, default rec

fu,min = minimum nominal ultimate tensile strength
minimum edge distance, spacing and member thickness are
of anchor rod
given as follows:
S = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt
min. min. min.
at concrete surface (assumes uniform
edge anchor member
cross section)
Anchor type dist.*† spacing† thickness†
Untorqued min.
4do
ᐍ = internal lever arm adjusted for spalling of the
anchors cover surface concrete as follows:
z + (n ⋅ do)
Torqued anchors 6do 6do
=
Undercut
6do 6do
anchors z = standoff distance
Torque- 1.5hef
do = anchor outer diameter at concrete surface
controlled
8do 6do
expansion n=0 for static loading with clamping at the concrete
anchors surface as provided by a nut and washer assembly
Displacement- (required for mechanical anchors)
controlled
10do 6do n = 0.5 for static loading without clamping at the concrete
expansion
surface, e.g., adhesive anchor without nut and
anchors
washer at concrete surface
* may not be less than twice the max. aggregate size
† unless determined in accordance with AC193/AC308 n = 1.0 for cyclic or seismic loading
The critical edge distance value cac to be used in the Note that stand-off installations of post-installed mechanical
determination of Ψ cp,N for post-installed anchors is determined anchors require a nut and bearing washer at the concrete
by tests in accordance with ACI 355.2. Default values are surface as shown below in order to ensure proper anchor
given in ACI 318-05 as follows: function and to properly resist compression loads.
Undercut anchors: cac = 2.5 h ef
Torque-controlled
and displacement-controlled
expansion anchors: cac = 4 h ef
4.1.9.8 Bolt Bending –

Strength Design (LRFD)
Hilti recommends that an additional check of bolt bending be
performed for so-called stand-off installations as follows:
Vrec = Nominal shear strength corresponding

to bolt bending
Determination of bolt bending – strength design
αM ⋅ MuM,5%
whereby:
Vsa,bending =
ᐍ
Anchoring Systems
4.1.10 Torquing and 4.1.11 Design of Anchors

Pretensioning for Fatigue
of Anchors The design of structural elements to resist fatigue loading can
Application of torque to anchor bolts is intended to induce a be a significant aspect of the connection design. The reader is
tension force in the anchor bolt. It is therefore important that referred to standard texts for additional information on this
the torque-tension relationship associated with the anchor nut, subject. Design of anchors for fatigue should consider the
washer and threaded anchor element be maintained as close following points:
to factory conditions as possible during anchor installation. 1. The use of preload to prevent stress fluctuations in the
This is best accomplished by keeping the anchor assembly in anchor rod element may be complicated by gradual loss
its packaging to prevent undue contamination with dust, oil, of preload over time, particularly in cases where cracking
etc. prior to anchor installation. Note that damage to anchor in the base material may occur, and the fact that many
anchor designs do not provide sufficient gauge length to
threads as caused by attempts to re-straightening an anchor
permit the development of a meaningful degree of pre-
after installation, hammer impacts, etc., can significantly alter load strain.
the torque-tension relationship and result in improper anchor
2. Design of anchor groups for fatigue is often far more criti-
function under load. Likewise, application of lubricants to the cal than the design of a single anchor due to the unequal
threads may generate excessive pretension loads in the distribution of loads. Load distribution is affected by
anchor during torquing. anchor slip as well as by the degree of annular gap
between the anchor and the baseplate and the specific
There are three possible reasons to apply torque to an anchor location of the anchor with respect to the hole in the
bolt in concrete or masonry: baseplate. It is therefore recommended that where
anchor groups are to be subjected to significant fatigue
1. To produce a clamping force, therefore eliminating gaps
loading, the annular gap between the anchors and the
and play in the connected parts. Note that this clamping
baseplate be eliminated through the use of weld wash-
force is not assumed to be sufficient to permit the shear
ers, grout, or other means.
resistance of the anchorage to be determined on the
basis of baseplate friction (i.e., as a slip-critical condition) 3. Secondary flexural stresses as generated by eccentrici-
owing to the relaxation of clamping forces over time. ties or gaps in the connection may be critical to the
fatigue behavior of the anchor.
2. To produce a pretension force in the anchor bolt which is
resisted by a corresponding pre-compression in the base Hilti has conducted extensive testing of a variety of anchor
material (concrete or masonry). Pretension force serves types under fatigue conditions and can provide specific design
to reduce anchor displacements under service load and recommendations for many situations. For specific cases,
may also serve to reduce the fatigue effects of cyclic
please contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-800-879-6000
loading.
ext. 6337.
3. To properly set the anchor. This applies to most post-
installed mechanical anchors (expansion anchors) but 4.1.12 Design of Anchors
may or may not apply to undercut anchors.
for Fire
Where given, the installation torque Tinst should be
Building codes in the U.S. are generally silent on the need to
differentiated from the maximum tightening torque Tmax .
design anchors specifically for fire conditions. It may be
The former is the torque required to properly set the anchor assumed, however, that structural connections to concrete or
and to produce a residual clamping force that is roughly masonry involving sustained dead and live loads should be
equivalent to the anchor working tension load ( N ult /4). The protected for fire exposure in the same manner as other
second term, Tmax, refers to the maximum torque that may be structural steel elements, i.e., through the use of appropriate
applied to the anchor and is intended to prevent premature fireproofing materials, concrete cover, etc.
damage to the anchor rod (in the form of steel yielding).
In some cases, it may be necessary to ascertain the length of
Anchor pretensioning forces dissipate over time due to time over which unprotected anchorages will survive fire
relaxation in the concrete and, to a lesser degree, in the bolt exposure. The design of anchors for fire conditions is
threads. Re-torquing anchors can result in a higher level of predicated on the availability of test data for the performance
residual prestress. of anchors subjected to a standardized time-temperature
Anchor pretensioning should not be counted on for cases curve (e.g., ASTM E 119, ISO 834) while under load. Hilti can
where cracking of the concrete may occur such as provide such data for specific cases, as well as specific
earthquake loading. information for the design of reinforcing dowels embedded in
Hilti HIT HY or RE bonding materials. Please contact Hilti
Technical Support at 1-800-879-6000 ext. 6337.
Anchoring Systems
4.1.13 Design of Post-Installed ccritical scritical

Reinforcing Bar
Connections
Polymer bonding materials such as Hilti HIT HY and RE are
increasingly used to execute the installation of reinforcing bars
in hardened concrete, either to serve as dowels for structural
extensions (slabs, footings), or to provide shear connection for
seismic retrofitting elements such as infill shear walls.
Reinforcing dowels designed using anchor theory
post-installed
reinforcing bars
transverse
reinforcement
Dowels placed in preparation for a new structural topping slab limits width of
splitting cracks
A
A
CIP
reinforcing
bars
forces
transferred
directly to CIP
reinforcing bars
Post-installed reinforcing for widening of a bridge deck via bond
A distinction must be made between cases where the Section A-A

reinforcing bar is designed in the same manner as a post- Post-installed reinforcement designed as a lap splice
installed adhesive anchor, i.e. using the principles of anchor
For specific cases, please contact Hilti Technical Support
design as described in this document, and those instances
at 1-800-879-6000 ext. 6337.
where the bar embedment length is established using the
principles of reinforcing, e.g. in accordance with ACI 318
Chapter 12. This distinction is generally made on the basis of
the specific geometry of the connection and whether the
anticipated concrete failure mode corresponds to one of those
considered in anchor design, e.g., concrete breakout, pryout
etc. as opposed to the splitting failure mode associated with
reinforcing bar design.
Anchoring Systems
4.1.14 Anchor Selection Guide
Applications Grid Key: Very Suitable May be Suitable Per Application

HVA Adhesive HIT HY 150 MAX HIT ICE8/HIT HY 150 Adhesive
Anchor
Products HVU Capsule with with HAS with HAS
with HIT-TZ rod with HIT-TZ rod
HAS threaded rod threaded rod threaded rod
Design R R R
Criteria
Non-cracked Concrete

Fastening Base Material 1
Cracked Concrete
Lightweight Concrete
Hollow Core Concrete
Grout Filled Concrete Block
Hollow Concrete Block
Solid Brick
Hollow Brick
Hard Natural Stone
Soft Natural Stone
Oversized Holes

Installation 2
Cored Holes
Water Saturated Concrete
Water-Filled Holes
Submerged
In-place (through) Fastening
Application Criteria 2
Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish w/ HIS Insert w/ HIS or HIT-I w/ HIS or HIT-I
Removable to Flush Surface w/ HIS Insert w/ HIS or HIT-I w/ HIS or HIT-I
Seismic
High Cycle Fatigue
Shock / Impact Load
High Temperature Resistance

Miscellaneous Corrosion 3
Electro or Mechanically Zinc Plated
Sherardized Carbon Steel

Hot-dipped Galvanized 7/8" Diameter 7/8" Diameter 7/8" Diameter
Stainless Steel (AISI Series) 304 & 316 304 & 316 316 304 & 316 304 & 316
Anchor Rod Diameters 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4,
3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4
Available (in.)4 7/8, 1, 1-1/4 7/8, 1, 1-1/4 7/8, 1, 1-1/4
Anchor Versions Available Stud, Rebar, Insert Stud, Rebar, Insert Stud Stud, Rebar, Insert Stud
Anchor is bonded Anchor is bonded Expansion against and Anchor is bonded Expansion against and
Anchor Working Principles5
to base material to base material bonding to base material to base material Bonding to base material
1 Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required.
2 Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor.
3 Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance.
4 Listed diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information.
5 Refer to Section 4.1.2.1 for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.
Anchoring Systems
Anchor Selection Guide 4.1.14
HIT HY 20 Adhesive HSL-3

HIT-RE 500-SD HIT-RE 500 HDA
Anchor Masonry Hollow CMU, Epoxy Anchoring Epoxy Anchoring Heavy-Duty
Undercut
Products Construction Tile & Brick Expansion
System System Anchor
with Voids with Holes Anchor
Design
Criteria

Cracked Concrete

1
Solid Brick
Hollow Brick
Hard Natural Stone
Soft Natural Stone
Oversized Holes

Installation 2
Cored Holes
Water Saturated Concrete (per ICC)
Water-filled holes (per ICC)
Submerged

Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish w/ HIT-I w/ HIS Insert w/ HIS Insert Bolt
Removable to Flush Surface w/ HIT-I w/ HIS Insert w/ HIS Insert
Seismic
High Cycle Fatigue
Shock / Impact Load

Corrosion 3
Electro or Mechanically Zinc Plated

Hot-dipped Galvanized 7/8" Diameter 7/8" Diameter 7/8" Diameter
Stainless Steel (AISI Series) 304 & 316 304 & 316 304 & 316 304 & 316 316
Anchor Diameters 3/8, 1/2, 5/16, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, M10, M12, M8, M10, M12
Miscellaneous
Available (in.)4 5/8, 3/4 3/8, 1/2 7/8, 1, 1-1/4 7/8, 1, 1-1/4 M16, M20 M16, M20, M24
Stud, Bolt,
Anchor Versions Available Stud, Rebar Stud, Insert Rebar, Stud, Insert Rebar, Stud, Insert Stud
Torque Cap
Anchor is attached to base Anchor is bonded Anchor is bonded Metal Undercut Metal Circumferential
Anchor Working Principles5
material by adhesive keying to base material to base material Keying Expander Sleeve
4 Listed Diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information.
Anchoring Systems
Anchor Kwik Bolt TZ Kwik Bolt 3

HSL Heavy-Duty HUS-H Concrete HCA
Expansion Expansion
Products Expansion Anchor Screw Anchor Coil Anchor
Anchor Anchor
Design
Criteria

Fastening Base Material1
Cracked Concrete

1

Solid Brick
Hollow Brick
Hard Natural Stone
Soft Natural Stone
Oversized Holes

Installation 2
Cored Holes
Submerged
No Hole Cleaning Procedures

Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish see offering bolt both
Removable to Flush Surface
Seismic
High Cycle Fatigue
Shock / Impact Load

Electrodeposited or Mechanically
Corrosion 3
HSL-I M12 65/80

Zinc Plated
Hot-dipped Galvanized
Stainless Steel (AISI Series) A4 (316) 304 304 & 316
Anchor Diameters 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8,
M12, M16, M20 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 3/8, 1/2, 5/8
Miscellaneous
Available (in. except as noted) 4 3/4, 1 3/4

Stud, Long Thread,
Anchor Versions Available Stud, Insert Stud Counter Sunk, Tie Wire, Bolt Bolt
Rod coupling
Metal Circumfrential Single metal expansion Single metal expansion Undercutting Screw Metal Expansion
Anchor Working Principles 5
Expander Sleeve piece three section wedge. piece three section wedge. Threads Coil
Anchoring Systems
Anchor Selection Guide 4.1.14
Anchor HDI / HDI-L HDI-P HCI-WF/MD HLC Kwik Con II+

Drop-In Drop-In Cast-in Sleeve Screw
Products Anchors Anchors Anchors Anchor Anchor
Design
Criteria
Cracked Concrete
Solid Brick

Hollow Brick
Hard Natural Stone
Soft Natural Stone
Oversized Holes N/A

Installation 2
Cored Holes N/A

Water Saturated Concrete (per ICC) N/A
Water-filled holes (per ICC) N/A
Submerged N/A
No Hole Cleaning Procedures N/A

Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish
Seismic
High Cycle Fatigue
Shock / Impact Load

Electrodeposited or Mechanically
Corrosion 3
Zinc Plated
Hot-dipped Galvanized
Stainless Steel (AISI Series) 303 304 410
Anchor Diameters 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 1/4, 3/8, 5/16,
3/8 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
Miscellaneous
Available (in.) 5/8, 3/4 5/8, 3/4 1/2, 5/8, 3/4

Bolt, rod coupling, Torx HWH, Torx Flat
Anchor Versions Available Insert Insert Insert hex nut, wire tie Head, Phillips Flat Head
Impact Expansion Impact Expansion Metal Circumferential Thread Undercut

Anchor Working Principles5 Cast-in Head
Sleeve Sleeve Expander Sleeve Keying
Anchoring Systems
Anchor HPS-1 HTB HSP/HFP IDP

Metal HIT HLD
Impact TOGGLER® Drywall Insulation
Products Anchor Kwik-Tog
Anchor Bolt Anchor Anchor
Design
Criteria

Fastening Base Material1
Light Weight Concrete

Solid Brick
Hollow Brick
Hard Natural Stone
Soft Natural Stone
Gypsum Drywall
Oversized Holes
Cored Holes
Installation

Submerged
No Hole Cleaning Procedures

Application Criteria
Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish
Seismic
High Cycle Fatigue
Shock / Impact Load
Electrodeposited or
Mechanically Zinc Plated (Drive Pin) (Drive Screw)
Zinc Aluminum Alloy
Corrosion2
(Body)
Plastic
(Body)
Stainless Steel (AISI Series) 304 (Drive Pin) 304 (Drive Screw)
Anchor Diameters Available (in.) 3/16, 1/4 3/16, 1/4, 5/16 3/16, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2 #8, #10 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
Anchor Versions Available Round Head
Miscellaneous
Round Head, Phillips, Flat

Nail Drive-screw
Head, Machine Screw Plastic
Anchor Working Principles(3) Impact Expansion Impact Expansion Anchor holds Keying in hollow Self-drilling Anchor holds by
base materials. Friction
Anchor Anchor by keying in solid base materials. Self-tapping friction
Anchoring Systems
Notes
Adhesive Anchoring Systems
4.2 Adhesive Anchoring Systems
4.2.0.1 Hilti leads the way with 4.2.0.3 Frequently Asked

products and education Questions
Hilti leads the way in sharing knowledge and experience by What is creep?
educating users on various aspects of Adhesive Anchoring
Creep is the slow and continuous deformation of a material
Systems. We know the importance of selecting the right
over time, generally due to a sustained load. All materials
adhesive anchor system for a specific application.
experience some sort of creep - concrete, steel, stone and
When comparing two adhesive anchor systems, users should adhesive anchor systems.
give special consideration to the following key parameters: • All current Hilti Adhesive Anchor Systems passed the
• Cure time • Installation procedure creep test requirements of ICC-ES AC58.
• Bond Strength • Temperature sensitivity Does temperature have an effect on adhesive
• Creep resistance • Inspection requirements anchor performance?
Yes - Temperature affects an adhesive anchor system

4.2.0.2 Hilti Accredited throughout its lifetime - from storage to installation and
Installer Program throughout the life cycle of an anchor.
The Hilti Difference • Temperature is an important factor which influences an

adhesive anchor system’s strength, cure time, ease of
Beginning in 2008, Hilti will introduce the Hilti Accredited installation and creep performance. Some Adhesive
Installer Program. Participants in this program will enhance Anchoring Systems are engineered for colder climates
their Adhesive Anchoring System knowledge and sharpen their and others
for warmer climates.
installation skills.
How does installation affect adhesive anchors?
Accredited Installer Program
Proper installation is the single most influential factor when it
Hilti Accredited Installers will take pride in applying their new
comes to an adhesive anchor system’s bond strength and
skills after completing this 4-hour course.
ultimately, creep performance.
• Advanced skills include challenging applications such as
• Hilti is the only manufacturer that provides the entire
deep embedment and water-filled holes
solution from drilling and cleaning the hole to injecting
• All participants will gain hands on experience and take a adhesive into boreholes as deep as 125”.
written exam to test their knowledge
What are ICC-ES AC58 and ICC-ES AC308?
• Participants will understand how various jobsite
conditions may influence the performance of adhesive ICC-ES AC58 is an acceptance criteria used for evaluating
anchor systems adhesive anchor systems published in 1995. ICC-ES AC308 is
• Hilti Accredited Installers will become knowledgeable and the latest acceptance criteria for evaluating Adhesive
efficient installers of Hilti Adhesive Anchoring Systems Anchoring Systems published in 2005. How do they differ?
On-Site Training Program
• ICC-ES AC308 only requires periodic special inspection
Participants receive application specific training to improve for the highest performing products. ICC-ES AC58
requires continuous special inspection for all products.
speed and efficiency.
• ICC-ES AC308 includes provisions for evaluating adhe-
• Course conducted on-site at no cost sive anchor systems in cracked concrete. ICC-ES AC58
• 1-hour course on Hilti Adhesive Anchoring Systems based reports did not qualify products for use in cracked
includes basic hands-on and theory concluded by a concrete.
written test • ICC-ES AC308 more thoroughly examines the sensitivity
Upon completion of either program, students will receive a of adhesive anchor systems to improperly cleaned holes.
pocket card and/or certificate to document their achievement.
Contact your Hilti representative for details.
HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1
4.2.1.1 Product Description 4.2.1.1 Product Description
4.2.1.2 Material Specifications
4.2.1.3 Technical Data
4.2.1.4 Installation Instructions

HVU Adhesive Capsule HIS Internally Threaded Insert
4.2.1.5 Ordering Information
HAS Anchor Rod Assembly Rebar (Not supplied by Hilti)

with nut and washer
The Hilti HVA system is a heavy duty, Anchor Rod Shall be provided with 45
Listings/Approvals
two component adhesive anchor degree chisel or cut point to provide
City of Los Angeles
consisting of a self-contained adhesive proper mixing of the adhesive Research Report #25363
capsule and either a threaded rod with components. Anchor rod shall be NSF/ANSI Std 61
nut and washer or an internally threaded manufactured to meet the following certification for use in potable water
European Technical approval
insert. requirements: 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8 ETA-05/0255
2. ASTM A 193 Grade B7 3. AISI 304 or ETA-05/0256
Product Features ETA-05/0257
AISI 316 stainless steel meeting the
• High loading capacity mechanical requirements of ASTM F
• Small edge distance and anchor 593 (Condition CW). 4. Rebar with chisel
spacing allowance or cut point.
• Excellent dynamic load resistance
Special order HAS Rod materials may Code Compliance
• Wide range of installation
temperatures vary from standard steel rod product. IBC®/IRC® 2000 (ICC-ES AC58)
• Excellent performance in holes UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC58)
Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished
cored using Hilti LEED ®: Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
to meet the requirements of the above Materials
DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits
anchor rod specifications.
• Excellent elevated temperature
performance Adhesive Capsule Shall consist of a
• Excellent performance in freezing dual chamber foil capsule. The resin
and thawing conditions material shall be vinyl urethane
The Leadership in Energy and
• No hole brushing required—just methacrylate.
Environmental Design ( LEED® ) Green
blow out hole with compressed Building Rating systemTM is the nation-
air—makes installation fast Steel Insert The internally threaded
ally accepted benchmark for the design,
and easy insert shall have a 45 degree (from construction and operation of high per-
• Seismic qualified per IBC®/IRC® central axis) chisel pointed end. The formance green buildings.
2000 and UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES insert shall be carbon steel or stainless
AC58) Please refer to ER-5369 steel material which meets minimum
Guide Specifications ultimate tensile strengths of 66.7 and
101.5 ksi, respectively.
Master Format Section:
The adhesive anchoring system shall be
03250 (Concrete accessories) the Hilti HVA anchoring system,
Related Sections: consisting of the Hilti HVU adhesive
capsule and the Hilti HAS anchor rod or
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing HIS internally threaded insert.
Accessories)
05050 (Metal Fabrication) Installation Adhesive anchors to be
05120 (Structural Steel) installed in holes drilled using the
specified diameter of Hilti carbide tipped
Adhesive anchors shall consist of an all- drill bit or matched tolerance Hilti DD-B
thread anchor rod, nut, washer and or DD-C diamond core bit. Anchors shall
adhesive capsule. Alternatively, be installed in strict accordance to
adhesive anchors shall consist of a section 4.2.1.4. Do not disturb until cure
steel insert and an adhesive capsule. time has elapsed.
4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System
Mechanical Properties
fy min. fu
4.2.1.2 Material Specifications ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8 58 (400) 72.5 (500)
High Strength or ‘Super HAS’ rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7 105 (724) 125 (862)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8" 65 (448) 100 (689)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4" 45 (310) 85 (586)
HIS Insert 11SMnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 54.4 (375) 66.7 (460)
HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3 50.8 (350) 101.5 (700)
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH
HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594
HAS Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436
All HAS-E & HAS Super Rods (except 7/8") & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, nuts & washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
7/8" Standard HAS-E & HAS Super rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
HVU Adhesive—Vinyl Urethane Methacrylate Resin with a Dibenzoyl Peroxide hardener
Note: Special Order steel rod material may vary from standard steel rod materials.

HAS Rod Specification Table
HAS Rod Size in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (31.8)
dbit : nominal bit diameter1, 2 in. 15/32 9/16 11/16 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 dbit Tmax
hef = hnom: std. depth of in. 3-1/2 4-1/4 5 6-5/8 6-5/8 8-1/4 12 hef t
embed.3 = capsule length (mm) (90) (110) (125) (170) (170) (210) (305) h
,
t : max. thickness fastened4 in. 1 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4

(mm) (25.4) (38.1) (44.5) (50.8) (57.2) (63.5) (69.9)
tmax : Max. tightening All Hilti ft-lb 18 30 75 150 175 235 400
torque Rods (N·m) (24) (41) (102) (203) (237) (319) (540)
h: hef = hnom in. 5-1/2 6-1/4 7 8-1/2 8-1/2 10-1/2 15
minimum base (mm) (140) (160) (180) (220) (220) (270) (380)
material 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+
thickness5 hef ≠ hnom in. 2 2 2 2 2 2-1/4 3
(mm) (51) (51) (51) ( 51) ( 51) (57) (76)
Recommended
TE 6, 16 TE 16, 25, 35, 46 TE 46, 56, 76 TE 76
Hilti Rotary Hammer Drill
1 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C diamond core bit.
2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits
3 Data available for varying embedments; see Load Tables.
4 When using standard length rods at standard embedment (hnom)
5 Minimum base material thickness given to avoid backside blowout from drilling. Ability of base material
to withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of concrete slab) should be determined by design engineer.
HIS Insert Specification Table

HIS Insert in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
HVU capsule required 1/2 x 4-1/4 5/8 x 5 7/8 x 6-5/8 1 x 8-1/4 dbit Tmax
dbit bit diameter1 in. 11/16 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/4

hnom std. depth of embed. in. 4-1/4 5 6-5/8 8-1/4 hef
= capsule length (mm) (110) (125) (170) (210) h
ᐉth useable thread in. 1 1-3/16 1-1/2 2
length (mm) (25) (30) (40) (50)
Tmax Max. tightening ft lb 18 30 75 150
torque (N·m) (24) (41) (102) (203)
h min. base material in. 6-3/8 7-1/2 10 12-3/8
thickness (mm) (162) (191) (254) (314)
Recommended Hilti TE 6, 16, TE 16, 25, TE 46, 56, 76
Rotary Hammer Drill 25, 35 35, 46
Rebar Specification Table

Rebar Size: #4 #5 #6 #7 #8
dbit bit diameter1, 2 in. 5/8 13/16 1 1-1/8 1-1/4
hnom std. depth of embed. in. 4-1/4 5 6-5/8 6-5/8 8-1/4
= capsule length (mm) (110) (125) (170) (170) (210)
1 Rebar diameters may vary; the witnessed test was performed using the above mentioned drill bit diameters.
Rebar must have a minimum length 4" greater than embedment to accommodate the setting equipment.
Metric Rebar Specification Table

(Canada Only)
Rebar Size : 10M 15M 20M 25M
dbit bit diameter1 in. or mm 9/16 13/16 1 32 mm

hnom std. depth of embed. mm 90 125 170 210
= capsule length (in.) (3-1/2) (5) (6-5/8) (8-1/4)
Combined Shear and Tension Loading
≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

5/3 5/3
( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec

HVA Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1, 2
HVU Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HVU Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity

Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
Rod Embedment Adhesive f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi
Diameter Depth3 Capsule(s) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa)
in. (mm) in. (mm) Required lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3-1/2 (1) 3/8 X 3-1/2 2085 2595 3335 4710 8345 10380 10000 14120
(90) (9.3) (11.5) (14.8) (21.0) (37.1) (46.2) (44.5) (62.8)
3/8 5-1/4 (2) 3/8 X 3-1/2 2325 4185 6120 8655 9295 16730 18360 25960
(9.5) (133) (10.3) (18.6) (27.2) (38.5) (41.3) (74.4) (81.7) (115.5)
7 (2) 3/8 X 3-1/2 4405 4895 9420 13330 17630 19590 28260 39980
(178) (19.6) (21.8) (41.9) (59.3) (78.4) (87.1) (125.7) (177.8)
4-1/4 (1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 3250 4735 5450 7280 12990 18940 15440 21840
(110) (14.5) (21.1) (24.2) (32.4) (57.8) (84.2) (68.7) (97.1)
1/2 6-3/8 (1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 & 4890 5455 9455 13375 19565 21815 28360 40120
(12.7) (162) (1) 3/8 X 3-1/2 (21.8) (24.3) (42.1) (59.5) (87.0) (97.0) (126.2) (178.5)
8-1/2 (2) 1/2 X 4-1/4 6700 7545 14560 20590 26810 30190 43680 61760
(216) (29.8) (33.6) (64.8) (91.6) (119.3) (134.3) (194.3) (274.7)
5 (1) 5/8 X 5 3970 5245 7350 10390 15890 20970 22040 31160
(125) (17.7) (23.3) (32.7) (46.2) (70.7) (93.3) (98.0) (138.6)
5/8 7-1/2 (1) 5/8 X 5 & 5770 10465 13495 19080 23080 41865 40480 57240
(15.9) (184) (1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 (25.7) (46.6) (60.0) (84.9) (102.7) (186.2) (180.1) (254.6)
10 (2) 5/8 X 5 11700 12835 20775 29375 46795 51340 62320 88120
(254) (52.0) (57.1) (92.4) (130.7) (208.2) (228.4) (277.2) (392.0)
6-5/8 (1) 3/4 X 6-5/8 6080 8615 12270 17355 24330 34470 36800 52060
(170) (27.0) (38.3) (54.6) (77.2) (108.2) (153.3) (163.7) (231.6)
3/4 10 (1) 3/4 X 6-5/8 & 9110 14835 22755 32180 36445 59350 68260 96540
(19.1) (254) (1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 (40.5) (66.0) (101.2) (143.1) (162.1) (264.0) (303.6) (429.4)
13-1/4 (2) 3/4 X 6-5/8 15220 15310 34700 49080 60875 61230 104100 147240
(337) (67.7) (68.1) (154.4) (218.3) (270.8) (272.4) (463.1) (655.0)
6-5/8 (1) 7/8 X 6-5/8 7145 9130 13110 18535 28580 36525 39320 55600
(170) (31.8) (40.6) (58.3) (82.4) (127.1) (162.5) (174.9) (247.3)
7/8 10 (2) 3/4 X 6-5/8 10475 18970 24575 34755 41905 75870 73720 104260
(22.2) (254) (46.6) (84.4) (109.3) (154.6) (186.4) (337.5) (327.9) (463.8)
13-1/4 (2) 7/8 X 6 5/8 16475 23055 34780 53010 65895 92220 112440 159020
(337) (73.3) (102.6) (154.7) (235.8) (293.1) (410.2) (500.2) (707.4)
8 1/4 (1) 1 X 8-1/4 8640 13425 19690 27840 34560 53695 59060 83520
(210) (38.4) (59.7) (87.6) (123.8) (153.7) (238.8) (262.7) (371.5)
1 12-3/8 (2) 7/8 X 6-5/8 14665 23450 36170 51150 58665 93800 108500 153440
(25.4) (314) (65.2) (104.3) (160.9) (227.5) (261.0) (417.2) (482.6) (682.5)
16-1/2 (2) 1 X 8-1/4 26645 30805 55690 78750 106580 123220 167060 236240
(419) (118.5) (137.0) (247.7) (350.3) (474.1) (548.1) (743.1) (1050.8)
12 (1) 1-1/4 X 12 19175 23920 38615 54610 76740 95680 115840 163820
(305) (85.3) (106.4) (171.8) (242.9) (341.4) (425.6) (515.3) (728.7)
1- 1/4 15 (1) 1-1/4 X 12 & 24750 26855 53960 76315 99000 107420 161880 228940
(31.8) (381) (1) 1 X 8 1/4 (110.1) (119.5) (240.0) (339.5) (440.4) (477.8) (720.1) (1018.4)
18 (1) 1-1/4 X 12 & 29535 37920 70935 100320 118140 151680 212800 300960
(457) (2) 1 X 8 1/4 (131.4) (168.7) (315.5) (446.2) (525.5) (674.7) (946.6) (1338.7)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
2 Average ultimate concrete shear capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method.
3 Hilti does not recommend the use of alternate embedment other than those tested and listed above.

Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods1
Rod HAS-E Standard HAS Super HAS SS
Diameter ISO 898 Class 5.8 ASTM A 193 B7 AISI 304/316 SS
in. Tensile Shear Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
(mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 2640 1360 4555 2345 3645 1875
(9.5) (11.7) (6.0) (20.3) (10.4) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 4700 2420 8100 4170 6480 3335
(12.7) (20.9) (10.8) (36.0) (18.5) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 7340 3780 12655 6520 10125 5215
(15.9) (32.7) (16.8) (56.3) (29.0) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 10570 5445 18225 9390 12390 6385
(19.1) (47.0) (24.2) (81.1) (41.8) (55.1) (28.4)
7/8 14385 7410 24805 12780 16865 8690
(22.2) (64.0) (33.0) (110.3) (56.9) (75.0) (38.6)
1 18790 9680 32400 16690 22030 11350
(25.4) (83.6) (43.0) (144.1) (74.2) (98.0) (50.5)
1-1/4 29360 15125 50620 26080 34425 17735
(31.8) (130.6) (67.3) (225.2) (116.0) (153.1) (78.9)
1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD):
Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area

Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area
Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods1

in. Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear
(mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4495 6005 3605 8135 10350 6210 5035 8280 4970
(9.5) (20.0) (26.7) (16.0) (36.2) (43.4) (27.6) (22.4) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 8230 10675 6405 14900 18405 11040 9225 14720 8835
(12.7) (36.6) (47.5) (28.5) (66.3) (79.0) (49.1) (41.0) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 13110 16680 10010 23730 28760 17260 14690 23010 13805
(15.9) (58.3) (74.2) (44.5) (105.6) (125.7) (76.8) (65.3) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 19400 24020 14415 35120 41420 24850 15050 28165 16800
(19.1) (86.3) (106.9) (64.1) (156.2) (185.7) (110.5) (66.9) (125.3) (75.2)
7/8 26780 32695 19620 48480 56370 33825 20775 38335 23000
(22.2) (119.1) (145.4) (87.3) (215.7) (256.9) (150.5) (92.4) (170.5) (102.3)
1 35130 42705 25625 63600 73630 44180 27255 50070 30040
(25.4) (156.3) (190.0) (114.0) (282.9) (337.0) (196.5) (121.2) (222.7) (133.6)
1-1/4 56210 66730 40035 101755 115050 69030 43610 78235 46940
(31.8) (250.0) (296.8) (178.1) (452.6) (511.8) (307.1) (194.0) (348.0) (208.8)
1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction 2nd Ed. (LRFD):
Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area


HVA Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel
and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HVU Allowable Steel Bolt Strength1, 2

Bond/Concrete Capacity2
Tensile ASTM A 325 ASTM F 593
Anchor Embedment Adhesive f'c ≥ 2000 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Diameter Depth Capsule(s) (13.8 MPa) Tensile1 Shear1 Tensile1 Shear1
in. (mm) in. (mm) Required lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 3180 4370 2250 3645 1875
(9.5) (108) (14.1) (19.4) (10.0) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 5 (1) 5/8 x 5 4570 7775 4005 6480 3335
(12.7) (127) (20.3) (34.6) (17.8) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 6-5/8 (1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 7460 12150 6260 10125 5215
(15.9) (168) (33.2) (54.0) (27.8) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 8-1/4 (1) 1 x 8-1/4 9165 17495 9010 12395 6385
(19.1) (210) (40.8) (77.8) (40.1) (55.1) (28.4)
HVA Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel
HVU Ultimate Ultimate Bolt Strength1, 2

Bond/Concrete Capacity 2
Tensile ASTM A 325 ASTM F 593
Anchor Embedment Adhesive f'c ≥ 2000 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Diameter Depth Capsule(s) (13.8 MPa) Tensile 1 Shear 1 Tensile 1 Shear 1
in. (mm) in. (mm) Required lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 12715 9935 5960 8280 4970
(9.5) (108) (56.6) (44.2) (26.5) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 5 (1) 5/8 x 5 18275 17665 10600 14720 8835
(12.7) (127) (81.3) (78.6) (47.2) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 6-5/8 (1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 29840 27610 16565 23010 13805
(15.9) (168) (132.7) (122.8) (73.7) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 8-1/4 (1) 1 x 8-1/4 36660 39760 23855 28165 16900
(19.1) (210) (163.1) (176.9) (106.1) (125.3) (75.1)
1 Steel values in accordance with AISC
ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi
ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316): Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8"
Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4"
Allowable Load Values Ultimate Load Values

Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom
Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Anom
2 Use lower value of either bond/concrete capacity or steel strength.

HVA Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete
HVU Ultimate Bond Strength1 Grade 60 Rebar1

Embedment Adhesive f'c=2000 psi f'c=3000 psi f'c=4000 psi f'c=6000 psi Yield Tensile
Rebar Depth Capsule(s) (13.8 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) Strength Strength
Size in. (mm) Required lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
4-1/4 (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 9680 10980 12270 14850
(108) (43.1) (48.8) (54.6) (66.1)
#4 6-3/8 (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 & 14520 16460 18400 22280 12000 18000
(162) (1) 3/8 x 3-1/2 (64.6) (73.2) (81.9) (99.1) (53.4) (80.1)
8-1/2 (2) 1/2 x 4-1/4 19360 21950 24530 29710
(216) (86.1) (97.6) (109.1) (132.2)
5 (1) 5/8 x 5 15000 16920 18830 22650
(127) (66.7) (75.3) (83.8) (100.8)
#5 7-1/2 (1) 5/8 x 5 & 22490 25370 28240 33980 18600 27900
(184) (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 (100.4) (112.9) (125.6) (151.1) (82.7) (124.1)
10 (2) 5/8 x 5 29990 33820 37650 45310
(254) (133.4) (150.4) (167.5) (201.5)
6-5/8 (1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 21020 24250 27470 33930
(168) (93.5) (107.9) (122.2) (150.9)
#6 10 (2) 3/4 x 6-5/8 31530 36370 41210 50890 26400 39600
(254) (140.3) (161.8) (183.3) (226.4) (117.4) (176.1)
13-1/4 (2) 7/8 x 6-5/8 42040 48500 54950 67850
(337) (187.0) (215.7) (244.4) (301.8)
6-5/8 (1) 1 x 8-1/4 23650 27280 30910 38170
(168) (105.2) (121.3) (137.5) (169.8)
#7 10 (2) 3/4 x 6-5/8 35470 40920 46360 57250 36000 54000
(254) (157.8) (182.0) (206.2) (254.7) (160.1) (240.2)
13-1/4 (2) 1 x 8-1/4 47300 54560 61810 76330
(337) (210.4) (242.7) (274.9) (339.5)
8-1/4 (1) 1 x 8-1/4 & 35640 40500 45360 55080
(210) (1) 5/8 x 5 (158.5) (180.2) (201.8) (245.0)
#8 12-3/8 (1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 & 53460 60750 68040 82610 47400 71100
(314) (1) 1 x 8-1/4 (237.8) (270.2) (302.7) (367.5) (210.8) (316.3)
16-1/2 (2) 1 x 8-1/4 & 71270 80990 90710 110150
(419) (1) 3/4 x 6-5/8 (317.0) (360.3) (403.5) (490.0)
1 Use lower of either bond/concrete or steel strength.

HVA Allowable Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)1,2,3
Strength Properties of
HVU Allowable Tensile Concrete/Bond Strength Metric Rebar
fy = 400 MPa
Embedment Adhesive 14 MPa 20 MPa 28 MPa 40 MPa Yield Tensile
Rebar Depth Capsule(s) (2000 psi) (3000 psi) (4000 psi) (6000 psi) Strength Strength
Size mm (in.) Required kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb)
125 (1) M16 16.7 18.8 21.0 25.2
(5) (3750) (4230) (4705) (5660)
15M 185 (1) M16 & 25.1 28.2 31.4 37.8 80 120
(7-1/2) (1) M12 (5620) (6340) (7060) (8495) (17985) (26975)
255 (2) M16 33.4 37.6 41.9 50.4
(10) (7495) (8455) (9410) (11325)
170 (1) M20 23.4 27.0 30.6 37.7
(6-5/8) (5255) (6060) (6865) (8480)
20M 255 (2) 3/4 x 6-5/8 35.1 40.5 45.8 56.6 120 180
(10) (7880) (9090) (10300) (12720) (26975) (40465)
340 (2) M20 46.8 53.9 61.1 75.4
(13-1/4) (10510) (12125) (13735) (16960)
210 (1) M24 39.6 45.0 50.4 61.3
(8-1/4) (8910) (10125) (11340) (13770)
25M 315 (1) M24 & 59.4 67.6 75.7 91.9 200 300
(12-3/8) (1) 3/4 x 6-5/8 (13365) (15185) (17010) (20650) (44960) (67440)
420 (2) M24 79.2 90.1 100.9 122.5
(16-1/2) (17815) (20245) (22675) (27535)
1 Allowable bond/concrete strength based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2 Actual tensile bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes.
3 For anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, refer to page 160 of the HVA Adhesive Anchor System.

HVA Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)1,2
Strength Properties of
HVU Ultimate Tensile Concrete/Bond Strength Metric Rebar
fy = 400 MPa
Embedment Adhesive 14 MPa 20 MPa 28 MPa 40 MPa Yield Tensile
Rebar Depth Capsule(s) (2000 psi) (3000 psi) (4000 psi) (6000 psi) Strength Strength
Size mm (in.) Required kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb)
125 (1) M16 66.7 75.3 83.3 100.8
(5) (15000) (16920) (18830) (22650)
15M 185 (1) M16 & 100.4 112.9 125.6 151.1 80 120
(7-1/2) (1) M12 (22490) (25370) (28240) (33980) (17985) (26975)
255 (2) M16 133.4 150.4 167.5 201.5
(10) (29990) (33820) (37650) (45310)
170 (1) M20 93.5 107.9 122.2 150.9
(6-5/8) (21020) (24250) (27470) (33930)
20M 255 (2) 3/4 x 6-5/8 140.3 161.8 183.3 226.4 120 180
(10) (31530) (36370) (41210) (50890) (26975) (40465)
340 (2) M20 187.0 215.7 244.4 301.8
(13-1/4) (42040) (48500) (54950) (67850)
210 (1) M24 158.5 180.2 201.8 245.0
(8-1/4) (35640) (40500) (45360) (55080)
25M 315 (1) M24 237.8 270.2 302.7 367.5 200 300
(12-3/8) & (1) 3/4 x 6-5/8 (53460) (60750) (68040) (82610) (44960) (67440)
420 (2) M24 317.0 360.3 403.5 490.0
(16-1/2) (71270) (80990) (90710) (110150)
2 For anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, refer to page 160 of the HVA Adhesive Anchor System.
Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete

Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors Edge Distance Adjustment Factors
N
s = Actual spacing c = Actual edge distance
hef = Actual embedment hef = Actual embedment
s smin = 0.5 hef cmin = 0.5 hef Tension and shear
V scr = 1.5 hef ccr = 1.5 hef Tension
= 2.0 hef Shear
⊥ =
c
Perpendicular to edge
h ll = Parallel to edge
scr ccr
1.5 2.0
Shear &
Tension
ccr
Spacing Tension/Shear 1.0 1.5
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef s c

hef hef
fA = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.55 smin
)
'
r(
0.5 1.0
ea
for scr>s>smin
(II)
Sh
ar
S he
n
Edge Distance Tension
sio
cmin
Ten
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef 0 0.5
0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor
for ccr>c>cmin (fA)
Edge Distance Shear 0
( ⊥ toward edge) 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef Edge Spacing Adjustment Factor
(fRV, fRN)
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09
for ccr>c>cmin
Edge Distance Shear Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" Diameter Anchor
(II to or away from edge) Anchor
3/8" diameter
Diameter
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28 fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
for ccr>c>cmin Embedment 3-1/2 5-1/4 7 3-1/2 5-1/4 7 3-1/2 5-1/4 7 3-1/2 5-1/4 7
Depth, in.
1-3/4 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
2 0.72 0.63 0.22 0.49
2-5/8 0.78 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.32 0.18 0.55 0.46
3 0.81 0.72 0.74 0.63 0.37 0.22 0.59 0.49
3-1/2 0.85 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.67 0.60 0.45 0.27 0.18 0.64 0.52 0.46
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
4 0.89 0.78 0.72 0.86 0.70 0.63 0.53 0.32 0.22 0.69 0.55 0.49
4-1/2 0.94 0.81 0.74 0.91 0.74 0.66 0.60 0.37 0.26 0.74 0.59 0.51
5-1/4 1.00 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.72 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55
6 0.89 0.81 0.86 0.74 0.84 0.53 0.37 0.90 0.69 0.59
7 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.63 0.45 1.00 0.76 0.64
7-7/8 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
8-1/2 0.89 0.86 0.78 0.57 0.86 0.72
9 0.91 0.89 0.84 0.60 0.90 0.74
10 0.94 0.91 0.94 0.68 0.97 0.79
10-1/2 0.96 0.94 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
12 0.98 0.97 0.84 0.90
13 1.00 1.00 0.91 0.95
14 1.00 1.00
Load Adjustment Factors for 1/2" Diameter Anchor Spacing Tension/Shear

Anchor smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef
1/2" diameter
Diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear fA = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.55
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge), for scr>s>smin
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
Embedment 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 Edge Distance Tension
Depth, in.
2-1/8 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
3 0.76 0.68 0.29 0.53 fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40
3-3/16 0.78 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.32 0.18 0.55 0.46
for ccr>c>cmin
3-1/2 0.80 0.71 0.73 0.62 0.35 0.21 0.58 0.48
4 0.83 0.74 0.78 0.65 0.42 0.25 0.62 0.51 Edge Distance Shear
4-1/4 0.85 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.67 0.60 0.45 0.27 0.18 0.64 0.52 0.46 ( ⊥ toward edge)
5 0.90 0.79 0.73 0.87 0.71 0.64 0.55 0.33 0.23 0.70 0.56 0.49 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
5-1/2 0.94 0.81 0.74 0.92 0.75 0.66 0.61 0.38 0.26 0.75 0.59 0.51
6 0.97 0.83 0.76 0.96 0.78 0.68 0.67 0.42 0.29 0.79 0.62 0.53 fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09
6-3/8 1.00 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.72 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55 for ccr>c>cmin
7 0.88 0.80 0.84 0.73 0.80 0.50 0.35 0.87 0.68 0.58 Edge Distance Shear
8 0.93 0.83 0.90 0.78 0.93 0.59 0.42 0.96 0.73 0.62 (II to or away from edge)
8-1/2 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.63 0.45 1.00 0.76 0.64
9 0.97 0.87 0.96 0.82 0.67 0.48 0.79 0.66 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
9-9/16 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69 fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28
10 0.90 0.87 0.76 0.55 0.84 0.70 for ccr>c>cmin
10-1/2 0.92 0.89 0.80 0.58 0.87 0.72
12 0.97 0.96 0.93 0.67 0.96 0.79
12-3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
14 0.80 0.87
16 0.93 0.96
17 1.00 1.00
Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor
5/8" diameter 3/4" diameter
Diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge), Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2 fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
Embedment 5 7-1/2 10 5 7-1/2 10 5 7-1/2 10 5 7-1/2 10 6-5/8 10 13-1/4 6-5/8 10 13-1/4 6-5/8 10 13-1/4 6-5/8 10 13-1/4
Depth, in.
2-1/2 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
3-5/16 0.75 0.67 0.27 0.52 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
3-3/4 0.78 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.32 0.18 0.55 0.46 0.72 0.63 0.22 0.48
4 0.79 0.71 0.72 0.61 0.34 0.20 0.57 0.47 0.73 0.64 0.24 0.50
4-1/2 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.40 0.23 0.60 0.50 0.75 0.67 0.28 0.52
5 0.85 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.67 0.60 0.45 0.27 0.18 0.64 0.52 0.46 0.78 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.32 0.18 0.55 0.46
5-1/2 0.88 0.77 0.72 0.84 0.69 0.62 0.50 0.31 0.21 0.68 0.54 0.48 0.80 0.72 0.73 0.62 0.36 0.21 0.58 0.48
6 0.91 0.79 0.73 0.88 0.72 0.64 0.56 0.34 0.23 0.71 0.57 0.50 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.40 0.23 0.61 0.50
6-5/8 0.95 0.82 0.75 0.93 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.39 0.27 0.76 0.60 0.52 0.85 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.67 0.60 0.45 0.27 0.18 0.64 0.52 0.46
7 0.97 0.83 0.76 0.96 0.77 0.68 0.67 0.41 0.29 0.78 0.62 0.53 0.87 0.76 0.71 0.82 0.68 0.61 0.48 0.29 0.20 0.66 0.53 0.47
7-1/2 1.00 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.72 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55 0.89 0.78 0.72 0.85 0.70 0.63 0.52 0.32 0.22 0.69 0.55 0.48
8 0.87 0.79 0.83 0.72 0.77 0.49 0.34 0.86 0.66 0.57 0.91 0.79 0.73 0.88 0.72 0.64 0.56 0.34 0.24 0.71 0.57 0.50
9 0.91 0.82 0.88 0.76 0.88 0.56 0.40 0.93 0.71 0.60 0.96 0.82 0.75 0.94 0.76 0.67 0.64 0.40 0.28 0.77 0.60 0.52
9-15/16 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 0.98 0.63 0.45 1.00 0.76 0.64 1.00 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.72 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55
10 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.64 0.85 0.78 0.80 0.70 0.73 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55
11-1/4 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69 0.89 0.80 0.85 0.74 0.83 0.52 0.37 0.89 0.69 0.59
12 0.91 0.88 0.77 0.56 0.86 0.71 0.91 0.82 0.88 0.76 0.89 0.56 0.40 0.93 0.71 0.61
13 0.94 0.92 0.85 0.61 0.90 0.75 0.94 0.84 0.92 0.79 0.97 0.61 0.44 0.99 0.75 0.63
13-1/4 0.95 0.93 0.86 0.63 0.92 0.76 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.63 0.45 1.00 0.76 0.64
15 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
18 0.88 0.93 0.96 0.94 0.88 0.64 0.93 0.77
20 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.73 1.00 0.82
22 0.81 0.88
24 0.89 0.93
26-1/2 1.00 1.00
Spacing Tension/Shear Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchor

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef Anchor
7/8" diameter
Diameter
fA = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.55 Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
for scr>s>smin Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
Edge Distance Tension Embedment 6-5/8 10 13-1/4 6-5/8 10 13 1/4 6-5/8 10 13-1/4 6-5/8 10 13-1/4
Depth, in.
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef 3-5/16 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40
4 0.73 0.64 0.24 0.50
4-1/2 0.75 0.67 0.28 0.52
for ccr>c>cmin
5 0.78 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.32 0.18 0.55 0.46
Edge Distance Shear 6 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.40 0.23 0.61 0.50
( ⊥ toward edge) 6-5/8 0.85 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.67 0.60 0.45 0.27 0.18 0.64 0.52 0.46
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef 7 0.87 0.76 0.71 0.82 0.68 0.61 0.48 0.29 0.20 0.66 0.53 0.47
8 0.91 0.79 0.73 0.88 0.72 0.64 0.56 0.34 0.24 0.71 0.57 0.50

fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09 9 0.96 0.82 0.75 0.94 0.76 0.67 0.64 0.40 0.28 0.77 0.60 0.52
for ccr>c>cmin 9-15/16 1.00 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.72 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55
Edge Distance Shear 10 0.85 0.78 0.80 0.70 0.73 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55
(II to or away from edge) 11 0.88 0.80 0.84 0.73 0.81 0.50 0.36 0.88 0.68 0.58
12 0.91 0.82 0.88 0.76 0.89 0.56 0.40 0.93 0.71 0.61
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef 13 0.94 0.84 0.92 0.79 0.97 0.61 0.44 0.99 0.75 0.63
fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28 13-1/4 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.63 0.45 1.00 0.76 0.64
for ccr>c>cmin 14 0.97 0.87 0.96 0.82 0.67 0.48 0.78 0.66
15 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
16 0.91 0.88 0.77 0.56 0.86 0.71
18 0.96 0.94 0.88 0.64 0.93 0.77
20 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.73 1.00 0.82
22 0.81 0.88
24 0.89 0.93
26-1/2 1.00 1.00
Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1-1/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor
1" diameter 1-1/4" diameter
Diameter
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge), Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
Embedment 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 12 15 18 12 15 18 12 15 18 12 15 18
Depth, in.
4-1/8 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
4-1/2 0.71 0.62 0.20 0.48
5 0.73 0.64 0.24 0.50
6 0.77 0.69 0.30 0.54 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
6-3/16 0.78 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.32 0.18 0.55 0.46 0.70 0.61 0.19 0.47
7 0.80 0.72 0.74 0.63 0.37 0.22 0.59 0.48 0.73 0.63 0.23 0.49
7-1/2 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.40 0.24 0.61 0.50 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.25 0.18 0.51 0.46
8-1/4 0.85 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.67 0.60 0.45 0.27 0.18 0.64 0.52 0.46 0.76 0.72 0.68 0.62 0.28 0.21 0.53 0.48
9 0.88 0.77 0.71 0.84 0.69 0.62 0.50 0.30 0.20 0.67 0.54 0.48 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.70 0.64 0.60 0.32 0.23 0.18 0.55 0.50 0.46
10 0.91 0.79 0.73 0.88 0.72 0.64 0.56 0.35 0.24 0.72 0.57 0.50 0.80 0.75 0.72 0.73 0.67 0.62 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.58 0.52 0.48
11 0.95 0.82 0.75 0.93 0.76 0.67 0.63 0.39 0.27 0.76 0.60 0.52 0.83 0.77 0.73 0.77 0.69 0.64 0.41 0.31 0.24 0.61 0.54 0.50
12-3/8 1.00 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.72 0.45 0.32 0.82 0.64 0.55 0.86 0.80 0.76 0.81 0.73 0.68 0.47 0.36 0.28 0.65 0.58 0.53
13 0.87 0.79 0.82 0.72 0.76 0.48 0.34 0.85 0.66 0.56 0.88 0.81 0.77 0.83 0.75 0.69 0.50 0.38 0.30 0.67 0.59 0.54
14 0.89 0.80 0.85 0.74 0.83 0.52 0.37 0.89 0.69 0.59 0.90 0.83 0.78 0.87 0.77 0.71 0.54 0.41 0.33 0.70 0.62 0.56
16 0.94 0.84 0.92 0.79 0.96 0.61 0.43 0.98 0.75 0.63 0.95 0.87 0.82 0.93 0.83 0.76 0.63 0.49 0.39 0.76 0.66 0.60
16-1/2 0.95 0.85 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.63 0.45 1.00 0.76 0.64 0.96 0.88 0.83 0.95 0.84 0.77 0.65 0.50 0.41 0.78 0.68 0.61
18 0.99 0.88 0.98 0.84 0.70 0.50 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.91 0.85 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.72 0.56 0.45 0.82 0.71 0.64
18-9/16 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69 0.92 0.86 0.90 0.81 0.75 0.58 0.47 0.84 0.73 0.65
22-1/2 0.96 0.95 0.89 0.65 0.93 0.77 1.00 0.93 1.00 0.90 0.92 0.72 0.59 0.96 0.82 0.73
24 0.99 0.98 0.96 0.70 0.98 0.80 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.77 0.63 1.00 0.86 0.76
24-3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.96 0.95 0.80 0.65 0.87 0.78
27 0.79 0.87 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.72 0.93 0.82
30 0.89 0.93 1.00 0.81 1.00 0.88
33 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.94
36 1.00 1.00

Chemical Resistance Table
% By Not Partially Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the
Chemical/Liquid Weight Resistant Resistant Resistant concrete, leaving very little surface area exposed. In some cases,
Acetic acid conc. • this would allow the HVA system to be used where it would be
10% • exposed to the “Partially Resistant” chemical compounds.
Acetone •
Ammonia 25% •
5% •
Ammonium nitrate 10% • Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength
Ammonium sulphate 10% •
Carbolic acid solution HVU IN-SERVICE TEMPERATURE
(Phenol) 10% • 120
•
(53% @ 212°F)
Carbon tetrachloride conc. 100
Allowable Bond Strength

Caustic soda 40% •
(% of Load @ 70°F)
(100% @ 70°F)
Sodium hydroxide 20% • 80
Chlorinated lime solution conc. • 60
Citric acid 10% •
Common salt solution 10% • 40
Communal waste water • 20
Diesel oil •
Ethanol 96% • 0
Ethylene glycol conc. • 20 60 100 140 180 220
Formic acid 10% • Base Material Temperature (°F)
Hydrochloric acid 20% • Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the
Hydrogen peroxide 30% • temperature for 24 hours then removing it from the
5% • controlled environment and testing to failure.
Lactic acid 50% • Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is
10% • available; please contact Hilti Technical Services.
Machine oil •
Methanol conc. •
Methyl isobutyl kentone conc. • Curing Time Table
Mixture of amines Vol%1 •
Mixture of aromatic HVU Capsule Volume (Approximate)
Vol%2 •
hydrocarbons Size Vol (in3) Base
Nitric acid 40% • HVU 3/8" (M10) 0.37
Material Approx.
20% • Temperature Full Cure
Petrol/Gasoline • HVU 1/2" (M12) 0.61 °F °C Time
Phosphoric acid 40% • HVU 5/8" (M16) 1.04 23 –5 5 hr
20% • HVU 3/4" 2.07 32 0 1 hr
2-Propanol conc. • 50 10 30 min
Propylene glycol conc. • HVU 7/8" (M20) 2.62
above 68 20 20 min
Sodium carbonate 10% • HVU 1" (M24) 4.21
Sodium silicate (pH=14) 50% • HVU 1-1/4" (M32) 9.46
Sulphuric acid 40% •
20% •
Xylene conc. •
Influence of High Energy Radiation
1 35 Vol% Triethanolamine, 30 Vol% n-Butylamine and 35 Vol% N,N-Dimethylaniline
Radiation Detrimental Recommendation
2 60 Vol% Toluene, 30 Vol% Xylene and 10 Vol% Methylnaphthalene
Exposure Effect for Use
< 10 Mrad Insignificant Full Use
Samples of the HVU Resin were immersed in the various chemical compounds
for up to one year. At the end of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Restricted Use
10 – 100 Mrad Moderate
Any samples showing no visible damage and having less than a 25% reduction Frec. = 0.5 Fperm.
in bending (flexural) strength were classified as “Resistant.” Samples that had No recommendation
slight damage, such as small cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending > 100 Mrad Medium to strong
for use
strength of 25% or more, were classified as “Partially Resistant.” Samples that
were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as “Not Resistant.”
!
h1 h1 h1
h1

1b 2 3
1a 1a 1a 1b 1b
HAS Rod, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions
2 3 3 3 43
2 2 3 4 4HAS
1a 1b
2 2 2
! 3
! ! 4
HIS
4
HAS
1b HAS4x HAS Rebar
1a HIS HIS HAS
HIS HAS
4x 4x 4x Rebar Rebar HIS
Rebar HIS
h1 Rebar h1 h1
! 4x 4x Rebar
!
!
1a. Drilling the hole - Rotary 1b. Drilling the hole - Diamond 2. Clean the hole immediately 3. Ensure that the specified
hammer hdrill:
1
Set the depth coring: Mark the correct before setting the anchor. setting depth is marked on h1
gauge to the correct drilling drilling depth on the height Remove drilling dust and the anchor rod. If not, add an
depth. h1 adjustment mechanism. standing water from the base embedment mark, for
of the hole by blowing out well example with tape or marker.
with at least 4 strokes of the
blow-out pump, or using
2 2 3 3 3 compressed air or an
4 4
2 industrial vacuum cleaner. The4
5 anchor holes must be free of 6
HAS HAS HAS dust, water, ice, oil, bitumen,
5 HIS 6 HIS 6HISchemicals or 6 any other foreign 7 7 7
5 5 6 7
4 4x 4x 2 4x 5 Rebar
5 Rebar 3Rebar
matter or contaminants. Poorly- 6 4 7
cleaned holes = poor hold.
4 HVU
4 5 6 HAS 7 trel trel trel
HVU HVU HVU HIS trel
4x HVU HVU Rebar
4. Caution! Check that the hole 5. Push the anchor capsule into 6. Use the setting tool at a 7. Switch off the rotary hammer
is drilled to the correct depth the drilled hole. speed of 250–1000 r.p.m. to drill immediately when the
before setting the anchor. drive the anchor rod into the specified setting depth is
Hole depth is correct hole, applying moderate reached ( refer to mark on the
when the anchor rod
5 the base of the hole 6 6 6 pressure and with the
7 7 7anchor rod). After setting,
5 5 contacts hammering action switched on. adhesive mortar must fill the
and the setting depth mark annular gap completely, right
coincides with the concrete up to the concrete surface.
surface. trelCaution! Prolonged relt
rel rotary
t
7 HVU HVU 68 action may cause7
9 mortar to
HVU
5 be forced out of the hole,
7 +≠ +≠ +≠
8 8 8 9 9 9 resulting in reduced anchor +≠ +≠
8 8 9 9loading capacity.
trel tcure tTrelinst.
8 9 10
trel tcure tHVU
cure tcure Tinst. Tinst. T11inst.
tcure tcure Tinst.
˚C ˚F ˚Ctrel tcure
Tinst.
˚F ˚Ctrel tcure ˚F
˚C60' min.23°...32°
˚F
trel tc
t60'rel ˚Ct
min.-5°...0° min.23°...32° 5h 60'
min.-5°...0°
min.23°...32°
min.-5°...0° 5h
min.-5°...0° min.23°...32° 60' min.-5
0°...10° 30'
32°...50° 0°...10° 1 32°...50°
h 30'
0°...10° 132°...50°
h 30'
0°...10° 32°...50° 30' 0°
10°...20° 20'
50°...68° 10°...20° 30'50°...68° 10°...20°
20' 30'
50°...68° 20'
10°...20° 50°...68° 20' 10°
20°...max.40° 68°...max.104° 8'
20°...max.40° 20' 20°...max.40°
68°...max.104° 8' 68°...max.104°
20' 8'
20°...max.40° 68°...max.104° 8' 20°...ma
8. The working time “t rel”, which 9. After reaching the end of the 10. A load may be applied to the 11. The working time “t rel”
depends on base material working time “t rel”, do not anchor only after the curing and curing time “t cure”,
temperature, must be observed manipulate or disturb the time “t cure” has elapsed. which depend on base
(see fig. 10). The screwed-on anchor rod in any way until material temperature, must
setting tool may be removed the curing time “t cure” be observed!
+≠ +≠
8 8 the time “t rel” has
only after
9 has elapsed. 9 +≠
8elapsed. 9
tcure tcure
+≠ tcure Tinst. Tinst.Tinst. ˚C ˚F ˚Ctrel ˚Ctcure

˚F
˚F trel tcure
+≠ tcure
trel
8 9 min.-5°...0° min.23°...32° 60' 5h
min.-5°...0° min.23°...32° 60'
min.-5°...0° 5h
min.23°...32° 60' 5h
+≠ 0°...10° 32°...50° 30' 1h
0°...10° 30'
32°...50° 0°...10° 132°...50°
h 30' 1h
HVU Adhesive Capsules, Carbon Steel HAS Rods/Stainless Steel HAS Rods
HVU HVU HAS HAS Super HAS Rods HAS Rods HAS/
Adhesive Capsules Qty Rods 5.8 A193 B71 304 SS 316 SS HAS Qty
Description Item No. Per Box Description Item No. Description Item No. Description Item No. Description Item No. Per Box
3/8" x 3-1/2" (M10) 256692 10 3/8" x 5-1/8" 385419 3/8" x 5-1/8" 68657 3/8" x 5-1/8" 385462 3/8" x 5-1/8" 3024335 20/10
3/8" x 3-1/2" (M10) 3/8" x 8" 385463
1/2" x 4-1/4" (M12) 256693 10 1/2" x 6-1/2" 385424 1/2" x 6-1/2" 68658 1/2" x 6-1/2" 385464 1/2" x 6-1/2" 3024336 20/10
1/2" x 4-1/4" (M12) 1/2" x 8" 385425 1/2" x 8" 385465 10
1/2" x 4-1/4" (M12) 1/2" x 10" 385426 1/2" x 10" 385466 1/2" x 11" 3024337 10
5/8" x 5" (M16) 256694 10 5/8" x 8" 385428 5/8" x 7-5/8" 333783 5/8” x 7-5/8” 385467 5/8" x 7-5/8" 333781 20/10
5/8" x 5" (M16) 5/8" x 9" 385429 5/8” x 10” 385468 5/8" x 9" 3024338 10
5/8" x 5" (M16) 5/8" x 12" 385430 5/8" x 12" 3024339 10
3/4" x 6-5/8" 256702 5 3/4" x 10" 385432 3/4" x 9-5/8" 68660 3/4" x 9-5/8" 385469 3/4" x 9-5/8" 3024340 10/5
3/4" x 6-5/8" 3/4" x 11" 385433 10
3/4" x 6-5/8" 3/4" x 12" 385434 3/4" x 12" 385470 10
3/4" x 6-5/8" 3/4" x 14" 385435 3/4" x 14" 3006083 3/4" x 14" 385471 10
7/8" x 6-5/8" (M20) 256695 5 7/8" x 10"2 385440 7/8" x 10" hdg1 68661 7/8" x 10" 885473 10/5
7/8" x 6-5/8" (M20) 7/8" x 13"2 385441 7/8" x 12 hdg1 3006077 10
7/8" x 6-5/8" (M20) 7/8" x 16" hdg1 45259 5
1" x 8-1/4" (M24) 256696 5 1" x 12" 385442 1" x 12" 68662 1" x 12" 385474 1" x 12" 3024341 4/5
1" x 8-1/4" (M24) 1" x 14" 385443 1" x 14" 3006079 2
1" x 8-1/4" (M24) 1" x 16" 385444 1" x 16" 3006080 2
1" x 8-1/4" (M24) 1" x 20" 385445 1" x 21" 3006081 2
1-1/4" x 12" (M33) 256699 4 1-1/4" x 16" 385446 1-1/4" x 16" 333779 4/4
1-1/4" x 12" (M33) 1-1/4" x 22" 385447 1-1/4" x 23" 3006082 2/4
1 Hot-Dip Galvanized (7/8" rod only). Coating thickness 2 mils (50.8 µm).
2 Requires setting nuts when using 1-7/16" x 3/4" drive socket.
HVU Adhesive Capsules, HIS Internally Threaded Carbon Steel Inserts/HIS-R Stainless Steel Inserts
HIS Insert HIS-R Insert HVU Adhesive Capsule HIS Setting Tool1 Quantity
Carbon Steel 316 SS used with HIS Inserts Drive Socket Setting Tool per Box
Product Item No. Product Item No. Product Item No. Required Item No. HIS HVU
3/8" x 4-1/4" 258020 3/8" x 4-1/4" 258029 1/2" x 4-1/4" 256693 9/16" 45969 10 10
1/2" x 5" 258021 1/2" x 5" 258030 5/8" x 5" 256694 3/4" 45970 5 10
5/8" x 6-5/8" 258022 5/8" x 6-5/8" 258031 7/8" x 6-5/8" 256695 15/16" 45971 5 5
3/4" x 8-1/4" 258023 3/4" x 8-1/4" 258032 1" x 8-1/4" 256696 1-1/8" 45972 5 5
1 Select square drive shaft and drive socket from “Setting Products” below.
Square Drive Shaft
Black Finished
HAS Threaded Rod w/Setting Nut Drive Socket Setting Nuts 2,3
HIS Internally Threaded HIS Setting Tool

Sleeve Insert Rebar Rebar Adaptor
Setting Products
HAS Rod, Square Drive Shaft Setting Nuts2,3 HIS Setting Tools1 Rebar Setting Tools
HIS/ Item No. 00032220 Item No. 0032221 TE-Y-SD-3/4" Item No. 00220693 Setting Drive
Rebar TE-C + SD-1/2" Item No. 00332169 TE-T-SD-3/4" TE-Y-SD-1" Tool Socket TE-Y
Diameter Item No. Drive Socket Item No. Drive Socket Item No. Drive Socket Item No. Qty/Pkg. Item No. Required Item No. Adaptor
3/8" / #3 65277 9/16" x 1/2" 45138 10 45969 9/16"
1/2" / #4 65278 3/4" x 1/2" 65279 3/4" x 3/4" 45140 10 45970 3/4" 220695 #4
5/8" / #5 65280 15/16" x 1/2" 65281 15/16" x 3/4" 45139 5 45971 15/16" 220696 #5/15M
3/4" / #6 65282 1-1/8" x 3/4" 45141 5 45972 1-1/8" 220697 #6/20M
7/8" / #7 65283 1-7/16" x 3/4" 45142 5 220698 #7
1" / # 8 65284 1-1/2" x 3/4" 45143 5 220699 #8/25M
1-1/4" 65285 1-7/8" x 1" 45144 5
1 To be used with appropriate drive socket and drive shaft from selector chart above. Setting nuts not required with HIS setting tools.
2 Nuts furnished with HAS-E and the HAS Super are oversized and will not fit the drive sockets listed above.
Use the black setting nuts with Hilti drive sockets for anchor installation.
3 Setting nuts have a black finished coating, except 7/8” which are hot-dip galvanized.
Accessories
Item No. Description Use

381215 Blowout Tool For holes up to 11" deep
38251 HIT-DL 10/0.8 Extension Hose For holes up to 30" deep
38252 HIT-DL 16/0.8 Extension Hose For holes up to 30" deep
The Hilti HIT System 4.2.2
4.2.2.1 Hilti Adhesive Anchor Systems HIT Portfolio

To address the various conditions found on today’s construction projects, Hilti offers Products for Specified Applications
the most complete selection of products. We call it the HIT Portfolio.
• HIT-HY 20
No matter what application you have on the jobsite, Hilti has a product for you. • HIT-HY 150
• HIT-HY 150 MAX
Every product in the HIT Portfolio was developed using the
• HIT-RE 500
same stringent standards and is backed by the experience of the company that • HIT-RE 500-SD
brought cartridge adhesive anchor systems to the world...Hilti.
Products for Non-Specified Applications
• HIT-HY 10
• HFX
HIT-HY 20 HIT-HY 150 MAX HIT RE 500-SD

Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesive Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesive Slow Cure Epoxy Adhesive
• Structural anchors into brick/block • Anchor and dowel applications where time is key • Deep anchors and dowels
• Retrofit/Strengthening of historic structures • Seismic retrofit of concrete structures • Installation in diamond cored, wet or oversized holes
• Facade rehabilitation • Holes may be up to 1/4” larger than rods • Seismic retrofit of concrete structures
• SD = Strength Design
Hollow Base Solid Base

(Brick & Hollow block) (Concrete & Aerated block)
Fast Cure Slow Cure

Specified
HY 150 MAX RE 500-SD

HY 20
HY 150 RE 500
Specified
HY 10 HY 10
Non-
HFX HFX
Specified applications are those involving a project engineer/architect having provided guidance on proper anchor selection. To help ensure a product approved for
the current building code in your area, contact Hilti. Technical data for HIT-HT 10 and HFX are not included in this manual.
HIT-HY 10 and HFX

Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesives
• Ornamental iron, gates and fencing
• Dowels for curbs and sidewalks
• Non-specified fastening and doweling
• HIT-HY 10:
Great for volume jobs - 2-part foil pack that
uses the same MD 2000, MD 2500 or ED 3500
dispensers as all other Hilti foil pack adhesives
• HFX:
Great for smaller jobs - Single, self-opening
HIT-HY 10 cartridge fits standard caulk gun and cartridge HFX
dispensers
4.2.2 The Hilti HIT System
HIT HY and RE Refill Packs
The HIT adhesives are supplied in the

revolutionary refill packs*
• Integrated piercing device in refill
packs for self-opening
convenience — no
cutting required
Hilti HIT HY 150 MAX, HIT-RE
500, HIT-RE 500-SD and HIT • The refill pack
reduces waste up to
HY 20 are also available in
70% when compared
medium (16.9 oz.) cartridges to conventional hard
and in large (47.3 oz.) car- cartridges
tridges for high-volume appli- • HIT-ICE allows easy handling even
cations. with heavy winter gloves by using
co-axial hard cartridges and
large twist off caps
* excluding HIT-ICE
Refill Pack Holder
The refill pack holder is a reusable,

hard cartridge
• The refill pack is easily inserted in
the holder and the holder in the
dispenser, for quick easy use
• The holder can be used to store and
transport partially used refill packs
HIT HY or RE Dispensers
• Fast, trouble free injections with
a minimum of effort
• Designed and built to last
• ED 3500 Battery Dispenser for
effortless dispensing
HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE 4.2.3

Please refer to Section 4.2.4 for HIT-HY Product Features of HIT-TZ
150 MAX or Section 4.2.5 for HIT-ICE Threaded Rods
Adhesive product specific information. • Full tensile capacity with installation 4.2.3.4 Installation Instructions
The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative in drilled holes without any hole 4.2.3.5 Ordering Information
threaded rod installed with HIT-HY 150 cleaning procedures
MAX hybrid adhesive or HIT-ICE. With • Develops the tensile strength of
the combination of HIT HY 150 MAX or HAS-E (ISO898, Class 5.8) thread-
ed rods and HAS-SS (F 593 and A
HIT-ICE and the innovative design of the
193, B8, Class 1 for stainless steel
HIT-TZ rod, anchoring into uncleaned in Canada only) at 20% shallower
holes, wet holes (including standing embedment
water) and/or Hilti matched tolerance • Full tensile capacity in Hilti matched
diamond-cored holes does not tolerance diamond-cored holes
adversely affect tensile capacity. Use • Develops full tensile capacity when
HIT-ICE in base material temperatures ≤ installed in wet holes (with standing
40° F (5° C). water) per ICC-ES AC 58
• Seismic qualified per IBC®/IRC®
How It Works expansion forces 2003, IBC®/IRC® 2000 and UBC®
When an axial 1997 (ICC-ES AC58). Please refer
load is applied, to ESR-1967
the innovative Axial Load
HIT-TZ creates
expansion
expansion forces
forces which
supplement the bonding power of HIT-
HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE and the
concrete. This compensates for
unfavorable hole conditions.
Listings/Approvals
No more: City of Los Angeles
(pending)
• removing water or drying holes NSF/ANSI Std 61
• roughening diamond cored holes. Certification for use of HIT-HY 150 MAX
in potable water
Code Compliance
IBC®/IRC® 2003 (ICC-ES AC58)
UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC58)
LEED ®: Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
Materials

Environmental Design (LEED® ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
accepted benchmark for the design, con-
struction and operation of high perfor-
mance green buildings.
4.2.3 HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE

Guide Specifications Anchor Rods Shall be furnished with a
helical cone shaped thread on the
embedded end and standard threads on
03250 (Concrete accessories) the exposed end. Anchor rods shall be
manufactured to meet the following
Related Sections:
requirements:
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing 1. ASTM A 510 with chemical
Accessories) composition of AISI 1038; 2. AISI 316
05050 (Metal Fabrication) stainless steel, meeting the
05120 (Structural Steel) requirements of ASTM A 493.
Injectable adhesive shall be used for Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished
installation of all threaded anchor rods to meet the requirements of the above
into new or existing concrete. Adhesive anchor rod specifications.
shall be furnished in containers which
keep component A and component B
separate. Containers shall be designed
to accept static mixing nozzle which
thoroughly blends component A and
component B and allows injection
directly into drilled hole. Only injection
tools and static mixing nozzles as
supplied by manufacturer shall be used.
Manufacturer’s instructions shall be
followed. Injection adhesive shall be
formulated to include resin and hardener
to provide optimal curing speed as well
as high strength and stiffness. Typical
curing time at 68°F shall be 30 minutes
for HIT-HY 150 MAX and 1 hour for HIT-
ICE. Injection adhesive shall be HIT-HY
150 MAX or HIT-ICE, as furnished
by Hilti.
4.2.3.2 Material Specifications Mechanical Properties

fy min. fu
Material ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Carbon steel HIT-TZ Rod meets requirements of ASTM A 510 with
chemical composition of AISI 1038 70 (480) 87 (600)
Stainless Steel HIT-TZ Rod meets requirements of AISI 316 70 (480) 87 (600)
HIT-TZ Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A
HIT-TZ Carbon Steel Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 844
HIT-RTZ Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240

HIT-HY 150 MAX/HIT-ICE Installation Specification
Table for HIT-TZ Rods dc
HIT-TZ Rod Size in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) do Tinst
dbit bit diameter1 in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16
hnom std. depth of in. 2-7/8 3-1/2 4 5-1/4
embedment2 (mm) (73) (89) (102) (133) hnom tfix
h
ᐉ length of anchor in. 4-1/2 5-11/16 7-1/16 10-1/2
(mm) (114) (144) (180) (267)
Tmax max tightening torque ft lb 18 30 75 150
(Nm) (24) (40) (100) (200)
thickness (mm) (95) (133) (153) (200)
≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

5/3 5/3
tfix maximum thickness
fastened
in.
(mm)
1
(25)
1-1/2
(37)
2-1/4
(56)
2-1/4
(56) ( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec
1 For Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits. For Hilti diamond core bits, refer to the Hilti
Full Line Catalog.
2 For uncleaned holes in floor applications, add 3/8" (10 mm) to drilled hole depth.
Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity of HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods in Normal
Weight Concrete with HIT HY 150 MAX/HIT-ICE1
Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity
Anchor Embedment f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi f'c = 2000 psi f'c = 4000 psi
Diameter Depth
(13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa)
in (mm) in (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 2-7/8 1800 2255 1710 2415 7200 9020 6840 9660
(9.5) (73) (8.0) (10.0) (7.6) (10.7) (32.0) (40.1) (30.4) (43.0)
1/2 3-1/2 2720 3020 2600 3680 10880 12080 10400 14720
(12.7) (12.1) (12.1) (13.4) (11.6) (16.4) (48.4) (53.7) (46.3) (65.5)
5/8 4 3850 5750 3490 4935 15400 23000 13960 19740
(15.9) (102) (17.1) (25.6) (15.5) (22.0) (68.5) (102.3) (62.1) (87.8)
3/4 5-1/4 5405 7275 5850 8275 21620 29100 23400 33100
(19.1) (133) (24.0) (32.4) (26.0) (36.8) (96.2) (129.4) (104.1) (147.2)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance shown on page 172 are applied to the allowable concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel
values below. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
Allowable1 & Ultimate2 Steel Strengths for
HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) & HIT-RTZ Rods
Allowable Ultimate
Rod
Diameter Steel Strength1 Steel Strength2
in. (mm) Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 3170 1635 5690 7210 4325

(9.5) (14.1) (7.3) (25.3) (32.1) (19.2)
1/2 5636 2900 10105 12810 7685
(12.7) (25.0) (12.9) (44.9) (56.9) (34.2)
5/8 8805 4535 15795 20020 12010
(15.9) (39.1) (20.1) (70.2) (89.0) (53.4)
3/4 12685 6535 22750 28825 17295
(19.1) (56.4) (29.1) (101.2) (128.2) (76.9)
1 Allowable Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD):
Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area ; Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area
2 Ultimate Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (LRFD):
Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area ; Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area
4.2.3 HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods

Anchor Diameter 3/8" diameter 1/2" diameter
Spacing Edge Distance Spacing Edge Distance
Adjustment Shear Shear Shear Shear
Factor Tension or Shear, Tension, (toward edge), (II to or away from edge), Tension or Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
Embedment
Depth, in. 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2
2 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
2-7/16 0.79 0.68 0.35 0.59 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
3 0.81 0.74 0.46 0.67 0.79 0.68 0.35 0.59
3-3/8 0.83 0.78 0.55 0.72 0.80 0.71 0.42 0.63

4 0.86 0.84 0.68 0.80 0.83 0.77 0.53 0.70
4-3/8 0.87 0.88 0.76 0.85 0.84 0.80 0.59 0.75
5 0.90 0.95 0.90 0.94 0.86 0.85 0.71 0.82
5-1/4 0.91 1.98 0.95 0.97 0.87 0.88 0.75 0.84
5-7/16 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.89 0.79 0.87
6 0.95 0.90 0.94 0.88 0.93
6-11/16 0.98 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00
7 0.99 0.94
7-3/16 1.00 0.94
8-1/2 0.99
8-3/4 1.00

Spacing Edge Distance Spacing Edge Distance
Adjustment Shear Shear Shear Shear
Factor Tension or Shear, Tension, (toward edge), (II to or away from edge), Tension or Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
Embedment
Depth, in. 4 4 4 4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4
2-13/16 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
3 0.78 0.65 0.36 0.55
3-11/16 0.80 0.70 0.44 0.62 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
4-5/16 0.82 0.75 0.52 0.68 0.79 0.67 0.33 0.58
4-1/2 0.82 0.76 0.60 0.70 0.79 0.68 0.35 0.59
4-3/4 0.83 0.78 0.68 0.72 0.80 0.69 0.38 0.61

5 0.84 0.80 0.76 0.75 0.80 0.71 0.42 0.63
5-3/4 0.86 0.86 0.83 0.82 0.82 0.75 0.50 0.69
6-3/4 0.90 0.93 0.91 0.92 0.84 0.81 0.62 0.76
7-3/16 0.91 0.97 1.00 0.96 0.86 0.84 0.67 0.79
7-5/8 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.87 0.86 0.72 0.82
8 0.94 0.88 0.88 0.76 0.85
8-7/16 0.95 0.89 0.91 0.82 0.89
9 0.97 0.90 0.94 0.88 0.93
10 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00
11-1/4 0.95
12 0.97
13-1/8 1.00
NOTE: Tables apply for listed embedments. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Spacing Tension/Shear Edge Distance Tension Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef (⬜ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
fA = 0.128(s/hef) + 0.68 fRN = 0.308(c/hef) + 0.414 cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef
for scr>s>smin for ccr>c>cmin fRV1 = 0.625(c/hef) – 0.1875 fRV2 = 0.392(c/hef) + 0.256
for ccr>c>cmin for ccr>c>cmin

HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Installation Instructions
1 2 3 4 5 PUSH 6 7
Do Not
Twist.
HIT-HY HIT-HY HIT-HY HIT-HY

150 MAX / 150 MAX / 150 MAX / 150 MAX /
HIT-ICE HIT-ICE HIT-ICE HIT-ICE
Drill hole using a roto- Push the HIT-TZ in the hole to verify sufficient hole Inject adhesive starting Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full. If the hole is full of water, Do not adjust the HIT-TZ
hammer or Hilti diamond depth (only threads visible). For floor applications from the bottom of the it is suggested to start injecting from the bottom of rod between the gel and
coring machine. pushing the rod compacts the drill dust. hole. the hole and fill entirely with adhesive. cure times. Apply a load
only after the appropri-
ate cure time has
elapsed.

Threaded Rod Drill Bit Depth of Maximum Item No. Item No.
Description Diameter Diameter Embedment Fastening Overall Length HIT-TZ HIT-RTZ 316 Quantity
(in.) (in.) (in.) Thickness (in.) (in.) Carbon Steel Stainless Steel per Box
HIT-TZ 3/8x2-7/8/1 3/8 7/16 2-7/8 1 4-1/2 337484 337498 40
HIT-TZ 1/2x3-1/2/1-1/2 1/2 9/16 3-1/2 1-1/2 5-11/16 337485 337499 24
HIT-TZ 5/8x4/2-1/4 5/8 11/16 4 2-1/4 7-1/16 337486 337500 16
HIT-TZ 3/4x5-1/4/2-1/4 3/4 13/16 5-1/4 2-1/4 8-9/16 337487 337501 8
4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

Hilti HIT HY 150 MAX is a hybrid adhesive Product Features of HIT HY 150 MAX
4.2.4.3 Technical Data mortar combining urethane methacrylate • Average 20% higher load
4.2.4.4 Installation Instructions resin, hardener, cement and water. The capacities than HIT HY 150
4.2.4.5 Ordering Information components are kept separate from the • May be used for oversized holes
hardener and water by means of a dual- up to 1/4" larger than threaded
cylinder foil cartridge attached to a rod size
manifold. It is formulated for fast curing • May be used in solid and hollow
and installation in a wide range of solid base materials
and hollow base material temperatures • Quick cure saves time
from 14°F (-10°C) up to 104°F (40°C). • Complete system available,
HY 150 MAX including HAS-E, HIS, HIT-TZ
Foil Pack The system consists of adhesive
• Contains no styrene, virtually
cartridges, a mixing nozzle, a HIT odorless
Listings/Approvals dispenser and either a threaded rod, rebar,
• Extended temperature range
ICC-ES (International Code Council) HIS internally threaded inserts or other IBC/IRC 2006
ESR-1967 fastening element. HIT-HY 150 MAX is
City of Los Angeles • Seismic qualified per IBC®/IRC®
designed for fastenings into solid base 2006, IBC®/IRC® 2003, IBC®/IRC®
RR 25652
NSF/ANSI Standard 61 materials such as concrete, stone, and 2003, IBC®/IRC® 2000 and UBC®
Certification for use of HIT HY 150 MAX grout-filled block and is also suitable for 1997 (ICC-ES AC58). Please refer
in potable water to ESR-1967
fastening into base materials containing
Metro-Dade County
NOA No. 09-0224.06 voids and holes such as hollow block,
lightweight hollow block, brick with holes,
and clay tile (with use of screen tubes).
The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative

threaded rod installed with HIT HY 150
MAX hybrid adhesive. With the
Code Compliance combination of HIT HY 150 MAX and
IBC®/IRC® 2006 (ICC-ES AC58) the innovative design of the HIT-TZ rod,
IBC®/IRC® 2000 (ICC-ES AC58) anchoring into uncleaned holes, wet
UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC58) holes (including standing water) and/or
LEED ®: Credit 4.1-Low Emitting Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored
Materials
holes does not adversely affect
tensile capacity.

Environmental Design ( LEED® ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nation-
ally accepted benchmark for the design,
construction and operation of high per-
formance green buildings.
05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD 12/30/07 1:00 AM Page 175
HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4
Guide Specifications Adhesive: Shall be furnished in Mesh Screen Tube: Shall be formed into
containers which keep component A and a cylindrical shape, with one end closed
component B separate. Containers shall to prevent extrusion of adhesive through
03250 (Concrete accessories)
be designed to accept static mixing that end. Screen tube shall be
Related Sections:
nozzle which thoroughly blends manufactured with a mesh size, length
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing)
component A and component B and and diameter as specified by the adhesive
05050 (Metal Fabrication)
allows injection directly into drilled hole. manufacturer. Mesh shall be
05120 (Structural Steel)
Only injection tools and static mixing manufactured from:
Injectable adhesive: Shall be used for nozzles supplied by manufacturer shall 1. Low carbon steel with zinc electro-
installation of all reinforcing steel dowels be used. Manufacturer’s installation plating or
or threaded rods and inserts into new or instructions shall be followed. Injection 2. AISI 304 stainless steel or
existing solid concrete or masonry. For adhesives shall be formulated to include 3. plastic. Anchor rods and screens
hollow base materials an injectable resin and hardener to provide optimal shall be the Hilti HIT system as man-
adhesive shall be used with a cylindrical curing speed as well as high strength and ufactured by Hilti (refer to page 197).
mesh screen tube per the adhesive stiffness. Typical curing time at 68°F shall Nuts and Washers: Shall be furnished to
manufacturer’s specifications. be 30 minutes. Injection adhesive shall be meet the requirements of the above
HIT-HY 150 MAX, as furnished by Hilti. anchor rod specifications.
Anchor Rods: Shall be furnished with
chamfered ends so that either end will
accept a nut and washer. Alternatively,
anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45
degree chisel point on one end to allow
for easy installation into the adhesive-filled
hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured
to meet the following requirements:
1. ISO 898 Class 5.8;
2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high
strength carbon steel anchor);
3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel,
meeting the requirements of ASTM F
593 (condition CW). Special order of
HAS or HIT rods may vary from stan-
dard product.
ED 3500
Battery
Fastener Components Dispenser
MD 2000
Dispenser
HAS Threaded Rod HIS Internally
HIT-RE Mixer HIT-HY 150 MAX HIT Foil
Threaded Inserts
Foil Pack Pack Holder
P 3500
Dispenser
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods Rebar
(supplied by contractor)
P 8000
Dispenser
Material Properties for Cured Adhesive
Compressive Strength ASTM C 579 > 50 MPa >7252 psi
Flexural Strength ASTM C 580 > 20 MPa > 2900 psi

Modulus of Elasticity ASTM C 307 > 3500 MPa > 5.07 x 105 psi
Water Absorption ASTM D 570 < 2% < 2%
Electrical Resistance DIN/VDE 0303T3 ~ 2 x 1011 OHM/cm ~ 5.1 x 1011 OHM/in.
Material f ymin. f u
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)

HIS & HIT-I Insert 11SMnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 54.4 (375) 66.7 (460)
Stainless HAS Rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8" 65 (448) 100 (689)
Stainless HAS Rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4" 45 (310) 85 (586)
HIT-A Rod material ASTM A 36, 9SMNPB36K &/or 9SMN36K conforming to DIN 1651. 36 (248) 58 (400)
Mechanical properties meet or exceed values for ASTM A 36
HAS & HIT Standard and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
HAS Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 304 or AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240
All HAS Super Rods (except 7/8”), HIT & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, Nuts & Washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
7/8” HAS Super Rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
HIT and HAS-E Nut material meets dimensional requirements of ASTM A 563
Note: Special Order threaded rods may vary from standard materials.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HAS Rods
HAS Rod Size in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
dbit Tmax
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (31.8)
hef t
dbit bit diameter1 in. 7/16 9/16 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8
ᐉ
hef = hnom in. 3-3/8 4-1/2 5-5/8 6-3/4 7-7/8 9 11-1/4 h
standard embedment2 (mm) (86) (114) (143) (172) (200) (229) (286)
Tmax All hef > hnom ft lb 18 30 75 150 175 235 400
max. Hilti (Nm) (24) (41) (102) (203) (237) (319) (540)
tightening Threaded hef < hnom ft lb 15 20 50 105 125 165 280
torque Rods (Nm) (20) (27) (68) (142) (169) (224) (375)
h hef = hnom in. 5-3/8 6-1/2 7-5/8 8-3/4 9-7/8 11-1/4 14-1/4
minimum (mm) (136) (165) (195) (222) (250) (286) (362)
base material 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+
thickness3 hef = hnom in. 2 2 2 2 2 2-1/4 3
(mm) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (57) (76)
1 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.
2 Data available for varying embedment depths, see load tables.
3 Minimum base material thickness given to avoid back side blowout during drilling process. Ability of base material to
withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of concrete slab) should be determined by design engineer.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HIT-TZ Rods
dc
HIT-TZ Rod in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) do Tinst
dbit bit diameter in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16
hnom standard depth in. 2-7/8 3-1/2 4 5-1/4
of embedment1 (mm) (73) (89) (102) (133) hnom tfix
h
l length of anchor in. 4-1/2 5-11/16 7-1/16 10-1/2
(mm) (114.3) (144.5) (179.4) (267)
Tmax max. tightening ft lb 18 30 75 150
torque (Nm) (24) (40) (100) (200)
thickness (mm) (95) (133) (152) (200)
hfix max. thickness in. 1 1-1/2 2-1/4 2-1/4
fastened (mm) (25.4) (38.1) (57.2) (57.2)
1 For uncleaned holes in floor applications, add 3/8” (10 mm) to drilled hole depth.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts
HIS Insert in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) dbit Tmax
dbit bit diameter in. 11/16 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/4
hnom standard depth in. 4 1/4 5 6-5/8 8-1/4
hnom
ef
of embedment (mm) (110) (127) (168) (210)
h
ᐉ th usable thread in. 1 1-3/16 1-1/2 2
length (mm) (25) (30) (38) (51)
Tmax max. tightening ft lb 18 35 80 160
torque (Nm) (24) (47) (108) (217)
thickness (mm) (162) (191) (254) (314)
Recommended Hilti TE 6, 16, TE 16, 25, TE 46, 56, 76
Rotary Hammer Drill 25, 35 35, 46
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete
Rebar Size: No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 No. 9 No. 10
Details
dbit bit diameter1, 2 in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)
Rebar Size: 10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 35M

Details
dbit bit diameter1, 2 14 mm 3/4" 24mm 1-1/8" 37mm 1-9/16"

5/3 5/3
( ) ( ) Nd
N rec
+
Vd
Vrec
< 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification for HIT-A Rods in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Anchor Size Tile Hollow and Lightweight Block Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile
in. 1/4 x 2-1/2 5/16 x 2-1/2 3/8 x 3 1/2 x 3-1/8 5/16 x 4 3/8 x 4-3/8 1/2 x 4-1/2
Details (mm) (6.4 x 64) (7.9 x 64) (9.5 x 75) (12.7 x 80) (7.9 x 100) (9.5 x 110) (12.7 x 115)
dbit bit diameter in. 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8
h1 min. depth in. 2-3/81 2-3/81 2-3/81 2-3/81 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-3/4
of hole (mm) (60) (60) (60) (60) (95) (95) (95)
hmin min. base material in. 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 5 5 5
thickness (mm) (89) (89) (89) (89) (127) (127) (127)
required screen tube HIT S - 12A HIT S - 16/2 HIT S - 16
t max. thickness in. 1/4 1/4 5/8 3/4 5/8 3/4 3/4
fastened (mm) (6) (6) (16) (19) (16) (19) (19)
Tmax max. tightening ft-lb Finger 3 5 7 3 5 7
torque (Nm) Tight (4) (7) (9) (4) (7) (9)
1 Bore hole should be through face of base material.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification for HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Anchor Size Tile Hollow and Lightweight Block Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile
in. 5/16 x 2 3/8 x 2 1/2 x 2 5/16 x 3-3/16 3/8 x 3-3/16 1/2 x 3-3/16
(mm) #14 Screw
Details (7.9 x 50) (9.5 x 50) (12.7 x 50) (7.9 x 80) (9.5 x 80) (12.7 x 80)
dbit bit diameter in. 1/2 5/8 27/32 27/32 5/8 27/32 27/32
h1 min. depth in. 2-3/81 2-3/81 2-3/81 2-3/81 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-3/4
of hole (mm) (60) (60) (60) (60) (95) (95) (95)
hmin min. base material in. 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 5 5 5
thickness (mm) (89) (89) (89) (89) (127) (127) (127)
required screen tube HIT S - 12I HIT S - 16/2 HIT S - 22/2 HIT S - 16/2 HIT S - 22/2
hs max. usable in. min 1-1/4 - 1-1/2 min 1/2 – 1-1/2 min 1/2 – 3
thread length (mm) (min 30-40) (min 12-35) (min 12-75)
Tmax max. tightening ft-lb Finger 3 5 7 3 5 7
torque (Nm) Tight (4) (7) (9) (4) (7) (9)
1 Bore hole should be through face of base material.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete 1, 2, 3
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity
Anchor Embedment f’c = 2000 psi f’c = 4000 psi f’c = 2000 psi f’c = 4000 psi f’c = 2000 psi f’c = 4000 psi f’c = 2000 psi f’c = 4000 psi
Diameter Depth
1 3/4 725 1155 1675 2360 2900 4620 5020 7080

(44) (3.2) (5.1) (7.5) (10.5) (12.9) (20.6) (22.3) (31.5)
3/8 3 3/8 2110 3055 3155 4460 8440 12220 9460 13380
(9.5) (86) (9.4) (13.6) (14.0) (19.8) (37.5) (54.4) (42.1) (59.5)
4 1/2 2150 3055 4855 6860 8600 12220 14560 20580
(114) (9.6) (13.6) (21.6) (30.5) (38.3) (54.4) (64.8) (91.5)
2 1/4 1385 2090 2750 3890 5540 8360 8240 11660
(57) (6.2) (9.3) (12.2) (17.3) (24.6) (37.2) (36.7) (51.9)
1/2 4 1/2 4000 4980 5610 7935 16000 19920 16820 23800
(12.7) (114) (17.8) (22.2) (25.0) (35.3) (71.2) (88.6) (74.8) (105.9)
6 4705 4980 8635 12210 18820 19920 25900 36620
(152) (20.9) (22.2) (38.4) (54.3) (83.7) (88.6) (115.2) (162.9)
2 7/8 1940 2730 4095 5790 7760 10920 12280 17360
(73) (8.6) (12.1) (18.2) (25.8) (34.5) (48.6) (54.6) (77.2)
5/8 5 5/8 5955 8410 8760 12395 23820 33640 26280 37180
(15.9) (143) (26.5) (37.4) (39.0) (55.1) (106.0) (149.6) (116.9) (165.4)
7 1/2 7320 8410 13495 19080 29280 33640 40480 57240
(190) (32.6) (37.4) (60.0) (84.9) (130.2) (149.6) (180.1) (254.6)
3 3/8 2625 4295 6110 8635 10500 17180 18320 25900
(86) (11.7) (19.1) (27.2) (38.4) (46.7) (76.4) (81.5) (115.2)
3/4 6 3/4 6460 9985 12615 17840 25840 39940 37840 53520
(19.1) (172) (28.7) (44.4) (56.1) (79.4) (114.9) (177.7) (168.3) (238.1)
9 11175 11175 19430 27470 44700 44700 58280 82400
(229) (49.7) (49.7) (86.4) (122.2) (198.8) (198.8) (259.2) (366.5)
4 3375 5300 7670 10840 13500 21200 23000 32520
(101) (15.0) (23.6) (34.1) (48.2) (60.1) (94.3) (102.3) (144.7)
7/8 7 7/8 9910 14815 17175 24290 39640 59260 51520 72860
(22.2) (200) (44.1) (65.9) (76.4) (108.0) (176.3) (263.6) (229.2) (324.1)
10 1/2 14385 15345 26440 37390 57540 61380 79320 112160
(267) (64.0) (68.3) (117.6) (166.3) (255.9) (273.0) (352.8) (498.9)
4 1/2 5210 6570 9990 14120 20840 26280 29960 42360
(114) (23.2) (29.2) (44.4) (62.8) (92.7) (116.9) (133.3) (188.4)
1 9 11595 17475 22435 31720 46380 69900 67300 95160
(25.4) (229) (51.6) (77.7) (99.8) (141.1) (206.3) (310.9) (299.4) (423.3)
12 17340 18685 34535 48830 69360 74740 103600 146480
(305) (77.1) (83.1) (153.6) (217.2) (308.5) (332.5) (460.8) (651.6)
5 5/8 6985 9935 13180 18640 27940 39740 39540 55920
(143) (31.1) (44.2) (58.6) (82.9) (124.3) (176.8) (175.9) (248.7)
1 1/4 11 1/4 18345 30085 35050 49570 73380 120340 105140 148700
(31.8) (286) (81.6) (133.8) (155.9) (220.5) (326.4) (535.3) (467.7) (661.4)
15 25575 30085 53960 76300 102300 120340 161880 228900
(381) (113.8) (133.8) (240.0) (339.4) (455.1) (535.3) (720.1) (1018.2)
1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance 2 For hef > hnom average ultimate concrete shear 3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide
are applied to concrete/bond values above, and capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design bit and cleaned with compressed air and
then compared to the steel value. The lesser of (CCD) method. For hef < hnom average ultimate wire brush per manufacturer’s instructions.
the values is to be used for the design. concrete shear values based on testing.

Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods, HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) and HIT-RTZ Rods1
HAS-E Standard HAS Super HAS SS HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510)

Anchor ISO 898 Class 5.8 ASTM A 193 B7 AISI 304/316 SS & HIT-RTZ Rods
Diameter Tensile Shear Tensile Shear Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 2640 1360 4555 2345 3645 1875 3170 1635
(9.5) (11.7) (6.0) (20.3) (10.4) (16.2) (8.3) (14.1) (7.3)
1/2 4700 2420 8100 4170 6480 3335 5636 2900
(12.7) (20.9) (10.8) (36.0) (18.5) (28.8) (14.8) (25.1) (12.9)
5/8 7340 3780 12655 6520 10125 5215 8805 4535
(15.9) (32.6) (16.8) (56.3) (29.0) (45.0) (23.2) (39.2) (20.2)
3/4 10570 5445 18225 9390 12390 6385 12685 6535
(19.1) (47.0) (24.2) (81.1) (41.8) (55.1) (28.4) (56.4) (29.1)
7/8 14385 7410 24805 12780 16865 8690 - -
(22.2) (64.0) (33.0) (110.3) (56.9) (75.0) (38.7) - -
1 18790 9680 32400 16690 22030 11350 - -
(25.4) (83.6) (43.1) (144.1) (74.2) (98.0) (50.5) - -
1-1/4 29360 15125 50620 26080 34425 17735 - -
(31.8) (130.6) (67.3) (225.2) (116.0) (153.1) (78.9) - -

Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods, HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) and HIT-RTZ Rods1
HAS-E Standard HAS Super HAS SS HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510)

Anchor ISO 898 Class 5.8 ASTM A 193 B7 AISI 304/316 SS & HIT-RTZ Rods
Diameter Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear Yield Tensile Shear
in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4495 6005 3605 8135 10350 6210 5035 8280 4970 5690 7210 4325
(9.5) (20.0) (26.7) (16.0) (36.2) (46.0) (27.6) (22.4) (36.8) (22.1) (25.3) (32.1) (19.2)
1/2 8230 10675 6405 14900 18405 11040 9225 14720 8835 10105 12810 7685
(12.7) (36.6) (47.5) (28.5) (66.3) (81.9) (49.1) (41.0) (65.5) (39.3) (44.9) (57.0) (34.2)
5/8 13110 16680 10010 23730 28760 17260 14690 23010 13805 15795 20020 12010
(15.9) (58.3) (75.1) (44.5) (105.6) (127.9) (76.8) (65.3) (102.4) (61.4) (70.3) (89.1) (53.4)
3/4 19400 24020 14415 35120 41420 24850 15050 28165 16800 22750 28825 17295
(19.1) (86.3) (106.8) (64.1) (156.2) (184.2) (110.5) (66.9) (125.3) (74.7) (101.2) (128.2) (76.9)
7/8 26780 32695 19620 48480 56370 33825 20775 38335 23000 - - -
(22.2) (119.1) (145.4) (87.3) (215.6) (250.7) (150.5) (92.3) (170.5) (102.3) - - -
1 35130 42705 25625 63600 73630 44180 27255 50070 30040 - - -
(25.4) (156.3) (190.0) (114.0) (282.9) (327.5) (196.5) (121.2) (222.7) (133.6) - - -
1-1/4 56210 66730 40035 101755 115050 69030 43610 78235 46940 - - -
(31.8) (250.0) (296.8) (178.1) (452.6) (511.8) (307.1) (194.0) (348.0) (208.8) - - -


HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity
Anchor Embedment f’c= 2000 psi f’c= 4000 psi f’c= 2000 psi f’c= 4000 psi f’c= 2000 psi f’c= 4000 psi f’c= 2000 psi f’c= 4000 psi
Diameter Depth (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa)
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 2-7/8 1800 2255 1710 2415 7200 9020 6840 9660
(9.5) (73) (8.0) (10.0) (7.6) (10.7) (32.0) (40.1) (30.4) (43.0)
1/2 3-1/2 2720 3020 2600 3680 10880 12080 10400 14720
(12.7) (89) (12.1) (13.4) (11.6) (16.4) (48.4) (53.7) (46.3) (65.5)
5/8 4 3850 5750 3490 4935 15400 23000 13960 19740
(15.9) (102) (17.1) (25.6) (15.5) (22.0) (68.5) (102.3) (62.1) (87.8)
3/4 5-1/4 5405 7275 5850 8275 21620 29100 23400 33100
(19.1) (133) (24.0) (32.4) (26.0) (36.8) (96.2) (129.4) (104.1) (147.2)
1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value.
The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength

for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Allowable Bolt Strength1,2
Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile Shear ASTM A 325 ASTM F 593
Anchor Embedment f’c >
_ 2000 psi f’c >
_ 2000 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Diameter Depth (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 2875 1605 4370 2250 3645 1875
(9.5) (108) (12.8) (7.1) (19.4) (10.0) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 5 4890 3040 7775 4005 6480 3335
(12.7) (127) (21.8) (13.5) (34.6) (17.8) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 6-5/8 7430 4575 12150 6260 10125 5215
(15.9) (168) (33.1) (20.4) (54.0) (27.8) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 8-1/4 9920 6305 17495 9010 12395 6385
(19.1) (210) (44.1) (28.0) (77.8) (40.1) (55.1) (28.4)
HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength

HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2
Anchor Embedment f’c >
_ 2000 psi f’c >
_ 2000 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Diameter Depth (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
3/8 4-1/4 11495 6425 9935 5960 8280 4970
(9.5) (108) (51.1) (28.6) (44.2) (26.5) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 5 19570 12170 17665 10600 14720 8835
(12.7) (127) (87.1) (54.1) (78.6) (47.2) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 6-5/8 29720 18310 27610 16565 23010 13805
(15.9) (168) (132.2) (81.4) (122.8) (73.7) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 8-1/4 39675 25215 39760 23855 28165 16900
(19.1) (210) (176.5) (112.2) (176.9) (106.1) (125.3) (75.2)
1 Steel values in accordance with AISC Ultimate Load Values Allowable Load Values
ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom
Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4"

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods installed in
Lightweight Concrete >
_ 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) 1, 2
Anchor Embedment Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity

Diameter Depth lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
1-3/4 855 1510 3420 6040
3/8 (44) (3.8) (6.7) (15.2) (26.9)
(9.5) 3-3/8 2210 1590 8840 6360
(86) (9.8) (7.1) (39.3) (28.3)
2-1/4 1515 2405 6060 9620
1/2 (57) (6.7) (10.7) (27.1) (42.8)
(12.7) 4-1/2 3815 2440 15260 9760
(114) (17.0) (10.9) (67.9) (43.4)
2-7/8 2110 4755 8440 19020
5/8 (73) (9.4) (21.2) (37.5) (84.6)
(15.9) 5-5/8 4655 4755 18620 19020
(143) (20.7) (21.2) (82.8) (84.6)
3-3/8 2560 6160 10240 24640
3/4 (86) (1.4) (27.4) (45.5) (109.6)
(19.1) 6-3/4 6765 6160 27060 24640
(172) (30.1) (27.4) (120.4) (109.6)
1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel value. The lesser of these
values is to be used for design.
2 All values based on holes drilled with carbide tipped bit and cleaned with a wire brush.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity for Sill Plate Applications
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to f’c= 2000 psi Normal Weight Concrete with HIT-HY 150 MAX
Anchor Embedment Edge Shear lb (kN)

Diameter Depth Distance Tension
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) Load II to Edge Load to Edge
1-3/4 (44.5) 1790 (8.0) 1555 (6.9) 555 (2.5)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/2 (114)
2-3/4 (69.9) 2240 (10.0) 1815 (8.1) 940 (4.2)
1-3/4 (44.5) 2275 (10.1) 2550 (11.3) 555 (2.5)
5-5/8 (143)
2-3/4 (69.9) 2525 (11.2) 2670 (11.9) 940 (4.2)
5/8 (15.9)
1-3/4 (44.5) 4410 (19.6) 2550 (11.3) 855 (3.8)
10 (254)
2-3/4 (69.9) 5045 (22.4) 2670 (11.9) 975 (4.3)
1-3/4 (44.5) 2660 (11.8) 2620 (11.7) 910 (4.0)
3/4 (19.1) 6-3/4 (172)
2-3/4 (69.9) 3150 (14.0) 3375 (15.0) 1105 (4.9)
1-3/4 (44.5) 3420 (15.2) 3980 (17.7) 1070 (4.8)
7-7/8 (200)
2-3/4 (69.9) 4320 (19.2) 4320 (19.2) 1300 (5.8)
7/8 (22.2)
1-3/4 (44.5) 7980 (35.5) 3980 (17.7) 1070 (4.8)
15 (381)
2-3/4 (69.9) 8085 (36.0) 4320 (19.2) 1300 (5.8)
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to Top of Grout Filled Block Wall with HIT-HY 150 MAX1
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) Load II to Edge Load to Edge
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/2 (114) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1095 (4.8) 815 (3.6) 295 (1.3)
5/8 (15.9) 5-5/8 (143) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1240 (5.5) 965 (4.3) 400 (1.8)
1 Loads are based on concrete or masonry failure. Steel strength must be checked separately. Values based on safety factor of 5.0.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Threaded Rods in
Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units (ASTM C 90 Block) 1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Embedment Distance

Diameter Depth from Edge Tension5 Shear5
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
4 (101.6) 880 (3.9) 1135 (5.0)
3/8 (9.5) 3-3/8 (86)
>
_ 20 (508) 950 (4.2) 1135 (5.0)
4 (101.6) 1055 (4.7) 1745 (7.8)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/2 (114)
>
_ 20 (508) 1265 (5.6) 1870 (8.3)
4 (101.6) 1370 (6.1) 2120 (9.4)
5/8 (15.9) 5-5/8 (143)
>
_ 20 (508) 1850 (8.2) 2590 (11.5)
4 (101.6) 1580 (8.8) 2205 (9.8)
3/4 (19.1) 6-3/4 (172)
>
_ 20 (508) 2440 (13.6) 2785 (12.4)
HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Loads for Threaded Rods in

Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units (ASTM C 90 Block) 1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Embedment Distance

Diameter Depth from Edge Tension5 Shear5
4 (101.6) 4400 (19.6) 5675 (25.2)
3/8 (9.5) 3-3/8 (86)
>
_ 20 (508) 4750 (21.1) 5675 (25.2)
4 (101.6) 5275 (23.5) 8725 (38.8)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/2 (114)
>
_ 20 (508) 6325 (28.1) 9350 (41.6)
4 (101.6) 6850 (30.5) 10600 (47.2)
5/8 (15.9) 5-5/8 (143)
>
_ 20 (508) 9250 (41.1) 12950 (57.6)
4 (101.6) 7900 (35.1) 11025 (49.0)
3/4 (19.1) 6-3/4 (172)
>
_ 20 (508) 12200 (54.3) 13925 (61.9)
1 Values are for lightweight, medium weight or normal weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90 with 1500 psi grout
conforming to ASTM C 476.
2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, head joint, bed joint, "T" joint, cross web or any combination of the above.
4 Values for edge distance between 4 inches and 20 inches can be calculated by linear interpolation.
5 Loads are based on the lesser of bond strength, steel strength or base material strength.
Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines for Grout-Filled Block
Influence of Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance

Anchor in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 N
Size (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.8) (19.1)
hnom in. 3-3/8 4-1/2 5-5/8 6-3/4
s
(mm) (86) (114) (143) (172) V
hnom = standard embedment depth
c
Edge Distance for Shear and Tension:

Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block
ccr = 20 in. (508 mm) minimum from free edge
cmin = 4 in. (102 mm) minimum from free edge
Anchor Spacing for Shear and Tension:
scr = smin = One (1) anchor per cell (max), and 8 in. (203mm) (min)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-A Rods in Hollow Concrete Block,
Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile 1, 2
HIT-A Short 2" (51mm) Embedment HIT-A Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment
Anchor
Anchor L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block Brick with Holes Clay Tile
Diameter
Type
in. (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/4 3 190 340 365 305 130 100
(6.4) (0.8) (1.5) (1.6) (1.4) (0.6) (0.4)
HIT-A 5/16 275 505 565 530 150 220
Rod (7.9) (1.2) (2.2) (2.5) (2.4) (0.7) (1.0)
Anchor 3/8 395 790 775 930 150 220
(9.5) (1.8) (3.5) (3.4) (4.1) (0.7) (1.0)
1/2 395 1230 775 1375 150 500
(12.7) (1.8) (5.5) (3.4) (6.1) (0.7) (2.2)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear.
2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values.
3 1/4" anchor diameter installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Internally Threaded HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Concrete Block,
Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile 1, 2
HIT-I Short 2" (51mm) Embedment HIT-I Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment
Anchor
Diameter
Type
No 14 screw
w/ insert3 180 510 300 530 85 150
(6.4) (0.8) (2.3) (1.3) (2.4) (0.4) (0.7)
HIT-I 5/16 300 780 585 750 175 220
Insert (7.9) (1.3) (3.5) (2.6) (3.3) (0.8) (1.0)
Anchor 3/8 300 1425 1160 1380 185 435
(9.5) (1.3) (6.3) (5.2) (6.1) (0.8) (1.9)
1/2 300 1800 1160 1635 185 500
(12.7) (1.3) (8.0) (5.2) (7.3) (0.8) (2.2)
Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines

Brick with Holes & Multi-Wythe Brick Walls Clay Tile Hollow, Normal Weight & Lightweight
Concrete Block
Spacing: Spacing:
Spacing:
scr = smin = Two (2) complete bricks scr = smin = One (1) anchor per tile cell
scr = smin = One (1) anchor per block cell
in any direction
Edge Distance:
Edge Distance:
Edge Distance: ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) from free edge
ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) min. from free edge
ccr = cmin = Two (2) complete bricks (max), and
16" (406 mm) in any direction (min)
(whichever is less.)
Wall Elevation

HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete
Concrete Compressive Strength
Grade 60 Rebar
f’c = 2000 psi f’c = 4000 psi
Nominal Embed.
Rebar Depth Ultimate Embed. to Embed. to
Embed. to Develop Ultimate Embed. to
Size in. (mm) Bond Bond Develop Yield Tensile
Develop Yield Tensile Develop Yield Tensile Strength Strength
Strength Strength1 Strength Strength1
lb (kN) Strength1 Strength1 lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) lb (kN) in. (mm)
in. (mm) in. (mm)
3-3/8 8100 8240
(86) (36.0) 3-3/8 5 (36.7) 3-3/8 4 6600 9900
#3
4-1/2 8700 (86) (127) 11380 86) (102) (29.4) (44.0)
(114) (38.7) (50.6)
4-1/2 13840 14840
(114) (61.6) 4-1/2 5-7/8 (66.0) 4-1/2 5 3/8 12000 18000
#4
6 18800 (114) (149) 20620 (114) (137) (53.4) (80.1)
(152) (83.6) (91.7)
5-5/8 20200 25060
(143) (89.9) 5-5/8 7-3/8 (111.5) 5-5/8 6 3/4 18600 27900
#5
7-1/2 28600 (143) (187) 29900 (143) (172) (82.7) (124.1)
(190) (127.2) (133.0)
6-3/4 27080 27080
(172) (120.5) 6-3/4 10 (120.5) 6-3/4 8 1/2 26400 39600
#6
9 36680 (172) (254) 43820 (172) (216) (117.4) (176.2)
(229) (163.2) (194.9)
7-7/8 36200 40360
(200) (161.0) 7-7/8 11-5/8 (179.5) 7-7/8 10 36000 54000
#7
10-1/2 49940 (200) (295) 57760 (200) (254) (160.1) (240.2)
(267) (222.1) (256.9)
9 45860 58860
(229) (204.0) 9-3/8 13-3/8 (261.8) 9 11 1/2 47450 71100
#8
12 66680 (238) (340) 73800 (229) (292) (211.1) (316.3)
(305) (296.6) (328.3)
10-1/8 54660 68580
(257) (243.1) 10-3/4 15 (305.1) 10-1/8 14 3/8 60000 90000
#9
13-1/2 88000 (273) (381) 88000 (257) (365) (266.9) (400.3)
(343) (391.4) (391.4)
11-1/4 68200 80520
(286) (303.4) 12-1/4 16-7/8 (358.2) 11-1/4 15 76200 114300
#10
15 101720 (311) (429) 115160 (286) (381) (339.0) (508.4)
(381) (452.5) (512.3)
1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values or ultimate bond stress calculated strength values versus ultimate tensile strength of rebar.
For more information, contact Hilti.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete 1, 4, 5
Concrete Compressive Strength 2, 3, 4 Strength Properties of Metric Rebar 2, 3
f’c = 14 MPa f’c = 28 MPa fy = 400 MPa
Embedment Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Yield Tensile

Rebar
Depth Bond Bond Bond Bond Strength Strength
Size
mm kN kN kN kN kN kN
85 36.0 9 36.7 9.2

10M 40 60
115 38.7 9.7 50.6 12.7
145 89.9 22.5 111.5 27.9

15M 80 120
190 127.2 31.8 133 33.3
170 120.5 30.1 120.5 30.1

20M 120 180
230 163.2 40.8 194.9 48.7
230 204.0 51 261.8 65.5

25M 200 300
305 296.6 74.2 328.3 82.1
260 243.1 60.8 305.1 76.3

30M 280 420
345 391.4 97.9 391.4 97.9
1 For anchoring to grout filled block or bond beams, please refer to table for loads in grout filled concrete masonry units for HIT-HY 150 MAX.
2 Use lesser values of bond strength or rebars steel strength for tensile capacity.
3 Actual bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes.
4 Test data developed for hammer drilled holes. For diamond cored holes, contact Hilti Engineering.
5 For HIT-HY 150 MAX anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to section 4.2.4.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-HY 150 MAX
Anchor
Diameter 3/8" diameter 1/2" diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 Tension/Shear Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge) fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embedment
Depth, in. 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 2-1/4 4-1/2 6
7/8 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
1 0.76 0.63 0.20 0.47
1-1/8 0.78 0.66 0.23 0.49 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
1-11/16 0.83 0.75 0.79 0.60 0.36 0.17 0.58 0.45 0.80 0.70 0.27 0.52
2 0.86 0.77 0.86 0.64 0.44 0.22 0.63 0.48 0.82 0.76 0.33 0.56
2-1/4 0.88 0.78 0.75 0.91 0.67 0.60 0.50 0.26 0.17 0.67 0.51 0.45 0.84 0.75 0.80 0.60 0.38 0.17 0.59 0.45
2-1/2 0.91 0.79 0.76 0.97 0.70 0.62 0.56 0.30 0.20 0.70 0.54 0.47 0.86 0.76 0.84 0.62 0.42 0.20 0.62 0.47
2-5/8 0.92 0.80 0.77 1.00 0.71 0.63 0.59 0.32 0.22 0.72 0.55 0.48 0.87 0.77 0.87 0.63 0.45 0.22 0.63 0.48
3 0.95 0.82 0.78 0.76 0.67 0.67 0.39 0.26 0.78 0.59 0.51 0.90 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.60 0.52 0.26 0.17 0.68 0.51 0.45
3-3/8 1.00 0.84 0.79 0.80 0.70 0.76 0.45 0.31 0.84 0.63 0.54 0.92 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.70 0.63 0.59 0.31 0.20 0.72 0.54 0.47
4 0.87 0.82 0.87 0.76 0.91 0.55 0.39 0.94 0.70 0.59 0.97 0.82 0.78 0.76 0.67 0.70 0.39 0.26 0.80 0.59 0.51
4-3/8 0.88 0.83 0.92 0.79 1.00 0.61 0.43 1.00 0.74 0.62 1.00 0.83 0.79 0.79 0.69 0.77 0.43 0.30 0.85 0.62 0.53
5 0.91 0.85 0.99 0.84 0.71 0.51 0.81 0.67 0.85 0.81 0.84 0.73 0.88 0.51 0.35 0.92 0.67 0.57
5-1/16 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68 0.86 0.81 0.85 0.74 0.90 0.52 0.36 0.93 0.68 0.58
5-1/4 0.93 0.86 0.87 0.75 0.54 0.84 0.69 0.86 0.81 0.87 0.75 0.93 0.54 0.38 0.95 0.69 0.59
5-5/8 0.95 0.88 0.90 0.82 0.59 0.88 0.72 0.88 0.82 0.90 0.78 1.00 0.59 0.41 1.00 0.72 0.61
6 0.96 0.89 0.93 0.88 0.63 0.92 0.76 0.89 0.84 0.93 0.80 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.63
6-3/4 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68
7 0.93 0.75 0.84 0.93 0.86 0.87 0.75 0.54 0.84 0.69
8 0.96 0.88 0.92 0.96 0.89 0.93 0.88 0.63 0.92 0.76
8-1/2 0.98 0.94 0.96 0.98 0.90 0.97 0.94 0.68 0.96 0.79
9 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
10 0.95 0.82 0.88
11 0.97 0.91 0.94
12 1.00 1.00 1.00
Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Spacing Edge Distance

for scr > s > smin for ccr > c > cmin
Tension and Shear Tension

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 2.0 hef cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67 fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4
Shear, where hef < 9.0 x d1

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.5 hef
⊥ toward edge II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) – 0.0375 fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312
Shear, where hef ≥ 9.0 x d1


fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) – 0.107 fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267
1 d = nominal bolt diameter

Anchor
Diameter 5/8" diameter 3/4" diameter
Embedment
Depth, in. 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 3-3/8 6-3/4 9 3-3/8 6-3/4 9 3-3/8 6-3/4 9 3-3/8 6-3/4 9
1-7/16 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
1-11/16 0.77 0.63 0.21 0.47 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
2 0.78 0.68 0.25 0.50 0.77 0.64 0.21 0.47
2-1/4 0.80 0.71 0.29 0.53 0.79 0.67 0.24 0.50
2-1/2 0.81 0.75 0.32 0.55 0.80 0.70 0.27 0.52
2-13/16 0.83 0.75 0.79 0.60 0.37 0.17 0.58 0.45 0.81 0.73 0.31 0.54
3 0.84 0.76 0.82 0.61 0.40 0.19 0.60 0.46 0.82 0.76 0.33 0.56
3-3/8 0.86 0.77 0.87 0.64 0.45 0.23 0.63 0.49 0.84 0.75 0.80 0.60 0.38 0.17 0.59 0.45
3-3/4 0.89 0.78 0.75 0.92 0.67 0.60 0.50 0.26 0.17 0.67 0.51 0.45 0.86 0.76 0.84 0.62 0.42 0.20 0.62 0.47
4-5/16 0.92 0.80 0.76 1.00 0.71 0.63 0.59 0.32 0.21 0.72 0.55 0.48 0.89 0.78 0.91 0.66 0.49 0.25 0.66 0.50
4-1/2 0.93 0.80 0.77 0.72 0.64 0.61 0.34 0.23 0.74 0.56 0.49 0.90 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.60 0.52 0.26 0.17 0.68 0.51 0.45
4-3/4 0.94 0.81 0.77 0.74 0.65 0.65 0.36 0.24 0.77 0.58 0.50 0.91 0.79 0.76 0.96 0.68 0.61 0.55 0.28 0.19 0.70 0.52 0.46
5-1/16 0.96 0.82 0.78 0.76 0.67 0.69 0.39 0.27 0.80 0.60 0.51 0.92 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.70 0.63 0.59 0.31 0.20 0.72 0.54 0.47
5-3/4 1.00 0.84 0.80 0.81 0.71 0.79 0.46 0.32 0.86 0.64 0.55 0.96 0.81 0.78 0.74 0.66 0.67 0.36 0.25 0.78 0.58 0.50
6-3/4 0.87 0.82 0.88 0.76 0.94 0.56 0.39 0.96 0.71 0.60 1.00 0.84 0.79 0.80 0.70 0.79 0.45 0.31 0.86 0.63 0.54
7-3/16 0.88 0.83 0.91 0.78 1.00 0.60 0.42 1.00 0.73 0.62 0.85 0.80 0.83 0.72 0.85 0.48 0.34 0.90 0.66 0.56
7-1/2 0.89 0.84 0.93 0.80 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.63 0.85 0.81 0.84 0.73 0.88 0.51 0.35 0.92 0.67 0.57
8 0.90 0.85 0.97 0.83 0.68 0.48 0.79 0.66 0.87 0.82 0.87 0.76 0.95 0.55 0.39 0.96 0.70 0.59
8-7/16 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68 0.88 0.82 0.90 0.78 1.00 0.59 0.41 1.00 0.72 0.61
9 0.93 0.87 0.88 0.78 0.56 0.85 0.71 0.89 0.84 0.93 0.80 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.63
10-1/8 0.97 0.89 0.94 0.89 0.64 0.93 0.76 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68
11-1/4 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.95 0.88 0.90 0.82 0.59 0.88 0.72
12 0.93 0.78 0.85 0.96 0.89 0.93 0.88 0.63 0.92 0.72
13 0.96 0.85 0.90 0.99 0.91 0.98 0.96 0.69 0.97 0.80
13-1/2 0.97 0.89 0.93 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
14 0.98 0.93 0.95 0.93 0.75 0.84
15 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.82 0.88
16 0.96 0.88 0.92
18 1.00 1.00 1.00
Note:


fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67 fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4


fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) – 0.0375 fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312


fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) – 0.107 fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267

Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchors
Anchor
Diameter 7/8" diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embedment
Depth, in. 4 7-7/8 10-1/2 4 7-7/8 10-1/2 4 7-7/8 10-1/2 4 7-7/8 10-1/2
2 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
2-1/4 0.76 0.63 0.20 0.47
2-1/2 0.77 0.65 0.22 0.48
3 0.79 0.70 0.27 0.52
3-1/2 0.81 0.75 0.33 0.55
3-15/16 0.83 0.75 0.79 0.60 0.37 0.17 0.58 0.45
4-1/2 0.86 0.76 0.85 0.63 0.43 0.21 0.62 0.48
4-3/4 0.87 0.77 0.88 0.64 0.46 0.23 0.64 0.49
5 0.88 0.77 0.90 0.65 0.48 0.24 0.66 0.50
5-1/4 0.89 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.60 0.51 0.26 0.17 0.67 0.51 0.45
6 0.92 0.80 0.76 1.00 0.70 0.63 0.59 0.32 0.21 0.72 0.55 0.48
6-3/4 0.95 0.81 0.78 0.74 0.66 0.66 0.37 0.25 0.78 0.58 0.50
7-1/2 0.98 0.83 0.79 0.78 0.69 0.74 0.42 0.29 0.83 0.62 0.53
8 1.00 0.84 0.80 0.81 0.70 0.79 0.46 0.32 0.86 0.64 0.55
8-1/2 0.85 0.80 0.83 0.72 0.84 0.49 0.34 0.90 0.66 0.56
9 0.86 0.81 0.86 0.74 0.90 0.53 0.37 0.93 0.69 0.58
10 0.88 0.83 0.91 0.78 1.00 0.60 0.42 1.00 0.73 0.62
11 0.90 0.84 0.96 0.82 0.67 0.47 0.78 0.65
11-1/2 0.91 0.85 0.98 0.84 0.70 0.50 0.80 0.67
11-13/16 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68
12 0.92 0.86 0.86 0.74 0.53 0.82 0.69
13 0.94 0.87 0.90 0.81 0.58 0.87 0.72
14 0.96 0.89 0.93 0.88 0.63 0.92 0.76
15 0.98 0.91 0.97 0.95 0.68 0.96 0.79
15-3/4 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
18 0.95 0.84 0.89
20 0.98 0.95 0.96
21 1.00 1.00 1.00
Note:

fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67 fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4


fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) – 0.0375 fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312


fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) – 0.107 fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267

Anchor
Diameter 1" diameter 1-1/4" diameter
Embedment
Depth, in. 4-1/2 9 12 4-1/2 9 12 4-1/2 9 12 4-1/2 9 12 5-5/8 11-1/4 15 5-5/8 11-1/4 15 5-5/8 11-1/4 15 5-5/8 11-1/4 15
2-1/4 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
2-1/2 0.76 0.62 0.19 0.46
2-13/16 0.77 0.65 0.22 0.48 0.75 0.60 0.17 0.45
3 0.78 0.67 0.24 0.50 0.76 0.61 0.18 0.46
3-1/2 0.80 0.71 0.29 0.53 0.78 0.65 0.22 0.48
4 0.82 0.76 0.33 0.56 0.79 0.68 0.26 0.51
4-1/2 0.84 0.75 0.80 0.60 0.38 0.17 0.59 0.45 0.81 0.72 0.29 0.53
5 0.85 0.76 0.84 0.62 0.42 0.20 0.62 0.47 0.82 0.76 0.33 0.56
5-5/8 0.88 0.77 0.90 0.65 0.48 0.24 0.66 0.50 0.84 0.75 0.80 0.60 0.38 0.17 0.59 0.45
6 0.89 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.60 0.52 0.26 0.17 0.68 0.51 0.45 0.85 0.76 0.83 0.61 0.41 0.19 0.61 0.46
6-3/4 0.92 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.70 0.63 0.59 0.31 0.20 0.72 0.54 0.47 0.87 0.77 0.88 0.64 0.46 0.23 0.64 0.49
7-1/2 0.95 0.81 0.77 0.73 0.65 0.65 0.35 0.24 0.77 0.57 0.50 0.90 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.60 0.52 0.26 0.17 0.68 0.51 0.45
8 0.96 0.82 0.78 0.76 0.67 0.70 0.39 0.26 0.80 0.59 0.51 0.91 0.79 0.76 0.97 0.68 0.61 0.55 0.29 0.19 0.70 0.53 0.46
8-7/16 0.98 0.82 0.79 0.78 0.68 0.74 0.41 0.28 0.83 0.61 0.52 0.92 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.70 0.63 0.59 0.31 0.20 0.72 0.54 0.47
9 1.00 0.84 0.79 0.80 0.70 0.79 0.45 0.31 0.86 0.63 0.54 0.94 0.80 0.77 0.72 0.64 0.63 0.34 0.23 0.75 0.56 0.49
10 0.85 0.81 0.84 0.73 0.88 0.51 0.35 0.92 0.67 0.57 0.97 0.82 0.78 0.76 0.67 0.70 0.39 0.26 0.80 0.59 0.51
11-1/4 0.88 0.82 0.90 0.78 1.00 0.59 0.41 1.00 0.72 0.61 1.00 0.84 0.79 0.80 0.70 0.79 0.45 0.31 0.86 0.63 0.54
12 0.89 0.84 0.93 0.80 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.63 0.85 0.80 0.83 0.72 0.85 0.48 0.34 0.90 0.66 0.56
13 0.91 0.85 0.98 0.83 0.69 0.49 0.80 0.66 0.86 0.81 0.86 0.75 0.92 0.53 0.37 0.95 0.69 0.58
13-1/2 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68 0.87 0.82 0.88 0.76 0.96 0.56 0.39 0.97 0.71 0.60
14-1/16 0.93 0.86 0.87 0.76 0.54 0.84 0.70 0.88 0.82 0.90 0.78 1.00 0.59 0.41 1.00 0.72 0.61
16 0.96 0.89 0.93 0.88 0.63 0.92 0.76 0.90 0.85 0.97 0.83 0.68 0.48 0.79 0.66
16-7/8 0.98 0.90 0.96 0.93 0.67 0.95 0.78 0.92 0.86 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.68
18 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.93 0.87 0.88 0.78 0.56 0.85 0.71
20 0.95 0.82 0.88 0.96 0.89 0.93 0.88 0.63 0.92 0.76
22 0.97 0.91 0.94 0.99 0.91 0.99 0.98 0.71 0.98 0.80
22-1/2 0.98 0.93 0.95 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
24 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.78 0.85
26 0.96 0.85 0.90
28 0.98 0.93 0.95
30 1.00 1.00 1.00
Note:


fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67 fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4


fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) – 0.0375 fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312


fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) – 0.107 fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267

Anchor 3/8" diameter 1/2" diameter
Diameter
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 Tension, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge) fAN fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embedment
Depth, in. 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2
2 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
2-7/16 0.79 0.68 0.35 0.59 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
3 0.81 0.74 0.46 0.67 0.79 0.68 0.35 0.59

3-3/8 0.83 0.78 0.55 0.72 0.80 0.71 0.42 0.63
4 0.86 0.84 0.68 0.80 0.83 0.77 0.53 0.70
4-3/8 0.87 0.88 0.76 0.85 0.84 0.80 0.59 0.75
5 0.90 0.95 0.90 0.94 0.86 0.85 0.71 0.82
5-1/4 0.91 0.98 0.95 0.97 0.87 0.88 0.75 0.84
5-7/16 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.89 0.79 0.87
6 0.95 0.90 0.94 0.88 0.93
6-11/16 0.98 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00
7 0.99 0.94
7-3/16 1.00 0.94
8-1/2 0.99
8-3/4 1.00
Note:

for scr>s>smin for ccr>c>cmin

fA = 0.128 (s/hef) + 0.68 fRN = 0.308 (c/hef) + 0.414
Shear

fRV1 = 0.625 (c/hef) – 0.1875 fRV2 = 0.392 (c/hef) + 0.256

Anchor 5/8" diameter 3/4" diameter
Diameter
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 Tension, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge) fAN fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge)
Embedment
Depth, in 4 4 4 4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4
2-13/16 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
3 0.78 0.65 0.28 0.55
3-11/16 0.80 0.70 0.39 0.62 0.77 0.63 0.25 0.53
4-5/16 0.82 0.75 0.49 0.68 0.79 0.67 0.33 0.58
4-1/2 0.82 0.76 0.52 0.70 0.79 0.68 0.35 0.59

4-3/4 0.83 0.78 0.55 0.72 0.80 0.69 0.38 0.61
5 0.84 0.80 0.60 0.75 0.80 0.71 0.42 0.63
5-3/4 0.86 0.86 0.71 0.82 0.82 0.75 0.50 0.69
6-3/4 0.90 0.93 0.87 0.92 0.84 0.81 0.62 0.76
7-3/16 0.91 0.97 0.94 0.96 0.86 0.84 0.67 0.79
7-5/8 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.87 0.86 0.72 0.82
8 0.94 0.88 0.88 0.76 0.85
8-7/16 0.95 0.89 0.91 0.82 0.89
9 0.97 0.90 0.94 0.88 0.93
10 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00
11-1/4 0.95
12 0.97
13-1/8 1.00
Note:

for scr>s>smin for ccr>c>cmin

fA = 0.128 (s/hef) + 0.68 fRN = 0.308 (c/hef) + 0.414
Shear

fRV1 = 0.625 (c/hef) – 0.1875 fRV2 = 0.392 (c/hef) + 0.256

Resistance of HIT-HY 150 MAX to Chemicals
Chemical Behavior Samples of the HIT-HY 150 MAX resin were immersed in the
Sulphuric acid conc. – various chemical compounds for up to one year. At the time
30% • of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Any samples
10% + showing no visible damage and having less than a 25%
Hydrochloric acid conc. •
reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified as
10% +
Nitric acid conc. –
“Resistant.” Samples that had slight damage, such as small
10% • cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending strength of 25%
Phosphoric acid conc. + or more, were classified as “Partially Resistant.” Samples
10% + that were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as
Acetic acid conc. • “Not Resistant.”
10% +
Formic acid conc. – Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the
10% • base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In
Lactic acid conc. +
some cases, this would allow the HIT-HY 150 MAX to be
10% +
Citric acid 10% +
used where it would be exposed to the “Partially Resistant”
Sodium Hydroxide 40% • chemical compounds.
(Caustic soda) 20% +
5% +
Ammonia conc. •
Open Gel Time (Approximate)1, 2
5% +
Soda solution 10% + Base Material Temperature Approximate
Common salt solution 10% +
°F °C Gel Time
Chlorinated lime solution 10% +
Sodium hypochlorite 2% + 14 -10 100 min
Hydrogen peroxide 10% + 23 -5 40 min
Carbolic acid solution 10% – 32 0 20 min
Ethanol –
50 10 8 min
Sea water +
68 20 6 min
Glycol +
86 30 3 min
Acetone –
Carbon tetrachloride – 104 40 2 min
Toluene +
Petrol/Gasoline • Final Cure Time (Approximate)1, 2
Machine oil •
Diesel oil • Base Material Temperature Approximate
°F °C Cure Time
Key: – non-resistant + resistant • limited resistance
14 -10 12 hrs
23 -5 4 hrs
32 0 2 hrs
140
50 10 1 hr
120
68 20 30 min
100 86 30 30 min
80 104 40 30 min
60 1 The temperature of the HIT-HY 150 MAX adhesive must be
between 32˚F (0˚C) and 104˚F (40˚C) at the time of installation.
40
2 Use of HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-TZ rods must be installed in
20 base material temperatures ≥ 40˚F (5˚C).
0
0 50 100 150 200
Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the

elevated temperature for 24 hours, then removing it from the
controlled environment and testing to failure.
Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available;

please contact Hilti Technical Services.
2x
2x 2x 2x 2x
SI at
CFM Adhesive Anchoring Systems
HAS Rod, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions

2x
1 2 3 3X
4
90 PSI at
3.5 CFM
90 PSI at
3.5 CFM
9080psi
PSI at 90 PSI at 9080psi
PSI90atPSI at
3.56 CFM
bar 3.5 CFM 6 bar
3.5 CFM
3.5 CFM
1. Drill anchor hole with a 2. Insert air nozzle to bottom of 3. Clean hole with wire brush. 4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of
carbide bit. hole and blow out all dust Proper hole cleaning is hole and blow out all dust
and debris from the hole usin essential. and debris from the hole
compressed air.* using compressed air.
2 2
5 6 7 8
1 2 33 122
2 90 PSI at 2 2 2
3.5 CFM 330ml = 2X
1 1
1 500ml = 3x*
1 1 1 1
5. Put foil pack into foil pack 6. Screw on static mixer. 7. Put holder/ foil pack into 8. Discard first trigger pulls
holder. Remove cap covering appropriate dispenser. of adhesive from each foil
threaded projection. pack. *Below 41°F (5°C)
discard four trigger pulls.
9 10 11 12
9. Inject adhesive into hole 10. After injecting adhesive 11. Insert rod, insert or rebar. 12. Do not disturb anchor
without forming air pockets depressurize the dispenser Twist during installation. between specified gel
starting at the bottom until 1/2 by pressing the release Fastener may be adjusted time and cure time.
to 2/3 full. Use mixer filler tube button. during specified gel time.
extensions when needed to
reach the hole bottom.
13
13. Apply specified torque as

required to secure items to be
fastened. Do not exceed
maximum torque specified.
* For holes with standing water, holes must be flushed clean with water, brushed with a wire brush and again
flushed clean with water or other means removing any debris or slurry in the hole. Standing water must be
removed prior to performing the remainder of anchor installation.
HIT-I Inserts and HIT-A Rods into Hollow Brick, Hollow Block or Tile
1. Select the proper bit. Set the 2. Proper hole cleaning is 3. Use compressed air to blow 4. Insert specified HIT-S type
depth gauge, drill the hole, essential. Use a nylon brush out the hole from the bottom. screen tube into hole.
rotation only. Hilti URM bits to remove loose material. Do The Hilti air nozzle is designed
are recommended for drilling not use brushes with metal for hole cleaning.
into masonry. bristles.
330ml = 2X
500ml = 3x*
5. Insert refill pack into holder. 6. Screw on mixing nozzle with 7. Put holder into dispenser. 8. Discard first two trigger pulls of
extension. adhesive from each foil pack.
*Below 41°F (5°C) discard four
10
trigger pulls.
The minimum number

of trigger pulls to fill each
screen is as follows:
S12 1 pump
S16/2 4 pumps
9. Fill HIT-S type screen tube 10. Unlock dispenser S16 6 pumps
completely from back to front
S22/2 4 pumps
edge of screen using the
minimum number of trigger S22 6 pumps
pulls listed in table.
11 12 13 14
HIT-I INSERT
≤ Tmax
11. Insert HIT-I Insert, or HIT-A 12. Fastener may be adjusted 13. Do not disturb fastener 14. Apply torque to anchor.
OR Rod into adhesive-filled during specified gel time. between specified gel and Do not exceed maximum
screen, twisting slightly. cure time. recommended torque.
15 16 17 18
≤ Tmax
HIT-A ROD

HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Installation Instructions
1 2 3 4 5 5 6
PUSH
Do Not
Twist.
HIT-HY HIT-HY HIT-HY HIT-HY

150 MAX 150 MAX 150 MAX 150 MAX
Drill hole using a Push the HT-TZ in the hole to verify Inject adhesive Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full. If the hole Do not adjust the
roto-hammer or sufficient hole depth (only threads starting from the is full of water, it is suggested to start HIT-TZ rod between
Hilti diamond visible). For floor applications pushing bottom of the hole. injecting from the bottom of the hole the gel and cure
coring machine. the rod compacts the drill dust. and fill entirely with adhesive. times. Apply a load
only after the
appropriate cure
time has elapsed.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Volume Charts

Threaded Rod and HIT-TZ Rod Metric Rebar Installation
Installation Rebar Installation (Canada Only)
Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Bar Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume
Diameter Diameter Required per Inch Diameter Diameter Required per Inch Diameter Diameter Required per Inch
(in.) (in.) of embedment (in 3) (in.) (in.) of embedment (in3) (in.) (in.) embedment (in3)
1/4 5/16 0.055 #3 or 3/8 1/2 0.110 10M 5/8 0.186
3/8 7/16 0.095 #4 or 1/2 5/8 0.146 15M 3/4 0.170
1/2 9/16 0.133 #5 or 5/8 3/4 0.176 20M 1 0.388
5/8 3/4 0.261 #6 or 3/4 7/8 0.218 25M 1-1/8 0.289
3/4 7/8 0.326 #7 or 7/8 1 0.252 30M 1-3/8 0.481
7/8 1 0.391 #8 or 1 1-1/8 0.299
1 1 1/8 0.478 #9 or 1 1/8 1-3/8 0.601
1-1/4 1 3/8 0.626 #10 or 1 1/4 1-1/2 0.659
1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
Example: Determine approximate Note: Estimated useable volume of:

fastenings for 5/8" rod embedded 10" deep.
HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 oz cartridge is
10 x 0.261 = 2.61 in3 of adhesive per anchor
16.5 in3 (270 ml)
HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 oz:

HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 oz cartridge is
16.5 ÷ 2.61= 6 fastenings
26.9 in3 (440 ml)
HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 oz:

HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo cartridges are
26.9 ÷ 2.61= 10 fastenings
81.8 in3
HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo:

81.8 ÷ 2.61= 31 fastenings

Technical data
Product: Hybrid/urethane
methacrylate
Gel time (68°F/20°C): 5 min*
Cure time (68°F/20°C): 30 min*
Base material temp: 14˚F (-10˚C) to
104˚F (40˚C)
Diameter range: 3/8” to 1 1/4”
* approximately
HIT-HY 150 MAX

Foil Pack
HIT Adhesives
Item No. Description Contents
283548 HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 fl oz (330 ml) 1 Foil Pack, 1 Mixer with Filler Tube
3412766 HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 fl oz (330 ml) MC 25 Foil Packs, 25 Mixers, 25 Filler Tubes
283549 HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 fl oz (500 ml) MC 20 Foil Packs, 20 Mixers, 20 Filler Tubes
283550 HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo 47.3 fl oz (1400 ml) MC 4 Foil Packs, 4 Mixers
HIT Dispensers
Battery Powered Dispenser
Item No. Description ED 3500
3245363 ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit Battery Dispenser
MD 2000 MD 2500
Manual Dispensers Dispenser Dispenser
Item No. Description
229154 MD 2000 Manual Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs
338853 MD 2500 Manual Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs
229170 Foil Pack Holder Replacement for MD 2000 or BD 2000 dispensers
339477 Foil Pack Holder for 16.9 fl oz (500 ml) (MD 2500, P 3500)
P 3500 P 8000
Pneumatic Dispensers Dispenser Dispenser
354180 HIT P 3500 Pneumatic Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs
373959 HIT P 8000-D Pneumatic Dispenser (for Jumbo cartridges)
373960 Jumbo Foil Pack Holder Replacement for HIT P 8000 dispenser
HIT-RE-M HIT Filler Tube

Mixers and Filler Tubes
Item No: Description Qty/Pkg Notes
337111 HIT-RE Mixer 1 For use with any cartridge size

HAS-E, HAS-R & HAS Super Rods, HIS Inserts and HIT-TZ & HIT-RTZ Rods
HAS Rod 5.8 HAS Super A193, HAS-R 304 Stainless Steel HAS-R Rods 316 Stainless Steel
B7 High Strength Rods
Master
Item No. Carton Qty Qty Qty Qty
(Box) (MC) Description Box/MC Item No. Description Box Item No. Description Box Item No. Description Box
385417 3432178 3/8x3 10/360
385418 3432179 3/8x4-3/8 10/240
385419 3432180 3/8x5-1/8 20/240 68657 3/8x5-1/8 10 385462 3/8x5-1/8 20 3024335 3/8x5-1/8 10
385420 3432181 3/8x8 10/160 385463 3/8x8 10
385421 3432182 3/8x12 10/90
385422 3432183 1/2x3-1/8 10/240
385423 3432184 1/2x4-1/2 10/160
385424 3432185 1/2x6-1/2 20/160 68658 1/2x6-1/2 10 385464 1/2x6-1/2 20 3024336 1/2x6-1/2 10
385425 3432239 1/2x8 10/120 385465 1/2x8 10
385426 3432186 1/2x10 10/120 385466 1/2x10 10
3024337 1/2x11 10
385427 3432187 1/2x12 10/80
385428 3432188 5/8x8 20/80 333783 5/8x7-5/8 10 385467 5/8x7-5/8 20 333781 5/8x7-5/8 10
385468 5/8x10 10
385429 3432189 5/8x9 10/60 3024338 5/8x9 10
385430 3432190 5/8x12 10/60 3024339 5/8x12 10
385431 3432191 5/8x17 10/40
385432 3432052 3/4x10 10/40 68660 3/4x9-5/8 5 385469 3/4x9-5/8 10 3024340 3/4x9-5/8 5
385433 3432163 3/4x11 10/30
385434 3432164 3/4x12 10/30 385470 3/4x12 10
385435 3432165 3/4x14 10/30 3006083 3/4x14 5 385471 3/4x14 10
385472 3/4x16 10
385436 3432166 3/4x17 10/20
385437 3432167 3/4x19 10/20
385438 3432168 3/4x21 10/20
385439 3432169 3/4x25 10/20
385440 3432170 7/8x10 10/20 68661 7/8x10(HDG) 5 385473 7/8x10 10
3006077 7/8x12(HDG) 5
385441 3432171 7/8x13 10/20 45259 7/8x16(HDG) 5
385442 3432172 1x12 4/16 68662 1x12 5 385474 1x12 4 3024341 1x12 4
385443 3432173 1x14 2/16 3006079 1x14 5
385444 3432174 1x16 2/12 3006080 1x16 5
385445 3432175 1x20 2/12 3006081 1x21 5
385446 3432176 1-1/4x16 4/8 333779 1 1/4x16 4
385447 3432177 1-1/4x22 4/8
3006082 1 1/4x23 4
HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R 316 Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIS HIS-R Usable Thread Qty
Item No. Item No. Description Length (in.) Box
258020 258029 3/8x4-1/4 1 10
258021 258030 1/2x5 1-3/16 5
258022 258031 5/8x6-5/8 1-1/2 5
258023 258032 3/4x8-1/4 2 5
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods

Maximum Item No. Item No.
Threaded Rod Drill Bit Depth of Fastening Overall Qty HIT-TZ ISO 5.8 HIT-RTZ 316
Diameter (in.) Diameter (in.) Embedment (in.) Thickness (in.) Length (in.) Box Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Description
3/8 7/16 2-7/8 1 4-1/2 40 337484 337498 HIT-TZ 3/8x2-7/8/1
1/2 9/16 3-1/2 1-1/2 5-11/16 24 337485 337499 HIT-TZ 1/2x3-1/2/1-1/2
5/8 11/16 4 2-1/4 7-1/16 16 337486 337500 HIT-TZ 5/8x4/2-1/4
3/4 13/16 5-1/4 2-1/4 8-9/16 8 337487 337501 HIT-TZ 3/4x5-1/4/2-1/4
HIT-A and HIT-I Inserts and Screen Tubes

Approximate1
Anchor Base HIT Rod-A/Insert-1 HIT-S Screen Tube Recommended
System Material Item No. (10 pcs/pkg) Item No. (10 pcs/pkg) Hilti Bit
HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A TE-CX 1/2 - 6
78739 49765 2” long 205352
HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 4 HIT-S-16 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
Brick with 88977 68613 3-3/8” long 28043
Holes HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 4-3/8 HIT-S-16 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88978 68613 3-3/8” long 28043
HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 4-1/2 HIT-S-16 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88979 68613 3-3/8” long 28043
HIT-A 78739 49765 2” long 205352
Standard Hollow Block HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 2-1/2 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
and HIT-A Lightweight 88392 77810 2” long 28043
Short or Normal HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 3 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
Anchor Weight 88393 77810 2” long 28043
Rods HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 3-1/8 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88394 77810 2” long 28043
78739 49765 2” long 205352
HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 2-1/2 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88392 77810 2” long 28043
Clay Tile
HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 3 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88393 77810 2” long 28043
HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 3-1/8 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88394 77810 2” long 28043
Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I TE-CX 1/2 - 6
(for #14 screw) 49766 2”long 28043
HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-16 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
Brick with 88996 68613 3-3/8” long 28043
Holes HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-22 TE-C-S 27/32-12
88997 68615 3-3/8” long 28623
HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-22 TE-C-S 27/32-12
88998 68615 3-3/8” long 28623
HIT-I Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I TE-CX 1/2 - 6
Standard (for #14 screw) 49766 2”long 205352
Hollow Block HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 2 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
and HIT-I
Lightweight 88397 77810 2” long 28043
Short
or Normal HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 TE-C-S 27/32-12
Internally Weight 88398 77811 2” long 28623
Threaded HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 TE-C-S 27/32-12
Inserts 88399 77811 2” long 28623
Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I TE-CX 1/2 - 6
(for #14 screw) 49766 2”long 205352
HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 2 HIT-S-16/2 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
88397 77810 2” long 28043
Clay Tile
HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 TE-C-S 27/32-12
88398 77811 2” long 28623
HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 TE-C-S 27/32-12
88399 77811 2” long 28623
4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 4.2.5.1 Product Description
4.2.5.1 Product Description Hilti HIT-HY 150 is a hybrid adhesive Product Features of HIT-ICE/HY 150
4.2.5.2 Material Specifications consisting of a methacrylate resin, • Small edge distance and anchor
4.2.5.3 Technical Data hardener, cement and water. It is spacing allowance
formulated for fast curing and • Mixing tube provides proper
installation in a wide range of solid base mixing and accurate dispensing
4.2.5.5 Ordering Information of mixed resin
material temperatures from 104°F (40°C)
down to 23°F (–5°C). For colder • Contains no styrene; virtually
environmental installations, HIT-ICE odorless
adhesive is a winter formulation of for • Cures quickly over a large range of
HIT-ICE Cartridge base material temperatures
base material temperatures down to
–10°F (–23°C). HIT-ICE consists of an • Excellent weathering resistance;
epoxy acrylate and hardener. high temperature resistance
• High load capacities
The systems consist of adhesive refill
HIT-HY 150 Refill Pack • HIT-ICE has equivalent load perfor-
packs, a mixing nozzle, a HIT dispenser mance to HIT-HY 150
and either a threaded rod, rebar, HIS • Seismic qualified per IBC®/IRC®
Listings/Approvals
internally threaded insert or eyebolts. 2006 and UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
ESR-2678 (HIT-HY 150 only) HIT-ICE/HY 150 is specifically designed AC58). HIT-HY 150 only.
City of Los Angeles for fastening into solid base materials Please refer to ESR-2678
Research Report # 25257 such as concrete, grout, stone or grout
(HIT-HY 150 only)
filled block.
NSF/ANSI Standard 61
Certification for use of HIT-HY 150
The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative
in potable water
Metro-Dade County threaded rod installed with HIT-HY 150
Approval 06-1127.06 hybrid adhesive or HIT-ICE. Please refer
(HIT-HY 150 only) to section 4.2.3 for details on HIT-TZ.
Europan Technical Approval
(HIT-HY 150 only) With the combination of HIT-ICE/HY 150
ETA-05/0049 and the innovative design of the HIT-TZ
ETA-05/0050 rod, anchoring into uncleaned holes, wet
ETA-05/0051
holes (including standing water) and/or
Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored
holes does not adversely affect tensile
capacity. Use HIT-ICE in base material
Code Compliance temperatures below 40° F (5° C).
IBC®/IRC® 2006 (ICC-ES AC58,
HIT-HY 150 only)
UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC58,
HIT-HY 150 only)
Materials

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD 12/30/07 1:02 AM Page 201
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5
Guide Specifications separate. Containers shall be designed Anchor Rods shall be furnished with
to accept static mixing nozzle which chamfered ends so that either end will
thoroughly blends component A and accept a nut and washer. Alternatively,
03250 (Concrete accessories)
component B and allows injection anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45
Related Sections:
directly into drilled hole. Only injection degree chisel point on one end to allow
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing)
tools and static mixing nozzles as for easy insertion into the adhesive-filled
05050 (Metal Fabrication)
recommended by manufacturer shall be hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured
05120 (Structural Steel; Masonry
used. Manufacturer’s instructions shall to meet the following requirements: 1.
Accessories)
be followed. Injection adhesive shall be ISO 898 Class 5.8 2. ASTM A 193,
Injectable adhesive shall be used for formulated to include resin and hardener Grade B7 (high strength carbon steel
installation of all reinforcing steel dowels to provide optimal curing speed as well anchor); 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless
or threaded anchor rods and inserts into as high strength and stiffness. Typical steel, meeting the requirements of
new or existing concrete. Adhesive shall curing time at 68°F shall be 50 minutes ASTM F 593 (condition CW).
be furnished in containers which keep for HIT-HY 150 and 1 hour for HIT-ICE.
Special order length HAS Rods may
component A and component B Injection adhesive shall be HIT-HY 150
vary from standard product.
or HIT-ICE, as furnished by Hilti.
Nuts and Washers shall be furnished to
meet the requirements of the above
Fastener Components
HIT-ICE Mixer HIT-ICE Cartridge HIT-ICE Dispenser

ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser
HIT-HY 150 Refill Pack HIT Refill Pack Holder

Mixing Nozzle
MD 2000
Dispenser
P 3500
Dispenser
P 8000
Dispenser

Material Properties for Cured Adhesive HIT-HY 150 HIT-ICE
Compressive Strength ASTM C 579 (HIT-HY 150) DIN 53454 (HIT-ICE) 71.8 MPa 10,420 psi 72 MPa 10,440 psi
Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 (HY 150) DIN/EN 527-1 (HIT-ICE) 15.9 MPa 2310 psi 12 MPa 1740 psi
Flexural Strength ASTM C 580 29.3 MPa 4250 psi — —
Modulus of Elasticity ASTM C 307 7032 MPa 1.02 x 106 psi — —
Water Absorption ASTM D 570 (HIT-HY 150) DIN 53495 (HIT-ICE) 0.12% 0.12% 2.4% 2.4%
Electrical Resistance DIN/VDE 0303T3 (HIT-HY 150) DIN/VDE 0303T3 (HIT-ICE) 2x1011 OHM/cm 5.1x1011 OHM/in. 2x1011OHM/in. 5.1x1011OHM/in.
Material fy min. fu
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8" 65 (448) 100 (689)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4" 45 (310) 85 (586)
HIS Insert 11MnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 54.4 (375) 66.7 (460)
HAS Standard and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
HAS Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 304 or AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240
All HAS Super Rods (except 7/8") & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, nuts & washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
7/8" HAS Super rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
Note: Special Order threaded rods may vary from standard materials.

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for HAS Rods
HAS Rod Size in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (31.8) dbit Tmax
dbit bit diameter1 in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 1 1-1/16 1-1/2 hef t
hef = hnom in. 3-1/2 4-1/4 5 6-5/8 7-1/2 8-1/4 12 ᐉ
std. depth of embed.2 (mm) (90) (110) (125) (170) (190) (210) (305) h
Tmax All hef ≥ hnom ft lb 18 30 75 150 175 235 400

max. HILTI (Nm) (24) (41) (102) (203) (237) (319) (540)
tighening Threaded hef < hnom ft lb 15 20 50 105 125 165 280
torque Rods (Nm) (20) (27) (68) (142) (169) (224) (375)
h hef = hnom in. 5-1/2 6-1/4 7 8-5/8 9-1/2 10-1/2 15
1 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide
minimum (mm) (140) (160) (180) (220) (240) (270) (380) tipped bits.
base material 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 2 Data available for varying embedments;
thickness3 hef ≠ hnom in. 2 2 2 2 2 2-1/4 3 see Load Tables.
(mm) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (57) (76) 3 Minimum base material thickness given
to avoid backside blowout during drilling
Approximate number of fastenings at standard embedment process. Ability of base material to
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Small Refill Pack 45/50 28/31 16/18 9/10 7/8 5/6 2/2 withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of
concrete slab) should be determined by
HIT-HY 150 Jumbo Cartridge 236 145 85 45 38 29 7 design engineer.
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts
HIS Insert in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) dbit Tmax
dbit bit diameter1 in. 11/16 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/4
hnom std. depth in. 4-1/4 5 6-5/8 8-1/4
hnom
ef
of embed. (mm) (110) (125) (170) (210)
h
length (mm) (25) (30) (40) (50)
Tmax Max. tightening ft-lb 18 35 80 160
torque (Nm) (24) (47) (108) (217)
thickness (mm) (162) (191) (254) (314)
Recommended Hilti TE 6, 16, TE 16, 25, TE 46, 56
Rotary Hammer Drill 25, 35 35, 46, 76
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete
Rebar Size: No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 No. 9 No. 10 No. 11
Details
dbit: bit diameter1, 2 in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for

Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)
Rebar Number : 10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 35M
dbit : bit diameter1, 2 14 mm 3/4" 24mm 1-1/8" 37mm 1-9/16"

≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

5/3 5/3
( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal-Weight Concrete1,2,3
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity
Diameter Depth
1-3/4 720 1265 1395 1970 2710 4750 4175 5900
(44) (3.2) (5.6) (6.2) (8.8) (12.1) (21.1) (18.6) (26.2)
3/8 3-1/2 1895 2705 3335 4715 7120 10160 10000 14140
(9.5) (89) (8.4) (12.0) (14.8) (21.0) (31.7) (45.2) (44.5) (62.9)
5-1/4 2635 2800 6120 8655 9880 10510 18360 25960
(133) (11.7) (12.5) (27.2) (38.5) (44.0) (46.8) (81.7) (115.5)
2-1/8 1220 1575 1980 2800 4580 5910 5940 8400
(54) (5.4) (7.0) (8.8) (12.5) (20.4) (26.3) (26.4) (37.4)
1/2 4-1/4 2725 3935 5150 7280 10220 14760 15440 21840
(12.7) (108) (12.1) (17.5) (22.9) (32.4) (44.5) (65.7) (68.7) (97.1)
6-3/8 4300 5295 9455 13375 16140 19860 28360 40120
(162) (19.1) (23.6) (42.1) (59.5) (71.8) (88.3) (126.2) (178.5)
2-1/2 1620 1985 2460 3480 6090 7460 7380 10440
(64) (7.2) (8.8) (10.9) (15.5) (27.1) (33.2) (32.8) (46.4)
5/8 5 4395 5250 7350 10390 16480 19690 22040 31160
(15.9) (127) (19.5) (23.4) (32.7) (46.2) (73.3) (87.6) (98.0) (138.6)
7-1/2 6025 8225 13495 19080 22595 30850 40480 57240
(191) (26.8) (36.6) (60.0) (84.9) (100.5) (137.2) (180.0) (254.6)
3-3/8 2365 3925 5435 7680 8870 14720 16295 23040
(86) (10.5) (17.5) (24.2) (34.2) (39.5) (65.5) (72.5) (102.5)
3/4 6-5/8 4655 8885 12270 17355 17460 33330 36800 52060
(19.1) (168) (20.7) (39.5) (54.6) (77.2) (77.7) (148.3) (163.7) (231.6)
10 9515 12140 22755 32180 35695 45530 68260 96540
(254) (42.3) (54.0) (101.2) (143.1) (158.8) (202.5) (303.6) (429.4)
3-3/4 3080 4800 6705 9480 11555 18000 20105 28430
(95) (13.7) (21.4) (29.8) (42.4) (51.4) (80.1) (89.4) (126.5)
7/8 7-1/2 7845 11020 15960 22575 29430 41000 47880 67720
(22.2) (191) (34.9) (49.0) (71.0) (100.4) (130.9) (182.3) (213.0) (301.2)
11-1/4 13330 16645 29330 41475 49990 62425 87980 124420
(286) (59.3) (74.0) (130.5) (184.5) (222.4) (277.7) (391.4) (553.4)
4-1/8 3445 4865 8265 11685 12920 18250 24790 35050
(105) (15.3) (21.6) (36.8) (52.0) (57.5) (81.2) (110.3) (155.9)
1 8-1/4 8330 11635 19690 27840 31250 43640 59060 83520
(25.4) (210) (37.1) (51.8) (87.6) (123.8) (139.0) (194.1) (262.7) (371.5)
12-3/8 15540 19525 36170 51150 58280 73220 108500 153440
(314) (69.1) (86.85) (160.9) (227.5) (259.3) (325.7) (482.6) (682.5)
6 4645 7000 14760 20870 17430 26265 44280 62610
(152) (20.7) (31.1) (65.7) (92.8) (77.5) (116.8) (197.0) (278.5)
1-1/4 12 15490 20770 38615 54610 58085 77900 115840 163820
(31.8) (305) (68.9) (92.4) (171.8) (242.9) (258.4) (346.5) (515.3) (728.7)
15 19210 26815 53960 76315 72040 100560 161880 228940
(381) (85.5) (119.3) (240.0) (339.5) (320.5) (447.3) (720.1) (1018.4)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance 2 For hef ≥ hnom average ultimate concrete shear 3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide bit and
are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) cleaned with compressed air and a wire brush per
compared to the steel value. The lesser of the val- method. For hef < hnom average ultimate concrete manufacturer’s instructions.
ues is to be used for the design. shear values based on testing.

Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods1
3/8 2640 1360 4555 2345 3645 1875
(9.5) (11.7) (6.0) (20.3) (10.4) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 4700 2420 8100 4170 6480 3335
(12.7) (20.9) (10.8) (36.0) (18.5) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 7340 3780 12655 6520 10125 5215
(15.9) (32.7) (16.8) (56.3) (29.0) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 10570 5445 18225 9390 12390 6385
(19.1) (47.0) (24.2) (81.1) (41.8) (55.1) (28.4)
7/8 14385 7410 24805 12780 16865 8690
(22.2) (64.0) (33.0) (110.3) (56.9) (75.0) (38.6)
1 18790 9680 32400 16690 22030 11350
(25.4) (83.6) (43.0) (144.1) (74.2) (98.0) (50.5)
1-1/4 29360 15125 50620 26080 34425 17735
(31.8) (130.6) (67.3) (225.2) (116.0) (153.1) (78.9)

Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods1

3/8 4495 6005 3605 8135 10350 6210 5035 8280 4970
(9.5) (20.0) (26.7) (16.0) (36.2) (43.4) (27.6) (22.4) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 8230 10675 6405 14900 18405 11040 9225 14720 8835
(12.7) (36.6) (47.5) (28.5) (66.3) (79.0) (49.1) (41.0) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 13110 16680 10010 23730 28760 17260 14690 23010 13805
(15.9) (58.3) (74.2) (44.5) (105.6) (125.7) (76.8) (65.3) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 19400 24020 14415 35120 41420 24850 15050 28165 16800
(19.1) (86.3) (106.9) (64.1) (156.2) (185.7) (110.5) (66.9) (125.3) (75.2)
7/8 26780 32695 19620 48480 56370 33825 20775 38335 23000
(22.2) (119.1) (145.4) (87.3) (215.7) (256.9) (150.5) (92.4) (170.5) (102.3)
1 35130 42705 25625 63600 73630 44180 27255 50070 30040
(25.4) (156.3) (190.0) (114.0) (282.9) (337.0) (196.5) (121.2) (222.7) (133.6)
1-1/4 56210 66730 40035 101755 115050 69030 43610 78235 46940
(31.8) (250.0) (296.8) (178.1) (452.6) (511.8) (307.1) (194.0) (348.0) (208.8)


HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Allowable Bolt Strength1,2

Bond/Concrete Capacity
Anchor Embedment f'c ≥2000 psi f'c ≥2000 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Diameter Depth (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) Tensile1 Shear1 Tensile1 Shear1
3/8 4-1/4 2750 1605 4370 2250 3645 1875
(9.5) (108) (12.2) (7.1) (19.4) (10.0) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 5 4195 3040 7775 4005 6480 3335
(12.7) (127) (18.7) (13.5) (34.6) (17.8) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 6-5/8 6700 4575 12150 6260 10125 5215
(15.9) (168) (29.8) (20.4) (54.0) (27.8) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 8-1/4 7855 6305 17495 9010 12395 6385
(19.1) (210) (34.9) (28.0) (77.8) (40.1) (55.1) (28.4)
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2

Anchor Embedment f'c ≥2000 psi f'c ≥2000 psi Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Diameter Depth (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) Tensile1 Shear1 Tensile1 Shear1
3/8 4-1/4 11000 6425 9935 5960 8280 4970
(9.5) (108) (48.9) (28.6) (44.2) (26.5) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 5 16790 12170 17665 10600 14720 8835
(12.7) (127) (74.7) (54.1) (78.6) (47.2) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 6-5/8 26795 18310 27610 16565 23010 13805
(15.9) (168) (119.2) (81.5) (122.8) (73.7) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 8-1/4 31430 25215 39760 23855 28165 16900
(19.1) (210) (139.8) (112.2) (176.9) (106.1) (125.3) (75.1)
Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4"
Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods
Installed in Lightweight Concrete 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)2
Anchor Embedment Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity1 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity

Diameter Depth lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tensile Shear Tensile Shear
1-3/4 (44) 745 (3.3) 1285 (5.7) 2980 (13.3) 5150 (22.9)
3/8 (9.5)
3-1/2 (89) 1220 (5.4) 1580 (7.0) 4920 (21.9) 6320 (28.1)
2-1/8 (54) 975 (4.3) 2130 (9.5) 3900 (17.3) 8520 (37.9)
1/2 (12.7)
4-1/4 (108) 1210 (5.4) 2910 (12.9) 4840 (21.5) 11640 (51.8)
5/8 (15.9) 2-1/2 (63) 1200 (5.3) 2480 (11.0) 4800 (21.4) 9920 (44.1)
3/4 (19.1) 3-3/8 (86) 1760 (7.8) 4000 (17.8) 7040 (31.3) 15985 (71.1)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to allowable 2 All values based on holes drilled with matched tolerance carbide tipped bit and
concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel value (See cleaned with a wire brush per manufacturer’s instructions..
page 210). The lesser of these values is to be used for design.
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity for Sill Plate Applications
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to f'c = 2000 PSI Normal Weight Concrete
with HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 1501
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) Load II to Edge Load ⬜ to Edge
1-3/4 (44.5) 1280 (5.3) 1445 (6.4) 400 (1.8)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/4 (108.0)
2-3/4 (69.9) 1800 (8.1) 2100 (9.5) 845 (3.8)
1-3/4 (44.5) 1700 (7.6) 1445 (6.4) 400 (1.8)
5/8 (15.9) 5 (127.0)
2-3/4 (69.9) 2725 (12.1) 2455 (10.9) 960 (4.3)
1 Loads are based on concrete failure. Steel strength must be checked separately. Values are based on safety factor of 4.
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to top of grout filled block wall with HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 1501
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) Load II to Edge Load ⬜ to Edge
1-3/4 (44.5) 1120 (5.0) 1425 (6.3) 560 (2.5)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/4 (108.0)
2-3/4 (69.9) 1440 (6.4) 2085 (9.3) 1110 (4.9)
1-3/4 (44.5) 1475 (6.5) 1800 (8.0) 680 (3.0)
5/8 (15.9) 5 (127.0)
2-3/4 (69.9) 1630 (7.2) 3070 (13.7) 1110 (4.9)
1 Loads are based on masonry failure. Steel strength must be checked separately. Values are based on safety factor of 5.

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Loads for Threaded Rods in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units
(ASTM C 90 Block)1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Diameter Embedment Depth Distance from Edge Tension5 Shear lb (kN)5
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) HAS-E HAS Super HAS SS
4 (101.6)
3/8 ( 9.5 ) 3-1/2 ( 88.9 ) 1550 ( 6.9 ) 1360 ( 6.0) 2020 (9.0) 1875 ( 8.3)
_>12 (304.8)
4 (101.6) 2020 ( 9.0) 2020 ( 9.0) 2020 ( 9.0)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/4 ( 108 ) 1785 ( 7.9 )
_>12 (304.8) 2420 (10.8) 4170 (18.5) 3335 (14.8)
4 (101.6) 2020 ( 9.0) 2020 ( 9.0) 2020 ( 9.0)
5/8 (15.9) 5 ( 127 ) 2265 (10.1)
_>12 (304.8) 3780 (16.8) 5625 (25.0) 5215 (23.2)
4 (101.6) 2020 ( 9.0) 2020 ( 9.0) 2020 ( 9.0)
3/4 (19.1) 6-5/8 (168.3) 3740 (16.6)
_>12 (304.8) 5445 (24.2) 5625 (25.0) 5625 (25.0)
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Loads for Threaded Rods in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units
(ASTM C 90 Block)1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Diameter Embedment Depth Distance from Edge Tension lb (kN)5 Shear lb (kN)5
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) HAS-E HAS Super HAS SS (304SS) HAS-E HAS Super HAS SS
4 (101.6)
3/8 (9.5) 3-1/2 (88.9) 6005 (26.7) 6200 (27.6) 6200 (27.6) 3605 (16.0) 6210 (27.6) 4970 (22.1)
_>12 (304.8)
4 (101.6) 8075 (35.9) 8075 (35.9)
1/2 (12.7) 4-1/4 (108) 7140 (31.8) 7140 (31.8) 7140 (31.8) 6405 (28.5)
_>12 (304.8) 11040 (49.1) 8835 (39.3)
4 (101.6) 8075 (35.9) 8075 (35.9) 8075 (35.9)
5/8 (15.9) 5 (127) 9060 (40.3) 9060 (40.3) 9060 (40.3)
_>12 (304.8) 10010 (44.2) 17260 (76.8) 13805 (61.4)
4 (101.6) 8075 (44.2) 8075 (35.9) 8075 (35.9)
3/4 (19.1) 6-5/8 (168.3) 14970 (66.6) 14970 (66.6) 14970 (66.6)
_>12 (304.8) 14415 (64.1) 22500 (100.1) 16800 (75.2)
1 Values are for lightweight, medium weight or normal weight concrete masonry units 4 Values for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches can be calculated by
conforming to ASTM C 90 with 2000 psi grout conforming to ASTM C 476. linear interpolation.
2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit. 5 Loads are based on the lesser of bond strength, steel strength or base material
strength.
3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, head joint, bed joint, “T” joint,
cross web or any combination of the above.
Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines for Grout-Filled Block
Influence of Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance

Anchor in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 N
Size (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.8) (19.1)
hnom in. 3-1/2 4-1/4 5 6-5/8
s
(mm) (90) (110) (125) (170) V
c
Edge Distance for Shear and Tension:

ccr = 12 in. (305 mm) minimum from free edge
cmin = 4 in. (102 mm) minimum from free edge
Anchor Spacing for Shear and Tension:

scr = smin = One (1) anchor per cell (max), and 8 in. (203mm) (min)

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete
Grade 60 Rebar
f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa)
Nominal Embed.
Rebar Depth Ultimate Embed. to Embed. to Ultimate Embed. to Embed. to
Size in. (mm) Bond Yield Tensile
Develop Yield Develop Tensile Bond Develop Yield Develop Tensile Strength Strength
Strength Strength1 Strength1 Strength Strength1 Strength1
lb (kN) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
1-1/2 2500 3800
(38) (11.1) (16.9)
3-1/2 6300 3-3/4 5-1/2 8200 2-3/4 4-1/4 6600 9900
#3 (89) (28.0) (95.3) (139.7) (36.5) (69.9) (108.0) (29.4) (44.0)
7 12600 16500
(178) (56.0) (73.4)
2 4200 6000
(51) (18.7) (26.7)
4 9000 5-1/2 8 11800 4-1/4 6-1/4 12000 18000
#4 (102) (40.0) (139.7) (203.2) (52.5) (108.0) (158.8) (53.4) (80.1)
8 18000 23600
(203) (80.1) (105.0)
2-1/2 5600 6900
(64) (24.9) (30.7)
5 13500 7 10-1/4 17700 5-1/4 8 18600 27900
#5 (127) (60.1) (177.8) (260.4) (78.7) (133.4) (203.2) (82.7) (124.1)
10 27000 35300
(254) (120.1) (157.0)
3-1/2 10200 12800
(90) (45.4) (56.9)
7 22100 8-1/2 12-3/4 28900 6-1/2 9-3/4 26400 39600
#6 (178) (98.3) (215.9) (323.9) (128.6) (165.1) (247.7) (117.4) (176.2)
14 44200 57700
(356) (196.6) (256.7)
3-3/4 10700 15800
(95) (47.6) (70.3)
7-1/2 27100 10 15 35300 7-3/4 11-1/2 36000 54000
#7 (190) (120.6) (254.0) (381) (157.0) (196.9) (292.1) (160.1) (240.2)
15 54200 70700
(380) (241.1) (314.5)
4 14100 18100
(102) (62.7) (80.5)
8 32500 11-3/4 17-1/2 42400 9 13-1/2 47450 71100
#8 (204) (144.6) (298.5) (444.5) (188.6) (228.6) (342.9) (211.1) (316.3)
16 65000 84800
(408) (289.1) (377.2)
5 16700 21800
(127) (74.3) (97.0)
10 47400 12-3/4 19 61800 10 15-3/4 60000 90000
#9 (254) (210.9) (323.9) (482.6) (274.9) (254.0) (400.1) (266.9) (400.4)
18 85300 111300
(457) (379.4) (495.1)
6 23300 32400
(152) (103.6) (144.1)
12 59600 15-1/2 23 77700 12 17-3/4 76200 114300
#10 (304) (265.1) (393.7) (584.2) (345.6) (304.8) (450.9) (339.0) (508.5)
20 99300 129600
(508) (441.7) (576.5)
7 32000 41300
(178) (142.3) (183.7)
14 75800 17-1/4 26 99000 13-1/2 20 93600 140400
#11 (356) (337.2) (438.2) (660.4) (440.4) (342.9) (508.0) (416.4) (624.6)
20 108400 141400
(508) (482.2) (629.0)
1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values versus minimum yield and ultimate tensile strength of rebar; for more information, contact Hilti.

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only) 3,4
HIT-ICE Tensile Bond Strength 2, 3, 4 Strength Properties of Metric Rebar 2, 3
f'c = 14 MPa f'c = 28 MPa f y = 400 MPa
Rebar Embedment Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Yield Tensile
Size Depth Bond Bond Bond Bond Strength Strength
(mm) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
10M 40 11.1 2.8 16.9 4.2

(#3) 90 28.0 7.0 36.5 9.1 40 60
180 56.0 14.0 73.4 18.3
15M 65 24.9 6.2 30.7 7.7
(#5) 130 60.1 15.0 78.7 19.7 80 120
250 120 30.0 157 39.2
20M 90 45.4 11.3 56.9 14.2
(#6) 180 98.3 24.6 129 32.2 120 180
355 197 49.2 257 64.2
25M 100 62.7 15.7 80.5 20.1
(#8) 200 145 36.2 189 47.2 200 300
405 289 72.2 377 94.2
30M 125 74.3 18.6 97.0 24.2
(#9) 250 211 52.8 275 68.8 280 420
455 379 94.8 495 124
35M 180 142 35.5 184 46.0
(#11) 355 337 84.2 440 110 400 600
510 482 120 629 157
1 Use lesser value of bond strength or rebar’s steel strength for tensile capacity.
3 Test data developed for hammer-drilled holes. For diamond cored holes, contact Hilti Engineering.
4 For anchoring spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to page 212 of this HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Injection Adhesive Anchor section.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150
N Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors Edge Distance Adjustment Factors

s s min = 0.5 h ef cmin = 0.5 h ef
V
s cr = 1.5 h ef c cr = 1.5 h ef Tension
c h ef = Actual embedment = 2.0 h ef for Shear
h h ef = Actual embedment
scr ccr
1.5 2.0
Shear (' to Edge)
Note: Tables apply for listed

Shear & Tension ccr
1.0 1.5
embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment s Shear (II to Edge)
depths must be calculated hef
using equations below. smin
0.5 1.0
Spacing Tension/Shear c
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef hef Tension
cmin
fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55 0.5
for scr>s>smin 0
0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
Edge Distance Tension Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor
(fA)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef 0
fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
for ccr>c>cmin Edge Distance Adjustment Factor
(fRV, fRN)
Edge Distance Shear
( ⊥ toward edge)
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09 Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" Diameter Anchor
for ccr>c>cmin Anchor
3/8" diameter
Diameter
Edge Distance Shear Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear
(II to or away from edge) Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef Embedment
Depth, in. 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4
fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28 7/8 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
for ccr>c>cmin 1-1/4 0.76 0.69 0.30 0.54
1-3/4 0.85 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46
2 0.89 0.72 0.86 0.63 0.53 0.22 0.69 0.49
2-5/8 1.00 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.70 0.60 0.72 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.55 0.46
3 0.81 0.72 0.74 0.63 0.84 0.37 0.22 0.90 0.59 0.49
3-1/2 0.85 0.75 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.64 0.52
4 0.89 0.78 0.86 0.70 0.53 0.32 0.69 0.55
4-1/2 0.94 0.81 0.91 0.74 0.60 0.37 0.74 0.59
5-1/4 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.45 0.82 0.64
6-1/2 0.92 0.90 0.91 0.58 0.95 0.73
7 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.63 1.00 0.76
7-7/8 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.82
9 0.84 0.90
10-1/2 1.00 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 1/2" Diameter Anchor embedment depths. Reduction
Anchor factors for other embedment
1/2" diameter
Diameter depths must be calculated
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear using equations below.
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2 Spacing Tension/Shear
Embedment
Depth, in. 2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef
1-1/16 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46 fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55
1-1/2 0.76 0.68 0.29 0.53 for scr>s>smin
2 0.83 0.78 0.42 0.62
2-1/8 0.85 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46 Edge Distance Tension
2-3/4 0.94 0.74 0.92 0.66 0.61 0.26 0.75 0.51 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
3 0.97 0.76 0.96 0.68 0.67 0.29 0.79 0.53
3-3/16 1.00 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.70 0.60 0.72 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.55 0.46 fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40
4 0.83 0.74 0.78 0.65 0.93 0.42 0.25 0.96 0.62 0.51 for ccr>c>cmin
4-1/4 0.85 0.75 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.64 0.52 Edge Distance Shear
5 0.90 0.79 0.87 0.71 0.55 0.33 0.70 0.56 ( ⊥ toward edge)
6 0.97 0.83 0.96 0.78 0.67 0.42 0.79 0.62
6-3/8 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.45 0.82 0.64 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
7 0.88 0.84 0.80 0.50 0.87 0.68 fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09
7-1/2 0.90 0.87 0.86 0.55 0.92 0.70 for ccr>c>cmin
8-1/2 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.63 1.00 0.76
9 0.97 0.96 0.67 0.79 Edge Distance Shear
9-9/16 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.82 (II to or away from edge)
10 0.76 0.84 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
11 0.84 0.90
12-3/4 1.00 1.00 fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28
for ccr>c>cmin

Anchor
5/8" diameter 3/4" diameter
Diameter
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge), Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
Embedment
Depth, in. 2-1/2 5 7-1/2 2-1/2 5 7-1/2 2-1/2 5 7-1/2 2-1/2 5 7-1/2 3-3/8 6-5/8 10 3-3/8 6-5/8 10 3-3/8 6-5/8 10 3-3/8 6-5/8 10
1-1/4 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
1-11/16 0.75 0.67 0.27 0.52 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
2 0.79 0.72 0.34 0.57 0.73 0.64 0.23 0.49
2-1/2 0.85 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46 0.77 0.70 0.31 0.55
3 0.91 0.73 0.88 0.64 0.56 0.23 0.71 0.50 0.82 0.76 0.39 0.60
3-5/16 0.95 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.63 0.27 0.76 0.52 0.84 0.70 0.79 0.60 0.44 0.18 0.63 0.46
3-3/4 1.00 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.70 0.60 0.72 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.55 0.46 0.88 0.72 0.84 0.63 0.51 0.22 0.68 0.48
4 0.79 0.71 0.72 0.61 0.77 0.34 0.20 0.86 0.57 0.47 0.91 0.73 0.87 0.64 0.55 0.24 0.71 0.50
4-1/2 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.88 0.40 0.23 0.93 0.60 0.50 0.95 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.63 0.28 0.76 0.52
5 0.85 0.75 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.64 0.52 0.99 0.78 0.70 0.99 0.70 0.60 0.71 0.32 0.18 0.81 0.55 0.46
5-1/16 0.85 0.75 0.81 0.67 0.46 0.27 0.64 0.52 1.00 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.71 0.60 0.72 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.56 0.46
5-1/2 0.88 0.77 0.84 0.69 0.50 0.31 0.68 0.54 0.80 0.72 0.73 0.62 0.79 0.36 0.21 0.87 0.58 0.48
6 0.91 0.79 0.88 0.72 0.56 0.34 0.71 0.57 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.87 0.40 0.23 0.92 0.61 0.50
6-3/4 0.96 0.82 0.94 0.76 0.64 0.40 0.77 0.60 0.86 0.75 0.81 0.67 1.00 0.46 0.27 1.00 0.65 0.52
7-1/2 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.45 0.82 0.64 0.89 0.78 0.85 0.70 0.52 0.32 0.69 0.55
8 0.87 0.83 0.77 0.49 0.86 0.66 0.91 0.79 0.88 0.72 0.56 0.34 0.71 0.57
8-1/2 0.89 0.85 0.83 0.52 0.89 0.69 0.93 0.81 0.91 0.74 0.60 0.37 0.74 0.59
9 0.91 0.88 0.88 0.56 0.93 0.71 0.96 0.82 0.94 0.76 0.64 0.40 0.77 0.60
9-15/16 0.95 0.93 0.98 0.63 1.00 0.76 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.45 0.82 0.64
10 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.63 0.76 0.85 0.80 0.73 0.45 0.82 0.64
11-1/4 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.82 0.89 0.85 0.83 0.52 0.89 0.69
12 0.77 0.86 0.91 0.88 0.89 0.56 0.93 0.71
13-1/4 0.86 0.92 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.63 1.00 0.76
14 0.92 0.95 0.97 0.96 0.67 0.78
15 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.82
16 0.77 0.86
18 0.88 0.93
20 1.00 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchor embedment depths. Reduction
Anchor factors for other embedment
7/8" diameter
Diameter depths must be calculated
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear using equations below.
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⬜ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
fA fRN fRV1 fRV2 Spacing Tension/Shear
Embedment
Depth, in. 3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef
1-7/8 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46 fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55
2-1/2 0.75 0.67 0.27 0.52 for scr>s>smin
3 0.79 0.72 0.34 0.57
3-3/4 0.85 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46 Edge Distance Tension
4 0.87 0.71 0.83 0.61 0.49 0.20 0.66 0.47 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
4-1/2 0.91 0.73 0.88 0.64 0.56 0.23 0.71 0.50
5 0.95 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.63 0.27 0.76 0.52 fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40
5-5/8 1.00 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.70 0.60 0.72 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.55 0.46 for ccr>c>cmin
6 0.79 0.71 0.72 0.61 0.77 0.34 0.20 0.86 0.57 0.47
Edge Distance Shear

6-1/2 0.81 0.72 0.75 0.63 0.85 0.38 0.22 0.90 0.59 0.49 ( ⊥ toward edge)
7 0.83 0.74 0.77 0.65 0.92 0.41 0.25 0.95 0.62 0.50
7-1/2 0.85 0.75 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.64 0.52 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
8 0.87 0.76 0.83 0.68 0.49 0.29 0.66 0.54 fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09
8-1/2 0.89 0.78 0.85 0.70 0.52 0.32 0.69 0.55 for ccr>c>cmin
9 0.91 0.79 0.88 0.72 0.56 0.34 0.71 0.57
9-15/16 0.95 0.82 0.93 0.75 0.63 0.39 0.76 0.60 Edge Distance Shear
10 0.95 0.82 0.93 0.76 0.63 0.39 0.76 0.60 (II to or away from edge)
11-1/4 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.45 0.82 0.64 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
12 0.87 0.83 0.77 0.49 0.86 0.66
14 0.92 0.90 0.92 0.58 0.95 0.73 fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28
15 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.63 1.00 0.76 for ccr>c>cmin
16-7/8 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.82
18 0.77 0.86
20 0.87 0.92
22-1/2 1.00 1.00
Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1 1/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor
1" diameter 1 1/4" diameter
Diameter
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge), Tension/Shear, Tension, (⊥ toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
Embedment
Depth, in. 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 6 12 15 6 12 15 6 12 15 6 12 15
2-1/16 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
3 0.77 0.69 0.30 0.54 0.70 0.60 0.18 0.46
3-1/2 0.80 0.74 0.37 0.59 0.73 0.63 0.23 0.49
4-1/8 0.85 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46 0.76 0.68 0.28 0.53
5 0.91 0.73 0.88 0.64 0.56 0.24 0.72 0.50 0.80 0.73 0.36 0.58
5-1/2 0.95 0.75 0.93 0.67 0.63 0.27 0.76 0.52 0.83 0.77 0.41 0.61
6 0.99 0.77 0.98 0.69 0.70 0.30 0.80 0.54 0.85 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46
6-3/16 1.00 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.70 0.60 0.72 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.55 0.46 0.86 0.70 0.81 0.61 0.47 0.19 0.65 0.47
7-1/2 0.82 0.73 0.76 0.64 0.89 0.40 0.24 0.93 0.61 0.50 0.93 0.74 0.70 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.59 0.25 0.18 0.73 0.51 0.46
8-1/4 0.85 0.75 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.64 0.52 0.96 0.76 0.72 0.95 0.68 0.62 0.65 0.28 0.21 0.78 0.53 0.48
9 0.88 0.77 0.84 0.69 0.50 0.30 0.67 0.54 1.00 0.78 0.73 1.00 0.70 0.64 0.72 0.32 0.23 0.82 0.55 0.50
9-1/2 0.90 0.78 0.86 0.71 0.53 0.32 0.69 0.56 0.79 0.74 0.72 0.65 0.77 0.34 0.25 0.85 0.57 0.51
10 0.91 0.79 0.88 0.72 0.56 0.35 0.72 0.57 0.80 0.75 0.73 0.67 0.81 0.36 0.27 0.88 0.58 0.52
10-1/2 0.93 0.80 0.91 0.74 0.60 0.37 0.74 0.59 0.81 0.76 0.75 0.68 0.86 0.38 0.29 0.91 0.60 0.53
12 0.99 0.84 0.98 0.79 0.70 0.43 0.80 0.63 0.85 0.79 0.80 0.72 1.00 0.45 0.34 1.00 0.64 0.57
12-3/8 1.00 0.85 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.45 0.82 0.64 0.86 0.80 0.81 0.73 0.47 0.36 0.65 0.58
14 0.89 0.85 0.83 0.52 0.89 0.69 0.90 0.83 0.87 0.77 0.54 0.41 0.70 0.62
16-1/2 0.95 0.93 1.00 0.63 1.00 0.76 0.96 0.88 0.95 0.84 0.65 0.50 0.78 0.68
18 0.99 0.98 0.70 0.80 1.00 0.91 1.00 0.88 0.72 0.56 0.82 0.71
18-9/16 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.82 0.92 0.90 0.75 0.58 0.84 0.73
20 0.78 0.86 0.95 0.93 0.81 0.63 0.88 0.76
22-1/2 0.89 0.93 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.72 0.96 0.82
24 0.96 0.98 1.00 0.77 1.00 0.86
24-3/4 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.87
26 0.85 0.90
28 0.92 0.95
30 1.00 1.00

Resistance of HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 to Chemicals
Samples of the HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 resin were immersed in
Chemical Behavior
the various chemical compounds for up to one year. At the
Sulphuric acid conc. –
30% • end of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Any
10% + samples showing no visible damage and having less than a
Hydrochloric acid conc. • 25% reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified
10% + as “Resistant”. Samples that had slight damage, such as
Nitric acid conc. –
10% • small cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending strength of
Phosphoric acid conc. + 25% or more, were classified as “Partially Resistant”.
10% + Samples that were heavily damaged or destroyed were
Acetic acid conc. • classified as “Not Resistant”.
10% +
Formic acid conc. – Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the
10% • base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In
Lactic acid conc. +
10% + some cases, this would allow the HIT-ICE, HIT-HY 150 to be
Citric acid 10% + used where it would be exposed to the “Partially Resistant”
Sodium Hydroxide 40% • chemical compounds.
(Caustic soda) 20% +
5% + Open Gel Time Table (Approximate)1
Ammonia conc. • Base Material Temperature
5% +
°F °C HIT-HY 1502 HIT-ICE
Soda solution 10% +
Common salt solution 10% + –10 –23 – 1.5 hrs
Chlorinated lime solution 10% + 0 –18 – 1.5 hrs
Sodium hypochlorite 2% + 23 –5 1.5 hrs 40 min
Hydrogen peroxide 10% + 32 0 45 min 26 min
Carbolic acid solution 10% –
41 5 25 min 11 min
Ethanol –
68 20 6 min 4 min
Sea water +
Glycol + 86 30 4 min 1.5 min
Acetone – 104 40 2 min –
Carbon tetrachloride – Final Cure Time Table (Approximate)1
Toluene + Base Material Temperature
Petrol/Gasoline •
Machine oil • °F °C HIT-HY 1502 HIT-ICE
Diesel oil •
–10 –23 – 36 hrs
Key: – non-resistant + resistant • limited resistance
0 –18 – 24 hrs
23 –5 6 hrs 6 hrs
32 0 3 hrs 4 hrs
41 5 90 min 2 hrs
Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength 68 20 50 min 1 hrs
86 30 40 min 30 min
104 40 30 min –
1 Product temperatures must be maintained above 41°F (5°C), with the
(% of load at 70°F)
exception of HIT-ICE which must be above 0°F (–18°C).

2 Use of HIT-HY 150 and HIT-TZ rods must be installed in base material
temperatures 40° F (5° C).
Influence of High Energy Radiation on HIT-HY 1501
Radiation Detrimental Recommendation
Exposure2, 3 Effect for Use
< 10 Mrad Insignificant Full Use
10 – 100 Mrad Moderate Restricted Use
Base Material Temperature (°F) Frec. = 0.5 Fperm.
Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the elevated temperature for > 100 Mrad Medium to strong No recommendation
24 hours them removing it from the controlled environment and testing to failure. for use
Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available; please contact Hilti 1 HIT-ICE information is unavailable.
Technical Services.
2 Mrad = Megarad
3 Dosage over a life span.
HAS, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions
1 2 3 3X 4 5
3X 3X
1. Drill anchor hole with a car- 2 . Insert air nozzle to bottom of 3. Clean hole with wire brush. 4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of 5. HIT-HY 150 only: Put refill
bide bit. Contact Hilti for use hole and blow out hole using Proper hole cleaning is hole and blow out hole using pack into holder. Remove cap
of Diamond Core bits. a pump, or compressed air. essential. a pump, or compressed air. covering threaded projection.
6 2 7 8 9 10
2 2
3 2
2 1 2 2 2 3X
1 2 1
1
1 6. Screw on static mixer. 1 1 1into
7. Put holder/cartridge 8. Discard first three trigger 9. Inject adhesive into hole start- 10. Unlock dispenser.
1
appropriate dispenser. pulls of adhesive from each ing at the bottom until 1/2 to
refill pack or cartridge. 2/3 full. Use mixer filler tube
extensions when needed to
reach the hole bottom.
Rod
9 10 11 12
≤T
≤ Tmax
max
9. Insert rod. Twist during installa- 10. Fastener may be adjusted dur- 11. Do not disturb anchor between 12. Apply specified torque as
tion. ing specified gel time. specified gel time and cure required to secure items to be
time. fastened. Do not exceed maxi-
mum torque specified.
Insert
9 10 11 12
≤T
≤ Tmax
max
9. Insert threaded insert. 10. Fastener may be adjusted dur- 11. Do not disturb anchor between 12. Apply specified torque as
Twist during installation. ing specified gel time. specified gel time and cure required to secure items to be
Rebar
9 10 11 12
9. Insert rebar. Twist during installa- 10. Fastener may be adjusted dur- 11. Do not disturb anchor between 12. Apply specified torque as
tion. ing specified gel time. specified gel time and cure required to secure items to be
HIT HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Volume Charts
Threaded Rod & HIT-TZ Rod Metric Rebar Installation

Installation Rebar Installation (Canada Only)
(in.) (in.) of embedment (in 3) (in.) (in.) of embedment (in3) of embedment (in3)
1/4 5/16 0.055 #3 or 3/8 1/2 0.110 10M 14 mm 0.101
3/8 7/16 0.095 #4 or 1/2 5/8 0.146 15M 3/4" 0.176
1/2 9/16 0.133 #5 or 5/8 3/4 0.176 20M 24 mm 0.268
5/8 11/16 0.184 #6 or 3/4 7/8 0.218 25M 1-1/8" 0.309
3/4 13/16 0.232 #7 or 7/8 1 0.252 30M 37 mm 0.644
7/8 24mm 0.272 #8 or 1 1-1/8 0.299 35M 1-9/16" 0.480
1 1-1/16 0.366 #9 or 1-1/8 1-3/8 0.601
1-1/4 1-1/2 0.918 #10 or 1-1/4 1-1/2 0.659
#11 or 1-3/8 1-9/16 0.547
Example: Determine approximate fastenings for
5/8" rod embedded 10" deep. Note: Useable volume of:
10 x 0.184 = 1.84 in3 of adhesive per anchor • HIT-HY 150 refill pack is 16.5 in3 (270ml).
• HIT-HY 150 medium cartridges is 26.9 in3 (440ml).
• HIT-HY 150 small cartridge:
16.5 ÷ 1.84 ≈ 9 fastenings • HIT-HY 150 jumbo cartridges is 81.8 in3 (1340 ml).
• HIT-HY 150 medium cartridge: • HIT-ICE is 18 in3 (297 ml)

26.9 ÷ 1.84 ≈ 15 fastenings
• HIT-HY 150 jumbo cartridge:
81.8 ÷ 1.84 ≈ 45 fastenings
• HIT-ICE cartridge:
18.0 ÷ 1.84 ≈ 10 fastenings
1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar. Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.

HIT Adhesives
Item No. Description Contents
372705 HIT-ICE (10 oz) 297 ml 24 Cartridges, 24 Mixers HIT-ICE Cartridge
332230 HIT-HY 150 (11.1 oz) 330 ml 1 Refill Pack, 1 Mixer w/ filler tube
285594 HIT-HY 150 Medium (16.9 oz) 500 ml 25 Cartridges, 25 Mixers
305713 HIT-HY 150 Jumbo (47.3 oz) 1400 ml 4 Cartridges, 4 Mixers
HIT Dispensers ED 3500 HIT-HY 150 Refill Pack

Battery HIT-HY 150 Medium Cartridge
Battery Powered Dispenser HIT-HY 150 Jumbo Cartridge
Dispenser
3245363 ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit
MD1000
Dispenser MD2000 MD2500
Dispenser Dispenser
Manual Dispensers
371291 MD1000 Dispenser for HIT-ICE Cartridges
229154 MD2000 Dispenser + 1 refill holder for HIT HY refill packs
338853 MD2500 Manual Dispenser
229170 Refill Holder Replacement for MD2000
339477 Refill Holder Replacement for MD2500 or ED3500
P-3500 P-8000D
Pneumatic Pneumatic
Dispenser Dispenser
Pneumatic Dispensers
354180 HIT P-3500 Pneumatic Dispenser, + 1 refill holder for HIT HY refill packs
373959 HIT P-8000 Pneumatic Dispenser (for Jumbo cartridges)
373960 Jumbo pack holder replacement fo HIT P-8000D Dispenser
HIT Filler Tube

HIT-HY Mixer (Large)
HIT-M Mixer (Small) HIT-ICE Mixer
Mixers & Filler Tubes

Item No. Description Qty/Pkg Notes
68156 HIT-M, Mixer for HIT-HY 150 1 For use with small HIT-HY 150 refill packs
337111 HIT-RE-M Static Mixer, Large HIT-HY 150 1 For use with Jumbo cartridges
371290 HIT-M2 for HIT-ICE 1 For use with HIT-ICE cartridges

HAS-E Threaded Rods
HAS ISO HAS ISO
HAS 898 Class 5.8 HAS 898 Class 5.8
Description Item No. Qty/Pkg Description Item No. Qty/Pkg
3/8" x 3" 385417 10 3/4" x 10" 385432 10
3/8" x 4-3/8" 385418 10 3/4" x 11" 385433 10
3/8" x 5-1/8" 385419 20 3/4" x 12" 385434 10
3/8" x 8" 385420 10 3/4" x 14" 385435 10
3/8" x 12" 385421 10 3/4" x 17" 385436 10
1/2" x 3-1/8" 385422 10 3/4" x 19" 385437 10
1/2" x 4-1/2" 385423 10 3/4" x 21" 385438 10
1/2" x 6-1/2" 385424 20 3/4" x 25" 385439 10
1/2" x 8" 385425 10 7/8" x 10" 385440 10
1/2" x 10" 385426 10 7/8" x 13" 385441 10
1/2" x 12" 385427 10 1" x 12" 385442 4
5/8" x 8" 385428 20 1" x 14" 385443 2
5/8" x 9" 385429 10 1" x 16" 385444 2
5/8" x 12" 385430 10 1" x 20" 385445 2
5/8" x 17" 385431 10 1-1/4" x 16" 385446 4
1-1/4" x 22" 385447 4
HAS Super, HAS Stainless Steel Rods, HIS and HIS-R Stainless Steel Inserts3
HAS Super 3 HAS-R 304 SS2,3 HIS HIS Insert HIS-R 316 SS Insert
Description Item No. Item No. Qty/Box Description Item No. Item No. Qty/Box
3/8" x 5-1/8" 68657 385462 10 3/8" x 4-1/4" 258020 258029 10
1/2" x 6-1/2" 68658 385464 10 1/2" x 5" 258021 258030 5
5/8" x 7-5/8" 333783 385467 10 5/8" x 6-5/8" 258022 258031 5
3/4" x 9-5/8" 68660 385469 5 3/4" x 8-1/4" 258023 258032 5
7/8" x 10" 686611 385473 5
1" x 12" 68662 385474 5
1-1/4" x 16" 333779 4
1 Hot Dipped Galvanized (3/8" rod only). Coating thickness 2 mils (50.8µm)
2 316 Stainless Steel HAS Rods are also available.
3 More HAS rod lengths are available, refer to Hilti Full Line Catalog or contact a Customer Service Representative.
4. Available by the individual piece.
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods
HIT-TZ & HIT-RTZ Description Item No. HIT-TZ Item No. HIT-RTZ Qty/Box
3/8" x 2-7/8" / 1" 337484 337498 40
1/2" x 3-1/2" / 1-1/2" 337485 337499 24
5/8" x 4" / 2-1/4" 337486 337500 16
3/4" x 5-1/4" / 4-1/16" 337487 337501 8
07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 221
HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6
4.2.6.3 Strength Design

Fastener Components 4.2.6.4 Technical Data
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser 4.2.6.5 Installation Instructions

HIT-RE 500-SD 4.2.6.7 Sample Calculations
Refill Pack
Refill Pack Holder P3500
HIT RE Mixer Dispenser
Listings/Approvals
HIT-RE 500-SD MD2500
Dispenser
ESR-2322
Medium Cartridge
NSF/ANSI Std 61
certification for use in potable water
European Technical Approval
ETA-07/0260
Refill Pack Holder
HIT-RE 500-SD P8000D
Jumbo Cartridge Dispenser
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD Adhesive Anchoring Product Features

Code Compliance
System is an injectable two-component • Superior bond performance
epoxy adhesive. The two components • Seismic qualified per IBC®/IRC® IBC®/IRC® 2003 (ICC-ES AC308)
are kept separate by means of a dual- 2006, IBC®/IRC® 2003, IBC®/IRC® IBC®/IRC® 2000 (ICC-ES AC308)
cylinder foil pack attached to a 2000 and UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC308)
AC308). Please refer to ESR-2322 LEED ®: Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
manifold. The two components (ICC-ES AC308) for Seismic Design Materials
combine and react when dispensed Category A through F
through a static mixing nozzle attached • Use in diamond cored or pneumat-
to the manifold. ic drilled holes and under water up
to 165 feet (50 m)
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD Adhesive Anchoring • Meets requirements of ASTM C
881-90, Type IV, Grade 2 and 3, The Leadership in Energy and
System may be used with continuously
Class A, B, C except gel times Environmental Design (LEED® ) Green
threaded rod, Hilti HIS-N and HIS-RN Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
internally-threaded inserts or deformed • Meets requirements of AASHTO accepted benchmark for the design, con-
specification M235, Type IV, Grade struction and operation of high perfor-
reinforcing bar installed in cracked or 3, Class A, B, C except gel times mance green buildings.
uncracked concrete. The primary • Mixing tube provides proper mix-
components of the Hilti Adhesive ing, eliminates measuring errors
Anchoring System are: and minimizes waste Components
• Contains no styrene; virtually
• Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD adhesive pack- odorless
aged in foil packs
• Extended temperature range from HAS Threaded Rods
• Adhesive mixing and dispensing 41°F to 104°F (5°C to 40°C)
equipment
• Excellent weathering resistance;
• Equipment for hole cleaning and Resistance against elevated
adhesive injection HIS Internally Threaded Inserts
temperatures
Rebar (supplied by contractor)
4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Guide Specifications which thoroughly blends component A 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8
and component B and allows injection
Master Format Section: 2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high strength
carbon steel anchor);
03250 (Concrete accessories) tools and static mixing nozzles as
recommended by manufacturer shall be 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel,
Related Sections:
used. Manufacturer’s instructions shall meeting the requirements of ASTM F
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing- be followed. Injection adhesive shall be 593 (condition CW).
Reinforcing Accessories) formulated to include resin and hardener
05050 (Metal Fabrication) to provide optimal curing speed as well
05120 (Structural Steel; Masonry as high strength and stiffness. Typical
Accessories) curing time at 68°F (20°C) shall be Nuts and Washers of other grades and
approximately 12 hours. styles having specified proof load
Injectable adhesive shall be used for
stresses greater than the specified
installation of all reinforcing steel dowels Injection adhesive shall be
grade and style are also suitable. Nuts
or threaded anchor rods and inserts into HIT-RE 500-SD, as furnished by Hilti.
must have specified proof load stresses
new or existing concrete. Adhesive shall
Anchor Rods shall be furnished with equal to or greater than the minimum
be furnished in side-by-side refill packs
chamfered ends so that either end will tensile strength of the specified
which keep component A and
accept a nut and washer. Alternatively, threaded rod.
component B separate. Side-by-side
packs shall be designed to compress
during use to minimize waste volume.
for easy insertion into the adhesive-filled
Side-by-side packs shall also be
designed to accept static mixing nozzle

Bond Strength ASTM C882-911
2 day cure 12.4 MPa 1800 psi
Compressive Strength ASTM D-695-961 82.7 MPa 12,000 psi
Compressive Modulus ASTM D-695-961 1493 MPa 0.22 x 106 psi
Tensile Strength 7 day ASTM D-638-97 43.5 MPa 6310 psi
Elongation at break ASTM D-638-97 2.0% 2.0%
Heat Deflection Temperature ASTM D-648-95 63°C 146°F
Absorption ASTM D-570-95 0.06% 0.06%
Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage on Cure ASTM D-2566-86 0.004 0.004
Electrical resistance DIN IEC 93 (12.93) 6.6 x 1013 Ω/m 1.7 x 1012Ω/in.
1 Minimum values obtained as a result of three cure temperatures (23°, 40°, 60°F)
4.2.6.3 Strength Design

STRENGTH DESIGN D.5.2.9 — The limiting concrete strength D.5.3.8 — The critical spacing and
of adhesive anchors in tension shall be critical edge distance shall be calculated
Design strengths are determined in
calculated in accordance with D.5.2.1 to as follows:
accordance with ACI 318-05 Appendix D τk,uncr
(ACI 318) and supplemented by ICC-ES
D.5.2.8 where the value of kc to be used scr,Na = 20 . d . ––––––––– ≤ 3 . hef (D-14h)
in Eq. (D-7) shall be: 1,450
ESR-23221. Design parameters are
provided in Table 7 through Table 34. kc,cr where analysis indicates cracking scr,Na
ccr,Na = ––––– (D-14i)
Strength reduction factors ␾ as given in at service load levels in the 2
ACI 318 D.4.4 shall be used for load anchor vicinity (cracked concrete)
D.5.3.9 — The basic strength of a single
combinations calculated in accordance
kc,uncr where analysis indicates no adhesive anchor in tension in cracked
with Section 1612.2 of the UBC or
cracking at service load levels in concrete shall not exceed
NaO = τkcr . π . d . hef
Section 1605.2 of the 2000, 2003 or 2006
the anchor vicinity (un-cracked (D-14j)
IBC. Strength reduction factors ␾ as given
concrete)
in ACI 318 D.4.5 shall be used for load D.5.3.10 — The modification factor for
combinations calculated in accordance D.5.3.7 — The nominal bond strength of
the influence of the failure surface of a
with Section 1909.2 of the UBC. an adhesive anchor Na or group of
group of adhesive anchors is
adhesive anchors Nag in tension shall
This section provides amendments to (D-14k)
not exceed
ACI 318-05 Appendix D (ACI 318) as
required for the strength design of (a) for a single anchor
ANa . ␺
S
␺g,Na = ␺g,NaO + –––––
Scr,Na[( )
0.5
. (1– ␺g,NaO) ≥ 1.0
]
adhesive anchors. In conformance with Na = ––––– p,Na . Na0 (D-14a) where
Aa0
ACI 318-05, all equations are expressed
(D-14l)
τk,cr
in inch-pound units. (b) for a group of anchors
D.4.1.2 — In Eq. (D-1) and (D-2), Nn and

ANa . ␺
Nag = –––––
(D-14b)
ed,Na . ␺g,Na . ␺ec,Na . ␺p,Na . Na0
␺g,Nao = n –
[
( n – 1)
( )]
τk,max,cr
––––––––
1.5
≥ 1.0
Vn are the lowest design strengths Aa0 With n as the number of tension-loaded
determined from all appropriate failure adhesive anchors in a group.
where
τk,max,cr = –––––––
modes. Nn is the lowest design strength
kc,cr hef . f’c (D-14m)
in tension of an anchor or group of Ana is the projected area of the failure ␲.d
anchors as determined from surface for the anchor or group of D.5.3.11 — The modification factor for
consideration of Nsa, either Na or Nag and anchors that shall be approximated as eccentrically loaded adhesive anchor
either Ncb or Ncbg. Vn is the lowest design the base of the rectilinear geometrical groups is
strength in shear of an anchor or a group figure that results from projecting the 1 ≤ 1.0
␺ec,Na = ––––––––– (D-14n)
of anchors as determined from failure surface outward a distance from 2e'
1 + –––––n
consideration of: Vsa, either Vcb or Vcbg, and the centerlines of the anchor, or in the Scr,Na
either Vcp or Vcpg. case of a group of anchors, from a line s
Eq. (D-14n) is valid for e'N ≤ –––––
through a row of adjacent anchors. Ana 2
D.4.1.4 — For adhesive anchors
shall not exceed nAna0 where n is the If the loading on an anchor group is
installed overhead and subjected to
number of anchors in tension in the such that only some anchors are in
tension resulting from sustained loading,
group. (Refer to ACI 318 Figures tension, only those anchors that are in
Eq. (D-1) shall also be satisfied taking Nn
RD.5.2.1a and RD.5.2.1b and replace tension shall be considered when
= 0.75 Na for single anchors and Nn =
the terms 1.5hef and 3.0hef with ccr,Na and determining the eccentricity e'N for use in
0.75 Nag for groups of anchors, whereby
scr,Na, respectively.) Eq. (D-14n).
Nua is determined from the sustained
load alone, e.g., the dead load and that ANa0 is the projected area of the failure In the case where eccentric loading
portion of the live load acting that may surface of a single anchor without the exists about two orthogonal axes, the
be considered as sustained. Where influence of proximate edges in modification factor ␺ec,Na shall be
shear loads act concurrently with the accordance with Eq. (D-14c): computed for each axis individually and
sustained tension load, interaction of 2 the product of these factors used as
tension and shear shall be checked in ( )
ANa0 = scr,Na (D-14c) ␺ec,Na in Eq. (D-14b).
accordance with Section D.4.1.3. with D.5.3.12 — The modification factor for
scr,Na = as given by Eq. (D-14h) the edge effects for single adhesive
1 ACI 318-02 may also be used. The section references and terminology are different from those given in this section.

anchors or anchor groups loaded on where Section D.8.5, minimum member
tension is: thicknesses hmin as given in this section
kcp = 1.0 for hef < 2.5 in. (64 mm)
are applicable.
ed,Na = 1.0 when ca,min ≥ ccr,Na (D-14o)
kcp = 2.0 for hef ≥ 2.5 in. (64 mm)
Critical edge distance cac:
for Ca,min < C cr,Na
Na is calculated in accordance with Eq.
In lieu of ACI 318 Section D.8.6, cac may
(
ed,Na = 0.7 + 3.1 c––––––
a,min
ccr,Na )
≤ 1.0 (D-14p) (D-14a)
be taken as follows:
D.5.3.13 — When an adhesive anchor or Nag is calculated in accordance with Eq. 2
for h = hmin : cac = 3(h ef) + 1.63hef
–––––––
a group of adhesive anchors is located in (D-14b) 32d
a region of a concrete member where
Ncb, Ncbg are determined in accordance
analysis indicates no cracking at service
with D.5.2.8 for h ≥ hef + 5 (ca,min)3/4
load levels, the nominal strength Na or Nag
of a single adhesive anchor or a group of D.8.7 — For adhesive anchors that will where
adhesive anchors shall be calculated remain untorqued, the minimum edge
hef ≤ 8d : cac = 1.5hef
according to Eq. (D-14a) and Eq. (D-14b) distance shall be based on minimum
cover requirements for reinforcement in (hef)2 + 1.33hef
hef > 8d : cac = –––––
with k,uncr substituted for k,cr in the
48d
calculation of the basic strength in 7.7. For adhesive anchors that will be
for all other h ≥ hmin : cac = 2.5hef
accordance with Eq. (D-14j). k,uncr shall be torqued, the minimum edge distance
established based on tests in accordance and spacing shall be taken as 6do and Design strength in SDC C, D, E and F:
with AC308. The factor g,Na0 shall be 5do, respectively, unless otherwise Where anchors are designed to resist
calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-14l) determined in accordance with AC308. earthquake forces in structures assigned
whereby the value of k,max,uncr shall be to Seismic Design Categories C, D, E or
Bond strength determination:
calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-14q) F, the anchor strength shall be adjusted
and substituted for k,max,cr in Eq. (D-14l). Bond strength values are a function of
in accordance with 2006 IBC Section
τk,max,uncr = –––––––
kc,uncr h . f’ concrete condition (cracked, un-
ef c (D-14q) 1908.1.16. The nominal steel shear
.d cracked), drilling method (hammer drill,
strength, Vsa, shall be adjusted by V,seis.
D.5.3.14 — When an adhesive anchor or core drill) and installation conditions
The nominal bond strength kcr shall be
a group of adhesive anchors is located (dry, water-saturated, etc.). Bond
adjusted by N,seis.
in a region of a concrete member where strength values shall be modified with
analysis indicates no cracking at service the factor nn for cases where holes are
load levels, the modification factor shall drilled in water-saturated concrete
be taken as ( w s ), where the holes are water-filled
at the time of anchor installation ( w f ),
(D-14r)
or where the application is carried out
p,Na = 1.0 when ca,min ≥ cac
underwater ( uw ).
(D-14s) Where applicable, the modified bond

max | ca,min ; ccr,Na | when c < c
p,Na = –––––––––––––––––––––– a,min ac strength values shall be used in lieu of
τk,cr and τk,uncr in Equations (D-14d),
cac
For all other cases, p,Na = 1.0. (D-14f), (D-14j), (D-14m), and (D-14o).
The resulting nominal bond strength
D.6.3.2 — The nominal pryout strength
shall be multiplied by the associated
of an adhesive anchor or group of
strength reduction factor nn.
adhesive anchors shall not exceed
Minimum member thickness hmin,
(a) for a single adhesive anchor
anchor spacing smin and edge
Vcp = min | kcp . Na ; kcp . Ncb | (D-28a) distance cmin:
(b) for a group of adhesive anchors In lieu of ACI 318 Section D.8.3, values
Vcpg = min | kcp . Nag ; kcp . Ncbg | (D-28b) of cmin and smin as given in this section are
applicable. Likewise, in lieu of ACI 318

Table 1 — DESIGN TABLE INDEX
Threaded rod Hilti HIS internally Deformed reinforcement

Design strength1 threaded insert
fractional metric fractional metric US EU Canadian
Steel N sa, Vsa Table 7 Table 11 Table 15 Table 19 Table 23 Table 27 Table 31
Concrete Npn, Nsb, Nsbg, Ncb, Ncbg, Vcb, Vcbg, Vcp, Vcpg Table 8 Table 12 Table 16 Table 20 Table 24 Table 28 Table 32
hammer-drilled holes Table 9 Table 13 Table 17 Table 21 Table 25 Table 29 Table 33
Bond2 Na a , Nag
diamond cored holes Table 10 Table 14 Table 18 Table 22 Table 26 Table 30 Table 34
1 Ref. ACI 318 Section D.4.1.2
2 See Section 4.1
Bond strength design flowchart
Cracked Concrete Un-cracked Concrete
Hammer Drilled Hammer Drilled Diamond Cored
Dry Water Dry Water Water Under Dry Water

(D) Saturated (D) Saturated Filled Water (D) Saturated
Installation
(borehole)
Condition
(WS) (WS) (WF) (UW) (WS)
D WS D WS WF UW D WS
τk,cr τk,uncr τk,uncr

Table 2 — TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON CARBON STEEL THREADED ROD MATERIALS1
Minimum Minimum
Reduction
THREADED ROD SPECIFICATION specified specified yield futa /fya Elongation, Specification for nuts6
of Area,
ultimate strength 0.2% min. %5
min. %
strength futa offset fya
ASTM A 1932 Grade B7 psi 125,000 105,000
1.19 16 50 ASTM A 563 Grade DH
≤ 2-1/2 in. (≤ 64 mm) (MPa) (862) (724)
ASTM F 568M3 Class 5.8
psi 72,500 58,000 1.25 10 35 DIN 934 (8-A2K)
M5 (1/4 in.) to M24 (1 in.)
(MPa) (500) (400) ASTM A 563 Grade DH7
(equivalent to ISO 898-1)
MPa 800 640
ISO 898-14 Class 8.8 1.25 12 52 DIN 934 (8-A2K)
(psi) (116,000) (92,800)
1 Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded carbon steel rod (all-thread) that conform to the code and that have thread
characteristics comparable with ANSI B1.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series or ANSI B1.13M M Profile Metric Thread Series. Values for threaded rod types and associated nuts
supplied by Hilti are provided here.
2 Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service
3 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Externally Threaded Metric Fasteners
4 Mechanical properties of fasteners made of carbon steel and alloy steel — Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs
5 Based on 2-in. (50 mm) gauge length except for A193 and A449, which are based on a gauge length of 4D and ISO 898 which is based on 5D.
6 Nuts of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. Nuts must have specified proof load
stresses equal to or greater than the minimum tensile strength of the specified threaded rod.
7 Nuts for fractional rods.
Table 3 — TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON STAINLESS STEEL THREADED ROD MATERIALS1
Minimum Minimum
THREADED ROD SPECIFICATION specified specified yield futa /fya Elongation, Reduction of Specification for nuts4
ultimate strength 0.2% min. % Area, min. %
ASTM F 5932 CW1 (316) psi 100,000 65,000
1.54 20 - F 594
1/4 to 5/8 in. (MPa) (689) (448)
ASTM F 5932 CW2 (316) psi 85,000 45,000
1.89 25 - F 594
3/4 to 1-1/2 in.(MPa) (MPa) (586) (310)
ISO 3506-13 A4-70 MPa 700 450
1.56 40 - ISO 4032
M8 – M24 (psi) (101,500) (65,250)
ISO 3506-13 A4-50 MPa 500 210
2.00 40 - ISO 4032
M27 – M30 (psi) (72,500) (30,450)
1 Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded stainless steel rod (all-thread) that conform to the code and that have thread
characteristics comparable with ANSI B1.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series or ANSI B1.13M M Profile Metric Thread Series. Values for threaded rod types and associated
nuts supplied by Hilti are provided here.
2 Standard Steel Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs
3 Mechanical properties of corrosion-resistant stainless steel fasteners – Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs
4 Nuts of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. Nuts must have specified proof load
stresses equal to or greater than the minimum tensile strength of the specified threaded rod. Differing grades of steel may affect corrosion resistance.

Table 4 — TENSILE PROPERTIES OF FRACTIONAL AND METRIC HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS
Minimum specified Minimum specified yield

HILTI HIS AND HIS-R INSERTS
ultimate strength futa strength fya
DIN 1651 9SMNPB28K
MPa 490 410
Carbon Steel
(psi) (71,050) (59,450)
3/8 and M8 to M10
DIN 1651 9SMNPB28K
MPa 460 375
Carbon Steel
(psi) (66,700) (54,375)
1/2 to 3/4 and M12 to M20
DIN 17440 X5CrNiMo17122 MPa 700 350
Stainless Steel (psi) (101,500) (50,750)
Table 5 — TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON BOLTS, CAP SCREWS AND STUDS FOR USE WITH HIS-N
AND HIS-RN INSERTS1,2
Minimum Minimum
Reduction
BOLT, CAP SCREW OR STUD specified specified yield futa /fya Elongation, Specification for nuts6
of Area,
SPECIFICATION ultimate strength 0.2% min.
min.
psi 120,000 92,000
SAE J4293 Grade 5 1.30 14 35 SAE J995
(MPa) (828) (634)
psi 120,000 92,000 A 563 C, C3, D, DH,
ASTM A 3254 1/2 to 1-in. 1.30 14 35
(MPa) (828) (634) DH3 Heavy Hex
ASTM A1935 GRADE B8M
psi 110,000 95,000 1.16 15 45 F 5947
(AISI 316) for use with
(MPa) (759) (655)
HIS-RN
ASTM A1935 GRADE B8T
psi 125,000 100,000 1.25 12 35 F 5947
(AISI 321) for use with
(MPa) (862) (690)
HIS-RN
1 Minimum Grade 5 bolts, cap screws or studs should be used in conjunction with carbon steel HIS inserts.
2 Use only stainless steel bolts, cap screws or studs with HIS-R inserts.
3 Mechanical and Material Requirements for Externally Threaded Fasteners
4 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength
5 Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service
6 Nuts must have specified minimum proof load stress equal to or greater than the specified minimum full-size tensile strength of the specified stud.
7 Nuts for stainless steel studs must be of the same alloy group as the specified stud.
Table 6 — TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON REINFORCING BARS
Minimum Minimum
REINFORCING BAR SPECIFICATION specified ultimate specified yield
strength futa strength fya
psi 90,000 60,000
ASTM A 6151 Gr. 60
(MPa) (620) (414)
psi 60,000 40,000
ASTM A 6151 Gr. 40
(MPa) (414) (276)
MPa 550 500
DIN 4882 BSt 500
(psi) (79,750) (72,500)
MPa 540 400
CAN/CSA-G30.183 Gr. 400
(psi) (78,300) (58,000)
1 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
2 Reinforcing steel; reinforcing steel bars; dimensions and masses
3 Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

Table 7 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD1,3
Nominal rod diameter (in.)

DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 0.875 1 1.25
Rod O.D. d
(mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (31.8)
in.2 0.0775 0.1419 0.2260 0.3345 0.4617 0.6057 0.9691
Rod effective cross-sectional area Ase
(mm2) (50) (92) (146) (216) (298) (391) (625)
lb 5,619 10,288 16,385 24,251 33,472 43,912 70,258
Nsa
(kN) (25.0) (45.8) (72.9) (107.9) (148.9) (195.3) (312.5)
ISO 898-1 Class 5.82
Nominal strength as governed

by steel strength lb 2,809 6,173 9,831 14,550 20,083 26,347 42,155
Vsa
(kN) (12.5) (27.5) (43.7) (64.7) (89.3) (117.2) (187.5)
Reduction for seismic shear ␣V,seis - 0.70
Strength reduction factor ␾ for tension2 ␾ - 0.65
Strength reduction factor ␾ for shear2 ␾ - 0.60
lb 9,687 17,737 28,249 41,812 57,711 75,711 121,135
Nsa
Nominal strength as governed (kN) (43.1) (78.9) (125.7) (186.0) (256.7) (336.8) (538.8)
ASTM A 193 B72

Vsa
(kN) (21.5) (47.3) (75.4) (111.6) (154.0) (202.1) (323.3)
lb 7,750 14,190 22,600 28,432 39,244 51,483 82,372
ASTM F593, CW Stainless2
Nsa
Nominal strength as governed (kN) (34.5) (63.1) (100.5) (126.5) (174.6) (229.0) (366.4)
Vsa
(kN) (17.2) (.37.9) (60.3) (75.9) (104.7) (137.4) (219.8)
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength. Differing grades of steel may affect corrosion resistance.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
3 e.g. Hilti HAS rods

Table 8 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
in-lb 17
Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kc,cr
(SI) (7.1)
in-lb 24
Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete kc,uncr
(SI) (10)
in. 1-7/8 2-1/2 3-1/8 3-3/4 4-3/8 5 6-1/4
Min. anchor spacing smin
(mm) (48) (64) (79) (95) (111) (127) (159)
in. 1-7/8 2-1/2 3-1/8 3-3/4 4-3/8 5 6-1/4
Min. edge distance cmin
(mm) (48) (64) (79) (95) (111) (127) (159)
in. hef + 1-1/4
Minimum member thickness hmin hef + 2d o
(mm) (hef + 30)
Critical edge distance — splitting
cac - See Strength Design provisions above
(for un-cracked concrete)
Strength reduction factor for tension,
- 0.65
concrete failure modes, Condition B2
Strength reduction factor for shear,
- 0.70
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Table 9 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED
WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
τ
psi 1,092 1,073 1,044 999 917 852 732
Characteristic bond strength and
k,cr (N/mm2) (7.5) (7.4) (7.2) (6.9) (6.3) (5.9) (5.0)
Temperature range A3
minimum anchor embedment in

cracked concrete in. 2.43 2.81 3.14 3.44 3.71 4.0 5.0
h
ef,min (mm) (62) (71) (80) (87) (94) (102) (127)
τ
psi 2,283 2,236 2,142 2,067 2,002 1,946 1,862
k,uncr (N/mm2) (15.7) (15.4) (14.8) (14.3) (13.8) (13.4) (12.8)
un-cracked concrete in. 2.43 2.81 3.14 3.44 3.71 4.0 5.0
h
ef,min (mm) (62) (71) (80) (87) (94) (102) (127)
τ
psi 444 431 379 345 316 294 260
k,cr (N/mm2) (3.1) (3.0) (2.6) (2.4) (2.2) (2.0) (1.8)
Temperature range B3
minimum anchor embedment

in cracked concrete2 in. 1.73 2.20 3.61 3.01 3.50 4.0 5.0
h
ef,min (mm) (44) (56) (66) (76) (89) (102) (127)
τ
psi 788 772 739 714 691 672 643
k,uncr (N/mm2) (5.4) (5.3) (5.1) (4.9) (4.8) (4.6) (4.4)
un-cracked concrete2 in. 1.73 2.20 3.61 3.01 3.50 4.0 5.0
h
ef,min (mm) (44) (56) (66) (76) (89) (102) (127)
Permissible installation conditions
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55

ws - 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Water-saturated concrete
ws - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.99 0.94
wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Water-filled hole
wf - 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.91 0.87 0.84 0.79
uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Underwater application
uw - 0.95 0.94 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.92 0.91
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic
bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Bond strength values are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased
40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110°F (43°C), max. long term temperature = 80°F (26°C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162°F (72°C), max. long term temperature = 110°F (43°C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly
constant over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by N,seis = 0.65.

Table 10 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED
WITH A CORE DRILL1,4

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
τk,uncr
psi 1,740 1,703 1,553 1,441 1,356 1,282 1,169
Temperature

range A3
(N/mm2) (12.0) (11.7) (10.7) (9.9) (9.4) (8.8) (8.1)

un-cracked concrete in. 2.43 2.81 3.14 3.44 3.71 4.0 5.0
hef,min
(mm) (62) (71) (80) (87) (94) (102) (127)
τk,uncr
psi 601 588 536 497 468 442 404
Temperature

range B3
(N/mm2) (4.1) (4.1) (3.7) (3.4) (3.2) (3.1) (2.8)

un-cracked concrete2 in. 1.57 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0
hef,min
(mm) (40) (51) (64) (76) (89) (102) (127)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45
Permissible
installation
conditions
ws - 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.88
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond
strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be
increased 40%.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Table 11 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD1
Nominal rod diameter (mm)

8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30
Rod O.D. mm 8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30
d
(in.) (0.31) (0.39) (0.47) (0.63) (0.79) (0.94) (1.06) (1.18)
Rod effective cross-sectional area mm2 36.6 58 84.3 157 245 353 459 561
Ase
(in.2) (0.057) (0.090) (0.131) (0.243) (0.380) (0.547) (0.711) (0.870)
kN 18.3 29.0 42.2 78.5 122.5 176.5 229.5 280.5
Nsa
Nominal strength as governed (lb) (4,114) (6,519) (9,476) (17,647) (27,539) (39,679) (51,594) (63,059)
ISO 898-1 Class 5.8
by steel strength
kN 9.2 14.5 25.3 47.1 73.5 105.9 137.7 168.3
Vsa
(lb) (2,057) (3,260) (5,685) (10,588) (16,523) (23,807) (30,956) (37,835)
Reduction for seismic shear V,seis - 0.70
Strength reduction factor for tension2 - 0.65
Strength reduction factor for shear2 - 0.60
kN 29.3 46.4 67.4 125.6 196.0 282.4 367.2 448.8
Nsa
ISO 898-1 Class 8.8
by steel strength
kN 14.6 23.2 40.5 75.4 117.6 169.4 220.3 269.3
Vsa
(lb) (3,291) (5,216) (9,097) (16,942) (26,438) (38,092) (49,530) (60,537)
ISO 3506-1 Class A4 Stainless3
kN 25.6 40.6 59.0 109.9 171.5 247.1 229.5 280.5

Nsa
by steel strength
kN 12.8 20.3 35.4 65.9 102.9 148.3 137.7 168.3
Vsa
(lb) (2,880) (4,564) (7,960) (14,824) (23,133) (33,330) (30,956) (37,835)
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
3 A4-70 Stainless (M8- M24); A4-502 Stainless (M27- M30)

Table 12 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH
A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1

8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30
SI 7.1
(in-lb) (17)
SI 10
(in-lb) (24)
mm 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150
Min. anchor spacing smin
(in.) (1.6) (2.0) (2.4) (3.2) (3.9) (4.7) (5.3) (5.9)
mm 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150
Min. edge distance cmin
(in.) (1.6) (2.0) (2.4) (3.2) (3.9) (4.7) (5.3) (5.9)
mm hef + 30
(in.) (hef + 1-1/4)
- 0.65
- 0.70

Table 13 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A
HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4

8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30
τk,cr
N/mm2 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.2 6.7 6.0 5.7 5.3
(psi) (1,092) (1,092) (1,092) (1,044) (972) (877) (831) (768)

in cracked concrete mm 57 63 69 80 89 98 108 120
hef,min
(in.) (2.23) (2.49) (2.73) (3.15) (3.52) (3.86) (4.25) (4.72)
τk,uncr
N/mm2 15.6 15.6 15.6 14.8 14.1 13.6 13.3 13.0
(psi) (2,264) (2,264) (2,264) (2,142) (2,039) (1,974) (1,927) (1,880)
in un-cracked concrete mm 57 63 69 80 89 98 108 120
hef,min
(in.) (2.23) (2.49) (2.73) (3.15) (3.52) (3.86) (4.25) (4.72)
τk,cr
N/mm2 3.1 3.1 3.1 2.6 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.9
(psi) (444) (444) (444) (379) (336) (303) (287) (268)

in cracked concrete2 mm 40 46 53 67 80 96 108 120
hef,min
(in.) (1.57) (1.80) (2.10) (2.62) (3.15) (3.78) (4.25) (4.72)
τk,uncr
N/mm2 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.1 4.9 4.7 4.6 4.5
(psi) (781) (781) (781) (739) (704) (681) (665) (649)
in un-cracked concrete2 mm 40 46 53 67 80 96 108 120
hef,min
(in.) (1.57) (1.80) (2.10) (2.62) (3.15) (3.78) (4.25) (4.72)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55
ws - 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Permissible installation
ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.95
conditions
wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-filled hole
wf - 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.86 0.83 0.81
uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
uw - 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.92 0.91
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant
over significant periods of time.

Table 14 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A
CORE DRILL1,4

8 10 12 16 20 24 27 30
τk,uncr
N/mm2 12.0 12.0 12.0 10.7 9.7 9.0 8.6 8.3
Temperature

range A3
(psi) (1,740) (1,740) (1,740) (1,553) (1,413) (1,310) (1,254) (1,197)

in un-cracked concrete mm 56 63 69 80 89 98 108 120
hef,min
(in.) (2.19) (2.49) (2.73) (3.15) (3.52) (3.86) (4.25) (4.72)
τk,uncr
N/mm2 4.1 4.1 4.1 3.7 3.4 3.1 3.0 2.8
Temperature

range B3
(psi) (601) (601) (601) (536) (488) (452) (433) (413)

in un-cracked concrete2 mm 40 41 48 64 80 96 108 120
hef,min
(in.) (1.57) (1.61) (1.89) (2.52) (3.15) (3.78) (4.25) (4.72)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45
Permissible
installation
conditions
ws - 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.93 0.90

Table 15 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS1
Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.)

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 0.65 0.81 1 1.09
HIS insert O.D. d
(mm) (16.5) (20.5) (25.4) (27.6)
in.2 0.0775 0.1419 0.2260 0.3345
Bolt effective cross-sectional area Ase
(mm2) (50) (92) (146) (216)
in.2 0.178 0.243 0.404 0.410
HIS insert effective cross-sectional area Ainsert
(mm2) (115) (157) (260) (265)
lb 9,296 17,020 27,108 40,122
Nominal strength as governed by Nsa
(kN) (41.3) (75.7) (120.6) (178.5)
steel strength — ASTM A193 B7
bolt/cap screw lb 5,577 10,212 16,265 24,073
Vsa
ASTM A 193 B7
(kN) (24,8) (45.4) (72.3) (107.1)

Nominal strength as governed by lb 12,648 16,195 26,926 27,362
Nsa
steel strength — HIS-N insert (kN) (56.3) (72.0) (119.8) (121.7)
lb 7,750 14,190 22,599 28,432
Nominal strength as governed by steel Nsa
(kN) (34.5) (63.1) (100.5) (126.5)
ASTM A193 Grade B8M SS
strength — ASTM A193 Grade

B8M SS bolt/cap screw lb 4,650 8,514 13,560 17,059
Vsa
(kN) (20.7) (37.9) (60.3) (75.9)
Nominal strength as governed by steel lb 18,068 24,645 40,974 41,638
Nsa
strength — HIS-RN insert (kN) (80.4) (109.6) (182.3) (185.2)
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. Values correspond to a ductile steel element.

Table 16 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS 1

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 4-3/8 5 6-3/4 8-1/8
Effective embedment depth hef
(mm) (110) (125) (170) (205)
in-lb 17
(SI) (7.1)
in-lb 24
(SI) (10)
in. 3-1/4 4 5 5-1/2
Minimum anchor spacing smin
(mm) (83) (102) (127) (140)
in. 3-1/4 4 5 5-1/2
Minimum edge distance cmin
(mm) (83) (102) (127) (140)
in. 5.9 6.7 9.1 10.6
Minimum member thickness hmin
(mm) (150) (170) (230) (270)
- 0.65
- 0.70

Table 17 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT 1,4

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 4-3/8 5 6-3/4 8-1/8
(mm) (110) (125) (170) (205)
in. 0.65 0.81 1 1.09
HIS insert O.D. d
(mm) (16.5) (20.5) (25.4) (27.6)
τk,cr
Characteristic bond strength in psi 1040 957 845 806
Temperature
range A3
cracked concrete (N/mm2) (7.2) (6.6) (5.8) (5.6)
τk,uncr
un-cracked concrete (N/mm2) (14.6) (14.0) (13.4) (13.2)
τk,cr
Temperature
range B3
cracked concrete2 (N/mm2) (2.6) (2.3) (2.0) (1.9)
τk,uncr
un-cracked concrete2 (N/mm2) (5.1) (4.8) (4.6) (4.5)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55
ws - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
ws - 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.97
conditions
wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-filled hole
wf - 0.95 0.89 0.84 0.82
uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
uw - 0.93 0.93 0.92 0.92
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over
significant periods of time.

Table 18 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4

3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 4-3/8 5 6-3/4 8-1/8
(mm) (110) (125) (170) (205)
in. 0.65 0.81 1 1.09
HIS insert O.D. d
(mm) (16.5) (20.5) (25.4) (27.6)
Temperature Temperature
τk,uncr
range A3

un-cracked concrete (N/mm2) (10.6) (9.7) (8.8) (8.5)
τk,uncr
range B3

un-cracked concrete2 (N/mm2) (3.7) (3.3) (3.1) (2.9)
Dry concrete d - 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45

Permissible
installation
conditions
ws - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

ws - 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.92

Table 19 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS1
Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm)

8 10 12 16 20
mm 12.5 16.5 20.5 25.4 27.6
HIS insert O.D. d
(in.) (0.49) (0.65) (0.81) (1.00) (1.09)
mm2 36.6 58 84.3 157 245
Bolt effective cross-sectional area Ase
(in.2) (0.057) (0.090) (0.131) (0.243) (0.380)
mm2 51.5 108 169.1 256.1 237.6
HIS insert effective cross-sectional area Ainsert
(in.2) (0.080) (0.167) (0.262) (0.397) (0.368)
kN 29.3 46.4 67.4 125.6 196.0
Nominal strength as governed Nsa
(lb) (6,582) (10,431) (15,161) (28,236) (44,063)
by steel strength — ISO 898-1
Class 8.8 bolt/cap screw kN 17.6 27.8 40.5 75.4 117.6
Vsa
ISO 898-1 Class 8.8
(lb) (3,949) (6,259) (9,097) (16,942) (26,438)

Nominal strength as governed kN 25.2 52.9 77.8 117.8 109.3
Nsa
by steel strength — HIS-N insert (lb) (5,669) (11,894) (17,488) (26,483) (24,573)
Strength reduction factor
- 0.65
for tension2
- 0.60
for shear2
kN 25.6 40.6 59.0 109.9 171.5
Nominal strength as governed by Nsa
(lb) (5,760) (9,127) (13,266) (24,706) (38,555)
ISO 3506-1 Class A4-70 Stainless
steel strength — ISO 3506-1 Class

A4-70 Stainless bolt/cap screw kN 15.4 24.4 35.4 65.9 102.9
Vsa
(lb) (3,456) (5,476) (7,960) (14,824) (23,133)
Nominal strength as governed kN 36.0 75.6 118.4 179.3 166.3
Nsa
by steel strength — HIS-RN insert (lb) (8,099) (16,991) (26,612) (40,300) (37,394)
Strength reduction factor for
- 0.75
tension2
- 0.65
for shear2
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other
material specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. Values correspond to a ductile steel element.

Table 20 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS 1

8 10 12 16 20
mm 90 110 125 170 205
(in.) (3.5) (4.3) (4.9) (6.7) (8.1)
Effectiveness factor for SI 7.1
kc,cr
cracked concrete (in-lb) (17)
Effectiveness factor for SI 10
kc,uncr
un-cracked concrete (in-lb) (24)
mm 40 50 60 80 100
Minimum anchor spacing smin
(in.) (1.6) (2.0) (2.4) (3.2) (3.9)
mm 40 50 60 80 100
(in.) (1.6) (2.0) (2.4) (3.2) (3.9)
mm 120 150 170 230 270
Minimum member thickness hmin
(in.) (4.7) (5.9) (6.7) (9.1) (10.6)
- 0.65
- 0.70

Table 21 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN
HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT 1,4

8 10 12 16 20
mm 90 110 125 170 205
(in.) (3.5) (4.3) (4.9) (6.7) (8.1)
mm 12.5 16.5 20.5 25.4 27.6
HIS insert O.D. d
(in.) (0.49) (0.65) (0.81) (1.00) (1.09)
N/mm2
τk,cr
Characteristic bond strength 7.4 7.2 6.6 5.8 5.6
Temperature
range A3
in cracked concrete (psi) (1,080) (1,040) (957) (845) (806)

Characteristic bond strength N/mm2 15.5 14.6 14.0 13.4 13.2
k,uncr
in un-cracked concrete (psi) (2,245) (2,124) (2,030) (1,946) (1,908)
N/mm2
τk,cr
Temperature
range B3
in cracked concrete2 (psi) (433) (374) (330) (292) (278)

N/mm2
τk,uncr
in un-cracked concrete2 (psi) (775) (733) (701) (672) (659)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55
ws - 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.97
conditions
wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-filled hole
wf - 1.00 0.95 0.89 0.84 0.82
uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
uw - 0.94 0.93 0.93 0.92 0.92
increased 40%.
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are
roughly constant over significant periods of time.

Table 22 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN
HOLES DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL 1,4

8 10 12 16 20
mm 90 110 125 170 205
(in.) (3.5) (4.3) (4.9) (6.7) (8.1)
mm 12.5 16.5 20.5 25.4 27.6
HIS insert O.D. d
(in.) (0.49) (0.65) (0.81) (1.00) (1.09)
Temperature Temperature
range A3
N/mm2
τk,cr
in un-cracked concrete (psi) (1,712) (1,534) (1,403) (1,282) (1,235)
range B3
N/mm2
τk,cr
in un-cracked concrete2 (psi) (591) (530) (484) (442) (426)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45

Permissible
installation
conditions
ws - 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

ws - 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.95 0.92
increased 40%.

Table 23 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS1
Bar size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10
in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4
Nominal bar diameter d
(mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (28.6) (31.8)
in.2 0.11 0.2 0.31 0.44 0.6 0.79 1.0 1.27
Bar effective cross-sectional area Ase
(mm2) (71) (129) (200) (284) (387) (510) (645) (819)
lb 6,600 12,000 18,600 26,400 36,000 47,400 60,000 76,200
Nominal strength as Nsa
(kN) (29.4) (53.4) (82.7) (117.4) (160.1) (210.9) (266.9) (339.0)
governed by steel
lb 3,960 7,200 11,160 15,840 21,600 28,440 36,000 45,720
ASTM A 615 Gr. 40
strength
Vsa
(kN) (17.6) (32.0) (49.6) (70.5) (96.1) (126.5) (160.1) (203.4)
- 0.75
for tension2
- 0.65
for shear2
lb 9,900 18,000 27,900 39,600 54,000 71,100 90,000 114,300
Nominal strength as Nsa
(kN) (44.0) (80.1) (124.1) (176.2) (240.2) (316.3) (400.4) (508.5)
governed by steel
ASTM A 615 Gr. 60
strength lb 5,940 10,800 16,740 23,760 32,400 42,660 54,000 68,580

Vsa
(kN) (26.4) (48.0) (74.5) (105.7) (144.1) (189.8) (240.2) (305.1)
- 0.75
for tension2
- 0.65
for shear2

Table 24 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS IN
HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1
Bar size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10
Effectiveness factor for in-lb 17
kc,cr
cracked concrete (SI) (7.1)
Effectiveness factor for in-lb 24
kc,uncr
un-cracked concrete (SI) (10)
in. 1-7/8 2-1/2 3-1/8 3-3/4 4-3/8 5 5-5/8 6-1/4
Minimum bar spacing smin
(mm) (48) (64) (79) (95) (111) (127) (143) (159)
in. 1-7/8 2-1/2 3-1/8 3-3/4 4-3/8 5 5-5/8 6-1/4
(mm) (48) (64) (79) (95) (111) (127) (143) (159)
in. hef + 1-1/4
(mm) (hef + 30)
tension, concrete failure - 0.65
modes, Condition B2
shear, concrete failure - 0.70
modes, Condition B2

Table 25 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4
Bar size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10
τk,cr
Characteristic bond psi 1,092 1,073 1,044 999 917 852 799 732
strength and minimum (N/mm2) (7.5) (7.4) (7.2) (6.9) (6.3) (5.9) (5.5) (5.0)
anchor embedment in in. 2.43 2.81 3.14 3.44 3.71 4.00 4.50 5.00
cracked concrete hef,min
(mm) (62) (71) (80) (87) (94) (102) (114) (127)
τk,uncr
Characteristic bond psi 2,264 2,236 2,142 2,067 2,002 1,946 1,899 1,862
un-cracked concrete hef,min
(mm) (62) (71) (80) (87) (94) (102) (114) (127)
τk,cr
Characteristic bond psi 444 431 379 345 316 294 276 260
cracked concrete2 hef,min
(mm) (44) (56) (66) (76) (89) (102) (114) (127)
τk,uncr
un-cracked concrete2 hef,min
(mm) (44) (56) (66) (76) (89) (102) (114) (127)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
ws - 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Water-saturated
concrete ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.97 0.94
conditions
wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-filled hole
wf - 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.91 0.87 0.84 0.82 0.79
uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
uw - 0.95 0.94 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.91
increased 40%.

Table 26 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
Bar size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10
τk,uncr
Characteristic bond psi 1,740 1,703 1,553 1,441 1,356 1,282 1,226 1,169
Temperature
(N/mm2)
range A3
strength and minimum (12.0) (11.7) (10.7) (9.9) (9.4) (8.8) (8.4) (8.1)
(mm) (62) (71) (80) (87) (94) (102) (114) (127)
τk,uncr
Temperature
range B3
(mm) (40) (51) (64) (76) (89) (102) (114) (127)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45
Permissible
installation
conditions
Water-saturated ws - 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
concrete ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.91 0.88
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond
strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi ≤ f’c ≤ 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased
40%.

Table 27 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS1
Bar size
8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32
mm 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 20.0 25.0 28.0 32.0
(in.) (0.315) (0.394) (0.472) (0.551) (0.630) (0.787) (0.984) (1.102) (1.260)
Bar effective cross-sectional mm2 50.3 78.5 113.1 153.9 201.1 314.2 490.9 615.8 804.2
Ase
area (in.2) (0.078) (0.122) (0.175) (0.239) (0.312) (0.487) (0.761) (0.954) (1.247)
kN 27.6 43.2 62.2 84.7 110.6 172.8 270.0 338.7 442.3
Nominal strength Nsa
(lb) (6,215) (9,711) (13,984) (19,034) (24,860) (38,844) (60,694) (76,135) (99,441)
as governed
DIN 488 BSt 550/500
by steel strength kN 16.6 25.9 37.3 50.8 66.4 103.7 162.0 203.2 265.4
Vsa
(lb) (3,729) (5,827) (8,390) (11,420) (14,916) (23,307) (36,416) (45,681) (59,665)
Strength reduction
- 0.65
factor for tension2
Strength reduction
- 0.60
factor for shear2
Table 28 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
Bar size
8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32
Effectiveness factor SI 7.1
kc,cr
for cracked concrete (in-lb) (17)
Effectiveness factor SI 10
kc,uncr
for un-cracked concrete (in-lb) (24)
mm 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160
(in.) (1.6) (2) (2.4) (2.8) (3.1) (3.9) (4.9) (5.5) (6.3)
mm 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160
(in.) (1.6) (2) (2.4) (2.8) (3.1) (3.9) (4.9) (5.5) (6.3)
Minimum member mm hef+ 30
hmin hef + 2d o
thickness (in.) (hef + 1-1/4)
tension, concrete failure - 0.65
modes, Condition B2
shear, concrete failure modes, - 0.70
Condition B2

Table 29 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED
WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4
Bar size
8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32
N/mm2
τk,cr
Characteristic bond 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.4 7.2 6.7 5.9 5.6 5.0
strength and minimum (psi) (1,092) (1,092) (1,092) (1,068) (1,044) (972) (862) (806) (732)
anchor embedment in mm 57 63 69 75 80 89 100 112 128

(in.) (2.23) (2.49) (2.73) (2.95) (3.15) (3.52) (3.94) (4.41) (5.04)
N/mm2
τk,uncr
strength and minimum (psi) (2,264) (2,264) (2,264) (2,198) (2,142) (2,039) (1,955) (1,908) (1,862)
(in.) (2.23) (2.49) (2.73) (2.95) (3.15) (3.52) (3.94) (4.41) (5.04)
N/mm2
τk,cr
strength and minimum (psi) (444) (444) (444) (410) (379) (336) (298) (278) (260)

(in.) (1.57) (1.80) (2.10) (2.37) (2.62) (3.15) (3.94) (4.41) (5.04)
N/mm2
τk,uncr
(in.) (1.57) (1.80) (2.10) (2.37) (2.62) (3.15) (3.94) (4.41) (5.04)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
ws
Water-saturated - 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
concrete ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.94 0.94
conditions
wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
Water-filled hole
wf - 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.93 0.87 0.82 0.79 0.79
Underwater uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
application uw - 0.95 0.95 0.94 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.92 0.91 0.91

Table 30 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED
WITH A CORE DRILL1,4
Bar size
8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32
N/mm2
τk,uncr
12.0 12.0 12.0 11.3 10.7 9.7 8.9 8.5 8.1
Temperature
Characteristic bond
range A3
strength and minimum (psi) (1,740) (1,740) (1,740) (1,637) (1,553) (1,413) (1,291) (1,235) (1,169)
(in.) (2.19) (2.49) (2.73) (2.95) (3.15) (3.52) (3.94) (4.41) (5.04)
N/mm2
τk,uncr
4.1 4.1 4.1 3.9 3.7 3.4 3.1 2.9 2.8
Temperature
Characteristic bond
range B3
anchor embedment mm 40 41 48 56 64 80 100 112 128
in un-cracked concrete2 hef,min (in.) (1.57) (1.61) (1.89) (2.20) (2.52) (3.15) (3.94) (4.41) (5.04)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45
Permissible
installation
conditions
Water-saturated ws - 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
concrete ws - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.92 0.88 0.88
Table 31 — STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS1
Bar size
10 M 15 M 20 M 25 M 30 M
mm 11.3 16.0 19.5 25.2 29.9
(in.) (0.445) (0.630) (0.768) (0.992) (1.177)
Bar effective cross-sectional mm2 100.3 201.1 298.6 498.8 702.2
Ase
area (in.2) (0.155) (0.312) (0.463) (0.773) (1.088)
kN 54.2 108.6 161.3 269.3 379.2
Nominal strength Nsa
(lb) (12,175) (24,408) (36,255) (60,548) (85,239)
as governed by
steel strength kN 32.5 65.1 96.8 161.6 227.5
Vsa
(lb) (7,305) (14,645) (21,753) (36,329) (51,144)
CSA G30
Reduction for seismic

V,seis - 0.70
shear
Strength reduction
- 0.65
factor for tension2
Strength reduction
- 0.60
factor for shear2

Table 32 — CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
Bar size
10 M 15 M 20 M 25 M 30 M
Effectiveness factor for SI 7.1
kc,cr
cracked concrete (in-lb) (17)
Effectiveness factor for SI 10
kc,uncr
un-cracked concrete (in-lb) (24)
mm 57 80 98 126 150
(in.) (2.2) (3.1) (3.8) (5.0) (5.9)
mm 57 80 98 126 150
(in.) (2.2) (3.1) (3.8) (5.0) (5.9)
mm hef + 30
(in.) (hef + 1-1/4)
Critical edge distance —
splitting (for un-cracked concrete)
for tension, concrete failure - 0.65
modes, Condition B2
for shear, concrete failure - 0.70
modes, Condition B2

Table 33 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4
Bar size
10 M 15 M 20 M 25 M 30 M
N/mm2
τk,cr
Characteristic bond 7.5 7.2 6.8 5.9 5.4
strength and minimum (psi) (1,092) (1,044) (991) (852) (777)
anchor embedment in mm 67 80 88 101 120

(in.) (2.65) (3.15) (3.48) (3.97) (4.71)
N/mm2
τk,uncr
strength and minimum (psi) (2,264) (2,142) (2,058) (1,955) (1,880)
(in.) (2.65) (3.15) (3.48) (3.97) (4.71)
N/mm2
τk,cr
strength and minimum (psi) (444) (379) (342) (294) (271)

(in.) (2.00) (2.62) (3.07) (3.97) (4.71)
N/mm2
τk,uncr
(in.) (2.00) (2.62) (3.07) (3.97) (4.71)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.55 0.55
ws
Water-saturated - 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

concrete ws - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.96
conditions
wf - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

Water-filled hole
wf - 1.00 0.96 0.91 0.85 0.81
Underwater uw - 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
application uw - 0.95 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.91

Table 34 — BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
Bar size
10 M 15 M 20 M 25 M 30 M
N/mm2
τk,uncr
12.0 10.7 9.9 8.9 8.3
Temperature
Characteristic bond
range A3
strength and minimum (psi) (1,740) (1,553) (1,431) (1,291) (1,197)

anchor embedment mm 67 80 88 101 120
in un-cracked concrete hef,min
(in.) (2.65) (3.15) (3.48) (3.97) (4.71)
N/mm2
τk,uncr
4.1 3.7 3.4 3.1 2.8
Temperature
Characteristic bond
range B3

anchor embedment mm 45 64 78 101 120
in un-cracked concrete hef,min
(in.) (1.78) (2.52) (3.07) (3.97) (4.71)
Dry concrete d - 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.45
Permissible
installation
conditions
Water-saturated ws - 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45

concrete ws - 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.90

Adhesive anchoring system for fastenings in normal Method 2 — for water filled boreholes, submerged concrete
weight concrete or diamond cored boreholes:
Prior to use of product follow instructions for use and • Flush hole 2 times by inserting a water hose (water-line
pressure) to the back of the borehole until water runs clear.
recommended safety precautions.
• Brush 2 times with the specified brush size (brush Ø =
• Check expiration date: See expiration date imprint on
borehole Ø) by inserting the round steel brush to the back of
foilpack manifold. (Month/Year). Do not use expired product. the borehole with a twisting motion and removing it. The
• Foil pack temperature: Must be between 41°F and 104°F brush should resist insertion into the borehole — if not, the
(5°C - 40°C) when in use. brush is too small and must be replaced with the proper brush
• Base material temperature at time of installation: Must be diameter.
between 41°F and 110°F (5°C - 43°C). • Flush again 2 times until water runs clear.
• Instructions for transport and storage: Keep in a cool, dry • Important! For diamond cored boreholes and if a dry
and dark place between 41°F and 77°F (5°C - 25°C). borehole is required for injection (e.g. water flows into
cleaned borehole), continue with borehole cleaning as
• Material Safety Data Sheet: Review the MSDS before use.
described by method 1. Remove all standing water
Installation Instructions: Follow the pictograms 1-14 for the completely (i.e. vacuum, compressed air or other appropriate
sequence of operations and refer to tables 1-3 for setting details. For procedure). To attain a dried borehole, a Hilti HIT-DL air nozzle
any application not covered by this document (e.g. “h ef” beyond attachment is recommended for borehole depth up to 10 inch
values specified in setting details), contact Hilti. (250 mm) and required for borehole depth > 10 inch (250 mm).
Installation flow Chart The borehole must be free of dust, debris, ice, oil, grease
Hammer Drilling Diamond Coring Hammer Drilling and other contaminants prior to adhesive injection.
Check Water Water
Inadequate borehole cleaning = poor load values
borehole Dry saturated Dry saturated Water-filled Submerged
conditions 5. Insert foil pack in foil pack holder. Never use damaged foil
Borehole packs and/or damaged or unclean foil pack holders.
Cleaning Cleaning Cleaning
Cleaning method 1 method 2+1 method 2
instructions 6. Tightly attach Hilti HIT-RE-M mixer to foil pack manifold.
Attach new mixer prior to dispensing a new foil pack (snug fit).
Borehole
Clean and dry Clean and water-filled
conditions Do not modify the mixer in any way. Make sure the mixing
element is in the mixer. Use only the mixer supplied with the
Installation Horizontal All
direction and vertical
Overhead directions adhesive.
7. Insert foil pack holder with foil pack into HIT-dispenser.
Drilling 10 inch > 10 inch All drilling All drilling Push release trigger, retract plunger and insert foil pack holder
depth (250 mm) (250 mm) depth depth
into the appropriate Hilti dispenser.
Injection HIT-SZ/IP HIT-SZ/IP HIT-SZ/IP HIT-SZ/IP 8. Discard initial adhesive. The foil pack opens automatically as
instructions not required recommended required required
dispensing is initiated. Depending on the size of the foil pack an
1. Drill hole normal to the surface with a hammer drill set in initial amount of adhesive has to be discarded. See pictogram 8
rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately sized carbide for discard quantities. If a new mixer is installed onto a
drill bit, or with a core rig and an appropriately sized diamond previously-opened foil pack, the first trigger pulls must also be
core bit, to the required embedment depth. See tables discarded as described above. For each new foil pack a new
describing setting details. (Drill bits must conform to ANSI mixer must be used.
B212-1994.) 9-10. Inject adhesive from the back of the borehole without
2-4. Clean hole: Cleaning method has to be decided based on forming air voids:
drilling method and borehole conditions (see flow chart above). Verify if borehole conditions have changed (e.g. water in the
Just before setting an anchor/rebar, the borehole must be free borehole) after cleaning. If yes, repeat cleaning according
of dust and debris by one of the following methods: points 2 - 4.
Method 1 — for dry or water saturated concrete (refer to • Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the borehole (use
pictograms): the extension for deep boreholes), slowly withdraw the mixer
• Blow from the back of the borehole with oil-free compressed with each trigger pull. Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as
air (min. 90psi at 3.5 CFM (6 bar at 6 m3/h)) fully retracting the required to ensure that the annular gap between the anchor/
air extension 2 times until return air stream is free of rebar and the concrete is completely filled with adhesive
noticeable dust. along the embedment length. After injection is completed,
depressurize the dispenser by pressing the release trigger.
• Brush 2 times with the specified brush size (brush Ø =
This will prevent further adhesive discharge from the mixer.
borehole Ø) by inserting the round steel brush to the back of
the borehole in a twisting motion and removing it. The brush • Piston plug injection — HIT-SZ/IP recommended for
should resist insertion into the borehole — if not, the brush is borehole depth > 10 inch/250 mm. For water filled
too small and must be replaced with the proper brush boreholes or submerged concrete, and overhead
diameter. installation the piston plugs are required. Assemble HIT-
RE-M mixer, extension(s) and appropriately sized piston
• Blow again with compressed air 2 times until return air stream
plug HIT-SZ/IP. Insert piston plug to back of the borehole and
is free of noticeable dust.
Installation Instructions

inject adhesive as described in the
injection method above. During
injection the piston plug will be or
naturally extruded out of the borehole
by the adhesive pressure.
11. Insert anchor/rebar into borehole.
Mark and set anchor/rebar to the
required embedment depth. Before
use, verify that the anchor/rebar is dry
and free of oil and other contaminants.
To ease installation, anchor/rebar may
be slowly twisted as they are inserted.
After installing an anchor/rebar, the
annular gap must be completely filled
with adhesive. If the borehole is not
completely filled along the embedment
depth the installation should be
rejected. Hilti should be contacted for
further information.
Attention! For overhead applications
take special care when inserting the
anchor/rebar. Excess adhesive will be
forced out of the borehole — take
appropriate steps to prevent it from
falling onto the installer. Position the
anchor/rebar and secure it from
moving/falling during the curing time
(e.g. wedges). Observe the gel time “t
gel”, which varies according to
temperature of base material. Minor or
adjustments to the anchor/rebar
position may be performed during the
gel time. See table.
12. Do not disturb the anchor/rebar
once the gel time “t gel” has elapsed
until “t cure, ini” has passed. *) Please refer to technical literature (approvals, setting instructions) for detail.
13. Preparation work may continue for
rebar applications. Between “t cure,
ini” and “t cure, full” the adhesive has
a limited load bearing capacity, do not
apply a torque or load on the
anchor/rebar during this time.
14. Apply load/torque after “t cure, full”
has passed, and the fixture to be
attached has been positioned.
Partly used foil packs must be used up
within four weeks. Leave the mixer attached
to the foil pack manifold and store under the
recommended storage conditions. If reused, °F °C twork / tgel tcure, ini tcure, full Time
attach a new mixer and discard the initial
41 5 2.5 hrs 18 hrs 72 hrs
quantity of anchor adhesive as described by
point 8. 50 10 2 hrs 12 hrs 48 hrs
59 15 1.5 hrs 8 hrs 24 hrs
68 20 30 min 6 hrs 12 hrs
86 30 20 min 4 hrs 8 hrs
104 40 12 min 2 hrs 4 hrs

Table 1 — Setting Details of Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with threaded rod
d do hef min-max Tinst df hmin

[inch] [mm] [inch] [inch] [mm] [ft-lb] [Nm] [inch] [inch]
3/8 9.5 7/16 1-1/2 – 7 1/2 40 – 191 15 20 7/16 hef + 1-1/4
1/2 12.7 9/16 2 – 10 51 – 254 30 41 9/16 (30 mm)
5/8 15.9 3/4 2-1/2 – 12-1/2 64 – 318 60 81 11/16

3/4 19.1 7/8 3 – 15 76 – 381 100 136 13/16
7/8 22.2 1 3-1/2 – 17-1/2 89 – 445 125 169 15/16 hef + 2 d0
1 25.4 1-1/8 4 – 20 102 – 508 150 203 1-1/8
1-1/4 31.8 1-3/8 5 – 25 127 – 635 200 271 1-3/8
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [Nm] [mm] [mm]
M8 10 40 – 160 10 9
M10 12 41 – 200 20 12 hef + 30
M12 14 48 – 240 40 14
M16 18 64 – 320 80 18
M20 24 80 – 400 150 22
M24 28 96 – 480 200 26 hef + 2 d0
M27 30 108 – 540 270 30
M30 35 120 – 600 300 33
Table 2 — Setting Details of Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIS-N and HIS-RN Inserts
d do hef Tinst df hmin

[inch] [mm] [inch] [inch] [mm] [ft-lb] [Nm] [inch] [inch] [mm]
3/8 9.5 11/16 4 3/8 110 15 20 7/16 5-3/4 150
1/2 12.7 7/8 5 125 30 41 9/16 6-3/4 170
5/8 15.9 1-1/8 6 3/4 170 60 81 11/16 9 230
3/4 19.1 1-1/4 8-1/8 205 100 136 13/16 10-3/4 270
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [mm] [mm]
M8 14 90 10 9 120
M10 18 110 20 12 150
M12 22 125 40 14 170
M16 28 170 80 18 230
M20 32 205 150 22 270

Table 3 — Setting Details of Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with reinforcement bars
d do hef min-max hmin

US rebar [inch] [inch] [mm] [inch]
#3 1/2 1-1/2 – 7-1/2 40 – 191
h + 1-1/4 (30 mm)
ef
#4 5/8 2 – 10 51 – 254
#5 3/4 2-1/2 – 12-1/2 64 – 318
#6 7/8 3 – 15 76 – 381
#7 1 3-1/2 – 17-1/2 89 – 445 hef + 2 d0
#8 1-1/8 4 – 20 102 – 508
#9 1-3/8 4-1/2 – 22-1/2 114 – 572
# 10 1-1/2 5 – 25 127 – 635
Rebar [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
8 12 40 – 160
h + 30
ef
10 14 41 – 200
12 16 48 – 240
14 18 56 – 280
16 20 64 – 320
20 25 80 – 400 hef + 2 d0
25 32 100 – 500
28 35 112 – 560
32 40 128 – 640
CA rebar [inch] [mm] [inch]
10 M 9/16 45 – 226 hef + 1-1/4 (30 mm)
15 M 3/4 64 – 320
20 M 1 78 – 390
h +2d
ef 0
25 M 1-1/4 101 – 504
30 M 1-1/2 120 – 598

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchor System Technical Data
Product Epoxy Adhesive
• First adhesive anchor to comply with the latest Base material temperature 41°F to 120°F (+5°C to 49°C)
Diameter range 3/8" to 1-1/4"
building code offering designers a strength Listings/Approvals
design solution for anchors and rebar ICC-ES ESR 2322
NSF/ANSI standard 61 Certification for potable water
• Enables threaded rod and dowelling Package volume
• Volume of HIT-RE 500-SD 11.1fl oz/330 ml foil pack is 20.1 in3
applications in seismic design conditions • Volume of HIT-RE 500-SD 16.9fl oz/500 ml foil pack is 30.5 in3
under the latest building codes
Gel/Full Cure Time Table (Approximate)
Base Material
Temperature
Item No. Description °F °C tgel tcure
41 5 2.5 hrs 72 hrs
241382 HIT-RE 500-SD (11.1 fl oz/330 ml) – 1 pack
50 10 2 hrs 48 hrs
Includes 1 mixer and 3/8" filler tube per package
59 15 1.5 hrs 24 hrs
3425973 HIT-RE 500-SD (11.1 fl oz/330 ml) MC – 25 packs 68 20 30 min 12 hrs
Includes 1 mixer and 3/8" filler tube per package 86 30 20 min 8 hrs
3428744 HIT-RE 500-SD (11.1 fl oz/330 ml) 104 40 12 min 4 hrs
Includes 1 MC and mixer and and choice of MD 2000 or MD 2500 dispenser
241383 HIT-RE 500-SD (16.9 fl oz/500 ml) MC – 20 packs
Includes 1 mixer and 3/8" filler tube per package
3433546 HIT-RE 500-SD (16.9 fl oz/500 ml)
Includes 2 MC and MD 2500 dispenser
3426080 HIT-RE 500-SD (16.9 fl oz/500 ml)
Includes 5 MC and ED 3500 dispenser 2.0 Ah Kit ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit
Dispensers
Battery Powered
3425363 ED 3500 2.0 Ah NiCd Kit
Includes dispenser, (2) 2.0-Ah NiCd battery, C 7/24 standard charger and accessories in an
impact-resistant plastic tool box
273676 ED 3500 Dispenser Foil Pack Holder
Includes dispenser only in cardboard box
340888 SFB 121 2.0-Ah NiCd Battery for ED 3500
378449 C 7/24 Standard Charger for ED 3500
Manual
Item No. Description MD 2500 Manual Dispenser
338853 MD 2500 Manual Dispenser with Foil Pack Holder
For use with HIT 11.1 fl oz/330ml and 16.9oz/500ml foil packs√
339477 Foil Pack Holder
Replacement for MD 2500 and ED 3500
Hole Cleaning/Injection Accessories

Imperial Metric
Hole Hole
Dia. (d0) Round Brush Injection Piston Air Nozzle Round Brush Injection Piston Air Nozzle
Dia. (d0)
HIT-SZ HIT-SZ HIT-RB
Ø [inch] HIT-RB Item no. (IP) Item no. HIT-DL Item no. Ø [inch] HIT-RB Item no. Item no. HIT-DL Item no. (Round Brush)
(IP)
7/16 7/16" 273203 – – – 10 10 380917 – – – –
1/2 1/2" 273204 1/2" 274019 1/2" 38237 12 8/12 336548 8/12 351989 8/12 371715
9/16 9/16" 273205 9/16" 274020 9/16" 38238 14 10/14 336549 10/14 351990 10/14 371716
HIT-SZ (IP)
5/8 5/8" 273207 5/8" 274021 9/16" 38238 16 12/16 336550 12/16 351991 12/16 371717 (Injection Piston)
11/16 11/16" 273209 11/16" 274022 11/16" 38239 18 14/18 336551 14/18 351992 14/18 371718
3/4 3/4" 273210 3/4" 274023 3/4" 38240 20 16/20 336552 16/20 351993 16/20 371719
7/8 7/8" 273211 7/8" 274024 7/8" 38241 22 18/22 370774 18/22 269618 16/20 371719
1 1" 273212 1" 274025 1" 38242 24 24 380918 24 269619 16/20 3 71719 HIT-DL
1-1/8 1-1/8" 273214 1-1/8" 274026 1" 38242 25 20/25 336553 20/25 351994 20/25 371720 (Air Nozzle)
1-1/4 1-1/4" 273216 1-1/4" 274027 1" 38242 28 28 380919 28 269620 20/25 371720
1-3/8 1-3/8" 273217 1-3/8" 274028 1-3/8" 38243 30 30 380920 30 269621 20/25 371720
1-1/2 1-1/2" 273218 1-1/2" 274029 1-3/8" 38243 32 25/32 336554 25/32 351995 25/32 371721
1-3/4 1-3/4" 273219 1-3/4" 274030 1-3/8" 38243 35 35 380921 35 269622 25/32 371721 Introdu
cing
37 37 382259 37 271499 25/32 371721
40 40 382260 40 269623 25/32 371721
Contact Hilti for 42 42 382261 42 269624 25/32 371721 Hilti Accredited
Adhesive Anchor
a complete listing of additional accessories and 45 45 382262 45 269625 25/32 371721 Installer Program –
extensions for air nozzles, brushes and injection 47 47 382264 47 269626 25/32 371721 call Hilti for details
pistons to handle embedment. 52 52 382265 52 271476 25/32 371721

55 55 382266 55 271477 25/32 371721
07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD 12/30/07 1:04 AM Page 259 d
hef
dbit
4.2.6.7 Sample Calculations A

ca,min
A
N
ANa
Given: 1/2-in. A193 B7 Tmax
ALL-THREAD ANc ccr,Na
2 1/2-in. HIT RE 500-SD adhesive

anchors subjected to a tension load as d
s/2
N
shown. hef s
s/2
Design objective: h
Calculate the design tension resistance dbit

ccr,Na
for this configuration.

ccr,Na ca,min
Dimensional parameters: Specifications/assumptions: A-A
h ef = 9.0 in. ASTM A193 B7 all-thread rods, UNC thread, A 563 Grade HD hex nuts.
s = 4.0 in. Normal weight concrete, A f’c = 4,000 psi.
Na
c a,min = 2.5 in. Seismic design category A (SDC) B

Nc c cr,Na
h = 12.0 in. No supplementary reinforcing per ACI 318-05 D.1.

d = 1/2 in. Assume maximum short term (diurnal) base material temperature ≤ 100 0F.
materialstemperature ≤ 80 0F.
s/2
Assume maximum long term base N
Assume installation in dry

s/2 concrete and hammer-drilled holes.
Assume concrete will remain uncracked for service life of anchorage.
Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report. ccr,Na ACI 318 Code Ref.
Step 1. Check minimum edge distance, anchor spacing and member thickness: –
cmin = 2.5 in. ≤ ca,min therefore ok. c c cr,Na a,min
– Table 8
smin = 2.5 in. ≤ s therefore ok.
A-A
– Table 8
hmin = hef + 1.25 = 9 + 1.25 = 10.25 in. ≤ h therefore ok. – Table 8
B7 rods are considered ductile per ACI 318-05. ...Φ = 0.75

Step 2. Calculate steel strength: Nsa = n x A se x f uta –
D.5.1.2
... Φ Nsa = Φ x n x A se x f uta = 0.75 x 2 x 0.1419 x 125,000 = 26,606 lb = 26.6 k

–
D.1 & D.4.4a
or, using Table 7, ...Φ Nsa = 0.75 x 2 x 17,737 = 26.6 k D.5.1.2 Table 7
Step 3. Determine concrete breakout strength:
D.5.2.1 &
A Nc –
N cbg = ( ) ( ed,N ) ( c,N ) ( cp,N ) ( N b ) Eq. (D-5)
A N c O ec,N
A Nc = (3hef + s) (1.5 hef + c a,min ) = (27 + 4) (13.5 + 2.5) = 496 in 2 – –
D.5.2.1 & –
A NcO = 9 hef 2 = 729 in 2
Eq. (D-5)
ec,N = no eccentricity of tension load with respect to tension-loaded anchors D.5.2.4
ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 x a,min for c a,min ≤ 1.5 hef

c D.5.2.1 &
–
1.5 hef & Eq. (D-5)
c a,min = 2.5 < 1.5 x 4.5. – –
2.5
... ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 x = 0.76 – –
1.5 x 9
c,N = 1.0 uncracked concrete assumed (k c,uncr = 24) D.5.2.6 Table 8
Determine c ac :
Section
hef + 5 (c a,min ) 0.75 = 9 + 5 (2.5) 0.75 = 18.9 in. > 12 in. therefore, c ac = 2.5 hef D.5.12.7
4.1.3
c ac = 2.5 (9 in.) = 22.5 in.
max | c a,min ; 1.5 h ef | max | 2.5 ; 1.5 x 9 D.5.2.7
For c a,min < c ac cp,N = = = 0.60 –
cac 22.5 & Eq. (D-13)
D.5.2.2 –
Nb = kc,uncr f 'c x hef1.5 = 2.4 4000 x (9)1.5 = 40,983 lb
& Eq. (D-7)
496
Ncbg = x 1.0 x 0.76 x 1.0 x 0.60 x 40,983 = 12715 lb – –
Φ N cbg = 0.65 x 12,715 = 8,265 lb = 8.3k

729
D.4.4c –

Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report. ACI 318 Code Ref.
Step 4. Determine bond strength: Section
A Na 4.2.6 3
N ag = ( ) ( g,Na ) ( ec,Na ) ( p,Na ) ( N aO )
A N aO ed,Na Eq. (D-14b)
τ k,uncr 2,236 Section

(
Scr,Na = min 20 x d
1450
)
; 3 hef = 20 x 0.5
1450
= 12.4 in
– 4.2.6.3
3 h ef = 27 in ≥ 12.4 . . s cr,Na = 12.4 in.

. Table 9
Section
scr,Na
c cr,Na = = 6.2 in. – 4.2.6.3
2
Eq. (D-14i)
Section
A Na = (2ccr,Na + s) (ccr,Na + c a,min ) = 143.0 in 2 – 4.2.6.3
Eq. (D-14i)
Section
A NaO = ( scr,Na ) 2 = 154.2 in 2 – 4.2.6 3
D.5.3.7
c a,min
For c a,min < ccr,Na : ed,Na =
( 0.7 + 0.3 c cr,Na ) Section
4.2.6.3
2.5 Section
ed,Na =
( 0.7 + 0.3 6.2 ) = 0.82 4.2.6.3
Section
τ k,max,uncr =
k k,uncr 24
hef x f 'c = 9 x 4000 = 2,899 psi 4.2.6.3
xd x 0.5
Table 8
[( n - 1 )( τ
1.5 1.5
Section
g,NaO = n - k,uncr
k,max,uncr
) ]= 2- [( 2 - 1 )(2,236
2,899 )]
= 1.13 4.2.6.3
Table 9
0.5 0.5
[( s s ) 2.5 Section
g,Na = g,NaO +
cr,Na
]
x (1 - g,NaO ) = 1.13 + [(12.4 ) ]
x (1-1.13) = 1.06
4.2.6.3
ec,Na = 1.0 no eccentricity - loading is concentric – –

max | c a,min ; c cr,Na | max | 2.5 ; 6.2 |
p,Na = = = 0.28 – –
cac 22.5
Section
NNaO = τ k,uncr d h ef = 2,236 0.5 9 = 31,610 lb – 4.2.6.3
Eq. (D-14j)
A Na
N ag = ( ) ( g,Na ) ( ec,N ) ( p,Na ) ( N aO ) Section
A N aO ed,Na
4.2.6.3
143.0
N ag = (0.82) (1.06) (1.0) (0.28) (31,610) = 7,134 lb.
... = 0.65
Eq. (D-14b)
154.2
– Table 9
N ag = 0.65 (7,134) = 4,637 lb = 4.6 k –
Step 5. Determine controlling strength: D.4.1.2 –
Steel strength Nsa = 26.6 k
Concrete breakout strength Ncbg = 8.3 k
Bond strength Nag = 4.6 k controls
Step 6. Convert strength to ASD using average load factor:

Section
N Nn 4.6
N allow,ASD = d = = = 3.3 k 4.2
1.4
08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD 12/30/07 1:06 AM Page 261
HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7

Fastener Components 4.2.7.4 Installation Instructions
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser 4.2.7.5 Ordering Information
HIT-RE 500 Refill Pack Listings/Approvals

Refill Pack Holder P3500 City of Los Angeles
Dispenser
HIT RE Mixer Research Report #25514
NSF/ANSI Std 61
certification for use in potable water
MD2500 Europan Technical Approval
Dispenser
HIT-RE 500 Medium Cartridge ETA-04/0027
ETA-04/0028
ETA-04/0029
HIT-RE 500 Jumbo Cartridge Refill Pack Holder P8000D

Pneumatic Dispenser
Code Compliance
The Hilti HIT-RE 500 System is a high Product Features IBC®/IRC® 2003 (ICC-ES AC58)
strength, two part epoxy adhesive. The • Superior bond performance UBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC58)
system consists of a side-by-side • Use in diamond cored or LEED ®: Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
adhesive refill pack, a mixing nozzle, a pneumatic drilled holes and under Materials
HIT dispenser with refill pack holder, and water up to 165 feet (50 m)
either a threaded rod, rebar, HIS • Meets DOT requirements for
most states; contact the Hilti
internally threaded insert or smooth Technical Staff
epoxy coated bar. HIT-RE 500 is • Meets requirements of ASTM C The Leadership in Energy and
specifically designed for fastening into 881-90, Type IV, Grade 2 and 3, Environmental Design (LEED® ) Green
solid base materials such as concrete, Class A, B, C except gel times Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
grout, stone or solid masonry. HIT-RE • Meets requirements of AASHTO accepted benchmark for the design, con-
specification M235, Type IV, Grade struction and operation of high perfor-
500 may be used in underwater
3, Class A, B, C except gel times mance green buildings.
fastenings and for oversized holes up to
• Mixing tube provides proper mix-
2 times the rod diameter (2-1/2” rod and ing, eliminates measuring errors
Components
3" max. hole diameter) and for diamond- and minimizes waste
cored holes. • Contains no styrene; virtually
odorless
• Extended temperature range from HAS Threaded Rods
23°F to 104°F (–5°C to 40°C)
• Excellent weathering resistance;
Resistance against elevated HIS Internally Threaded Inserts
temperatures
• Suitable for oversized holes
Rebar (supplied by contractor)
• Seismic qualified per IBC®/IRC®
2003, IBC®/IRC® 2000 and UBC®
1997 (ICC-ES AC58). Please refer Smooth, epoxy coated bar
to ESR-1682. (supplied by contractor)
4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System
Guide Specifications which thoroughly blends component A 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8
and component B and allows injection
Master Format Section: 2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high strength
carbon steel anchor);
03250 (Concrete accessories) tools and static mixing nozzles as
supplied by manufacturer shall be used. 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel,
Related Sections:
Manufacturer’s instructions shall be meeting the requirements of ASTM F
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing- followed. Injection adhesive shall be 593 (condition CW).
Reinforcing Accessories) formulated to include resin and hardener
05050 (Metal Fabrication) to provide optimal curing speed as well
05120 (Structural Steel; as high strength and stiffness. Typical
Masonry Accessories) curing time at 68°F (20°C) shall be Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished
approximately 12 hours. to meet the requirements of the above
Injectable adhesive shall be used for
installation of all reinforcing steel dowels Injection adhesive shall be HIT-RE 500,
or threaded anchor rods and inserts into as furnished by Hilti.
new or existing concrete. Adhesive
Anchor Rods Shall be furnished with
shall be furnished in side-by-side refill
chamfered ends so that either end will
packs which keep component A and
accept a nut and washer. Alternatively,
component B separate. Side-by-side
packs shall be designed to compress
during use to minimize waste volume.
for easy insertion into the adhesive-filled
Side-by-side packs shall also be
designed to accept static mixing nozzle
Fastener Components
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser
HIT-RE 500 Refill Pack

HIT RE Mixer Dispenser
MD2500
HIT-RE 500 Medium Cartridge Dispenser
HIT-RE 500 Jumbo Cartridge Refill Pack Holder P8000D

Pneumatic Dispenser

Material Properties for HIT-RE 500 – Cured Adhesive
1 Minimum values obtained as the
Bond Strength ASTM C882-911 result of tests at three cure
2 day cure 12.4 MPa 1800 psi temperatures (23, 40, 60°F).
Compressive Strength ASTM D-695-961 82.7 MPa 12,000 psi
Compressive Modulus ASTM D-695-961 1493 MPa 0.22 x 106 psi
Tensile Strength 7 day ASTM D-638-97 43.5 MPa 6310 psi
Elongation at break ASTM D-638-97 2.0% 2.0%
Heat Deflection Temperature ASTM D-648-95 63°C 146°F
Absorption ASTM D-570-95 0.06% 0.06%
Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage on Cure ASTM D-2566-86 0.004 0.004
Electrical resistance DIN IEC 93 (12.93) 6.6 x 1013 Ω/m 1.7 x 1012Ω/in. Mechanical Properties
fy min. fu
Material Specifications ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/8" - 5/8" 65 (448) 100 (689)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/4" -1 1/4" 45 (310) 85 (586)
HIS Insert 11MnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 54.4 (375) 66.7 (460)
HAS-E Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
All HAS-E & HAS Super Rods (except 7/8") & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, nuts & washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
7/8" Standard HAS-E & HAS Super rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
Note: Special Order steel rod material may vary from standard steel rod materials.

HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for HAS Threaded Rods
HAS Rod Size in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (31.8)
dbit Tmax
dbit bit diameter1 in. 7/16 9/16 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8
hef t
hnom std. depth of embed. in. 3-3/8 4-1/2 5-5/8 6-3/4 7-7/8 9 11-1/4
,
(mm) (90) (110) (143) (171) (200) (229) (286) h
Tmax Embed. ft lb 18 30 75 150 175 235 400

max. HAS-E Rods ≥ hnom (N·m) (24) (41) (102) (203) (237) (319) (540) 1 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped
bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or
tightening HAS SS Embed. ft lb 15 20 50 105 125 165 280 DD-C diamond core bits.
torque HAS-Super < hnom (N·m) (20) (27) (68) (142) (169) (224) (375) 2 Assumes no waste.
h min. base material (in.) 1.5 hef
thickness
Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment 2
Small Cartridge 52 28 11 7 5 4 2
Medium Cartridge 84 45 18 11 8 6 3
Jumbo Cartridge 255 137 56 37 27 19 12

HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts
HIS Insert in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Details (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
dbit Tmax
dbit bit diameter1, 2 in. 11/16 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/4
hnom std. embed. depth in. 4-1/4 5 6-5/8 8-1/4
hef
(mm) (110) (125) (170) (210)
h
length (mm) (25) (30) (40) (50)
Tmax Max. tightening ft lb 18 35 80 160
torque (N·m) (24) (47) (108) (217)
thickness (mm) (162) (191) (254) (314)
Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment2 1 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits
Small Cartridge 27 16 6 4 or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C
diamond core bits.
Medium Cartridge 49 30 11 8
2 Assumes no waste.
Jumbo Cartridge 168 105 38 27
HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete
Rebar Size: No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 No. 9 No. 10 No. 11
Details
Bit diameter 1, 2, 3 in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4
hnom std. embed. depth in. 3-3/8 4-1/2 5-5/8 6-3/4 7-7/8 9 10-1/8 11-1/4 12-3/8
(mm) (86) (114) (143) (171) (200) (229) (257) (286) (314)
Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment3
Small Cartridge 44 25 16 11 8 6 3 2 1
Medium Cartridge 72 41 27 18 13 10 5 3 2
Jumbo Cartridge 221 125 83 56 41 31 14 11 7
2 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits.
3 Assumes no waste.
HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)
Rebar Size: 10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 35M

Details
Bit diameter 1, 2 in. 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-3/4
hnom std. embed. depth (mm) 115 145 200 230 260 315
Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment2
Small Cartridge 20 17 5 6 3 1 1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest
bit which will accommodate rebar.
Medium Cartridge 32 28 9 10 5 2 2 Assumes no waste.
Jumbo Cartridge 98 84 27 31 16 7
≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

5/3 5/3
( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec

HIT-RE 500 Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1,2,3,4
HIT-RE 500 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity
Diameter Depth
1-3/4 645 1095 1510 2135 2580 4370 4530 6405
(44) (2.9) (4.9) (6.7) (9.5) (11.5) (19.4) (20.2) (28.4)
3/8 3-3/8 2190 2585 3155 4460 8760 10345 9460 13380
(9.5) (86) (9.7) (11.5) (14.0) (19.8) (39.0) (46.0) (42.1) (59.5)
4-1/2 2420 2585 4855 6860 9685 10335 14560 20580
(114) (10.8) (11.5) (21.6) (30.5) (43.1) (46.0) (64.8) (91.5)
2-1/4 1130 1965 2510 3550 4530 7860 7525 10640
(57) (5.0) (8.7) (11.2) (15.8) (20.2) (35.0) (33.5) (47.3)
1/2 4-1/2 4045 5275 5610 7935 16185 21095 16820 23800
(12.7) (114) (18.0) (23.5) (25.0) (35.3) (72.0) (93.8) (74.8) (105.9)
6 4775 5380 8635 12210 19095 21520 25900 36620
(152) (21.2) (23.9) (38.4) (54.3) (84.9) (95.7) (115.2) (162.9)
2-7/8 1690 3045 5245 7420 6770 12175 15735 22250
(73) (7.5) (13.5) (23.3) (33.0) (30.1) (54.2) (70.0) (99.0)
5/8 5-5/8 6560 7355 8760 12395 26240 29420 26280 37180
(15.9) (143) (29.2) (32.7) (39.0) (55.1) (116.7) (130.9) (116.9) (165.4)
7-1/2 7320 7515 13615 19080 29290 30060 40480 57240
(190) (32.6) (33.4) (60.6) (84.9) (130.3) (133.7) (180.1) (254.6)
3-3/8 2310 4515 7335 10370 9250 18065 22000 31108
(86) (10.3) (20.1) (32.6) (46.1) (41.1) (80.4) (97.9) (138.4)
3/4 6-3/4 8670 10755 12615 17840 34685 43020 37840 53520
(19.1) (172 ) (38.6) (47.8) (56.1) (79.4) (154.3) (191.4) (168.3) (238.1)
9 10385 12995 19430 27470 41535 51985 58280 82400
(229) (46.2) (57.8) (86.4) (122.2) (184.8) (231.2) (259.2) (366.5)
4 3005 5665 7795 11020 12030 22670 23375 33050
(101) (13.4) (25.2) (34.7) (49.0) (53.5) (100.8) (104.0) (147.0)
7/8 7-7/8 12495 15875 17175 24290 49975 63495 51520 72860
(22.2) (200) (55.6) (70.6) (76.4) (108.0) (222.3) (282.4) (229.2) (324.1)
10-1/2 14705 16185 26440 37390 58820 64730 79320 112160
(267) (65.4) (72.0) (117.6) (166.3) (261.6) (287.9) (352.8) (498.9)
4-1/2 3945 8440 10035 14190 15790 33765 30104 42565
(114) (17.5) (37.5) (44.6) (63.1) (70.2) (150.2) (133.9) (189.3)
1 9 13845 17365 22435 31720 55380 69465 67300 95160
(25.4) (229) (61.6) (77.2) (99.8) (141.1) (246.3) (309.0) (299.4) (423.3)
12 17935 17935 34535 48830 71740 71740 103600 146480
(305) (79.8) (79.8) (153.6) (217.2) (319.1) (319.1) (460.8) (651.6)
5-5/8 5760 12815 14760 20870 23045 51270 44280 62610
(143) (25.6) (57.0) (65.7) (92.8) (102.5) (228.1) (197.0) (278.5)
1-1/4 11-1/4 24610 31620 35050 49570 98430 126480 105140 148710
(31.8) (286) (109.5) (140.7) (155.9) (220.5) (437.8) (562.6) (467.7) (661.5)
15 34130 35270 53960 76300 136525 141090 161880 228900
(381) (151.8) (156.9) (240.0) (339.4) (607.3) (627.6) (720.1) (1018.2)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for
the design.
2 Average ultimate concrete shear capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method for standard and deep embedment and based on testing for shallow embedment.
3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide bit and cleaned with brush per manufacturer’s instructions. Ultimate tensile concrete/bond loads represent the average values
obtained in testing.
4 For underwater applications up to 165 feet/50m depth reduce the tabulated concrete/bond values 30% to account for reduced mechanical properties of saturated concrete.

Allowable Steel Strength for Carbon Steel & Stainless Steel HAS Rods1
3/8 2640 1360 4555 2345 3645 1875
(9.5) (11.7) (6.0) (20.3) (10.4) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 4700 2420 8100 4170 6480 3335
(12.7) (20.9) (10.8) (36.0) (18.5) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 7340 3780 12655 6520 10125 5215
(15.9) (32.7) (16.8) (56.3) (29.0) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 10570 5445 18225 9390 12390 6385
(19.1) (47.0) (24.2) (81.1) (41.8) (55.1) (28.4)
7/8 14385 7410 24805 12780 16865 8690
(22.2) (64.0) (33.0) (110.3) (56.9) (75.0) (38.6)
1 18790 9680 32400 16690 22030 11350
(25.4) (83.6) (43.0) (144.1) (74.2) (98.0) (50.5)
1-1/4 29360 15125 50620 26080 34425 17735
(31.8) (130.6) (67.3) (225.2) (116.0) (153.1) (78.9)

Ultimate Steel Strength for Carbon Steel & Stainless Steel HAS Rods1
3/8 4495 6005 3605 8135 10350 6210 5035 8280 4970
(9.5) (20.0) (26.7) (16.0) (36.2) (43.4) (27.6) (22.4) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 8230 10675 6405 14900 18405 11040 9225 14720 8835
(12.7) (36.6) (47.5) (28.5) (66.3) (79.0) (49.1) (41.0) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 13110 16680 10010 23730 28760 17260 14690 23010 13805
(15.9) (58.3) (74.2) (44.5) (105.6) (125.7) (76.8) (65.3) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 19400 24020 14415 35120 41420 24850 15050 28165 16800
(19.1) (86.3) (106.9) (64.1) (156.2) (185.7) (110.5) (66.9) (125.3) (75.2)
7/8 26780 32695 19620 48480 56370 33825 20775 38335 23000
(22.2) (119.1) (145.4) (87.3) (215.7) (256.9) (150.5) (92.4) (170.5) (102.3)
1 35130 42705 25625 63600 73630 44180 27255 50070 30040
(25.4) (156.3) (190.0) (114.0) (282.9) (337.0) (196.5) (121.2) (222.7) (133.6)
1-1/4 56210 66730 40035 101755 115050 69030 43610 78235 46940
(31.8) (250.0) (296.8) (178.1) (452.6) (511.8) (307.1) (194.0) (348.0) (208.8)


HIT-RE 500 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel
HIT-RE 500 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity2 Steel Bolt Strength1,2
Anchor Embedment Tensile Shear
f'c ≥ 2000 psi f'c ≥ 2000 psi
Diameter Depth ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tensile1 Shear1 Tensile1 Shear1
(13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 2870 1565 4370 2250 3645 1875
(9.5) (108) (12.8) (7.0) (19.4) (10.0) (16.2) (8.3)
1/2 5 4530 2890 7775 4005 6480 3335
(12.7) (127) (20.1) (12.9) (34.6) (17.8) (28.8) (14.8)
5/8 6-5/8 8255 4635 12150 6260 10125 5215
(15.9) (168) (36.7) (20.6) (54.0) (27.8) (45.0) (23.2)
3/4 8-1/4 9030 6695 17945 9010 12395 6385
(19.1) (210) (40.1) (29.8) (77.8) (40.1) (55.1) (28.4)
HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel
HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity2 Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2
Anchor Embedment Tensile Shear
f'c ≥ 2000 psi f'c ≥ 2000 psi
Diameter Depth ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tensile1 Shear1 Tensile1 Shear1
(13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 4-1/4 11480 6260 9935 5960 8280 4970
(9.5) (108) (51.0) (27.8) (44.2) (26.5) (36.8) (22.1)
1/2 5 18115 11565 17665 10600 14720 8835
(12.7) (127) (80.5) (51.4) (78.6) (47.2) (65.5) (39.3)
5/8 6-5/8 33025 18550 27610 16565 23010 13805
(15.9) (168) (146.9) (82.5) (122.8) (73.7) (102.4) (61.4)
3/4 8-1/4 36125 26775 39760 23855 28165 16900
(19.1) (210) (160.6) (119.1) (176.9) (106.1) (125.3) (75.1)
Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4"

Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom Tension = 0.75 x Fu x A nom
Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.45 x Fu x A nom

HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete1
Grade 60 Rebar
f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa)
Nominal Embed.
Rebar Depth Ultimate Embed. to Embed. to Ultimate Embed. to Embed. to
Size in. (mm) Bond Yield Tensile
Develop Yield Develop Tensile Bond Develop Yield Develop Tensile Strength
Strength Strength1 Strength1 Strength Strength1 Strength
Strength1 lb (kN)
lb (kN) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
3-3/8 10105 10810
(86) (45.0) 2-1/4 3-3/8 (48.1) 2-1/8 3-1/4 6600 9900
#3
4-1/2 10920 (57) (86) 10810 (54) (84) (29.4) (44.0)
(114) (48.6) (48.1)
4-1/2 15980 18540
(114) (71.1) 3-3/8 5-5/8 (82.5) 3 4-3/8 12000 18000
#4
6 18830 (86) (143) 18655 (76) (111) (53.4) (80.1)
(152) (83.8) (83.0)
5-5/8 20630 27790
(143) (91.8) 5-1/8 8-7/8 (123.6) 3-7/8 5-3/4 18600 27900
#5
7-1/2 24870 (130) (225) 27790 (98) (146) (82.7) (124.1)
(191) (110.6) (128.6)
6-3/4 33695 44675
(171) (149.9) 5-3/8 9-3/8 (198.7) 4 6 26400 39600
#6
9 38960 (136) (238) 44870 (102) (152) (117.4) (176.2)
(229) (173.3) (200.0)
7-7/8 40525 59340
(200) (180.3) 7 12-3/8 (264.0) 4-7/8 7-1/4 36000 54000
#7
10-1/2 48460 (178) (314) 61720 (124) (184) (160.1) (240.2)
(267) (215.6) (274.6)
9 63940 72820
(229) (284.4) 8-1/4 12-7/8 (323.9) 5-7/8 8-7/8 47400 71100
#8
12 69610 (210) (327) 72950 (149) (225) (210.9) (316.3)
(305) (309.7) (324.5)
10-1/8 72245 81235
(257) (321.4) 8-1/2 13 (361.4) 7-1/2 12 60000 90000
#9
13-1/2 94205 (216) (330) 84015 (191) (305) (266.9) (400.4)
(343) (419.1) (373.7)
11-1/4 92000 96725
(286) (409.3) 9-3/8 17-7/8 (430.3) 8-7/8 14 76200 114300
#10
15 95850 (238) (454) 97070 (225) (356) (339.0) (508.5)
(381) (426.4) (431.8)
12-3/8 118615 123120
(314) (527.6) 9-7/8 18-3/4 (547.7) 9-1/2 16-1/2 93600 140400
#11
16-1/2 123570 (251) (476) 123790 (241) (419) (416.4) (624.6)
(419) (549.7) (550.7)
1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values versus minimum yield and ultimate tensile strength of rebar. For more information, contact Hilti.

HIT-RE 500 Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
HIT-RE 500 Tensile Bond Strength Strength Properties of Metric Rebar
f'c = 14 MPa f'c = 28 MPa f y = 400 MPa f u = 600 MPa
Embedment Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Yield Tensile
Rebar Depth Bond Bond Bond Bond Strength Strength
Size mm kN kN kN kN kN kN
(in) (lb) (lb) (lb) (lb) (lb) (lb)
115 71.1 17.8 82.5 20.6
(4-1/2) (15980) (3995) (18540) (4635) 40 60
10M
150 83.8 20.9 83.0 20.7 (8990) (13490)
(6) (18830) (4705) (18655) (4665)
145 91.8 22.9 123.7 30.9
(5-5/8) (20630) (5155) (27810) (6950) 80 120
15M
190 110.6 27.6 123.6 30.9 (17985) (26975)
(7-1/2) (24870) (6215) (27790) (6945)
200 180.3 45.1 264 66
(7-7/8) (40525) (10130) (59340) (14835) 120 180
20M
265 215.6 53.9 274.6 68.6 (26975) (40465)
(10-1/2) (48460) (12115) (61720) (15430)
230 284.4 71.0 323.9 81.0
(9) (63940) (15985) (72820) (18205) 200 300
25M
305 309.7 77.4 324.5 81.1 (44960) (67440)
(12) (69610) (17400) (72950) (18235)
260 321.4 80.3 361.4 90.3
(10-1/8) (72245) (18060) (81235) (20305) 280 420
30M
345 419.1 104.8 373.7 93.4 (62945) (94415)
(13-1/2) (94205) (23550) (84015) (21000)
315 527.6 131.9 547.7 136.9
(12-3/8) (118615) (29650) (123120) (30780) 400 600
35M
420 549.7 137.4 550.7 137.6 (89920) (134880)
(16-1/2) (123570) (30890) (123790) (30945)
1 Based on minimum steel strength and nominal cross-sectional area of rebar. 5 Allowable tension for adhesive bond based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2 Use lesser value of bond strength or steel strength. 6 For anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to the following
3 Minimum concrete thickness must be equal to 1.5 times the anchor embedment. pages.
4 Testing done with imperial rebar in same size holes. 7 Ultimate tensile concrete/bond loads represent the average values obtained in testing.
HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Tensile Strength for Smooth Epoxy

Coated Dowel Bars in Concrete ≥ 2410 psi (15.9 MPa)
Anchor Drill Bit Embedment Ultimate
Diameter Diameter Depth Tensile Load
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN)
1 1-1/8
(25.4) (29)
1-1/4 1-3/8 9 40385
(31.8) (34.9) (229) (179.7)
1-1/2 1-5/8
(38.1) (41)

N

h ef = Actual embedment h ef= Actual embedment
s
V s min = 0.5 h ef cmin = 0.5 h ef Tension and shear
s cr = 1.5 h ef ccr = 1.5 h ef Tension
c
= 2.0 h ef Shear
h ⊥ = Perpendicular to edge
ll = Parallel to edge
scr ccr
1.5 2.0
Shear &
Tension
Note: Tables apply for listed ccr
embedment depths. Reduction 1.0 1.5
factors for other embedment
(I)
depths must be calculated s
ar
using equations below. hef
e
Sh
smin 1.0
Spacing Tension/Shear 0.5
(II)
n
c
sio
ear
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef
Ten
hef
Sh
fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55 cmin
0 0.5
for scr>s>smin
0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
Edge Distance Tension Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor
(fA)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef 0
0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
fRN = 0.3(c/hef) + 0.55 Edge Distance Adjustment Factor
for ccr>c>cmin (fRV,fRN)
Edge Distance Shear
( ⊥ toward edge)
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" Diameter Anchor
Anchor Diameter: 3/8" diameter
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) – 0.09
for ccr>c>cmin Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Edge Distance Shear
Embed. Depth (in.) 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2
(II to or away from edge)
7/8 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef 1 0.72 0.72 0.22 0.49
fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28 1 11/16 0.84 0.70 0.84 0.70 0.43 0.18 0.63 0.46
2 0.89 0.73 0.89 0.73 0.53 0.23 0.69 0.49

for ccr>c>cmin
2 1/4 0.94 0.75 0.70 0.94 0.75 0.70 0.60 0.27 0.18 0.74 0.52 0.46
2 5/8 1.00 0.78 0.73 1.00 0.78 0.73 0.72 0.33 0.23 0.82 0.56 0.49
3 0.82 0.75 0.82 0.75 0.84 0.39 0.27 0.90 0.60 0.52
3 1/2 0.86 0.78 0.86 0.78 1.00 0.47 0.33 1.00 0.65 0.56
4 0.91 0.82 0.91 0.82 0.55 0.39 0.71 0.60
5 1/16 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
5 1/2 0.92 0.92 0.79 0.57 0.87 0.72
6 0.95 0.95 0.87 0.63 0.92 0.76
6 3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
8 0.87 0.92
9 1.00 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 1/2" Diameter Anchor depths must be calculated
using equations below.
Anchor Diameter: 1/2" diameter
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance
Spacing Tension/Shear
Factor Tension/Shear, Tension, Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 s min = 0.5 h ef, s cr = 1.5 h ef
Embed. Depth (in.) 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 2-1/4 4-1/2 6 fA = 0.3 (s/h ef) + 0.55
1 for s cr>s>s min
1-1/8 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
1-1/2 0.75 0.75 0.27 0.52 Edge Distance Tension
1-3/4 0.78 0.78 0.33 0.56 c min = 0.5 h ef, ccr = 1.5 h ef
2 0.82 0.82 0.39 0.60
2-1/4 0.85 0.70 0.85 0.70 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46 fRN = 0.3(c/h ef) + 0.55
2-1/2 0.88 0.72 0.88 0.72 0.51 0.21 0.68 0.48 for c cr>c>c min
3 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.63 0.27 0.18 0.76 0.52 0.46 Edge Distance Shear
3-3/8 1.00 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.78 0.72 0.72 0.32 0.21 0.82 0.55 0.48 ( ⊥ toward edge)
4 0.82 0.75 0.82 0.75 0.87 0.39 0.27 0.92 0.60 0.52
cmin = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef
4-1/2 0.85 0.78 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.45 0.32 1.00 0.64 0.55
5 0.88 0.80 0.88 0.80 0.51 0.36 0.68 0.58 fRV1 = 0.54(c/h ef) – 0.09
6 0.95 0.85 0.95 0.85 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.64 for c cr>c>c min
6-3/4 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
7 0.90 0.90 0.75 0.54 0.84 0.70 Edge Distance Shear
8 0.95 0.95 0.87 0.63 0.92 0.76 (II to or away from edge)
9 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 c min = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef
10 0.81 0.88
fRV2 = 0.36(c/h ef) + 0.28
11 0.90 0.94
for c cr>c>c min
12 1.00 1.00

Factor Tension/Shear Tension Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 Tension/Shear Tension Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
Embed. Depth (in.) 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 3-3/8 6-3/4 9 3-3/8 6-3/4 9 3-3/8 6-3/4 9 3-3/8 6-3/4 9
1-7/16 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
1-11/16 0.73 0.73 0.23 0.49 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
2 0.76 0.76 0.29 0.53 0.73 0.73 0.23 0.49
2-13/16 0.84 0.70 0.84 0.70 0.44 0.18 0.63 0.46 0.80 0.80 0.36 0.58
3-3/8 0.90 0.73 0.90 0.73 0.54 0.23 0.70 0.50 0.85 0.70 0.85 0.70 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46
3-3/4 0.94 0.75 0.70 0.94 0.75 0.70 0.61 0.27 0.18 0.75 0.52 0.46 0.88 0.72 0.88 0.72 0.51 0.21 0.68 0.48
4-5/16 1.00 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.78 0.72 0.72 0.32 0.22 0.82 0.56 0.49 0.93 0.74 0.93 0.74 0.60 0.26 0.74 0.51
4-1/2 0.79 0.73 0.79 0.73 0.76 0.34 0.23 0.84 0.57 0.50 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.63 0.27 0.18 0.76 0.52 0.46
5-1/16 0.82 0.75 0.82 0.75 0.86 0.40 0.27 0.91 0.60 0.52 1.00 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.78 0.72 0.72 0.32 0.21 0.82 0.55 0.48
5-5/8 0.85 0.78 0.85 0.78 0.97 0.45 0.32 0.98 0.64 0.55 0.80 0.74 0.80 0.74 0.81 0.36 0.25 0.88 0.58 0.51
5-3/4 0.86 0.78 0.86 0.78 1.00 0.46 0.32 1.00 0.65 0.56 0.81 0.74 0.81 0.74 0.83 0.37 0.26 0.89 0.59 0.51
6-3/4 0.91 0.82 0.91 0.82 0.56 0.40 0.71 0.60 0.85 0.78 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.45 0.32 1.00 0.64 0.55
8-7/16 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69 0.93 0.83 0.93 0.83 0.59 0.42 0.73 0.62
10-1/8 0.96 0.96 0.88 0.64 0.93 0.77 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
11-1/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.93 0.93 0.81 0.59 0.88 0.73
12 0.77 0.86 0.95 0.95 0.87 0.63 0.92 0.76
13-1/2 0.88 0.93 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
15 1.00 1.00 0.81 0.88
16 0.87 0.92
18 1.00 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchor depths must be calculated
Anchor Diameter: 7/8" diameter using equations below.
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Edge Distance Spacing Tension/Shear
fA fRN (⊥ toward edge) (II to or away from edge) s min = 0.5 h ef, s cr = 1.5 h ef
Embed. Depth (in.) 4 7-7/8 10-1/2 4 7-7/8 10-1/2 4 7-7/8 10-1/2 4 7-7/8 10-1/2
fA = 0.3 (s/h ef) + 0.55
2 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
for s cr>s>s min
2-1/2 0.74 0.74 0.25 0.51
3 0.78 0.78 0.32 0.55 Edge Distance Tension
3-1/2 0.81 0.81 0.38 0.60
3-15/16 0.85 0.70 0.85 0.70 0.44 0.18 0.63 0.46 c min = 0.5 h ef, ccr = 1.5 h ef
4-1/2 0.89 0.72 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.22 0.69 0.49
fRN = 0.3(c/h ef) + 0.55

5 0.93 0.74 0.93 0.74 0.59 0.25 0.73 0.51 for c cr>c>c min
5-1/4 0.94 0.75 0.70 0.94 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.27 0.18 0.75 0.52 0.46
Edge Distance Shear
( ⊥ toward edge)
6 1.00 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.78 0.72 0.72 0.32 0.22 0.82 0.55 0.49
6-1/2 0.80 0.74 0.80 0.74 0.79 0.36 0.24 0.87 0.58 0.50
7 0.82 0.75 0.82 0.75 0.86 0.39 0.27 0.91 0.60 0.52 cmin = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef
8 0.85 0.78 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.46 0.32 1.00 0.65 0.55
fRV1 = 0.54(c/h ef) – 0.09
10 0.93 0.84 0.93 0.84 0.60 0.42 0.74 0.62
for c cr>c>c min
11-13/16 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
12 0.89 0.89 0.73 0.53 0.83 0.69 Edge Distance Shear
14 0.95 0.95 0.87 0.63 0.92 0.76 (II to or away from edge)
15-3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
c min = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef
18 0.84 0.90
20 0.94 0.97 fRV2 = 0.36(c/h ef) + 0.28
21 1.00 1.00 for c cr>c>c min

Anchor Diameter 1" diameter 1-1/4" diameter
Factor Tension/Shear Tension Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2 Tension/Shear Tension Shear, fRV1 Shear, fRV2
Embed. Depth (in.) 4-1/2 9 12 4-1/2 9 12 4-1/2 9 12 4-1/2 9 12 5-5/8 11-1/4 15 5-5/8 11-1/4 15 5-5/8 11-1/4 15 5-5/8 11-1/4 15
2-1/4 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
2-3/4 0.73 0.73 0.24 0.50 0.70 0.70 0.18 0.46
3 0.75 0.75 0.27 0.52 0.71 0.71 0.20 0.47
4 0.82 0.82 0.39 0.60 0.76 0.76 0.29 0.54
4-1/2 0.85 0.70 0.85 0.70 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46 0.79 0.79 0.34 0.57
5 0.88 0.72 0.88 0.72 0.51 0.21 0.68 0.48 0.82 0.82 0.39 0.60
5-5/8 0.93 0.74 0.93 0.74 0.59 0.25 0.73 0.51 0.85 0.70 0.85 0.70 0.45 0.18 0.64 0.46
6 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.63 0.27 0.18 0.76 0.52 0.46 0.87 0.71 0.87 0.71 0.49 0.20 0.66 0.47
6-3/4 1.00 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.78 0.72 0.72 0.32 0.21 0.82 0.55 0.48 0.91 0.73 0.91 0.73 0.56 0.23 0.71 0.50
7-1/2 0.80 0.74 0.80 0.74 0.81 0.36 0.25 0.88 0.58 0.51 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.75 0.70 0.63 0.27 0.18 0.76 0.52 0.46
8-1/4 0.83 0.76 0.83 0.76 0.90 0.41 0.28 0.94 0.61 0.53 0.99 0.77 0.72 0.99 0.77 0.72 0.70 0.31 0.21 0.81 0.54 0.48
9 0.85 0.78 0.85 0.78 1.00 0.45 0.32 1.00 0.64 0.55 0.79 0.73 0.79 0.73 0.77 0.34 0.23 0.86 0.57 0.50
10 0.88 0.80 0.88 0.80 0.51 0.36 0.68 0.58 0.82 0.75 0.82 0.75 0.87 0.39 0.27 0.92 0.60 0.52
11 0.92 0.83 0.92 0.83 0.57 0.41 0.72 0.61 0.84 0.77 0.84 0.77 1.00 0.44 0.31 0.98 0.63 0.54
12 0.95 0.85 0.95 0.85 0.63 0.45 0.76 0.64 0.87 0.79 0.87 0.79 0.49 0.34 0.66 0.57
13-1/2 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69 0.91 0.82 0.91 0.82 0.56 0.40 0.71 0.60
14 0.90 0.90 0.75 0.54 0.84 0.70 0.92 0.83 0.92 0.83 0.58 0.41 0.73 0.62
16-7/8 0.97 0.97 0.92 0.67 0.96 0.79 1.00 0.89 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.52 0.82 0.69
18 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.91 0.91 0.77 0.56 0.86 0.71
20 0.81 0.88 0.95 0.95 0.87 0.63 0.92 0.76
22-1/2 0.92 0.96 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.82
24 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.86
27 0.88 0.93
30 1.00 1.00

Resistance of HIT-RE 500 to Chemicals
Samples of the HIT-RE 500 resin were immersed in the various chemical
Not compounds for up to one year. At the end of the test period, the samples were
Chemical Chemicals Tested Resistant Resistant analyzed. Any samples showing no visible damage and having less than a 25%
Alkalinize Concrete drilling mud (10%) pH=12.6 + reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified as “Resistant.” Samples
(Base material Concrete drilling mud (10%) pH=13.2 + that were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as “Not Resistant.”
concrete) Concrete potash solution (10%) pH=14.0 +
Acetic acid (10%) concrete was -
Acids Nitric acid (10%) { dissolved by acid -
Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the base
material, leaving very little surface area exposed.
Hydrochloric acid (10%) 3 month - -
Sulfuric acid (10%) -
Benzyl alcohol -
Solvents Ethanol -
Ethyl acetate - Full Cure Time Table1 (100% of working load)
Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) -
Trichlorethylene - Base Material Temperature Approx.
Xylene (mixture) + °F °C Full Curing Time
Concrete plasticizer + 23 –5 72 hours
Chemicals Diesel oil +
32 0 50 hours
used on job sites Oil +
Petrol + 50 10 24 hours
Oil for form work (forming oil) + 68 20 12 hours
Salt water + 86 30 8 hours
Environmental de-mineralized water +
Chemicals salt spraying test +
104 40 4 hours
SO2 +
Initial Cure Time Table1 (25% of working load)
Environment / Weather +
Base Material Temperature Approx.
Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength °F °C Initial Cure Time
23 –5 36 hours
120
32 0 25 hours
(37.5% at 212°F)
100 50 10 12 hours
(% of Load at 70°F)
80 68 20 6 hours
(100% at 120°F)
(100% at 23°F)
60 86 30 4 hours
104 40 2 hours
40
20 Gel Time Table1 (Approximate)

0
Base Material Temperature Approx.
20 60 100 140 180 220
°F °C Gel Time
Base Material Temperature (°F)
23 –5 4 hours
Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the elevated temperature for 32 0 3 hours
24 hours then removing it from the controlled environment and testing to failure.
50 10 2 hours
Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available; please contact Hilti 68 20 30 minutes
Technical Services.
86 30 20 minutes
104 40 12 minutes
1 Minimum product temperature must be maintained above 41°F (5°C)
prior/during installation.
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4A
4B
1. Drill anchor hole using carbide 2. Insert air nozzle to bottom of 3. Clean hole with a nylon or wire 4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of 5. Insert refill pack into holder.
or diamond core bits. hole and blow out hole using a brush. Proper hole cleaning is hole and blow out hole using a Remove cap covering
pump, or compressed air. For essential. pump, or compressed air. For threaded projection.
underwater applications and underwater applications and
diamond coring, flush until diamond coring, flush until
water runs clear from hole. water runs clear from hole.
Remove water (e.g. vacuum
or comp. air).
3 2
6 37 2 8 9 10
3 2 2
2 3 2
3 231
1
1 3 2
1 1 1
1
6. Screw on static mixer. 7. Put holder into dispenser. 8. Discard first three trigger pulls 9. Inject adhesive into hole 10. Unlock dispenser
of adhesive from each refill starting at the bottom until
1 pack or cartridge. 1/2 to 2/3 full. Use mixer filler
3 2 tube extensions when needed
Rod to reach the hole bottom.
9 103 2 11 12
1 ≤T
≤ Tmax
max
1
Insert
9 10 11 12
≤ ≤TTmax
max
Rebar
9 10 11 12
9. Insert rod, threaded insert or rebar. 10. Fastener may be adjusted during 11. Do not disturb anchor between 12. After full cure time, apply
Twist during installation. specified gel time. specified gel time and initial cure time. specified torque as required to
At the initial cure time the fastener has secure items to be fastened.
25% of full working load. Work may Do not exceed maximum
proceed (e.g. tying rebar, setting steel) torque specified.
which will not exceed 25% of the full
working load. Do not torque anchor.
HIT HIT-RE 500 Volume Charts
Metric Rebar Installation

Threaded Rod Installation Rebar Installation (Canada Only)
(in.) (in.) of embedment (in 3) (in.) (in.) of embedment (in3) (in.) of embedment (in3)
1/4 5/16 0.055 #3 or 3/8 1/2 0.110 10M 5/8 0.186
3/8 7/16 0.095 #4 or 1/2 5/8 0.146 15M 3/4 0.170
1/2 9/16 0.133 #5 or 5/8 3/4 0.176 20M 1 0.388
5/8 3/4 0.261 #6 or 3/4 7/8 0.218 25M 1-1/8 0.289
3/4 7/8 0.326 #7 or 7/8 1 0.252 30M 1-3/8 0.481
7/8 1 0.391 #8 or 1 1-1/8 0.299 35M 1-3/4 0.996
1 1-1/8 0.478 #9 or 1-1/8 1-3/8 0.601
1-1/4 1-3/8 0.626 #10 or 1-1/4 1-1/2 0.659
EXAMPLE: #11 or 1-3/8 1-3/4 1.037
Determine approximate fastenings for 5/8" rod NOTE: Useable volume of HIT-RE 500 refill cartridge
embedded 10" deep. is 16.5 in3 (270 ml).
Useable volume of HIT-RE 500 medium refill
10 x 0.261 = 2.61 in3 of adhesive per anchor cartridge is 26.9 in3 (440 ml).
16.5 ÷ 2.61 ≈ 6 fastenings per small cartridge
81.8 ÷ 2.61 ≈ 31 fastenings per jumbo cartridge
Useable volume of HIT-RE 500 jumbo refill
cartridge is 81.8 in3 (1340 ml).
1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
HIT RE Mixer
HIT-RE 500 Refill Pack HIT-RE 500 Medium Cartridge HIT-RE 500 Jumbo Cartridge
HIT Adhesives
340225 HIT-RE 500 11.1 oz (330 ml)
Includes (1) Refill Pack and (1) Mixer with filler tube
369251 HIT-RE 500 MC 11.1 oz (330 ml)

Includes (25) Refill Packs and (25) Mixers with filler tube
369110 HIT-RE 500 Medium 16.9 oz (500 ml)

Includes (20) Refill Packs and (20) Mixers with filler tube
373958 HIT-RE 500 Jumbo 47.3 oz (1400 ml)

Includes (4) Jumbo Refill Packs and (4) Mixers
Dispensers
Battery Powered
Item No. Ordering designation
3245363 ED3500 2.0 Ah kit ➀ ➀
Manual
➁
371291 MD 1000 Manual Dispenser for HIT-ICE ➁
229154 MD 2000 dispenser — includes foil pack holder ➂
338853 MD 2500 Manual Dispenser ➃
229170 Refill Holder Replacement for MD2000, ED 3500 or P-3000HY dispensers ➄
Pneumatic Dispenser with 1/4" internally threaded compressed air coupling ➂

➄
354180 P-3500 dispenser (for foil packs) ➅
373959 HIT-P8000D pneumatic dispenser (for jumbo cartridges) ➆
➃
373960 Jumbo pack holder replacement for P8000D
➅
Item No. Ordering designation Qty/pkg
337111 HIT-RE-M static mixer (suitable for foil pack and jumbo cartridges) 1
HIT-RE-M Mixer
Threaded Rods
HAS Rods 5.8 HAS Super A193, B7 High Strength Rods HAS-R Rods 304 Stainless Steel HAS-R Rods 316 Stainless Steel
Master Carton Qty Qty Qty Qty
Item No. (Box) (MC) Description (in.) Box/MC Item No. Description Box Item No. Description Box Item No. Description Box
385417 3432178 3/8 x 3 10/360
385418 3432179 3/8 x 4-3/8 10/240
385419 3432180 3/8 x 5-1/8 20/240 68657 3/8x5-1/8 10 385462 3/8x5-1/8 10 3024335 3/8x5-1/8 1
385420 3432181 3/8-8 10/160 385463 3/8 x 8 10
385421 3432182 3/8 x 12 10/90
385422 3432183 1/2 x 3-1/8 10/240
385423 3432184 1/2 x 4-1/2 10/160
385424 3432185 1/2 x 6-1/2 20/160 68658 1/2x6-1/2 10 385464 1/2x6-1/2 10 3024336 1/2x6-1/2 1
385425 3432239 1/2 x 8 10/120 385465 1/2x8 1
385426 3432186 1/2 x 10 10/120 385466 1/2x10 1
3024337 1/2x11 1
385427 3432187 1/2 x 12 10/80
385428 3432188 5/8 x 8 20/80 333783 5/8x7-5/8 10 385467 5/8x7-5/8 10 333781 5/8x7-5/8 10
385468 5/8x10 1
385429 3432189 5/8 x 9 10/60 3024338 5/8x9 1
385430 3432190 5/8 x 12 10/60 3024339 5/8x12 1
385431 3432191 5/8 x 17 10/40
385432 3432052 3/4 x 10 10/40 68660 3/4x9-5/8 5 385469 3/4x9-5/8 5 3024340 3/4x9-5/8 1
385433 3432163 3/4 x 11 10/30
385434 3432164 3/4 x 12 10/30 385470 3/4x12 1
385435 3432165 3/4 x 14 10/30 3006083 3/4 x 14 5 385471 3/4x14 1
385472 3/4x16 1
385436 3432166 3/4 x 17 10/20
385437 3432167 3/4 x 19 10/20
385438 3432168 3/4 x 21 10/20
385439 3432169 3/4 x 25 10/20
385440 3432170 7/8 x 10 10/20 68661 7/8x10 (HDG)1 5 385473 7/8x10 1
3006077 7/8x12 (HDG)1 5
385441 3432171 7/8 x 13 10/20 45259 7/8x16 (HDG)1 5
385442 3432172 1 x 12 4/16 68662 1x12 5 385474 1x12 1 3024341 1x12 4/16
385443 3432173 1 x 14 2/16 3006079 1x14 5
385444 3432174 1 x 16 2/12 3006080 1x16 5
385445 3432175 1 x 20 2/12 3006081 1x21 5
385446 3432176 1-1/4 x 16 4/8 333779 1-1/4x16 4
385447 3432177 1-1/4 x 22 4/8
3006082 1-1/4x23 5
1 Hot dipped galvanized (7/8" rod only). Coating thickness 2 mils (50.8 µm).
HIS Internally Threaded Inserts
Useable
HIS HIS-R Thread Qty
Item No. Item No. Description Length (in.) Box
258020 258029 3/8x4-1/4 1 10
258021 258030 1/2x5 1-3/16 5
258022 258031 5/8x6-5/8 1-1/2 5
258023 258032 3/4x8-1/4 2 5
4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Construction

The Hilti HIT HY 20 System is based on Product Features
4.2.8.3 Technical Data a hybrid adhesive. The system consists
• Accurate dispensing of resin
4.2.8.4 Installation Instructions of a dual cylinder adhesive refill pack, a and hardener into the wire mesh
mixing nozzle, a screen tube, a HIT screen tube
dispenser with refill pack holder, and
• Mixing tube ensures proper mixing
either a threaded rod, rebar or HIT and eliminates measuring errors
Listings/Approvals internally threaded insert. HIT HY 20 is
• Contains no styrene; virtually
ICC-ES (International Code Council) specifically designed for fastening into
odorless
ESR-2659 (URM only) material containing voids and holes
City of Los Angeles • For use in hollow or multi-wythe
such as hollow block, lightweight hollow
Research Report No. 24564 (URM only) base materials
block, brick with holes, multi-wythe
brick walls and clay tile. • Excellent weathering resistance
• Enhanced load values in a variety
of base materials
Code Compliance • Suitable for seismic retrofitting in
IBC® / IRC® / IEBC® 2009 unreinforced masonry. Please refer
IBC® / IRC® / IEBC® 2006 to ESR-2659 (ICC-ES AC60)
UBC® / UCBC® 1997 (ICC-ES AC60)
Materials

Components
Std. HIT-A Anchor Rod with Nut & Washer
Std. HIT-I Internally Threaded Insert
Anchor Rod with Nut and Washer (URM) or

HAS-E Rod with 22.5° beveled square washer
HAS-E with Nut and Washer
Rebar for URM (supplied by contractor)
09_4.2.7_HIT HY 20.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD 12/30/07 1:09 AM Page 279
HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8
Guide Specifications cartridges for high volume work. Only Mesh Screen Tube Shall be formed into a
injection tools and static mixing nozzles as cylindrical shape, with one end closed to
recommended by the manufacturer shall by prevent extrusion of adhesive through that
03250 (Concrete accessories) used. Manufacturer’s instructions shall be end. Screen tube shall be manufactured
followed. with a mesh size, length and diameter as
Related Sections:
Injection adhesive shall be formulated to specified by the adhesive manufacturer.
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing- include resin, hardener, cement and water Mesh shall be manufactured from: 1. Low
Reinforcing Accessories) to provide optimal curing speed as well as carbon steel with zinc electro-plating or 2.
05050 (Metal Fabrication) high strength and stiffness. Typical curing AISI 304 stainless steel or 3. plastic.
05120 (Structural Steel) time at 68°F shall be 60 minutes.
Anchor rods and screens shall be the Hilti
Adhesive anchors shall consist of a Injection adhesive shall be HIT HY 20, as HIT system as manufactured by Hilti.
threaded anchor rod, nut, and washer; a manufactured by Hilti.
cylindrical mesh screen tube, and an Anchor Rods Furnish with chamfered
injectable adhesive material. ends so that either end will accept a nut
Injection adhesive shall be packaged in and washer. Manufactured to meet the
side by side refill packs which keep following requirements: 1. ISO 898 Class
separate component A and component B. 5.8 2. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel,
Side by side packs shall be designed to meeting the requirements of ASTM F 593
compress during use to minimize waste (condition CW).
volume. Side by side packs shall also be
designed to accept static mixing nozzle Special order length HAS or HIT Rods may
which thoroughly blends component A and vary from standard product.
component B and allows injection directly
Furnish Nuts and Washers to meet the
into a mesh screen tube. Alternately,
requirements of the above anchor rod
product may be furnished in large rigid
specifications.
Fastener Components
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser
HIT-HY 20 Refill Pack

Mixing Nozzle Dispenser
MD2500
Dispenser
HIT-HY 20 Medium Cartridge
HIT-HY 20 Jumbo Cartridge Refill Pack Holder

P8000D
Pneumatic Dispenser
4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System

Material Properties for HIT-HY 20—Cured Adhesive
Compressive Strength ASTM D 695/DIN 53454 7410 psi 51.1 MPa

Modulus of elasticity (Compression test) ASTM D 790/DIN 53452 0.33 x 106 psi 2300 MPa
Water absorption ASTM D 570/DIN 53495 2.5% 2.5%
Electrical resistance VDE/DIN 0303T3 7.9 x 1010 ohm/in. 2 x 1011 ohm/cm
Material Mechanical Properties

fy min. fu
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
HIT-A Rod material ASTM A 36, 9SMNPB36K &/or 9SMN36K conforming to DIN 1651.
Mechanical properties meet or exceed values for ASTM A 36 36 (248) 58 (400)
HAS-E Rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8. 58 (400) 72.5 (500)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304) Condition CW 3/8"-5/8" 65 (448) 100 (689)
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304) Condition CW 3/4"-1" 45 (310) 85 (586)
HIT-I Insert, 11SMnPb30+C steel conforming to 10277-3 54.4 (375) 66.7 (460)
HIT and HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A
HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets dimensional requirements of ASTM F 594
HIT Standard and Stainless Steel Washer material meets the requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
All standard HIT and HAS-E Rods, inserts, nuts & washers are plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
Note: Special Order product may vary from standard materials.

HY 20 Installation Specification Table for HAS-E Threaded Rods in Masonry Construction
Anchor Rod Size in. 3/8 x 8 3/8 x 12 1/2 x 8 1/2 x 12 5/8 x 8 5/8 x 12 3/4 x 10 3/4 x 17
Details (mm) (9.5 x 203) (9.5 x 305) (12.7 x 203) (12.7 x 305) (15.9 x 203) (15.9 x 305) (19.1 x 254) (19.1 x 432)
dbit Bit diameter1 in. 1/2 1/2 11/16 11/16 27/32 27/32 1 1
hef Actual depth of in. 6 10 6 10 6 10 8 13
embedment (mm) (152) (254) (152) (254) (152) (254) (203) (330)
Required in. 3/8 x 6 3/8 x 10 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 10 5/8 x 6 5/8 x 10 3/4 x 8 3/4 x 13
screen size (mm) (9.5 x 152) (9.5 x 254) (12.7 x 152) (12.7 x 254) (15.9 x 152) (15.9 x 254) (19.1 x 203) (19.1 x 330)
Tmax Max. tightening ft lb 10 10 30 30 45 45 60 60
torque (Nm) (13) (13) (41) (41) (62) (62) (81) (81)
Small 15 9 7 4 4 3 3 2
Approximate fastenings
Medium 24 14 11 6 6 5 5 3
per Cartridge
Jumbo 70 42 33 19 19 14 14 9.5
HIT-HY 20 Installation Specifications for HIT-A Rods in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Anchor System HIT Combi-Rod HIT-A Short Rod HIT-A Standard Rod
Application Tile Hollow and Lightweight Block Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile
Anchor Rod in. 1/4 x 2-1/2 5/16 x 2-1/2 3/8 x 3 1/2 x 3-1/8 5/16 x 4 3/8 x 4-3/8 1/2 x 4-1/2
Details Size (mm) (6.4 x 64) (7.9 x 63.5) (9.5 x 76.2) (12.7 x 79.4) (7.9 x 101.6) (9.5 x 111.1) (12.7 x 114.3)
dbit bit diameter1 in. 1/2 5/8
minimum hole in. Through Through 3-1/2
depth (mm) Material Face of Hollow Base Material (90)
required screen HIT S - 12A HIT S - 16/2 HIT S - 16
t max. thickness in. 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 1/2 3/4 3/4
fastened (mm) (13) (13) (19) (19) (13) (19) (19)
Tinst recommended ft lb Finger 3.7 5.9 7.4 3.7 5.9 7.4
max. install. torque (Nm) Tight (5) (8) (10) (5) (8) (10)
Small 38 13 10
Medium 60 20 16
per cartridge
Jumbo 180 61 47
HIT-HY 20 Installation Specifications for HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Anchor System HIT Combi-Insert HIT-I Short Insert HIT-I Standard Insert
Application Tile Hollow and Lightweight Block Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile
Anchor Rod in. #14 5/16 x 2 3/8 x 2 1/2 x 2 5/16 x 3-3/16 3/8 x 3-3/16 1/2 x 3-3/16
Details Size (mm) — (7.9 x 51) (9.5 x 51) (12.7 x 51) (7.9 x 30) (9.5 x 30) (12.7 x 30)
dbit bit diameter1 in. 1/2 5/8 27/32 27/32 5/8 27/32 27/32
minimum hole in. Through Through 3-1/2
depth (mm) Material Face of Hollow Base Material (90)
required screen HIT S - 12/I HIT S - 16/2 HIT S - 22/2 HIT S - 22/2 HIT S - 16 HIT S - 22 HIT S - 22
Tinst recommended ft lb Finger 3.7 5.9 7.4 3.7 5.9 7.4
max install. torque (Nm) Tight (5) (8) (10) (5) (8) (10)
Small 38 13 10
Medium 60 20 16
per cartridge
Jumbo 180 61 47
HIT-HY 20 Allowable Tension and Shear Strength for Threaded
HAS-E Rods in Multi-Wythe Brick Walls1, 2
Anchor Embedment Allowable Allowable
Diameter Depth Tension Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 6 685 590 Combined Shear and Tension Loading
(9.5) (152) (3.1) (2.6)
+ d ≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)
Nd V
3/8 10 815 590
(9.5) (254) (3.6) (2.6) N rec Vrec
1/2 6 745 930
(12.7) (152) (3.3) (4.1)
1/2 10 1270 930
(12.7) (254) (5.6) (4.1)
5/8 6 815 1355
(15.9) (152) (3.6) (6.0)
5/8 10 1285 1355
(15.9) (254) (5.7) (6.0)
3/4 8 1400 1800
(19.1) (203) (6.2) (8.0)
3/4 13 2100 1800
(19.1) (330) (9.3) (8.0)
1 Values based on mortar shear strength of 45 psi or greater.
2 Based on using a safety factor of 5.

HIT HY 20 Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-A Rods in Hollow Concrete Block,
Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile1, 2
HIT-A Short 2" (51mm) Embedment HIT-A Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment
Anchor
Diameter
Type
1/4 3 255 340 365 305 130 100
(6.4) 3 (1.1) (1.5) (1.6) (1.4) (0.6) (0.4)
HIT-A 5/16 370 505 565 530 150 220
Rod (7.9) (1.6) (2.2) (2.5) (2.4) (0.7) (1.0)
Anchor 3/8 525 790 775 930 150 220
(9.5) (2.3) (3.5) (3.4) (4.1) (0.7) (1.0)
1/2 525 1230 775 1375 150 500
(12.7) (2.3) (5.5) (3.4) (6.1) (0.7) (2.2)
HIT HY 20 Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Concrete Block,
Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile1, 2
HIT Short 2" (51mm) Embedment HIT Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment
Anchor
Diameter
Type
No 14 screw
w/ insert3 240 510 300 530 85 150
(6.4) (1.1) (2.3) (1.3) (2.4) (0.4) (0.7)
HIT-I 5/16 400 780 585 750 175 220
Insert (7.9) (1.8) (3.5) (2.6) (3.3) (0.8) (1.0)
Anchor 3/8 400 1425 1160 1380 185 435
(9.5) (1.8) (6.3) (5.2) (6.1) (0.8) (1.9)
1/2 400 1800 1160 1635 185 500
(12.7) (1.8) (8.0) (5.2) (7.3) (0.8) (2.2)
3 1/4" anchor installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.

Brick with Holes & Multi-Wythe Clay Tile Hollow, Normal Weight &
Brick Walls Spacing: Lightweight Concrete Block
Spacing: scr = smin = One (1) anchor per tile cell Spacing:
s cr = s min = Two (2) complete bricks scr = smin = One (1) anchor
in any direction Edge Distance: per block cell
ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm)
Edge Distance: from free edge Edge Distance:
c cr = c min = Two (2) complete bricks, ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) min. from
or free edge
16" (406 mm) in any
direction (whichever is less.)
Wall Elevation

Resistance of HIT HY 20 to Chemicals
Samples of the HY 20 resin were immersed in the various
Chemical Behavior
chemical compounds for up to one year. At the end of the test
Sulphuric acid conc. –
30% • period, the samples were analyzed. Any samples showing no
10% + visible damage and having less than a 25% reduction in
Hydrochloric acid conc. • bending (flexural) strength were classified as “Resistant.”
10% + Samples that had slight damage, such as small cracks, chips,
Nitric acid conc. – etc. or reduction in bending strength of 25% or more, were
10% • classified as “Partially Resistant.” Samples that were heavily
Phosphoric acid conc. +
damaged or destroyed were classified as “Not Resistant.”
10% +
Acetic acid conc. • Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the
10% + base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In
Formic acid conc. – some cases, this would allow the HY 20 to be used where it
10% •
would be exposed to the “Partially Resistant” chemical
Lactic acid conc. +
10% + compounds.
Citric acid 10% + Curing Time Table1 (Approximate)
Caustic soda 40% •
20% + Base Material Temperature Approx.
5% +
°F °C Curing Time
Ammonia conc. •
5% + 23 –5 6 hrs
Soda solution 10% + 32 0 4 hrs
Common salt solution 10% + 41 5 2 hrs
Chlorinated lime solution 10% +
50 10 90 mins
Sodium hypochlorite 2% +
68 20 60 mins
Hydrogen peroxide 10% +
86 30 45 mins
Carbolic acid solution 10% –
104 40 30 mins
Ethanol –
Sea water +
Gel Time Table1 (Approximate)
Glycol +
Acetone – Base Material Temperature Approx.
Carbon tetrachloride –
Toluene + °F °C Gel Time
Petrol/Gasoline • 23 –5 40 Minutes
Machine oil • 32 0 30 Minutes
Diesel oil •
41 5 20 Minutes
Key: – non-resistant + resistant • partially resistant 50 10 11 Minutes
68 20 6 Minutes
86 30 3 Minutes
Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength 104 40 1 Minute
110
Note: Test procedure involves 1 Minimum product temperature must be maintained above 41°F (5°C)
100
the concrete being held at the prior/during installation.
90
elevated temperature for 24
100% at 70°F
80 hours then removing it from the

(% of load at 70°F)
70
controlled environment and Influence of High Energy Radiation1,2
60 testing to failure.
50 Radiation Detrimental Recommendation
55% at 212°F
40
Exposure Effect for Use
30
20 < 10 Mrad Insignificant Full Use
10
0 10 – 100 Mrad Moderate Restricted Use
20 70 120 170 220 Frec. = 0.5 Fperm.
BBase Material Temperature (°F)
> 100 Mrad Medium to strong No recommendation
for use
Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available;
please contact Hilti Technical Services. 1 Mrad = Megarad
2 Dosage over life span.

HIT-I Inserts and HIT-A Rods into Hollow Brick, Hollow Block or Tile
1 2 3 4
1. Select the proper bit. Set the depth 2. Use compressed air to blow out the 3. Proper hole cleaning is essential. Use 4. Use compressed air to blow out the
gauge, drill the hole, rotation only. hole from the bottom. The Hilti air a nylon brush to remove loose mater- hole from the bottom. The Hilti air
Hilti URM bits are recommended for nozzle is designed for hole cleaning. ial. Do not use brushes with metal nozzle is designed for hole cleaning.
drilling into masonry. bristles.
5 6 7 8
5. Insert specified HIT-S type screen 6. Insert refill pack into holder. 7. Screw on mixing nozzle with extension. 8. Put holder into dispenser.
tube into hole.
9 10 11 The minimum number

of trigger pulls to fill each
screen is as follows:
S12 1 pump
S16/2 4 pumps
S16 6 pumps
S22/2 4 pumps
9. DISCARD FIRST THREE TRIGGER- 10. Fill HIT-S type screen tube completely 11. Unlock dispenser. S22 6 pumps
PULLS OF ADHESIVE FROM EACH from back to front edge of screen
REFILL PACK. using the minimum number of trigger
pulls listed in table.
12 13 14 15
≤ Tmax
HIT-I INSERT
12. Insert HIT-I Insert, or HIT-A Rod 13. Fastener may be adjusted during 14. Do not disturb fastener between 15. Apply torque to anchor. Do not exceed
OR into adhesive-filled screen, specified gel time. specified gel and cure time. maximum recommended torque.
twisting slightly.
12 13 14 15
≤ Tmax
HIT-A ROD
Installation of HAS-E Rods in Masonry Construction with Voids

(e.g. Multi-wythe Construction)
1 2 23 4
1. Select the proper bit. Set the depth 2. Use compressed air to blow out the 3. Proper hole cleaning is essential. 4. Use compressed air to blow out the
gauge. Drill the hole, rotation only hole from the bottom. The Hilti air Use a nylon brush to remove loose hole from the bottom. The Hilti air
(unless otherwise specified). nozzle is designed for hole cleaning. material. Do not use brushes with nozzle is designed for hole cleaning.
metal bristles.
5 6 7 8
5. Insert refill pack into holder. 6. Screw on mixer and remove extension. 7. Put holder into dispenser. 8. DISCARD FIRST THREE TRIGGER
PULLS OF ADHESIVE FROM EACH
REFILL PACK.
9 10 11 12
1. Fill the screen tube completely, 2. Insert specified screen tube into hole. 3. Insert HAS-E or HIT Rod into adhesive- 4. Fastener may be adjusted during
beginning at the bottom. Use filled screen, twisting slightly. specified gel time.
mixer filler extension tubes when
needed to reach the screen
tube bottom.
13 14
1. Do not disturb faster between 2. Load fastener only after cure time
specified gel and cure time. has elapsed.
Fastener Components
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser
HIT-HY 20 Refill Pack

P3500
Refill Pack Holder
Dispenser
Mixing Nozzle
MD2500
Dispenser
HIT-HY 20 Medium Cartridge
HIT-HY 20 Jumbo Cartridge Refill Pack Holder

P8000D
Pneumatic Dispenser
HIT Adhesives
Item No. Description Contents Includes in Pkg Application

371959 HY 20 (11.1 oz) 1 Refill Pack 1 Mixer with extension Use with screen in hollow base
285595 HY 20 Medium (16.9 oz) 20 Cartridges 20 Mixers Use with screen in hollow base
373957 HY 20 Jumbo (47.3 oz) 4 Cartridges 4 Mixers Use with screen in hollow base
HIT Dispensers
354180 P-3500 Pneumatic Dispenser, + 1 refill holder
373959 HIT P-8000 D Pneumatic Dispenser, jumbo cartridge
229154 MD2000 Dispenser + 1 refill holder
338853 MD2500 Manual Dispenser
229170 Refill Holder Replacement for MD2000, ED 3500 or P-3000HY dispensers
3245363 ED 3500 Dispenser Kit Complete
373960 Jumbo Pack Holder Replacement for P-8000D

Item No. Description Notes
68071 HIT-ME, Mixer with extension Mixer with extension for S16, S16/2, S22, S22/2 screen tubes – Qty 1
68156 HIT-M, Mixer for HY For use with small HIT-HY refill packs – Qty 1
337111 HIT-RE-M Static Mixer For use with jumbo HIT-HY cartridge – Qty 1

HAS-E Threaded Rods and Screen Tubes for Threaded Rods
Filler Tube
Description Item No. Qty Description1 Item No. Qty/Pkg Incl/Pkg
HAS-E 3/8 x 8 with Nut and Washer 333186 10 Screen Tube 3/8" x 6" 20953 10 3/8" x 8"
HAS-E 3/8 x 12 with Nut and Washer 333187 10 Screen Tube 3/8" x 10" 20954 10 3/8" x 8"
HAS-E 1/2 x 8 with Nut and Washer 333191 10 Screen Tube 1/2" x 6" 20955 10 –
HAS-E 1/2 x 12 with Nut and Washer 333193 10 Screen Tube 1/2" x 10" 20956 10 1/2" x 11-1/2"
HAS-E 5/8 x 17 with Nut and Washer 333196 10
1 For stainless steel screens and rods contact the Hilti Customer Service Department.
HIT-A Standard and Short Threaded Rods HIT-I Standard and Short Inserts

HIT-A Rod 1/4" x 2-1/2" 78739 10 HIT-I Insert 5/16" x 2" 88397 10
HIT-A Rod 5/16" x 2-1/2" 88392 10 HIT-I Insert 5/16" x 3-3/16" 88996 10
HIT-A Rod 5/16" x 4" 88977 10 HIT-I Insert 3/8" x 2" 88398 10
HIT-A Rod 3/8" x 3" 88393 10 HIT-I Insert 3/8" x 3-3/16" 88997 10
HIT-A Rod 3/8" x 4-3/8" 88978 10 HIT-I Insert 1/2" x 2" 88399 10
HIT-A Rod 1/2" x 3-1/8" 88394 10 HIT-I Insert 1/2" x 3-3/16" 88998 10
HIT-A Rod 1/2" x 4-1/2" 88979 10
HIT-S Screen Tubes for HIT-A Rods and HIT-I Inserts

HIT S–12/A (1/4" rod) 49765 10 HIT S–12/I (1/4" screw) 49766 10
HIT S–16/2 (5/16" rod) 77810 10 HIT S–22/2 (1/2" & 3/8" rod) 77811 10
HIT S–16 (5/16" rod) 68613 10 HIT S–22 (1/2" & 3/8" rod) 68615 10
Accessories
22.5° Applications
Description Item No. Qty/Pkg Notes

Beveled 22.5° Square Washer 65797 10 Use 3/4" diameter threaded HAS-E rod and screen tube in
seismic upgrade of URM buildings for 22.5° shear/tension anchor
Hilti Rod 3/4 x 19 Bent 20951 10 Seismic upgrade of URM buildings
Mechanical Anchoring Systems
Notes
10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD 12/30/07 1:11 AM Page 289
HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1
The Hilti HDA Undercut Anchor is a concrete (tension zones, earth- 4.3.1.2 Material Specifications
heavy duty mechanical undercut anchor quake-resisting structures) 4.3.1.3 Technical Data
whose undercut segments incorporate • Undercut keying load transfer
carbide tips so as to perform a self- allows for reduced edge distances
and anchor spacings 4.3.1.5 Ordering Information
undercutting process designed to
develop a ductile steel failure. The HDA • Through-set style provides 4.3.1.6 HDA Removal Tool
increased shear capacity
system includes either preset (HDA-P) 4.3.1.7 Sample Calculations
• Fully removable
or through-set (HDA-T) style anchors,
stop drill bits, setting tool, and roto- • Sherardized (53 m zinc) and
316 stainless steel for corrosive
hammer drill for four metric bolt sizes:
environments
M10 (3/8"), M12 (1/2"), M16 (5/8") and
• Sherardized zinc coating has
M20 (3/4"). The HDA is available in a equivalent corrosion resistance to
sherardized and 316 stainless steel hot dipped galvanizing
versions for outdoor environments.
Guide Specifications
Each size/style is offered in two lengths
to accommodate various material Undercut Anchors Undercut anchors
thicknesses to be fastened (except shall be of an undercut style with brazed
M10). tungsten carbides on the embedded
end that perform the self-undercutting
Product Features
process. Undercut portion of anchor
• Undercut segments provide cast- shall have a minimum projected bearing
in-place like performance with
area equal to or greater than 2.5 times
limited expansion stresses
the nominal bolt area. The bolt shall
• Bolt meets ductility requirements
of ACI 318-05 Section D1 conform to ISO 898 class 8.8 strength
requirements. Anchors dimensioned
• Self-undercutting wedges provide
an easy, fast and reliable anchor and supplied by Hilti.
installation
Installation Refer to 4.3.1.3 and 4.3.1.4.
• Excellent performance in cracked
4.3.1.2 Material Specifications fy min. fu HDA-P HDA-T
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) Undercut Anchor Undercut Anchor
HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel cone bolt; M10, M12, M16 and M20 (Pre-Set Type) (Through-Set Type)
meets strength requirements of ISO 898, class 8.8 92.8 (640) 116 (800)
Listings/Approvals
HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel sleeve; M10 & M12
conforms to European Standard No. 25CrMoS4 – 123.3 (850) ESR-1546
HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel sleeve; M16 City of Los Angeles
conforms to European Standard No. 25CrMoS4 – 101.5 (700) Research Report No. 25422
HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel sleeve; M20 European Technical Approval (ETA)
ETA-99/0009
conforms to European Standard No. 25CrMoS4 – 79.8 (550)
ETA-99/0016
HDA-TR/-PR stainless steel cone bolt; M10, M12 and M16 Qualified under NQA-1 Nuclear Quality
conforms to AISI 316 or 316 Ti 87 (600) 116 (800) Program
HDA-TR/-PR stainless steel sleeve; M10 and M12
conforms to AISI 316 or 316 Ti – 123.3 (850)
HDA-TR/-PR stainless steel sleeve; M16 conforms to AISI 316 or 316 Ti – 101.5 (700)
Building Code Compliance
HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF nut conforms to DIN 934, grade 8
IBC 2006
HDA-TR/-PR nut conforms to DIN 934, grade A4-80 UBC 1997
HDA-T/-TF/-TR/-P/-PF/-PR washer conforms to DIN 6796
HDA-T/-P components are electroplated min. 5 µm zinc
HDA-TF/-PF sherardized components have average 53 µm zinc
4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor

Anchor Nomenclature
Hilti Design Anchor

P-pre-set before baseplate
T-through-set after/through
do baseplate
t fix
do dh
t fix
dh
Blank-carbon steel zinc plated
F-carbon steel sherardized
R-R-316 stainless steel
Drill bit diameter (mm)
h ef
h ef
ho
ho
Metric
h
h Thread diameter (mm)

HDA-PF 22 M 12 x 125 / 50
Minimum embedment of undercut
Maximum fastening thickness
HDA-T d bit HDA-P d bit
Table 1 - HDA Specifications
Anchor Size HDA-T/HDA-P M10 x 100/20 M12 x 125/30 M12 x 125/50 M16 x 190/40 M16 x 190/60 M20 x 250/50 M20 x 250/100
h Thickness of base
material, min.1 mm (in.) 170 (6-3/4) 190 (7-1/2) 190 (7-1/2) 270 (10-5/8) 270 (10-5/8) 350 (13-3/4) 350 (13-3/4)
ᐍ Total anchor length mm (in.) 150 (5.90) 190 (7.48) 210 (8.27) 275 (10.83) 295 (11.61) 360 (14.17) 410 (16.14)
length I.D. code2 letter I L N R S V W
tfix Fastening thickness
HDA-T, min.3 mm (in.) 10 (0.39) 10 (0.39) 10 (0.39) 15 (0.59) 15 (0.59) 20 (0.79) 20 (0.79)
HDA-T, max. mm (in.) 20 (0.79) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97) 40 (1.58) 60 (2.36) 50 (1.97) 100 (3.94)
HDA-P, max. mm (in.) 20 (0.79) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97) 40 (1.58) 60 (2.36) 50 (1.97) 100 (3.94)
d bit Nom. dia. of drill bit4 mm 20 22 22 30 30 37 37
ho Min. depth of drill hole mm (in.) 107 (4.21) 134.5 (5.30) 134.5 (5.30) 203 (7.99) 203 (7.99) 266 (10.47) 266 (10.47)
h ef Effective anchoring depth mm (in.) 100 (3.94) 125 (4.92) 125 (4.92) 190 (7.48) 190 (7.48) 250 (9.84) 250 (9.847)
dh Recommended clearance
hole (min.) HDA-T mm (in.) 21 (7/8) 23 (15/16) 23 (15/16) 32 (1-1/4) 32 (1-1/4) 40 (1-9/16) 40 (1-9/16)
HDA-P mm (in.) 12 (1/2) 14 (9/16) 14 (9/16) 18 (3/4) 18 (3/4) 22 (7/8) 22 (7/8)
do Anchor Diameter, HDA-T mm (in.) 19 (0.748) 21 (0.827) 21 (0.827) 29 (1.142) 29 (1.142) 36 (1.42) 36 (1.42)
HDA-P mm (in.) 10 (0.394) 12 (0.472) 12 (0.472) 16 (0.630) 16 (0.630) 20 (0.78) 20 (0.78)
dw Washer diameter mm (in.) 27.5 (1.08) 33.5 (1.32) 33.5 (1.32) 45.5 (1.79) 45.5 (1.79) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97)
Sw Width across flats mm (in.) 17 19 19 24 24 30 30
Tmax. Max. tightening torque5 Nm (ft-lb) 50 (37) 80 (59) 80 (59) 120 (88) 120 (88) 300 (221) 300 (221)
Sleeve properties
A sl Cross sectional area mm2 (in2) 196 (0.304) 223 (0.346) 223 (0.346) 445 (0.690) 445 (0.690) 675.6 (1.047) 675.6 (1.047)
S sl Elastic section modulus mm3 (in3) 596 (0.0364) 779 (0.0475) 779 (0.0475) 2110 (0.1288) 2110 (0.1288) 3950 (0.241) 3950 (0.241)
Bolt properties
Ab Bolt nominal area mm2 (in2) 78.5 (0.122) 113 (0.175) 113 (0.175) 201 (0.312) 201 (0.312) 314.16 (0.487) 314.16 (0.487)
At Bolt tension area mm2 (in2) 58 (0.090) 84.3 (0.131) 84.3 (0.131) 157 (0.243) 157 (0.243) 245 (0.380) 245 (0.380)
Sb Elastic section modulus mm3 (in3) 67 (0.0041) 117 (0.0071) 117 (0.0071) 293 (0.0179) 293 (0.0179) 541.3 (0.033) 541.3 (0.033)
A brg Undercut bearing area6 mm2 (in2) 260 (0.403) 354 (0.549) 354 (0.549) 624 (0.967) 624 (0.967) 707.1 (1.096) 707.1 (1.096)
1 Base material thickness as required to minimize split- 3 Minimum thickness of fastened part as required to 5 Torque tightening of the anchor is not required for
ting as per the CCD design method. ensure engagement of full sleeve cross section in proper set. Torque tightening may reduce initial slip
2 Length code in accordance with ICC-ES Acceptance shear. under load and can improve fatigue performance.
Criteria AC193. 4 Metric stop drill bit must be used. See Section 4.3.1.4 6 Recommended area for calculating maximum bearing
for use of matched tolerance diamond core bits. stress in accordance with the CCD method.
4.3.1.3.1 Design Information – 4.3.1.3.2 Design Method

Undercut Anchors 4.3.2.3.2.1 Strength Design
Undercut anchors represent the state of the art in post- (LRFD)
installed anchor technology. When properly designed and
ACI 318 Appendix D replaces the strength design provisions of
proportioned, they transfer tension loads to the concrete in
the IBC 2006 and provides a comprehensive and rational
much the same way as cast-in-place headed bolts, that is, via
framework for calculating anchor capacity. The applicability of
bearing. Since friction is less critical in developing tension
the method to the HDA Undercut Anchor is based on the
capacity, lower expansion forces are transmitted to the
similarity of performance and failure modes established for the
concrete. This reduces the overall stress state in the concrete
HDA with those associated for cast-in-place headed bolts.
prior to and during loading. The Hilti HDA Undercut Anchor
This method can also be used for design in Canada according
System is the result of extensive research to determine the
to CSA A23.3-94 providing the appropriate f factors for steel
optimum geometry for load transfer at the bearing surface.
and concrete. See Section 4.1.6.
Besides allowing for easy installation, the self-undercutting
system automatically results in an excellent fit between the 4.3.2.3.2.2 Allowable Stress
anchor bearing surface and the undercut, critical for limiting Design (ASD)
initial displacements. Maximum bearing stresses
Compatible with existing Hilti design methods. Test data to
corresponding to steel failure are limited to approximately 12
develop the average ultimate load capacity, and evaluating
fc, sufficiently low to preclude crushing in the bearing region.
the data using the 5% fractile method to determine the
This limits displacements at both service and ultimate loads.
allowable working load. See ESR-1546 Section 4.2.
The HDA is equipped with a shear sleeve machined from high
grade carbon steel. When used in the pre-set configuration
(HDA-P), shear loads are transferred through the threaded bolt
to the sleeve and subsequently to the concrete in bearing. In
through-set applications (HDA-T), the sleeve engages the part
to be fastened, thus substantially increasing the ultimate
shear capacity of the anchorage. At ultimate, the sleeve and
bolt act in concert to develop the full shear capacity of the
anchor.
The HDA Undercut Anchor is proportioned to consistently

develop the bolt strength in tension at critical edge distances
and spacings. At spacings and edge distances less than
critical, concrete cone failure will generally limit the ultimate
load. The reduction of expansion forces allows for designed
installations at minimum edge distances and spacings
significantly less than those typically used for other types of
mechanical expansion anchors. The predictability of the failure
modes associated with the HDA Undercut Anchor allow for
increased repeatability in determining ultimate capacities for a
particular design condition.
The HDA Undercut Anchor was extensively tested prior to

market introduction. Testing included static tension, shear,
and oblique loading of both single anchors and groups,
shock, seismic groups, seismic and shock loading. Exhaustive
testing of the HDA performance in cracks confirms it’s
suitability for installation in tension zones. Design data is
provided in three formats.

Table 2 — HDA Strength Design Information
Nominal anchor diameter

Design parameter Symbol Units M10 M12 M16 M20
HDA HDA-F HDA-R HDA HDA-F HDA-R HDA HDA-F HDA-R HDA
mm 19 21 29 35
Anchor O.D. do
(in.) (0.75) (0.83) (1.14) (1.38)
mm 100 125 190 250
Effective min. embedment depth1 h ef,min
(in.) (3.94) (4.92) (7.48) (9.84)
mm 80 100 150 200
Minimum edge distance c min
(in.) (3-1/8) (4) (5-7/8) (7-7/8)
mm 100 125 190 250
Minimum anchor spacing s min
(in.) (4) (5) (7-1/2) (9-7/8)
mm 170 190 270 350
Minimum member thickness h min
(in.) (6-3/4) (7-1/2) (10-5/8) (13-3/4)
Anchor category2 1,2 or 3 - 1
- 0.75
steel failure modes3
Strength reduction factor for shear
- 0.65
Strength reduction factor for tension, Cond. A 0.75

concrete failure modes3 Cond. B 0.65
Strength reduction factor for shear, Cond. A 0.75

concrete failure modes3 Cond. B 0.70
Yield strength of anchor steel fy lb/in2 92,800 87,000 92,800 87,000 92,800 87,000 92,800
Ultimate strength of anchor steel f ut lb/in2 116,000
Tensile stress area A se in2 0.090 0.131 0.243 0.380
Steel strength in tension N sa lb 10,440 15,196 28,188 44,080
Effectiveness factor uncracked concrete k uncr - 30 30
Effectiveness factor cracked concrete4 k cr - 24 24
kuncr/kcr5 c,N - 1.25 1.25
Pullout strength cracked concrete6 N pn,cr lb 8,992 11,240 22,481 33,721
Steel strength in shear static7
Vsa lb 5,013 6,070 7,284 8,992 13,556 16,861 20,772
HDA-P/PF/PR
Steel strength in shear, seismic7, 8
Vsa,seis lb 4,496 5,620 6,519 8,093 12,140 15,062 18,659
HDA-P/PF/PR
Axial stiffness in service load range
1000 lb/in. 80 / 100
in cracked / uncracked concrete10
1 Actual h ef for HDA-T is given by h ef,min + (t fix - t actual ) where t fix is given in Table 1 and t actual is the thickness of the part(s) being fastened.
2 See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.
3 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 9.2. Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary rein-
forcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is
not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs.
4 See ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2.
5 See ACI 318-05 D.5.2.6.
6 See ESR-1546, Section 4.1.3.
7 For HDA-T see Table 3.
8 See ESR-1546, Section 4.1.6.
9 Splitting failure under external load does not govern the resistance of the HDA. Therefore, no values for the critical edge distance c cr are provided since this
calculation is not required for design.
10 Minimum axial stiffness values, maximum values may be 3 times larger (e.g. due to high strength concrete)

Table 3 - Steel Strength in Shear, HDA-T (lb)
Steel Strength Steel Strength

Anchor Designation Thickness of fastened part(s) in Shear, in Shear,
Static Seismic1
mm in. Vsa Vsa,seis
10 t 15 3/8 t 5/8 13,938 12,589
HDA-T 20-M10x100
15 t 20 5/8 t 13/16 15,737 14,163
10 t 15 3/8 t 5/8 16,636 15,062
HDA-T HDA-TF
HDA-T 22-M12x125
15 t 50 5/8 t 2 18,659 16,636
15 t 20 5/8 t 13/16 30,574 27,427
20 t 25 13/16 t 1 34,621 31,248
HDA-T 30-M16x190
25 t 30 1 t 1-3/16 38,218 34,396
30 t 60 1-3/16 t 2-3/8 41,365 37,093
20 t 35 13/16 t 1-3/8 45,187 40,690
HDA-T 37-M20x250 35 t 50 1t2 50,807 45,636
50 t 100 2t4 54,629 49,233
10 t 15 3/8 t 5/8 15,512 13,938
HDA-TR 20-M10x100
15 t 20 5/8 t 13/16 16,186 14,613
10 t 15 3/8 t 5/8 20,233 17,985
HDA-TR 22-M12x125
HDA-TR
15 t 50 5/8 t 2 22,256 20,008

15 t 20 5/8 t 13/16 35,745 32,148
20 t 25 13/16 t 1 37,768 33,946
HDA-TR 30-M16x190
25 t 30 1 t < 1-3/16 39,566 35,520
30 t 60 1-3/16 t 2-3/8 40,915 36,869
1 The nominal steel strength Vsa,seis for the HDA-P shall be taken from Table 2.
Table 4 - HDA-P/T, HDA-PF/TF & HDA-PR/TR Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Uncracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength2
Nominal Embedment f 'c= 2500 psi f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi f 'c= 6000 psi
Anchor Depth h ef Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition
Diameter mm in. A B A B A B A B
M10 100 3.94 5,593 4,872 5,593 5,593 5,593 5,593 5,593 5,593
M12 125 4.92 7,844 6,798 8,141 8,141 8,141 8,141 8,141 8,141
M16 190 7.48 14,704 12,743 15,101 15,101 15,101 15,101 15,101 15,101
M20 250 9.84 22,185 19,227 23,614 23,548 23,614 23,614 23,614 23,614
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ICC ESR-1546, Section 4.2.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the
structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength N b by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. N b is calculated as per ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1546 Section
4.1.3 by using the following equation.
N b,f ' c = N b f 'c

2500
Table 5 - HDA-P/T, HDA-PF/TF & HDA-PR/TR Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Nominal Embedment
Anchor Depth h ef Concrete Compressive Strength 2
Diameter
mm in. f 'c= 2000 psi f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi f 'c= 6000 psi
M10 100 3.94 3,734 4,573 5,281 5,593
M12 125 4.92 4,668 5,717 6,601 8,085
M16 190 7.48 9,336 11,434 13,203 15,101
M20 250 9.84 14,003 17,150 19,804 23,614
3 All values applicable to either Condition A or Condition B (pullout or steel failure control). See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4 according to
ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr f 'c

2500
Table 6 - HDA-P/T, HDA-PF/TF & HDA-PR/TR Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Nominal Embedment
Anchor Depth h ef Concrete Compressive Strength 2
Diameter
mm in. f 'c= 2000 psi f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi f 'c= 6000 psi
M10 100 3.94 3,564 4,365 5,041 5,339
M12 125 4.92 4,455 5,457 6,301 7,717
M16 190 7.48 8,911 10,914 12,603 14,414
M20 250 9.84 13,367 16,371 18,904 22,541
3 All values applicable to either Condition A or Condition B (pullout or steel failure control). See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.
4 Allowable seismic tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor
describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an α of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete
strengths according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

2500
Table 7 - HDA-P, HDA-PF & HDA-PR Allowable Static and Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1

Design parameter Units M10 M12 M16 M20
HDA HDA-R HDA HDA-R HDA HDA-R HDA
Allowable static steel capacity2
lb 2,327 2,818 3,382 4,175 6,294 7,828 9,644
HDA-P/PR
Allowable seismic steel capacity 3
lb 1,993 2,491 2,889 3,587 5,380 6,675 8,269
HDA-P/PR
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure.
2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2.
See Table 2 for Vsa .
3 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an α
of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .
Table 8 - HDA-T/TF/TR Allowable Static and Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Allowable Allowable
Anchor Designation Thickness of fastened part(s) Static Steel Seismic Steel
Capacity Capacity
mm in. Vs Vs,seismic
10 t 15 3/8 t 5/8 6,471 5,579
HDA-T 20-M10x100
15 t 20 5/8 t 13/16 7,306 6,277
10 t 15 3/8 t 5/8 7,724 6,675
HDA-T HDA-TF
HDA-T 22-M12x125
15 t 50 5/8 t 2 8,663 7,373
15 t 20 5/8 t 13/16 14,195 12,155
20 t 25 13/16 t 1 16,074 13,849
HDA-T 30-M16x190
25 t 30 1 t 1-3/16 17,744 15,244
30 t 60 1-3/16 t 2-3/8 19,205 16,439
20 t 35 13/16 t 1-3/8 20,980 18,033
HDA-T 37-M20x250 35 t 50 1t2 23,589 20,225
50 t 100 2t4 25,363 21,819
10 t 15 3/8 t 5/8 7,202 6,177
HDA-TR 20-M10x100
15 t 20 5/8 t 13/16 7,515 6,476
10 t 15 3/8 t 5/8 9,394 7,971
HDA-TR 22-M12x125
HDA-TR
15 t 50 5/8 t 2 10,333 8,867

15 t 20 5/8 t 13/16 16,596 14,247
20 t 25 13/16 t 1 17,535 15,044
HDA-TR 30-M16x190
25 t 30 1 t < 1-3/16 18,370 15,742
30 t 60 1-3/16 t 2-3/8 18,996 16,340
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure.
2 Allowable shear loads calculated using the steel strengths in shear from Table 3, multiplying by by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, and dividing by 1.4 according to ICC
ESR-1546 Section 4.2.

Setting Operation HDA-P/-PR/-PF (Pre-Set Style)
1. Drill a hole to the required depth using a stop drill bit 2. Clean hole with compressed air or a hand air pump 3. Insert the anchor into the hole by hand, so that the
matched to the anchor, (refer to specification table such that drilling debris is evacuated. cone sits on the bottom of the drilled hole. Do not
and ordering info.). If rebar is encountered, use a Hilti remove the plastic cap which protects the threaded
metric matched tolerance diamond core bit to drill rod. Using the assigned setting tool and Hilti hammer
through the rebar. Remove the concrete core and drill, the setting tool is guided over the anchor rod and
finish drilling the hole with the stop drill bit. Always engages the grooves in the sleeve. It is critical to use
consult with the Engineer of Record before cutting the specified Hilti hammer drills.
rebar.
4. The anchor is set with the specified 5. The anchor is correctly set and the 6. Remove the plastic thread protector cap. Secure the
Hilti hammer drill in hammer drill mode undercut is fully formed when the red part to be fastened by using the conical spring wash-
and in the specified gear. During the setting mark on the anchor bolt is visible above the er and nut provided. Apply a torque not to exceed the
procedure, both drilling and impact energy are top edge of the sleeve. The top edge of the maximum values given in the Specification Table.
transferred to the sleeve by the setting tool, causing anchor sleeve must be positioned approx. 3mm Torque is not required to set the anchor.
the sleeve to slide over the conical end of the anchor below the concrete surface. If the anchor setting time
bolt while forming the undercut in the base material. exceeds 60 seconds for M10, M12 or M16 anchors
On the setting tool, the red ring indicates the progress or 120 seconds for M20 anchors the installation
of the setting operation. When this marking is flush failed and the anchors must not be loaded.
with the concrete surface, check the anchor for prop-
er setting (refer to step 5).
Setting Operation HDA-T/-TR/-TF (Through-Set Style)
1. Drill a hole to the required depth using a stop drill bit 2. Clean hole with compressed air or a hand air pump 3. Insert the anchor into the hole by hand, so that the
matched to the anchor, (refer to specification table such that drilling debris is evacuated. cone sits on the bottom of the drilled hole. Do not
and ordering info.). If rebar is encountered, use a Hilti remove the plastic cap which protects the threaded
metric matched tolerance diamond core bit to drill rod. Using the assigned setting tool and Hilti hammer
through the rebar. Remove the concrete core and fin- drill, the setting tool is guided over the anchor rod
ish drilling the hole with the stop drill bit. Always con- and engages the grooves in the sleeve. It is critical
sult with the Engineer of Record before cutting rebar. to use the specified Hilti hammer drills.
4. The anchor is set with the specified 5. The anchor is set and the 6. Remove the plastic thread protector cap. Secure the
Hiltli hammer drill in hammer drill undercut is fully formed when the part to be fastened by using the conical spring wash-
mode and in the specified gear. During red marking on the anchor bolt is visible er and nut provided. Apply a torque not to exceed the
the setting procedure, both drilling and above the top edge of the sleeve. The top maximum values given in the Specification Table.
impact energy are transferred to the sleeve by edge of the anchor sleeve must be positioned Torque is not required to set the anchor.
the setting tool, causing the sleeve to slide over approx. 3mm below the surface of the fixture. If
the conical end of the anchor bolt while forming the anchor setting time exceeds 60 seconds for M10,
undercut in the base material. On the setting tool, M12 or M16 anchors or 120 seconds for M20
the red ring indicates the progress of the setting anchors the installation failed and the anchor
operation. When this marking is flush with the con- must not be loaded.
nected part, check the anchor for proper setting (refer
to step 5).
The HDA Undercut Anchor, designed to carry significant, safety-relevant loads, must be installed correctly with the prescribed tools
to function properly. Carefully follow all instructions located inside the box. Installer training is also available upon request.

Table 9 - Equipment required for setting HDA Anchors
HDA carbon steel - zinc plated
Anchor Hilti Hammer Drill1
max impact energy
TE 25 TE 35 TE 40 / TE 56 / TE 60- TE 70 / TE 75 TE-76 / TE 80-
(1st gear) 40-AVR 56-ATC ATC 70-ATC 76-ATC ATC
connection end
TE-C TE-Y
HDA-P 20-M10x100/20 • • • •
HDA-T 20-M10x100/20 • • • •
HDA-P 22-M12x125/30 • • • •
HDA-T 22-M12x125/30 • • • •
HDA-P 22-M12x125/50 • • • •
HDA-T 22-M12x125/50 • • • •
HDA-P 30-M16x190/40 • • • •
HDA-T 30-M16x190/40 • • • •
HDA-P 30-M16x190/60 • • • •
HDA-T 30-M16x190/60 • • • •
HDA-P 37-M20x250/50 • • •
HDA-T 37-M20x250/50 • • •
HDA-P 37-M20x250/100 • • •
HDA-T 37-M20x250/100 • • •
1 To ensure IBC compliance, please reference ICC-ES ESR-1546 or call Hilti Technical Support.
HDA-R stainless steel
max impact energy
connection end
TE-C TE-Y
HDA-PR 20-M10x100/20 • • • • •
HDA-TR 20-M10x100/20 • • • • •
HDA-PR 22-M12x125/30 • • • • •
HDA-TR 22-M12x125/30 • • • • •
HDA-PR 22-M12x125/50 • • • • •
HDA-TR 22-M12x125/50 • • • • •
HDA-PR 30-M16x190/40 • • • •
HDA-TR 30-M16x190/40 • • • •
HDA-PR 30-M16x190/60 • • • •
HDA-TR 30-M16x190/60 • • • •
HDA-F carbon steel - sherardized (heavy-duty galvanization)
max impact energy
connection end
TE-C TE-Y
HDA-PF 20-M10x100/20 • • •
HDA-TF 20-M10x100/20 • • •
HDA-PF 22-M12x125/30 • • •
HDA-TF 22-M12x125/30 • • •
HDA-PF 22-M12x125/50 • • •
HDA-TF 22-M12x125/50 • • •
HDA-PF 30-M16x190/40 • • • •
HDA-TF 30-M16x190/40 • • • •
HDA-PF 30-M16x190/60 • • • •
HDA-TF 30-M16x190/60 • • • •
HDA-T Anchor
HDA-T HDA-TF HDA-TR Anchor Size HDA Stop Drill Bit Diamond Core Bit1 Setting Tool
Item No. Item No. Item No. dia x embedment / Box Description (mm)
Galvanized Sherardised 316 Stainless thickness fastened Qty Item No. dia. x drill depth Diameter Item No. Description
332090 TE-C-B20x120 331843 TE-C-ST 20 M10

331545 412903 339351 M10x100/20 12 20mm (25/32")
237450 TE-Y-B20x120 287133 TE-Y-ST 20 M10
402056 TE-C-B22x155 331844 TE-C-ST 22 M12
331548 412904 339352 M12x125/30 8 22mm (7/8")
237452 TE-Y-B22x155 287134 TE-Y-ST 22 M12
332093 TE-C-B22x175 331844 TE-C-ST 22 M12
331549 412905 339353 M12x125/50 8 22mm (7/8")
237453 TE-Y-B22x175 287134 TE-Y-ST 22 M12
331552 339364 339354 M16x190/40 4 332098 TE-Y B30x230
30mm (1-1/8") 331846 TE-Y-ST 30 M16
331553 339365 339354 M16x190/60 4 332099 TE-Y B30x250
339267 – – M20x250/50 2 339271 TE-Y B37x300
37mm (1-3/8") 339269 TE-Y-ST 37 M20
339268 – – M20x250/100 2 339272 TE-Y B30x230
1 The drilling depth with the diamond core bit must not exceed 2/3 of the specified minimum drill hole depth. The last 1/3 of the drill hole depth must be
completed with the specified stop drill bit (hammer drill). Always consult the engineer of record before cutting rebar
HDA-P Anchor
HDA-P HDA-PF HDA-PR Anchor Size HDA Stop Drill Bit Diamond Core Bit1 Setting Tool
Item No. Item No. Item No. dia x embedment / Box Description (mm)
Galvanized Sherardised 316 Stainless thickness fastened Qty Item No. dia. x drill depth Diameter Item No. Description
332089 TE-C B20x100 331843 TE-C-ST 20 M10

331544 412900 339346 M10x100/20 12 20mm (25/32")
237449 TE-Y B20x100 287133 TE-Y-ST 20 M10
402050 TE-C B22x125 331844 TE-C-ST 22 M12
331546 412901 339347 M12x125/30 8 22mm (7/8")
402055 TE-Y B22x125 287134 TE-Y-ST 22 M12
402050 TE-C B22x125 331844 TE-C-ST 22 M12
331547 412902 339348 M12x125/50 8 22mm (7/8")
402055 TE-Y B22x125 287134 TE-Y-ST 22 M12
331550 339359 339349 M16x190/40 4
332097 TE-Y B30x190 30mm (1-1/8") 331846 TE-Y-ST 30 M16
331551 339360 339350 M16x190/60 4
339265 – – M20x250/50 2
339270 TE-Y B37x250 37mm (1-3/8") 339269 TE-Y-ST 37 M20
339266 – – M20x250/100 2
1 The drilling depth with the diamond core bit must not exceed 2/3 of the specified minimum drill hole depth. The last 1/3 of the drill hole depth must be
completed with the specified stop drill bit (hammer drill). Always consult the engineer of record before cutting rebar
4.3.1 HDA Removal Tool
4.3.1.6 HDA Removal
The Hilti HDA Removal Tool is designed to remove the Hilti Product Features
HDA Undercut Mechanical Anchor when installed in standard • Complete removal of HDA design anchors for temporary
applications in accordance with Hilti guidelines. applications
• The removal process strips the threads to prevent reuse
of anchors for safety purposes
• Suitable for all rotary hammers with TE-C style chucks
Removal Instructions
TE-C
HDA-P HDA-T
1. Remove the nut and washer 2. Push back the grip (against 4. Insert the adapter (drive) into 5. Put adapter (drive) onto the 8. To return the tool to its start-
from the threaded rod, (also this spring pressure). the drill chuck and lock threaded spindle of the ing position, put the adapter
remove fastening part for 3. Allow the two drive lugs to (TE 25 recommended). removal tool and switch (drive) on the other end of
HDA-P applications). engage the groove in the Important: on the drill. the threaded spindle.
anchor sleeve using a slight • Switch off the hammer- 6. The anchor sleeve will be 9. Switch on the hammer drill
twisting movement of the ing action (the removal extracted. until the adapter stop reach-
grip. Release the grip. tool will be permanently 7. Disengage the drive lugs es the removal tool.
damaged if this step from the groove by lifting
is neglected.). up and twisting the grip.
• Use low speed
(setting 1 for the TE 25).
Removal Tool with Adapter
Applicable
Item No. Description Qty/Pkg Anchor Sizes
333433 TE-C-HDA-RT 20-M10 1 HDA M10
333434 TE-C-HDA-RT 22-M12 1 HDA M12
333435 TE-C-HDA-RT 30-M16 1 HDA M16
339273 TE-C-HDA-RT 37-M20 1 HDA M20
4.3.1.7 Sample Calculations
3.000 lb shear
6.000 lb tension
h = 7"
c = 8"
s = 11" s = 11"
Plan Section
Given:
f 'c = 3,500 psi, Cracked Concrete, No Supplementary Reinforcement
Loads: Tension 4,000 lb DL

2,000 lb LL
No Eccentricity, Non-Seismic Loads
Shear 2,000 lb DL
1,000 lb LL
No Eccentricity, Non-Seismic Loads
Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ESR-1546 ACI 318-05 Reference
Try an HDA-T M10 Anchor hef = 3.94 in. Code Reference
Check Spacing, Edge Distance, Thickness ESR-1546

Table 5
s min = 4 in. < 11 in. OK
c min = 3.125 in. < 8 in. OK
h min = 6.75 in. < 7 in. OK
Calculate Factored Loads

Use ACI 318-05 Chapter 9 Load Factors 9.2.1
Nua = 1.2 (4,000 lb) + 1.6 (2,000 lb) = 8,000 lb for anchor group
Nua = 4000 lb / anchor
Vua = 1.2 (2,000 lb) + 1.6 (1,000 lb) = 4,000 lb for anchor group
Vua = 2000 lb / anchor
Calculate Steel Strength in Tension N sa

= 0.75 D.4.4(a)(i) ESR-1546
N sa = (n) ( A se ) ( futa ) D.5.1.2 Table 5
= (2) (0.09 in2 ) (116,000 lb/in2 ) (D-3)
= 20,880 lb for anchor group
N sa = 10,440 lb/anchor ESR-1546

N sa = (2-anchors) (10,440 lb/anchor) Table 5
N sa = 20,880 lb for anchor group
N sa = (0.75)(10,440 lb/anchor) = 7830 lb/anchor

For the anchor group: (2)( N sa ) = (2)(7830 lb/anchor)
→ N sa for the anchor group = 15,660 lb

Calculate Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension N cbg
Category 1, Condition B = 0.65 D.4.4(c)(ii) ESR-1546
Table 5
A Nc
Ncbg = [( A Nco)( ec,N ) ( ed,N ) ( c,N ) ( cp,N ) ( N b )] D.5.2.1
(D-5)
h ef = 3.94 in. → 1.5 h ef = 5.91 in. → 3 h ef = 11.82 in. ESR-1546

Table 5
1.5 h ef
1.5 h ef
8"
1.5h ef 11" 1.5h ef
ANco = 9( h ef ) 2 = 139.7 in 2 D.5.2.1(b) (D-6)
→
A Nc
ANc = ( 5.9 + 11 + 5.9) (5.9 + 5.9) = 269.7 in 2 = 1.93
A Nco
no eccentricity ec,N = 1.0 D.5.2.4

(D-9)
ca,min = 8 in. 1.5 hef = 5.91 in. D.5.2.5
(D-10)
ca,min > 1.5h ef → ed,N = 1.0
use c,N = 1.0 D.5.2.6
use k cr for cracked concrete to calculate N b
splitting does not govern D.5.2.7 ESR-1546

Sect. 4.1.2
cp,N = 1.0
Nb = k cr f'c ( h ef )1.5
k cr = 24 , h ef = 3.94 in. ESR-1546

Table 5
N cbg = (0.65) [(1.93)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(11,104 lb)] = (0.65) [(21,431 lb)]
N cbg = 13,930 lb
Calculate Pullout Strength N sa

Category 1, Condition B = 0.65 D.4.4(c)(ii) ESR-1546
Anchor Category 1, Condition B Table 5
N pn = c,P N p D.5.3.1
(D-14)
N p for post-installed anchors based on testing D.5.3.2
f 'c
N pn,f'c = N pn,cr for cracked concrete ESR-1546
2500
Sect. 4.1.3
ESR-1546 (Table 5) Npn,cr = 8992 lb for one anchor ESR-1546
Table 5
3500
[
Npn,f'c = (8992 lb)
2500 ]
Npn,f'c = 10,639 lb / anchor
Npn,f'c = (0.65)(10,639) = 6915 lb /anchor
Concrete side-face blowout strength of a headed anchor in tension D.5.4

RD.5.4
The design requirements for side-face blowout….”are applicable to headed anchors that usually
are cast-in anchors. Splitting during installation rather than side-face blowout generally governs
post-installed anchors…….”. Side-face blowout for post-installed anchors could be calculated
if the bearing area A brg is known. A brg is given for HDA anchors in Table 1 of this section.
Side-face blowout will not control for this example.
Summary for Tension
Design steel strength = N sa = 7830 lb/anchor

Factored service load = N ua = 4000 lb/anchor
N sa > N ua → OK
Design concrete breakout strength = N cbg = 13,930 lb for anchor group

Factored service load = N ua = 8000 lb for anchor group
N cbg > N ua → OK
Design pullout strength = N pn = 6915 lb/anchor
Factored service load = N ua = 4000 lb/anchor N pn > N ua → OK
Calculate Steel Strength in Shear V sa
= 0.65 D.4.4(a)(ii) ESR-1546

Table 5
V sa = 13,938 lb/anchor ESR-1546

Assume base plate thickness = 0.50 in. Table 6
Vs = (0.65)(13,938 lb/anchor) = 9059 lb/anchor
Calculate Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear V cbg
Condition B = 0.70 D.4.4(c)(i) ESR-1546

Table 5
A Vc
Vcbg = ( A Vco )( ec,V ) ]
( ed,V ) ( c,V ) ( Vb ) D.6.2.1(b)
(D-22)
Vua
ca1
1.5ca1 11" 1.5ca1

Plan 1.5ca1 11" 1.5ca1
Section

AVco = ( 4.5)(ca1) 2 = ( 4.5)(8 in.) 2 = 288 in 2 D.6.2.1
(D-23)
AVc = ( 1.5ca1 + 11 in. + 1.5ca1)(7 in.) = (12 in. + 11 in. +12 in)(7 in.) = 245 in2
A Vc
= 0.85
A Vco
ec,V = 1.0 no eccentricity D.6.2.5

(D-2)
ca2 > 1.5ca1 no edge condition perpendicular to shear load D.6.2.6
(D-27)
ed,V = 1.0
cracked concrete , no supplementary reinforcement D.6.2.7
c,V = 1.0
ᐍe
( )
0.2 1.5
Vb = 7 d do f 'c (ca1) D.6.2.2
o
(D-24)
ᐍe = hef for HDA-T M10 → ᐍe = 3.94 in
do = 0.75 in. for HDA-T M10 anchor ESR-1546

Note: ESR-1546 only lists do for HDA-T anchors. If HDA-P anchors Table 5
are being used, refer to the Hilti Product Tech Guide to obtain
values of do.
do = 0.394 in. for HDA-P M10 anchor
For this example, an HDA-T anchor is being considered
so use do = 0.75 in.
f'c = 3,500 psi c a1 = 8 in.
( 3.94 in.
)
0.2 1.5
Vb = 7 0.75 in. 3,500 in. (8 in.)
0.75 in.
→ Vb = 11,308 lb / anchor
Vcbg = (0.70)[(0.85)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(11,308 lb) = 11,308 lb

= (0.70)[(9612)]
Vcbg = 6728 lb
Calculate Pryout Strength Vcpg
Condition B = 0.70 D.4.4(c)(i) ESR-1546

Table 5
Vcpg = ( k cp )( N cbg ) D.6.3.1 (b)

(D-30)
h ef = 3.94 in. > 2.5 in. → k cp = 2.0 ESR-1546
Table 5
N cbg = 21,431 lb
Vcpg = (0.70)(2)(21,431 lb) = 30,003 for anchor group

Summary for Shear
Design steel strength = Vsa = 9059 lb/anchor

Factored service load = Vua = 2000 lb/anchor
Vsa > Vua → OK
Design concrete breakout strength = Vcbg = 6728 lb for anchor group

Factored service load = Vua = 4000 lb for anchor group
Vcbg > → OK
Design concrete pryout strength = Vcp = 15,001 lb/anchor

Factored service load = Vua = 2000 lb/anchor
Vcp > Vua → OK
Check Interaction Equation

Determine controlling design loads:
Tension: N sa = (2-anchors) (7830 lb/anchor) = 15,660 lb for anchor group
N cbg = 13,930 lb for anchor group
CONTROLS Npn = (2-anchors) (6915 lb/anchor) = 13,830 lb for anchor group
Shear: Vsa = (2-anchors) (9059 lb/anchor) = 18,118 lb for anchor group
CONTROLS Vcbg = 6728 lb for anchor group
Vcbg = 30,003 lb for anchor group
(0.2) ( Vcpg ) = 1346 lb Vua = 4000 lb Vua > (0.2) ( Vcbg) D.7.1
(0.2) ( Npn ) = 2766 lb Nua = 8000 lb Nua > (0.2) ( Npn) D.7.2
Nua V
+ ua 1.2 D.7.3
Nn Vn
(D-31)
8,000 lb + 4,000 lb = 0.579 + 0.595 = 1.17

13,830 lb 6,728 lb
1.17 < 1.2 → OK
USE HDA-T M10 Anchor
4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

4.3.2.1 Product Description 4.3.2.1 HSL-3 Product Description
4.3.2.4 Installation Instructions HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor HSL-3-B Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor
with Torque Cap
Red Setting Indicator
Three accurately sized
HSL-3-G Heavy Duty Expansion shear pins are provided in
Bolt Anchor with Threaded Rod the red indicator cap. As
the required installation
Washer Maximum fastened torque (Tinst) is reached the red indicator cap
Metric thickness (mm) shears off. A green seal on the bolt head
appears which indicates that the anchor has
HSL-3-G M 12/25 been set properly.
Heavy duty blank-bolt Metric thread Example: HSL-3-G M12/25
Minimum Expansion G stud size (mm); not This is an HSL-3 stud anchor. The thread size
Embedment Anchor B torque cap hole diameter is 12 mm and this anchor can attach up to a
Mark 25 mm thick plate
Spacer
Sleeve
The Hilti HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion • Force-controlled expansion which
Anchor is a torque-controlled expansion allows for follow-up expansion
Plastic
bolt designed for high performance in • Reliable clamping of part fastened
collapsible
static and dynamic application including to overcome gaps
section
with the tension zone of concrete structures • Suitable for dynamic loading,
anchor where cracking can be expected. HSL- including seismic, fatigue
rotation and shock
3 anchors are available in metric sizes
prevention • No spinning of the anchor in hole
from M8 to M24. With a variety of head
when tightening bolt or nut
configurations, including bolt, stud and
• Seismic qualification per ICC-ES
torque cap. All versions are available in
AC193 and the requirements of ACI
Expansion zinc-plated carbon steel. 318-05 Appendix D
Sleeve
Product Features Guide Specifications
Cone • Approved for use in the concrete Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel
tension zone (cracked concrete) anchor consists of hex head bolt
• Data for use with the Strength (threaded stud), sleeve, expansion
Listings/Approvals Design provisions of ACI 318-05
sleeve, expansion cone, collapsible
Appendix D and ACI 349-01
ICC-ES (International Code Council) plastic sleeve, (nut) and washer.
Appendix B
ESR-1545 Anchors shall be torque controlled
European Technical Approval (ETA) • Allowable Stress Design data for
ETA-02/0042 use with ASD expansion bolt as manufactured
Qualified under NQA-1 Nuclear Quality by Hilti.
Program • High load capacity

Carbon Steel Bolt or Threaded Rod for HSL-3 (Bolt), HSL-3 (Stud) and HSL-3-B
conform to DIN EN ISO 898-1, Grade 8.8, fy > 93 ksi, fu > 116 ksi
Building Code Compliance Carbon Steel Nut conforms to DIN 934, Grade 8, fu > 116 ksi
IBC® 2006 Carbon Steel Washer conforms to DIN 1544, Grade St37, fu > 100 ksi
IRC® 2006 Carbon Steel Expansion Cone conforms to DIN 1654-4, fu > 80 ksi
UBC® 1997
Carbon Steel Expansion Sleeve (M8-M16) conforms to DIN 10139 and (M20-M24)
conforms to DIN 2393-2
Carbon Steel Spacing Sleeve conforms to DIN 2393 T1, fu > 100 ksi
Collapsible Sleeve is made from acetal polyoxymethylene (POM) resin
11_HSL-3.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd 12/30/07 1:13 AM Page 305
HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.2

Table 1 — HSL-3 Specifications
HSL-3 Anchor Thread Diameter (mm)
Details
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
nominal drill bit diameter1 d bit mm 12 15 18 24 28 32
Hilti matched-tolerance TE-CX 12/22 TE-CX 15/27 TE-C 18/22 TE-C-T 24/27 TE-C-T 28/27
- - TE-YX 32/37
carbide-tipped drill bit TE-YX 12/35 TE-YX 15/35 TE-YX 18/32 TE-YX 24/32 TE-YX 28/32
minimum base material thickness mm 110 (120) 120 (140) 135 (160) 160 (200) 190 (250) 225 (300)
h min
to obtain smallest critical edge distance (in.) 4 3/8 (4-3/4) 4 3/4 (5-1/2) 5 3/8 (6 1/4) 6 1/4 (7-7/8) 7 1/2 (9-7/8) 8 7/8 (11-7/8)
mm 80 90 105 125 155 180
minimum hole depth ho
(in.) (3-1/8) (3-1/2) (4-1/8) (4-7/8) (6-1/8) (7-1/8)
mm 60 70 80 100 125 150
effective embedment depth h ef,min
(in.) (2-3/8) (2-3/4) (3-1/8) (3-7/8) (4-7/8) (5-7/8)
minimum clearance hole diameter mm 14 17 20 26 31 35
dh
in part being fastened (in.) (9/16) (11/16) (13/16) (1) (1-1/4) (1-3/8)
max. cumulative gap between part(s) - mm 4 5 8 9 12 16
being fastened and concrete surface (in.) (1/8) (3/16) (5/16) (3/8) (1/2) (5/8)
maximum thickness of part fastened mm 20 40 20 40 25 50 25 50 30 60 30 60
t
HSL-3, HSL-3-B (in.) (3/4) (1-1/2) (3/4) (1-1/2) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1-1/8) (2-1/4) (1-1/8) (2-1/4)
overall length of anchor mm 98 118 110 130 131 156 153 178 183 213 205 235
-
HSL-3, HSL-3-B (in.) (3-7/8) (4-5/8) (4-3/8) (5 1/8) (5-1/8) (6 1/8) (6) (7) (7-1/4) (8-3/8) (8) (9-1/4)
maximum thickness of part fastened mm 20 20 25 50 25 50 30 60
t
HSL-3-G (in.) (3/4) (3/4) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1-1/8) (2-1/4)
overall length of anchor mm 102 115 139 164 163 188 190 220
-
HSL-3-G (in.) (4) (4-1/2) (5-1/2) (6-3/8) (6-3/8) (7-3/8) (7-1/2) (8-3/4)
washer diameter mm 20 25 30 40 45 50
dw
(in.) (3/4) (1) (1-1/8) (1-9/16) (1-3/4) (2)
installation torque HSL-3 Nm 25 50 80 120 200 250
Tinst
(ft-lb) (18) (37) (59) (89) (148) (185)
installation torque HSL-3-G Nm 20 35 60 80 160
Tinst
(ft-lb) (15) (26) (44) (59) (118)
wrench size HSL-3, HSL-3-G - mm 13 17 19 24 30 36
wrench size HSL-3-B - mm 24 30 36 41
1 Use metric bits only.
dw
dh t
,
h nom
ho
h
d bit

Table 2 — HSL-3 Strength Design Information
Design parameter Symbol Units
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
mm 12 15 18 24 28 32
Anchor O.D. do
in. 0.47 0.59 0.71 0.94 1.10 1.26
mm 60 70 80 100 125 150
Effective min. embedment depth1 h ef,min
in. 2.36 2.76 3.15 3.94 4.92 5.91
Anchor category2 1,2 or 3 - 1 1 1 1 1 1
␾ - 0.75
Strength reduction factor for shear, steel
␾ - 0.65
failure modes3
Strength reduction factor for tension, Cond.A 0.75
␾
concrete failure modes3 Cond.B 0.65
Strength reduction factor for shear, Cond.A 0.75
␾
concrete failure modes3 Cond.B 0.70
Yield strength of anchor steel fy lb/in2 92,800
Ultimate strength of anchor steel f ut lb/in2 116,000
Tensile stress area A se in2 0.057 0.090 0.131 0.243 0.380 0.547
Steel strength in tension N sa lb 6,612 10,440 15,196 28,188 44,080 63,452
Effectiveness factor uncracked concrete k uncr - 24 24 24 24 24 24
Effectiveness factor cracked concrete4 k cr - 17 24 24 24 24 24
kuncr/kcr5 ⌿c,N - 1.41 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Pullout strength uncracked concrete6 N pn,uncr lb 4,204 - - - - -
Pullout strength cracked concrete6 N pn,cr lb 2,810 4,496 - - - -
Steel strength in shear HSL-3,-B Vsa lb 7,239 10,229 14,725 26,707 39,521 45,951
Steel strength in shear HSL-3-G Vsa lb 6,070 8,385 12,162 22,683 33,159
Tension pullout strength seismic7 N pn,seismic lb - - - - - 14,320
Steel strength in shear, seismic7
lb 4,609 8,453 11,892 24,796 29,135 38,173
HSL-3,-B,-SH,-SK
V sa,seismic
Steel strength in shear, seismic7
lb 3,777 6,924 9,824 21,065 24,459
HSL-3-G
uncracked
␤ uncr 300
Axial stiffness in service concrete
1000 lb/in.
load range8 cracked
concrete
␤ cr 30 70 130 130 130 130
1 See table 1.
2 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
3 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement
proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where
pullout or pryout strength governs.
4 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2.
6 See Section 4.1.3 of ICC ESR-1546.
7 See Section 4.1.6 of ICC ESR-1546.
8 Minimum axial stiffness values, maximum values may be 3 times larger due to high strength concrete.

Table 3 — Edge Distance, Spacing and Member Thickness Requirements1,2
Case3 Dimensional parameter Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
in. 4-3/4 5-1/2 6-1/4 7-7/8 9-7/8 11-7/8
A Minimum concrete thickness h min,A
(mm) (120) (140) (160) (200) (250) (300)
in. 4-3/8 4-3/8 4-3/4 5-7/8 8-7/8 8-7/8
A Critical edge distance2 c cr,A
(mm) (110) (110) (120) (150) (225) (225)
in. 2-3/8 2-3/4 3-1/2 4-3/4 5 5-7/8
A Minimum edge distance3 c min,AA
(mm) (60) (70) (90) (120) (125) (150)
in. 5-1/2 9-1/2 11 12-5/8 13-3/4 11-7/8
A Minimum anchor spacing3 s min,AA
(mm) (140) (240) (280) (320) (350) (300)
in. 3-3/8 5 6-1/8 7-7/8 8-1/4 8-1/4
A Minimum edge distance3 c min,AB
(mm) (85) (125) (155) (200) (210) (210)
in. 2-3/8 2-3/4 3-1/8 4 5 5-7/8
A Minimum anchor spacing3 s min,AB
(mm) (60) (70) (80) (100) (125) (150)
in. 4-3/8 4-3/4 5-3/8 6-1/4 7-1/2 8-7/8
B Minimum concrete thickness hmin,B
(mm) (110) (120) (135) (160) (190) (225)
in. 5-7/8 6-7/8 7-7/8 9-7/8 12-3/8 14-3/4
B Critical edge distance2 c cr,B
(mm) (150) (175) (200) (250) (312.5) (375)
in. 2-3/8 3-1/2 4-3/8 6-1/4 7-7/8 8-7/8
B Minimum edge distance3 c min,BA
(mm) (60) (90) (110) (160) (200) (225)
in. 7 10-1/4 12-5/8 15 15-3/4 15
B Minimum anchor spacing3 s min,BA
(mm) (180) (260) (320) (380) (400) (380)
in. 4 6-1/4 7-7/8 10-5/8 11-7/8 12-5/8
B Minimum edge distance3 c min,BB
(mm) (100) (160) (200) (270) (300) (320)
in. 2-3/8 2-3/4 3-1/8 4 5 5-7/8
B Minimum anchor spacing3 s min,BB
(mm) (60) (70) (80) (100) (125) (150)
1 In lieu of ACI 318 D.3.3. minimum edge distance, spacing and member thickness shall comply with ESR-1545 Table 4.
2 The concrete breakout strength calculated according to ACI 318 D.5.2, shall be further multiplied by ⌿ed,N. See ESR-1545 Section 4.1.2.
3 Denotes admissible combinations of h min, c cr, c min, and s min. For example, hmin,A + c min,AA + s min,AA or h min,A + c cr,A + c min,AB + s min,AB are admissible, but h min,A + c cr,B +
c min,AB + s min,BB is not. However, other admissible combinations for minimum edge distance c min and spacing s min for hmin,A or h min,B may be derived by linear interpolation
between boundary values (see example for h min,A below).
Example of allowable interpolation of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing
s design c design
spacing
h min, AA
c min,AA, s min,AA
h
s design c min,AB, s min,AB
c design
edge distance

Table 4 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Uncracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4

Nominal Embedment f 'c = 2000 psi f 'c = 3000 psi f 'c = 4000 psi f 'c = 6000 psi
Anchor Depth hef Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition
Diameter mm (in.) A B A B A B A B
M8 60 2.36 1,746 1,746 2,139 2,139 2,470 2,470 3,025 3,025
M10 70 2.76 2,631 2,280 3,222 2,792 3,720 3,224 4,556 3,949
M12 80 3.15 3,214 2,785 3,936 3,411 4,545 3,939 5,567 4,825
M16 100 3.94 4,492 3,893 5,501 4,768 6,352 5,505 7,780 6,743
M20 125 4.92 6,277 5,440 7,688 6,663 8,877 7,694 10,873 9,423
M24 150 5.91 8,252 7,152 10,106 8,759 11,670 10,114 14,292 12,387
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4.
3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the struc-
tural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs.

2500
Table 5 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4

Anchor Depth hef Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition
M8 60 2.36 1,167 1,167 1,429 1,429 1,650 1,650 2,021 2,021
M10 70 2.76 1,867 1,867 2,286 2,286 2,640 2,640 3,233 3,233
M12 80 3.15 3,214 2,785 3,936 3,411 4,545 3,939 5,567 4,825
M16 100 3.94 4,492 3,893 5,501 4,768 6,352 5,505 7,780 6,743
M20 125 4.92 6,277 5,440 7,688 6,663 8,877 7,694 10,873 9,423
M24 150 5.91 8,252 7,152 10,106 8,759 11,670 10,114 14,292 12,387
3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the struc-
tural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs.
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4 according to

2500
Table 6 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal Allowable Steel Capacity, Shear

Anchor
Diameter HSL-3, HSL-3-B HSL-3-G
M8 3,361 2,818
M10 4,749 3,893
M12 6,837 5,647
M16 12,400 10,531
M20 18,349 15,395
M24 21,334
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due
to concrete failure.
reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-

2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength
1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .

Table 7 - HSL-3 Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4

Anchor Depth h ef Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition Condition
M8 60 2.36 1,114 1,114 1,364 1,364 1,575 1,575 1,929 1,929
M10 70 2.76 1,782 1,782 2,182 2,182 2,520 2,520 3,086 3,086
M12 80 3.15 3,068 2,659 3,757 3,256 4,339 3,760 5,314 4,605
M16 100 3.94 4,288 3,716 5,251 4,551 6,063 5,255 7,426 6,436
M20 125 4.92 5,992 5,193 7,339 6,360 8,474 7,344 10,378 8,995
M24 150 5.91 6,550 5,676 8,022 6,952 9,263 8,028 11,344 9,832
3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the
structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs.
describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an α of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths
according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

2500
Table 8 - HSL-3 Allowable Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal Allowable Steel Capacity, Shear

Anchor
Diameter HSL-3, HSL-3-B HSL-3-G
M8 2,043 1,674
M10 3,746 3,069
M12 5,270 4,354
M16 10,989 9,336
M20 12,912 10,840
M24 16,918
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction
due to concrete failure.
strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 318-
2 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying V sa,seis by the
05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an α of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section

4.2. See Table 2 for V sa,seis .
4.3.2.4 HSL-3 Installation Instructions
1. Using the correct diameter metric bit, drill hole 2. Remove drilling debris with a blowout bulb or
to minimum required hole depth or deeper. with compressed air.
3. Using a hammer, tap the anchor through 4. Using a torque wrench, apply the specified
the part being fastened into the drilled hole installation torque. HSL-3-B does not require
until the washer is in contact with the use of a torque wrench. Tighten until torque
fastened part. Do not expand anchor by cap shears off.
hand prior to installation.
HSL-3 Bolt Version HSL-3-B Torque Cap HSL-3-G Stud Version

Item No. Description Box Qty Item No. Description Box Qty Item No. Description Box Qty
371775 HSL-3 M 8/20 40 371807 HSL-3-B M 12/5 20 371793 HSL-3-G M 8/20 40
371776 HSL-3 M 8/40 40 371808 HSL-3-B M 12/25 20 371796 HSL-3-G M 10/20 20
371778 HSL-3 M 10/20 20 371809 HSL-3-B M 12/50 10 371799 HSL-3-G M 12/25 20
371779 HSL-3 M 10/40 20 371810 HSL-3-B M 16/10 10 371800 HSL-3-G M 12/50 10
371781 HSL-3 M 12/25 20 371811 HSL-3-B M 16/25 10 371802 HSL-3-G M 16/25 10
371782 HSL-3 M 12/50 20 371814 HSL-3-B M 20/30 6 371803 HSL-3-G M 16/50 10
371784 HSL-3 M 16/25 10 371817 HSL-3-B M 24/30 4 371805 HSL-3-G M 20/30 6
371785 HSL-3 M 16/50 10 371806 HSL-3-G M 20/60 6
371787 HSL-3 M 20/30 6
371788 HSL-3 M 20/60 6
371790 HSL-3 M 24/30 4
371791 HSL-3 M 24/60 4
12_HSL.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD 12/30/07 1:14 AM Page 311
HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.3
HSL-I M12 Flush Anchor HSLG-R Stainless Steel 4.3.3.5 Ordering Information
with Torque Nut with Thread Rod
Flush mount applications accommodated

by short removable stud
Bolt
Washer
The Hilti HSL Heavy Duty Sleeve Anchor Guide Specifications
is a torque controlled expansion bolt
Expansion Anchors Carbon (Stainless)
designed for high performance in static
steel anchor consists of hex bolt Minimum
and dynamic load applications. HSL Embedment
(threaded stud), sleeve, expansion Mark
anchors are available in metric sizes
sleeve, expansion cone and collapsible
from 12 mm to 20 mm diameters.
plastic sleeve, (nut) and washer.
Product Features Anchors shall be torque controlled Spacer
Sleeve
• High load capacity expansion bolt as manufactured
by Hilti.
• Spacer sleeve provides enhanced
shear capacity Installation Refer to Section 4.3.2.3
• Force controlled expansion and 4.3.2.4
Expansion
• Reliable pull-down of part fastened Sleeve
to overcome gaps
( NN ) + ( VV ) ≤ 1.0
5/3 5/3
• Suitable for dynamic loading d d
(fatigue, seismic, and shock rec rec

Cone
loading)
Refer to Section 4.1.2.7
• Suitable for tension zone
of concrete Dynamic Loading Plastic collapsible section
• No spinning of anchor in hole when with anchor rotation
The HSL anchor has been tested prevention
tightening bolt or nut
under shock, seismic and fatigue
• Good performance in Hilti Matched
(2 x 106 cycles) loading conditions.
Tolerance DD-B or DD-C Diamond
Core Bit holes Contact your Hilti Field Engineer for
Listings/Approvals
additional information.
City of Los Angeles
Research Report No. 25290

UBC® 1997
4.3.3 HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

Carbon Steel Bolt or threaded rod conform to ISO 898-1, Class 8.8, fy 93 ksi, fu 116 ksi
Carbon Steel expansion sleeve conforms to DIN 2393, Grade ST-52-3
Carbon Steel nut conforms to DIN 934, Grade 8, fu 116 ksi
Stainless steel threaded rod conforms to DIN 267, Type A4-70, fy = 65 ksi, fu 102 ksi
Stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to DIN 17440, fu 102 ksi
Stainless Steel cone conforms to DIN 17440, fu 102 ksi
Stainless Steel washer conforms to DIN 17441, 74 ksi fu 103 ksi
Stainless Steel nut conforms to DIN 934
Collapsible sleeve is made of Acetal resin plastic
Carbon Steel cone conforms to DIN 1654, Type CQ35, fu 87 ksi
Carbon Steel washer conforms to DIN 1544, Grade ST37, fu 91 ksi

Table 1 - HSL Specifications
HSL Anchor Thread Diameter (mm) dw

Details 12 12 16 16 20 20
d bit nominal bit dia. mm 18 24 28
T
mm 100 125 150
h0 min. hole depth
(in.) (4) (5) (6)
h nom min. depth of mm 80 105 130
hn
embedment (in.) (3-3/16) (4-1/8) (5-1/8) t
t max. thickness mm 25 50 25 50 30 60
dh
fastened (in.) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1-1/8) (2-1/4)
ᐉ anchor length
mm 120 145 148 173 183 213 ,
(in.) (4-3/4) (5-3/4) (5-3/4) (6-3/4 (7-1/4) (8-3/8) h nom
hn head height mm 11 14 17 h0
+ washer (in.) (7/16) (9/16) (11/16)
Tmax max. tightening Nm 80 200 400 h
torque (ft lb) (60) (150) (300)
mm 8 9 12
max. gap1
(in.) (5/16) (3/8) (1/2)
wrench size (mm) HSL/HSLG 19 24 30
mm 20-21 26-28 31-33
dh clearance hole
(in.) (13/16) (1-1/8) (1-5/16)
d bit
mm 30 40 45
dw washer diameter
(in.) (1-3/16) (1-9/16) (1-3/4)
h min min. base material mm 160 180 220
thickness (in.) (6-1/4) (7) (8-3/4)
1 For pull-down of parts to be fastened.

Table 2 - Stainless Steel HSLG-R Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
13.8 MPa 20.7 MPa 27.6 MPa 41.4 MPa

Embedment (2000 psi) (3000 psi) (4000 psi) (6000 psi)
Anchor
Depth
Diameter
mm (in.) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb)
75 6.8 13.7 9.1 14.8 11.5 15.8 11.5 16.4
M10
(3) (1535) (3090) (2055) (3325) (2575) (3560) (2595) (3690)
80 8.7 20.2 11.3 21.8 13.8 23.3 17.5 25.0
M12
(3-3/16) (1960) (4540) (2530) (4890) (3105) (5245) (3925) (5615)
105 17.6 34.7 20.9 39.9 24.2 45.0 30.7 46.9
M16
(4-1/8) (3965) (7805) (4705) (8965) (5450) (10125) (6900) (10550)
130 25.1 52.9 30.7 58.7 36.4 64.5 44.5 64.5
M20
(5-1/8) (5650) (11900) (6910) (13195) (8175) (14490) (10005) (14490)
Table 3 -Stainless Steel HSLG-R Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
13.8 MPa 20.7 MPa 27.6 MPa 41.4 MPa

Embedment (2000 psi) (3000 psi) (4000 psi) (6000 psi)
Anchor
Depth
Diameter
mm (in.) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb)
75 23.8 47.8 31.9 51.6 40.0 55.2 40.3 57.3
M10
(3) (5350) (10785) (7165) (11595) (8985) (12410) (9055) (12880)
80 30.4 70.5 39.3 75.9 48.2 81.4 60.9 87.1
M12
(3-3/16) (6830) (15845) (8830) (17070) (10835) (18300) (13700) (19590)
105 61.6 121.1 73.0 139.1 84.5 157.1 107.0 163.7
M16
(4-1/8) (13840) (27220) (16420) (31270) (19005) (35320) (24065) (36800)
130 87.7 184.7 107.3 204.7 126.9 224.8 155.3 224.8
M20
(5-1/8) (19715) (41510) (24115) (46025) (28520) (50540) (34910) (50540)
Table 4 -HSL-I Flush Anchor (Internally Threaded) in Normal-Weight Concrete
Anchor Minimum Average Ultimate Loads1 Allowable Working Loads1

Bit dia Length Embedment in 4000 psi Concrete 4000 psi Concrete
Description (mm) (mm) Depth (mm) Tension (lb) Shear (lb) Tension (lb) Shear (lb)
HSL - I M12 65/80 18 113/130 65/80 9345/12597 9055/9408 2480/2875 2420/2605
12mm Metric Flush Anchor with Torque Nut
1 Loads indicated are for 65/80 mm embedment respectively.
4.3.3 HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines (see Anchoring Technology Section 4.1.3)
N
s = Actual Spacing c = Actual Edge Distance
s s min = 1.0 h nom c min = 1.0h nom
V Tension
s cr = 3.0 h ef c cr = 2.5 h ef
c c min = 1.0 h nom
Shear
c cr = 2.5 h nom
h
s cr
Anchor Size h nom mm (in.) 3.0 3.0
ccr
M10 75 (3)
Shear &
2.0 Tension 2.0 Shear
M12 80 (3-3/16) s c
h ef h ef
M16 105 (4-1/8) s min cmin Tension
1.0 c 1.0
M20 130 (5-1/8) h nom
h ef - actual embedment depth
0 0
h nom - standard embedment depth 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor Edge Distance Adjustment Factor
(fA) (fRV, fRN)
Load Adjustment Factors (Anchor Spacing) f A Load Adjustment Factors (Edge Disdtance) f R
Tension/Shear Tension f RN Shear f RV

Anchor Edge Anchor Anchor
Spacing
Diameter Distance Diameter Diameter
s c
mm (in.) M10 M12 M16 M20 M10 M12 M16 M20 M10 M12 M16 M20
mm (in.)
65 ( 2-1/2) 65 ( 2-1/2)
75 ( 3) .70 75 ( 3) .70 .30
80 ( 3-1/8) .71 .70 80 ( 3-1/8) .71 .70 .33 .30
105 ( 4-1/8) .76 .74 .70 105 ( 4-1/8) .78 .76 .70 .48 .44 .30
130 ( 5-1/8) .81 .79 .73 .70 130 ( 5-1/8) .85 .83 .74 .70 .64 .59 .41 .30
155 ( 6-1/8) .86 .84 .77 .72 155 ( 6-1/8) .91 .88 .79 .73 .80 .74 .52 .39
175 ( 6-7/8) .90 .87 .80 .75 162 ( 6-3/8) .93 .90 .80 .75 .84 .78 .55 .41
195 ( 7-5/8) .94 .91 .82 .77 187 ( 7-3/8) 1.0 .96 .85 .78 1.0 .92 .66 .50
225 ( 8-7/8) 1.0 .97 .87 .80 200 ( 7-7/8) 1.0 .88 .80 1.0 .72 .55
240 ( 9-3/8) 1.0 .89 .82 225 ( 8-7/8) 1.0 .92 .84 1.0 .83 .64
275 (10-3/4) .94 .86 265 (10-3/8) 1.0 .91 1.0 .79
315 (12-3/8) 1.0 .91 275 (10-3/4) 1.0 .92 1.0 .82
350 (13-3/4) .95 300 (11-3/4) 1.0 .96 1.0 .91
395 (15-1/2) 1.0 325 (12-3/4) 1.0 1.0
430 (17) 350 (13-3/4) 1.0 1.0
470 (18-1/2) 390 (15-3/8)
s min = 1.0 h nom s cr = 3.0 h ef c min = 1.0 h nom c cr = 2.5 h ef c min = 1.0 h nom c cr = 2.5 h nom
s c – 1.0 hnom c
f A = 0.15
h ef
+ 0.55 f RN = (0.30)
( 2.5 h ef – 1.0 h nom )
+ 0.70 f RV = 0.47
h nom
– 0.17
for s cr > s > s min for c cr > c > c min for c cr > c > c min
1. Drill a hole with the prescribed 2. Clean the hole using 3. Using a hammer, tap the pre- 4. Tighten bolt or nut to the
Hilti metric carbide or dia- compressed air. assembled anchor through specified torque, using a
mond core bit. Note: the HSL the object being anchored torque wrench.
can be installed in a and into the hole. The anchor
bottomless hole. should be seated firmly
against the base plate. Note:
Do not expand the anchor by
hand before tapping it into
hole depth = 80 mm
hole depth = 95 mm
the hole.
hef = 65 mm
hef = 80 mm
hef = 65mm spacer sleeve for
Setting Instructions for the HSL-I M12-0 65/80 hef = 80mm
60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ 60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/

HSL-I
torque nutM12-0 65 HSL-I M12-0 80 torque nut
Ø 18 mm Ø 18 mm
hole depth = 80 mm
hole depth = 80 mm
hole depth = 95 mm
hole depth = 95 mm
hef = 65 mm
hef = 65 mm
hef = 80 mm
hef = 80 mm
hef = 65mm hef = 65mm spacer sleeve for spacer sleeve for
hef = 80mm hef = 80mm
60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ 60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ 60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ 60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/

torque nut torque nut torque nut torque nut
Ø 18 mm Ø 18 mm Ø 18 mm Ø 18 mm
hef = 65mm
hef = 80mm pre-setting final setting
360° - 720° min.

1 - 2 turns 7 turns
Ø18 mm
284900
hef = 65mm hef = 65mm

hef = 80mm forhhef
pre-setting ef= 80mm pre-setting final setting final setting
80 mm only
360° - 720° min.
360° - 720° min.
1 - 2 turns 7 turns
1 - 2 turns 7 turns
Ø18 mm Ø18 mm
284900
284900
HSLG-R Stainless Steel Anchor

for hef for hef HSL-I Flush Anchor
80 mm only 80 mm only
Material: Stainless Steel AISI 316 (Internally Threaded)
Item No. Description Box Qty Item No. Description Box Qty
67922 HSLG-R M 10/20 20 284908 HSL-I M12 65/80 20
67924 HSLG-R M 12/25 20
67926 HSLG-R M 16/25 10
67928 HSLG-R M 20/30 6
4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor

4.3.4.1 Product Description 4.3.4.1 Kwik Bolt TZ Product Description
The Kwik Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) is a torque Product Features
4.3.4.3 Technical Data controlled expansion anchor which is • Product and length identification
4.3.4.4 Installation Instructions especially suited to seismic and cracked marks facilitate quality control after
concrete applications. This anchor line installation.
is available in carbon steel with zinc • Through fixture installation and
4.3.4.6 Sample Calculations variable thread lengths improve
electroplated coating, 304 stainless
productivity and accommodate
steel, and 316 stainless steel versions.
Impact Section various base plate thicknesses.
(Dog Point) The anchor diameters range from 3/8 to
• 316 Stainless Steel wedges pro-
3/4 inch in a variety of lengths. vide superior performance in
Applicable base materials include cracked concrete.
normal-weight concrete, structural • Ridges on expansion wedges
Nut lightweight concrete, and lightweight provide increased reliability.
Washer concrete over metal deck. • Mechanical expansion allows
immediate load application.
Guide Specifications
Red • Raised impact section (dog point)
Setting Torque controlled expansion anchors prevents thread damage during
Mark shall be Kwik Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) supplied installation.
by Hilti meeting the description in • Bolt meets ductility requirements
Anchor of ACI 318-05 Section D1.
Thread Federal Specification A-A 1923A, Type
4. The anchor bears a length Installation
identification mark embossed into the
Drill hole in base material to the
impact section (dog point) of the anchor
appropriate depth using a Hilti carbide
surrounded by four embossed notches
Anchor tipped drill bit. Drive the anchor into the
Body identifying the anchor as a Hilti Kwik
hole using a hammer. A minimum of four
Bolt TZ in the installed condition.
threads must be below the fastening
Anchors are manufactured to meet one
surface prior to applying installation
Stainless of the following conditions:
torque. Tighten the nut to the
Steel • The carbon steel anchor body, nut, recommended installation torque.
Expansion and washer have an electroplated
Sleeve zinc coating conforming to ASTM
(Wedges) B633 to a minimum thickness of 5
µm. The stainless steel expansion
sleeve conforms to AISI 316.
• Stainless steel anchor body, nut
and washer conform to AISI 304.
Expansion Cone Stainless steel expansion sleeve
conforms to AISI 316.
Listings/Approvals • Stainless steel anchor body, nut,
ICC-ES (International Code Council) washer, and expansion sleeve con-
ESR-1917 form to AISI 316 stainless steel.
FM (Factory Mutual)
Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic
Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4")
UL (Underwriters Laboratories) Supplemental Design Provisions for ACI 318-05 Appendix D
Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire
Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4") Design strengths are determined in accordance with ACI 318-05 Appendix D and
ICC Evaluation Service ESR-1917 Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel
Anchors in Concrete. The relevant design parameters are reiterated in Tables 1, 2,
C
and 3 of this document. Supplemental provisions required for the design of the
KB-TZ are enumerated in Section 4.0 of ESR-1917 (DESIGN AND INSTALLATION).
Note that these design parameters are supplemental to the design provisions
IBC® 2006
IRC® 2006 of ACI 318-05.
UBC® 1997
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4

Carbon steel with electroplated zinc
• Carbon steel KB-TZ anchors have the following minimum bolt fracture loads1
Anchor Shear Tension

Diameter (in.) (lb) (lb)
3/8 NA 6744
1/2 7419 11240
5/8 11465 17535
3/4 17535 25853
• Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5µm.
• Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex.
• Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844.
• Expansion sleeves (wedges) are manufactured from AISI 316 stainless steel.
Stainless steel
• Stainless steel KB-TZ anchors are made of AISI 304 or 316 material and have the following minimum bolt fracture loads1
Anchor Shear Tension

Diameter (in.) (lb) (lb)
3/8 5058 6519
1/2 8543 12364
5/8 13938 19109
3/4 22481 24729
• All nuts and washers are made from AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel respectively.
• Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594.
• Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1, Type A, plain.
• Expansion Sleeve (wedges) are made from AISI 316.
1 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in jig as part of product QC. These loads are not intended for design purposes. See Tables 2 and 3.
13_KB-TZ.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd 12/30/07 1:16 AM Page 318

Table 1 — Kwik Bolt TZ Specification Table
SETTING Nominal anchor diameter (in.)

Symbol Units
INFORMATION 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75
Anchor O.D. do
(mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Nominal bit
d bit in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
diameter
Effective min. in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4
h ef
embedment (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121)
in. 2-5/8 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4-5/8 5-3/4
Min. hole depth ho
(mm) (67) (67) (102) (95) (121) (117) (146)
Min. thickness of in. 1/4 3/4 1/4 3/8 3/4 1/8 1-5/8
t min
fixture1 (mm) (6) (19) (6) (9) (19) (3) (41)
Max. thickness of in. 2-1/4 4 2-3/4 5-5/8 4-3/4 4-5/8 3-5/8
t max
fixture (mm) (57) (101) (70) (143) (121) (117) (92)
ft-lb 25 40 60 110
Installation torque T inst
(Nm) (34) (54) (81) (149)
Min. dia. of hole in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16
dh
in fixture (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6)
Available anchor in. 3 3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8-1/2 10 5-1/2 8 10
ᐍ anch
lengths (mm) (76) (95) (127) (95) (114) (140) (178) (121) (152) (216) (254) (140) (203) (254)
Threaded length in. 7/8 1-5/8 2-7/8 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 1-1/2 4 6
ᐍ thread
including dog point (mm) (22) (41) (73) (41) (60) (86) (178) (38) (70) (133) (171) (38) (102) (152)
in. 2-1/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 4
Unthreaded length ᐍ unthr
(mm) (54) (54) (83) (102)
Installation in. 2-1/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-5/8 4-1/2 4-3/8 5-3/8
h nom
embedment (mm) (57) (60) (92) (92) (114) (111) (137)
1 The minimum thickness of the fastened part is based on use of the anchor at minimum embedment and is controlled by the length of thread. If a thinner fastening thickness is
required, increase the anchor embedment to suit.
Figure 1 — Kwik Bolt TZ installed
thread
dh
t
anch
unthr
h ef h nom h o
do
Table 2 — Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt TZ Strength Design Information
DESIGN Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter

in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75
Anchor O.D. do
(mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Effective min. in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4
h ef
embedment1 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121)
in. 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8
Min. member thickness h min
(mm) (102) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203)
in. 4-3/8 4 5-1/2 4-1/2 7-1/2 6 6-1/2 8-3/4 6-3/4 10 8 9
Critical edge distance c ac
(mm) (111) (102) (140) (114) (191) (152) (165) (222) (171) (254) (203) (229)
in. 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-1/4 4-3/4 4-1/8
ca,min
(mm) (64) (70) (60) (92) (83) (121) (105)
Min. edge distance
for s in. 5 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/8 5-7/8 10-1/2 8-7/8
(mm) (127) (146) (146) (156) (149) (267) (225)
s min in. 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-1/2 3 5 4
(mm) (64) (70) (60) (89) (76) (127) (102)
Min. anchor spacing
in. 3-5/8 4-1/8 3-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/4 9-1/2 7-3/4
for c
(mm) (92) (105) (89) (121) (108) (241) (197)
Min. hole depth in. 2-5/8 2-5/8 4 3-7/8 4-3/4 4-5/8 5-3/4
ho
in concrete (mm) (67) (67) (102) (98) (121) (117) (146)
Min. specified lb/in2 100000 84800 84800 84800
fy
yield strength (N/mm2) (690) (585) (585) (585)
Min. specified lb/in2 125000 106000 106000 106000
fu
ult. strength (N/mm2) (862) (731) (731) (731)
Effective tensile in2 0.052 0.101 0.162 0.237
A se
stress area (mm2) (33.6) (65.0) (104.6) (152.8)
Steel strength lb 6500 10705 17170 25120
N sa
in tension (kN) (28.9) (47.6) (76.4) (111.8)
Vsa
in shear (kN) (16.0) (28.5) (47.0) (70.9)
Steel strength in lb 2255 6405 10555 14245
V s,seis
shear, seismic (kN) (10.0) (28.5) (47.0) (63.4)
Steel strength in shear, lb 2130 3000 4945 4600 6040
Vs,deck NP
concrete on metal deck 2 (kN) (9.5) (13.3) (22) (20.5) (26.9)
Pullout strength lb 2515 5,515 9,145 8,280 10,680
N p,uncr NA NA
uncracked concrete 3 (kN) (11.2) (24.5) (40.7) (36.8) (47.5)
Pullout strength lb 2270 4,915
N p,cr NA NA NA
cracked concrete 3 (kN) (10.1) (21.9)
Pullout strength concrete lb 1460 1460 2620 2000 4645
N p,deck,cr NP
on metal deck 4 (kN) (6.5) (6.5) (11.7) (8.9) (20.7)
Anchor category 5 1
Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete 24
Effectiveness factor k cr cracked concrete 6 17
c,N = k uncr /k cr 7 1.41
0.75
steel failure modes 8
0.65
failure modes 8
Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete
0.65
failure modes, Condition B 9
Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete
0.70
failure modes
1 See Fig. 1. 7 See ACI 318 D.5.2.6.
2 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported. 8 The KB-TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D.1.
3 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for 9 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 9.2. Condition B
design. applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with
4 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported. ACI 318 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength
Values are for cracked concrete. Values are applicable to both governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary rein-
static and seismic load combinations. forcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors
associated with Condition A may be used.
5 See ACI 318 D.4.4.
6 See ACI 318 D.5.2.2.

Table 3 — Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt TZ Strength Design Information

in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75
Anchor O.D. do
(mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Effective min. in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4
h ef
embedment1 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121)
in. 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8
(mm) (102) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203)
in. 4-3/8 3-7/8 5-1/2 4-1/2 7-1/2 6 7 8-7/8 6 10 7 9
Critical edge distance c ac
(mm) (111) (98) (140) (114) (191) (152) (178) (225) (152) (254) (178) (229)
in. 2-1/2 2-7/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 2-3/8 4-1/4 4
ca,min
(mm) (64) (73) (54) (83) (60) (108) (102)
Min. edge distance
in. 5 5-3/4 5-1/4 5-1/2 5-1/2 10 8-1/2
for s
(mm) (127) (146) (133) (140) (140) (254) (216)
in. 2-1/4 2-7/8 2 2-3/4 2-3/8 5 4
s min
(mm) (57) (73) (51) (70) (60) (127) (102)
Min. anchor spacing
in. 3-1/2 4-1/2 3-1/4 4-1/8 4-1/4 9-1/2 7
for c
(mm) (89) (114) (83) (105) (108) (241) (178)
Min. hole depth in. 2-5/8 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4-5/8 5-3/4
ho
in concrete (mm) (67) (67) (102) (95) (121) (117) (146)
Min. specified lb/in 2 92000 92000 92000 76125
fy
yield strength (N/mm 2) (634) (634) (634) (525)
Min. specified lb/in 2 115000 115000 115000 101500
fu
ult. strength (N/mm 2) (793) (793) (793) (700)
Effective tensile in 2 0.052 0.101 0.162 0.237
A se
stress area (mm 2) (33.6) (65.0) (104.6) (152.8)
N sa
in tension (kN) (26.6) (51.7) (82.9) (107.0)
V sa
in shear (kN) (21.7) (30.6) (52.7) (89.2)
Steel strength in tension, lb 2,735
N sa,seis NA NA NA NA
seismic 2 (kN) (12.2)
Steel strength in shear, lb 2825 6880 11835 14615
V sa,seis
seismic 2 (kN) (12.6) (30.6) (52.6) (65.0)
Pullout strength lb 2630 5760 12040
N pn,uncr NA NA NA
uncracked concrete 2 (kN) (11.7) (25.6) (53.6)
Pullout strength cracked lb 2340 3180 5840 8110
N pn,cr NA NA NA
concrete 2 (kN) (10.4) (14.1) (26.0) (36.1)
Anchor category 3 1
Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete 24
Effectiveness factor k cr cracked concrete 4 17 24 17 17 17 24 17
c,N = k uncr /k cr 5 1.41 1.00 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.00 1.41
Strength reduction factor for tension, steel
0.75
failure modes 6
0.65
failure modes 6
0.65
concrete failure modes, Condition B 7
0.70
concrete failure modes
1 See Fig. 1.
2 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design.
3 See ACI 318 D.4.4.
4 See ACI 318 D.5.2.2.
5 See ACI 318 D.5.2.6.
6 The KB-TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D.1.
7 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318
D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be
verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

Figure 2 — Interpolation of Minimum Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing
c a, min at s >
s design s min at c >
c design
edge distance c
Table 4 — Mean Axial Stiffness Values (1000 lb/in.) for Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon
and Stainless Steel Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Concrete condition carbon steel KB-TZ, all diameters stainless steel KB-TZ, all diameters
uncracked concrete 700 120
cracked concrete 500 90
1 Mean values shown. Actual stiffness may vary considerably depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application.
Figure 3 — Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck Floor
Min. 5/8" Typical

Min. 1-1/2"
in Ridge
Min. 3000 psi Normal or Sand -

Anchor
Max. 3"
Upper
Flute
(Valley) Minimum
No. 20 Gauge
Min. 4-1/2" Min. 4-1/2" Steel Deck
Lower
Flute
Max. 1" Offset Typical (Ridge)

Allowable Stress Design
Design values for use with allowable stress design (working stress design) shall be established as follows: Rallow,ASD = Rαd
where Rd = Rk represents the limiting design strength in tension ( Nn ) or shear ( Vn ) as calculated according to ACI 318 D.4.1.1 and D.4.1.2
Table 5 — The value of α shall be taken as follows:

Reference for strength α
reduction factors including seismic excluding seismic
ACI 318 D.4.4 1.1 1.4
ACI 318 D.4.5 1.2 1.55
Table 6 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Tension (ASD),
Normal-Weight Uncracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
Anchor Depth hef Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless
Diameter (in.) Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
3/8 2 1168 1221 1279 1338 1477 1545 1809 1892
2 1576 1576 1726 1726 1993 1993 2441 2441
1/2
3-1/4 2561 2674 2805 2930 3239 3383 3967 4143
3-1/8 3078 3078 3372 3372 3893 3893 4768 4768
5/8
4 4246 4457 4651 4883 5371 5638 6578 6905
3-3/4 3844 4046 4211 4432 4863 5118 5956 6268
3/4
4-3/4 4959 5590 5432 6124 6272 7071 7682 8660
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5.
3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the
presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

2500
Table 7 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Tension (ASD),
Normal-Weight Cracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
3/8 2 1054 1086 1155 1190 1333 1374 1633 1683
2 1116 1476 1223 1617 1412 1868 1729 2287
1/2
3-1/4 2282 2312 2500 2533 2886 2925 3535 3582
3-1/8 2180 2180 2388 2388 2758 2758 3377 3377
5/8
4 3157 2711 3458 2970 3994 3430 4891 4201
3-3/4 2866 3765 3139 4125 3625 4763 4440 5833
3/4
4-3/4 4085 4085 4475 4475 5168 5168 6329 6329
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4 according to

2500

Table 8 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel
Allowable Static Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal Allowable Steel Capacity, Static Shear
Anchor
Diameter Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
3/8 1669 2661
1/2 2974 3194
5/8 4901 5495
3/4 7396 9309
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing
reduction due to concrete failure.
strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4

2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the
according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .
Table 9 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD),
Normal-Weight Cracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
3/8 2 1006 1037 1102 1136 1273 1312 1559 1607
2 1065 1212 1167 1328 1348 1533 1651 1878
1/2
3-1/4 2178 2207 2386 2418 2755 2792 3375 3419
3-1/8 2081 2081 2280 2280 2632 2632 3224 3224
5/8
4 3014 2588 3301 2835 3812 3274 4669 4010
3-3/4 2736 3594 2997 3937 3460 4546 4238 5568
3/4
4-3/4 3900 3900 4272 4272 4933 4933 6042 6042
describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an α of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete
strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

2500
Table 10 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel

Allowable Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal Allowable Steel Capacity, Seismic Shear
Anchor
Diameter Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
3/8 999 1252
1/2 2839 3049
5/8 4678 5245
3/4 6313 6477
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction
due to concrete failure.
strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 318-
2 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa, seis by the
05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an α of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section

4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa, seis .

Table 11 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon Steel Allowable Tension and Shear Loads (ASD),
Installed into the Underside of a Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck Slab1,2,3
Nominal Embedment Tension Tension Shear Shear
Anchor Depth h ef Seismic non-Seismic Seismic non-Seismic
Diameter (in.) (lb)4 (lb)5 (lb)4 (lb)5
3/8 2 709 743 944 989
1/2 2 709 743 1330 1393
1/2 3-1/4 1272 1333 2192 2296
5/8 3-1/8 971 1017 2039 2136
5/8 4 2255 2362 2677 2804
1 Pullout strength values N pn,deck are for anchors installed in lightweight concrete having a minimum 2,500 psi compressive strength at the time of installation. See Table 3
ESR-1917. The values listed in Table 11 have been calculated assuming a minimum 3,000 psi concrete compressive strength. The pullout strength may be adjusted for
other lightweight concrete compressive strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 using the following equation:
N pn,deck,f ' c = N pn,deck f 'c (lb, psi)

2500
2 Minimum anchor spacing along the flute shall be the greater of 3.0 h ef or 1.5 times the flute width in accordance with ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3.
3 Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction. See Figure 5 in ESR-1917.
4 Allowable seismic tension and shear loads are calculated by multiplying N pn,deck and V sa,deck by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65, the seismic reduction φ factor of
0.75 according to ACI 318 D3.3.3, and then divided by an α of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2.
5 Allowable non-seismic tension and shear loads are calculated by multiplying N pn,deck and V sa,deck by the strength reduction φ factor of 0.65 and dividing by an α of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2.
Table 12 — Kwik Bolt TZ Length Identification System
Length ID marking A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
on bolt head
Length of From 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 91⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15
anchor, Up to but
ᐍ anch (in.) not 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 91⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
including
Figure 4 — Bolt Head with Length Identification Mark and Kwik Bolt TZ Head Notch Embossment
4.3.4.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Installation Instructions

into normal-weight and lightweight concrete
1. Hammer drill a hole to the same nominal 2. Clean hole.

diameter as the Kwik Bolt TZ. The hole depth
must exceed the anchor embedment by at least
1/4 inch. The fixture may be used as a drilling
template to ensure proper anchor location.
3. Drive the Kwik Bolt TZ into the hole using 4. Tighten the nut to the recommended
a hammer. The anchor must be driven installation torque.
until at least 4 threads are below the
surface of the fixture.
4.3.4.5 Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Ordering Information
Item No. Description Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Box Quantity
387509 KB-TZ 3/8x3 3 7/8 50
387510 KB-TZ 3/8x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 50
387511 KB-TZ 3/8x5 5 2-7/8 50
387512 KB-TZ 1/2x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 20
387513 KB-TZ 1/2x4-1/2 4-1/2 2-3/8 20
387514 KB-TZ 1/2x5-1/2 5-1/2 3-3/8 20
387515 KB-TZ 1/2x7 7 4-7/8 20
387516 KB-TZ 5/8x4-3/4 4-3/4 1-1/2 15
387517 KB-TZ 5/8x6 6 2-3/4 15
387518 KB-TZ 5/8x8-1/2 8-1/2 5-1/4 15
387519 KB-TZ 5/8x10 10 6-3/4 15
387520 KB-TZ 3/4x5-1/2 5 1/2 1-1/2 10
387521 KB-TZ 3/4x8 8 4 10
387522 KB-TZ 3/4x10 10 6 10
387523 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3 3 7/8 50

387524 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 50
387525 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x5 5 2-7/8 50
387526 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 20
387527 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x4-1/2 4-1/2 2-3/8 20
387528 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x5-1/2 5-1/2 3-3/8 20
387529 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x7 7 4-7/8 20
387530 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x4-3/4 4-3/4 1-1/2 15
387531 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x6 6 2-3/4 15
387532 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x8-1/2 8-1/2 5-1/4 15
387533 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x10 10 6-3/4 15
387534 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x5-1/2 5-1/2 1-1/2 10
387535 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x8 8 4 10
387536 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x10 10 6 10
411727 KB-TZ SS316 3/8x3 3 7/8 50

411731 KB-TZ SS316 3/8x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 50
411733 KB-TZ SS316 1/2x3-3/4 3-3/4 1-5/8 20
411734 KB-TZ SS316 1/2x4-1/2 4-1/2 2-3/8 20
411736 KB-TZ SS316 1/2x5-1/2 5-1/2 3-3/8 20
411737 KB-TZ SS316 5/8x4-3/4 4-3/4 1-1/2 15
411739 KB-TZ SS316 5/8x6 6 2-3/4 15
411740 KB-TZ SS316 3/4x5-1/2 5-1/2 1-1/2 10
411741 KB-TZ SS316 3/4x10 10 6 10
4.3.4.6 Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Sample Calculations
Given:
(2) 1/2 in. KB-TZ anchors under AN
static tension load as shown. 1.5h ef
h ef = 3.25 in.
Normal wt. concrete, f'c = 3,000 psi
No supplementary reinforcing. s = 6''
Assume uncracked concrete. 6"
Condition B per ACI 318-05 D.4.4(c)

1.5h ef
Calculate the allowable tension load 1.5h ef c = 4''
Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ICC ESR-1917. Code Ref. Reference
D.5.1.2
Step 1. Calculate steel strength of anchor in tension: N n = n * N sa = 0.75 * 2 * 10,706 = 16,059 lb Table 2
D.4.4
Step 2. Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension. See ESR-1917 for edge factor cp,N .
ESR-1917
A D.5.2.1
N cbg = N c ( ec,N ) ( ed,N,c,N ) ( cp,N ) N b 4.1.2
A Nco
Step 2a. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance: 2.375, 5.75 D.8 Table 2
h = 6 in. 6 in. ... ok
min
S min Fig. 2
cmin = 4 in. > 3.5 in.
... s min defaults to 2.375 in. 2.375 controls 3.5, 2.375
0.875
6 in. > 2.375 in. ... ok C min
Step 2b. Check: 1.5h ef = (1.5 ) (3.25) = 4.88 in. > c 3.0h ef = (3) (3.25) = 9.75 in. > s D.5.2.1 Table 2
Step 2c. Calculate A Nco and A Nc for the anchorage: A Nco = 9h ef 2 = (9) (3.25)2 = 95.1 in 2
D.5.2.1 Table 2
A Nc = (1.5) (h ef + c) (3) (h ef + s ) = [(1.5) (3.25) + 4] [(3 x 3.25) + 6] = 139.8 in 2 < 2A Nco ... ok
Step 2d. Calculate ec,N : eN' = O, ec,N = 1 D.5.2.4
Step 2e. Calculate N b : N b = k cr f 'c ( h ef ) 1.5 = 17 3000 (3.25)1.5 = 5,456 lb D.5.2.2 Table 2
4
Step 2f. Calculate modification factor for edge distance: ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 = 0.95 D.5.2.5 Table 2
(1.5) (3.25)
Step 2g. c,N = 1.4 (uncracked concrete) D.5.2.6 Table 2
Step 2h. Calculate modification factor for splitting:

= 0.65 ⇒ 0.53 < 0.65 . .
c 1.5h e f 4 (1.5) (3.25) . 1.5h ef D.5.2.7 Table 2
cp,N = a,min check: = 0.53 : controls
c ac c ac 7.5 7.5 c ac
Step 2i. Calculate N cbg : N cbg =

( 139.8
95.1 )
(1) (0.95) (1.4) (5,456) (0.65) = 6,983 lb D.5.2.1 Table 2
Step 3. Check pullout strength: See ESR-1917 for adjustment for concrete strength Table 2
D.5.3.2
[
: N pn,f'c (1) = 2 N pn, uncr f 'c
2500
] [
= 2 (5,515) 3000
2500
]
= 12,082 lb ESR-1917
4.1.6
.
Step 4. Controlling strength: N cbg = (0.65) (6,983) = 4,539 lb < N n . . N cbg controls D.4.4(c) Table 2
4,539
Step 5. Convert value to ASD: T allow = = 3,242 lb - Table 5
1.4
4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

The Kwik Bolt 3 (KB3) is a torque Product Features
4.3.5.3 Strength Design (LRFD) controlled expansion anchor, which • Length identification code facili-
4.3.5.4 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) provides consistent performance for a tates quality control and inspection
wide range of mechanical anchor after installation.
applications. This anchor series is • Through fixture installation and
4.3.5.6 Ordering Information variable thread lengths improve
available in carbon steel with zinc
4.3.5.7 Sample Calculations productivity and accommodate
electroplated coating, carbon steel with
various base plate thicknesses.
hot-dip galvanized coating, 304
Impact Section • Raised impact section (Dog Point)
(Dog Point) stainless steel and 316 stainless steel prevents thread damage during
versions.The threaded stud version of installation.
the anchor is available in a variety of • Anchor size is same as drill bit size
Nut diameters ranging from 1/4 in. to 1 in. for easy installation. For temporary
depending on the steel and coating applications anchors may be driven
Washer into drilled holes after usage.
type. Applicable base materials include
normal-weight concrete, structural • Mechanical expansion allows
lightweight concrete, lightweight immediate load application.
Anchor concrete over metal deck, and grout Installation
Thread
filled concrete masonry.
Drill hole in concrete, structural
Guide Specifications lightweight concrete, or grout filled
Anchor concrete masonry using a Hilti carbide
Body Torque controlled expansion anchors
shall be Kwik Bolt 3 supplied by Hilti tipped drill bit and a Hilti rotary hammer
meeting the description in Federal drill. Remove dust from the hole with oil
Expansion free compressed air or vacuum.
Specification A-A 1923A, Type 4. The
Element Alternately for 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, and 1 inch
(Wedges) anchor bears a length identification
mark embossed into the impact section diameter Kwik Bolt 3 anchors, the hole
(dog point) of the anchor identifying the may be drilled using a matched
anchor as a Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 in the tolerance Hilti DD-C wet diamond core
installed condition. Anchors are bit for anchoring applications. The slurry
Expansion Cone
manufactured to meet one of the must be flushed from the diamond
Listings/Approvals cored hole prior to anchor installation.
following conditions:
ICC-ES (International Code Council) The minimum hole depth must exceed
ESR-2302 1. The carbon steel anchor body,
ICC-ES ESR-1385 the anchor embedment prior to torquing
nut and washer have an electro-
Grout filled concrete masonry plated zinc coating conforming by one hole, diameter. Drive the anchor
City of Los Angeles to ASTM B633 to a minimum into the hole using a hammer. A
thickness of 5 µm.
Research Report No. 25577
FM (Factory Mutual) minimum of six threads must be below
Pipe Hanger Components for 2. The carbon steel hot-dip galva- the surface of the fixture. Tighten the nut
Automatic Sprinkler (3/8" - 3/4") nized anchor body, nut, and to the recommended installation torque.
UL (Underwriters Laboratories) washer conform to ASTM A153.
UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire
The stainless steel expansion
Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")
Miami-Dade County elements conform to either
NOA No. 06-0810.13 AISI 304 or AISI 316.
Qualified under an NQA-1 Nuclear Quality 3. The stainless steel anchor body,
Program nut, and washer conform to AISI
304. The stainless steel expansion
C
elements conform to either
AISI 304 or AISI 316.
*Please refer to the reports to verify that the type
and diameter specified is included 4. The stainless steel anchor body,
nut, and washer conform to AISI
Building Code Compliance 316. The stainless steel expansion
IBC® / IRC® 2009 elements conform to AISI 316.
IBC® / IRC® 2006
IBC® / IRC® 2003 (for concrete only)
Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

Carbon steel with electroplated zinc
All Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 and Rod Coupling Anchors, excluding the 3/4 x 12 and 1 inch diameter sizes, have the minimum
tensile bolt fracture loads shown in Table 5.
All carbon steel 3/4 x 12 and 1 inch diameter sizes and carbon steel countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchor bodies have mechanical
properties as listed in Table 5.
Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 µm.
Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex.
Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844.
Expansion elements (wedges) are manufactured from carbon steel, except the following anchors have stainless steel wedges:
• All 1/4 inch diameter anchors
• KB3 3/4x12
• All 1 inch diameter anchors
• All countersunk Kwik Bolt 3
Carbon steel with hot-dip galvanized coating

Anchor bodies manufactured from carbon steel have the minimum tensile bolt fracture loads shown in Table 5.
Carbon steel anchor components hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153, Class C (43 µm min.).
Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex.
Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844.
Stainless steel expansion elements (wedges) are manufactured from either AISI 304 or AISI 316.
Stainless steel
Anchor bodies smaller than 3/4 inch, excluding all Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchors, are produced from AISI 304 or 316
stainless steel having the minimum bolt fracture loads shown in Table 5.
Anchor bodies 3/4 inch and larger, and all stainless steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchor bodies, are produced from AISI 304
or 316 stainless steel have the minimum mechanical properties shown in Table 5.
Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594.
Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1, Type A, plain.
Stainless steel expansion elements for AISI 304 anchors are made from either AISI 304 or AISI 316. Stainless steel expansion
elements for AISI 316 anchors are made from AISI 316. All stainless steel nuts and washers for AISI 304 and 316 anchors are
manufactured from AISI 304 and 316, respectively.
4.3.5.3 Strength Design (LRFD)

This section provides ACI 318-05 strength design information For more detailed information, please contact Hilti Technical
for the Kwik Bolt 3 used where the required for post-installed Support. Note that the allowable load tables are not
anchor design must comply with according to the IBC 2003 developed using the same safety factors as the allowable load
and IBC 2006. Testing was conducted in accordance with Table 6 to 15 provided in the allowable load Section 4.3.5.4 of
ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC193 in uncracked concrete. the 2008 Product Technical Guide and should not be
Engineering design based on this section is limited to interchanged. Edge distance and anchor spacing guidelines
uncracked concrete and seismic design categories A & B. are specific for each design method. The installation torques
for the 5/8, 3/4, and 1- inch diameter anchors have been
reduced in order to maintain reasonable spacing guidelines
as developed in accordance with ACI 355.2.
Figure 1 - Kwik Bolt 3 Installation
Table 1 - Installation Information Strength Design

INFORMATION 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
in. 0.25 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 1
Anchor O.D. do
(mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (25.4)
in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
ANSI drill bit dia dbit
(mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (25.4)
Effective min. in. 1-1/2 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 5 4 5-3/4
hef
embedment (mm) (38) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (127) (102) (146)
in. 2 2-5/8 2-5/8 4 3-7/8 4-3/4 4-1/2 5-3/4 5 6-3/4
Min hole depth ho
(mm) (51) (67) (67) (102) (98) (121) (114) (146) (127) (171)
ft-lb 4 20 40 60 110 150
Installation torque Tinst
(Nm) (5) (27) (54) (81) (149) (203)
Expansion element in. 5/16 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 1-1/8
dh
clearance hole (mm) (7.9) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6) (28.6)

Table 2 - Carbon Steel KB3 Strength Design
Nominal Anchor Diameter

1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Anchor O.D. d0 in. 0.25 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75
(mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Effective min. in. 1.5 2 2 3.25 3.125 4 3.75 5
h ef
embedment 1 (mm) (38) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (127)
in. 4 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8
(mm) (102) (102) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203)
Critical edge distance 2 in. 2.75 4.5 3.875 4.875 3.625 6.75 5.625 7.5 9.5 7.5 9.75 7.5 9.5
c cr
(mm) (70) (114) (98) (124) (92) (171) (143) (191) (241) (191) (248) (191) (241)
c min in. 1.375 2 1.5 2.125 2 1.625 1.625 2.25 1.75 1.75 2.75 2.625 2.5
(mm) (35) (51) (38) (54) (51) (41) (41) (57) (44) (44) (70) (67) (64)
Min. edge distance 2
for s ≥ in. 1.75 2.875 3.5 4.875 4.75 4.25 4 5.25 4.75 4 6.875 6.5 6.375
(mm) (44) (73) (89) (124) (121) (108) (102) (133) (121) (102) (175) (165) (162)
s min in. 1.25 1.75 1.75 2.5 2.25 2 1.875 2.375 2.125 2.125 3.75 3.375 3.25
(mm) (32) (44) (44) (64) (57) (51) (48) (60) (54) (54) (95) (86) (83)
Min. anchor spacing
for c ≥ in. 1.625 2.375 2.375 2.625 2.375 2.25 2 3.125 2.375 2.25 3.75 3.375 3.375
(mm) (41) (60) (60) (67) (60) (57) (51) (79) (60) (57) (95) (86) (86)
Min. hole depth in in. 2 2.625 2.625 4 3.875 4.75 4.5 5.75
h0
in concrete (mm) (51) (67) (67) (102) (98) (121) (114) (146)
Min. specified psi 84,800 84,800 84,800 84,800 84,800
fy
yield strength (N/mm2) (585) (585) (585) (585) (585)
Min. specified ult. strength f ut psi 106,000 106,000 106,000 106,000 106,000
(N/mm2) (731) (731) (731) (731) (731)
Effective tensile A se in2 0.02 0.06 0.11 0.17 0.24
stress area (mm2) (12.9) (38.7) (71.0) (109.7) (154.8)
Steel strength in tension N sa lb 2,120 6,360 11,660 18,020 25,440
(kN) (9.4) (28.3) (51.9) (80.2) (113.2)
Steel strength in shear V sa lb 1,640 4,470 5,925 6,760 12,230 15,660 16,595
(kN) (7.3) (19.9) (26.4) (30.1) (54.4) (69.7) (73.8)
Steel strength in shear, lb 1,930 2,840 3,155 6,585
Vsa,deck NP
concrete on metal deck (kN) (8.6) (12.6) (14.0) (29.3)
Pullout strength lb 1,575 6,890 10,585
N pn,uncr NA NA NA NA
uncracked concrete (kN) (7.0) (30.6) (47.1)
Pullout strength concrete lb 1,750 2,245 2,730 4,765
N pn,deck,uncr NP
on metal deck 5 (kN) (7.8) (10.0) (12.1) (21.2)
Anchor category 6 1,2 or 3 – 1
Effectiveness factor
k uncr – 24
uncracked concrete 7
ft*lb 4 20 40 60 110
(Nm) (5) (27) (54) (81) (149)
β
Axial stiffness in service
(lb/in) 116,150 162,850 203,500 191,100 222,150 170,700 207,400 164,000
β
load range
COV % 60 42 29 29 25 21 19 24
Strength reduction factor ␾ for tension, steel failure modes 8 0.75
Strength reduction factor ␾ for shear, steel failure modes 8 0.65
Strength reduction factor ␾ for tension concrete failure modes, Condition B 9 0.65
Strength reduction factor ␾ for shear concrete failure modes, Condition B 9 0.70
1 See Figure 1.
2 For KB3 into the soffit of sand lightweight or normal-weight concrete on metal deck floor and roof assemblies, see Figure 3 associated to Table 15.
3 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported.
4 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design.
5 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported.
8 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1.
9 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 Section
D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength
reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd 12/30/07 1:17 AM Page 332

Table 3 - Stainless Steel KB3 Strength Design Information
Nominal Anchor Diameter

1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
in. 0.25 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 1
Anchor O.D. d0
(mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (25.4)
Effective min. in. 1.5 2 2 3.25 3.125 4 3.75 5 4 5.75
h ef
embedment 1 (mm) (38) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (127) (102) (146)
in. 4 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8 8 10
(mm) (102) (102) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203) (203) (254)
in. 3 4.375 3.875 4.875 4 6.75 5.75 7.375 9.5 7.5 10.5 9.25 9.75 10 11
Critical edge distance2 c cr
(mm) (76) (111) (98) (124) (102) (171) (146) (187) (241) (191) (267) (235) (248) (254) (279)
in. 1.375 2 1.625 2.5 1.875 1.625 1.625 3.25 2.5 2.5 3.25 3 2.875 3.5 3
c min
(mm) (35) (51) (41) (64) (48) (41) (41) (83) (64) (64) (83) (76) (73) (89) (76)
Min. edge distance2
for s ≥ in. 1.75 4 3.625 5 4.625 4.5 4.25 5.625 5.25 5 7 6.875 6.625 6.75 6.75
(mm) (44) (102) (92) (127) (117) (114) (108) (143) (133) (127) (178) (175) (168) (172) (172)
in. 1.25 2 1.75 2.5 2.25 2.125 1.875 3.125 2.125 2.125 4 3.5 3.5 5 4.75
s min
(mm) (32) (51) (44) (64) (57) (54) (48) (79) (54) (54) (102) (89) (89) (127) (121)
Min. anchor spacing
for c ≥ in. 1.625 3.25 2.5 2.875 2.375 2.375 2.125 3.875 3 2.75 4.125 3.75 3.75 4.25 3.75
(mm) (41) (83) (64) (73) (60) (60) (54) (98) (76) (70) (105) (95) (95) (108) (95)
Min. hole depth in in. 2 2.625 2.625 4 3.875 4.75 4.5 5.75 5 6.75
h0
in concrete (mm) (51) (67) (67) (102) (98) (121) (114) (146) (127) (171)
Min. specified psi 92000 92,000 92,000 92,000 76,000 76,000
fy
yield strength (N/mm2) (634) (634) (634) (634) (524) (524)
psi 115000 115,000 115,000 115,000 90,000 90,000
Min. specified ult. strength f ut
(N/mm2) (793) (793) (793) (793) (621) (621)
Effective tensile in2 0.02 0.06 0.11 0.17 0.24 0.47
A se
stress area (mm2) (12.9) (38.7) (71.0) (109.7) (154.8) (303.2)
lb 2300 6,900 12,650 19,550 21,600 42,311
Steel strength in tension N sa
(kN) (10.2) (30.7) (56.3) (87.0) (96.1) (188.2)
lb 1680 4,980 4,195 6,940 8,955 14,300 11,900 23,545 12,510 30,000
Steel strength in shear V sa
(kN) (7.5) (22.2) (18.7) (30.9) (39.8) (63.6) (52.9) (104.7) (55.6) (133.5)
Steel strength in shear, lb 2,020 2,580 1,745 5,690
Vsa,deck NP NP
concrete on metal deck 3 (kN) (9.0) (11.5) (7.8) (25.3)
Pullout strength lb 1325 3,120 3,310 6,340 6,230 7,830 8,555 10,830 NA 15,550
N pn,uncr
uncracked concrete 4 (kN) (5.9) (13.9) (14.7) (28.2) (27.7) (34.8) (38.1) (48.2) (69.2)
Pullout strength concrete lb 1805 2,580 1,945 4,430
Npn,deck,uncr NP NP
on metal deck 5 (kN) (8.0) (11.5) (8.7) (19.7)
Anchor category 6 1,2 or 3 - 2 1
k uncr - 24
uncracked concrete7
ft*lb 4 20 40 60 110 150
(Nm) (5) (27) (54) (81) (149) (203)
β
(lb/in) 57,400 158,300 154,150 77,625 227,600 189,200 275,600 187,000 126,400 174,800
β
load range
COV % 40 34 36 17 31 22 35 21 38 22
Strength reduction factor ␾
0.75
for tension, steel failure modes 8
Strength reduction factor ␾ for
0.65
shear, steel failure modes 8
0.65
tension concrete failure modes, Condition B 9
0.70
shear concrete failure modes, Condition B 9
1 See Figure 1.
2 For KB3 into the soffit of sand lightweight or normal-weight concrete on metal deck floor and roof assemblies, see Figure 3.
3 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported by this report.
5 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported by this report.
8 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1.
9 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 Section
D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength
reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

Table 4 - Hot-Dip Galvanized KB3 Strength Design Information
Nominal anchor Diameter

1/2 5/8 3/4
in. 0.5 0.625 0.75
Anchor O.D. d0
(mm) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Effective min. in. 2 3.25 3.125 4 3.75 5
h ef
embedment2 (mm) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (127)
in. 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8
(mm) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203)
in. 4.875 3.625 6.75 5.625 7.5 9.5 7.5 9.75 7.5 9.5
Critical edge distance c cr
(mm) (124) (92) (171) (143) (191) (241) (191) (248) (191) (241)
in. 3.25 2.625 2 2.25 2 1.875 3.5 3.625
c min
(mm) (83) (67) (51) (57) (51) (48) (89) (92)
Min. edge distance
for s ≥
in. 6.25 5.5 4.875 5.25 5 4.75 7.5 7.375
(mm) (159) (140) (124) (133) (127) (121) (191) (187)
in. 3.125 2.75 2.375 2.125 2.5 2.125 2.125 4 3.875
s min
(mm) (79) (70) (60) (54) (64) (54) (54) (102) (98)
Min. anchor spacing
for c ≥ in. 3.75 2.75 2.625 2.25 3.5 2.5 2.25 6.5 4.75
(mm) (95) (70) (67) (57) (89) (64) (57) (165) (121)
Min. hole depth in in. 2.625 4 3.875 4.75 4.5 5.75
h0
in concrete (mm) (67) (102) (98) (121) (114) (146)
Min. specified psi 84,800 84,800 84,800
fy
yield strength (N/mm2) (585) (585) (585)
psi 106,000 106,000 106,000
Min. specified ult. strength f ut
(N/mm2) (731) (731) (731)
Effective tensile in2 0.11 0.17 0.24
A se
stress area (mm2) (71.0) (109.7) (154.8)
lb 11,660 18,020 25,440
Steel strength in tension N sa
(kN) (51.9) (80.2) (113.2)
lb 4,200 5,870 11,635 17,000
Steel strength in shear V sa
(kN) (18.7) (26.1) (51.8) (75.6)
Pullout strength lb 6,540 6,465 9,375 10,175
N pn,uncr NA NA
uncracked concrete4 (kN) (29.1) (28.8) (41.7) (45.3)
Anchor category6 1,2 or 3 - 1
k uncr - 24
uncracked concrete7
ft*lb 40 60 110
(Nm) (54) (81) (149)
β
(lb/in) 177,000 332,850 347,750 190,130 364,725 314,650
β
load range
COV % 42 18 37 36 27 21
0.75
tension, steel failure modes 5
0.65
shear, steel failure modes 5
0.65
tension , concrete failure modes, Condition B 6
Strength reduction factor ␾ for shear , concrete
0.70
failure modes, Condition B 6
1 See Table 16 and the associated figure.
5 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1
6 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05
Section D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the prescence of supplimentray reinfircement can be
verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
Figure 2 - Interpolation of Minimum Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing
s design c design
hmin
ca min at s ≥
spacing s
sdesign
smin at c ≥
h ≥ h min
cdesign
edge distance c
Length Identification System

Stamp on Anchor A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T
From 1 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10 11 12
Length of Up To
Anchor But Not 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10 11 12 13
(inches) Including
Length
Identification Mark
4.3.5.4 Allowable Stress Design

Table 5 - Kwik Bolt 3 Specifications1
Bolt Size in. 1/4 3/8 1/2

Details (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7)
d bit nominal bit diameter2 in. 1/4 3/8 1/2

h min/h nom/h deep depth of embedment in. 1-1/8 2 3 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 4-3/4
(mm) (29) (51) (76) (41) (64) (89) (57) (89) (121)
ho minimum/standard/deep in. 1-3/8 2-1/4 3-1/4 2 2-7/8 3-7/8 2-3/4 4 5-1/4
hole depth (mm) (35) (57) (83) (51) (73) (89) (70) (102) (133)
dh wedge clearance in. 5/16 7/16 9/16
hole in fixture (mm) (8) (11) (14)
Normal Carbon Steel ft-lb 4 20 40
Tinst weight & HDG (Nm) (5) (27) (54)
Recom- Light
weight Stainless ft-lb 6 20 40
mended Concrete Steel (Nm) (8) (27) (54)
Installation
Torque Grout ft-lb 4 15 25
Filled Carbon Steel (5) (20) (34)
Block (Nm)
h min. base material thickness in. 3 inch (76 mm) or 1.3 times embedment, whichever number is greater
Carbon Steel 2900 lb 4,6 7200 lb 4,6 12400 lb 4
Bolt Fracture
HDG no offering no offering 12400 lb 4
Load
Stainless steel 2900 lb 4,7 7200 lb 4,7 12400 lb 4
Bolt Size in. 5/8 3/4 1

Details (mm) (15.9) (19.1) (25.4)
d bit nominal bit diameter2 in. 5/8 3/4 1

h min/h nom/h deep minimum/standard/deep in. 2-3/4 4 5-1/2 3-1/4 4-3/4 6-1/23 4-1/2 6 9
depth of embedment (mm) (70) (102) (140) (83) (121) (165) (114) (152) (229)
ho minimum/standard/deep in. 3-3/8 4-5/8 6-1/8 4 5-1/2 7 5-1/2 7 10
hole depth (mm) (86) (117) (156) (102) (140) (178) (140) (178) (254)
dh wedge clearance in. 11/16 13/16 1-1/8
hole in fixture (mm) (17) (21) (29)
Normal Carbon Steel ft-lb 60 110 150
Tinst weight & HDG (Nm) (81) (149) (203)
Recom- Light
weight Stainless ft-lb 60 110 150
mended Concrete Steel (Nm) (81) (149) (203)
Installation
Torque Grout ft-lb 65 120
Filled Carbon Steel –
(Nm) (88) (163)
Block
h min. base material thickness in. 3 inch (76 mm) or 1.3 times embedment, whichever number is greater
Carbon Steel 19600 lb4 28700 lb 4,8 f ut ≥ 88 ksi, f y ≥ 75 ksi 5
Bolt Fracture
HDG 19600 lb4 28700 lb 4 no offering
f ut ≥ 76 ksi, f y ≥ 64 ksi 5 f ut ≥ 76 ksi, f y ≥ 64 ksi 5
Load
Stainless steel 21900 lb4
1 See Kwik Bolt 3 Product Line Table in Section 4.5.3.6 for a full list and anchor length and thread length
configurations.
2 Loads for Kwik Bolt 3 are applicable for both carbide drill bits and matched tolerance Hilti DD-B or DD-C
diamond core bits in sizes ranging from 1/2 inch to 1 inch.
3 The deep embedment depth for stainless steel Kwik Bolt 3 anchors is 8 inch (203 mm).
4 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in a jig as part of product quality control. These values are
not intended for design purposes.
5 Bolt strength specified by minimum tensile and yield strength. Bolt fracture load not applicable.
6 Bolt fracture load not applicable to carbon steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3. The tensile and yield strengths
are, f ut ≥ 105 ksi and f y ≥ 90 ksi.
7 Bolt fracture load not applicable to stainless steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3. The tensile and yield strengths
are, fut ≥ 90 ksi and f y ≥ 76 ksi.
8 For 3/4 x 12, fut ≥ 88 ksi and f y ≥ 75 ksi. Bolt fracture load not applicable.

Table 6 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor Embedment ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) ƒ'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) ƒ'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Diameter Depth Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
300 365 430 550
1-1/8 (29)
(1.3) (1.6) (1.9) (2.4)
1/4 635 530 715 530 800 530 530
2 (51)
(6.4) (2.8) (2.4) (3.2) (2.4) (3.6) (2.4) 845 (2.4)
755 795 840 (3.8)
3 (76)
(3.4) (3.5) (3.7)
730 1135 910 1275 1095 1420 1090
1-5/8 (41)
(3.2) (5.0) (4.0) (5.7) (4.9) (6.3) (4.8)
3/8 1260 1555 1850 2060 1315
2-1/2 (64)
(9.5) (5.6) 1315 (6.9) 1315 (8.2) 1315 (9.2) (5.8)
1580 (5.8) 1770 (5.8) 1965 (5.8) 2150
3-1/2 (89)
(7.0) (7.9) (8.7) (9.6)
1235 1865 1430 2300 1620 2405 1975
2-1/4 (57)
(5.5) (8.3) (6.4) (10.2) (7.2) (10.7) (8.8)
1/2 1930 2185 2440 3240 2415
3-1/2 (89)
(12.7) (8.6) 2415 (9.7) 2415 (10.9) 2415 (14.4) (10.7)
2135 (10.7) 2355 (10.7) 2575 (10.7) 3620
4-3/4 (121)
(9.5) (10.5) (11.5) (16.1)
1920 2750 2065 3410 2210 3785 2830
2-3/4 (70)
(8.5) (12.2) (9.2) (15.2) (9.8) (16.8) (12.6)
5/8 2660 3020 3385 4770 3910
4 (102)
(15.9) (11.8) 3910 (13.4) 3910 (15.1) 3910 (21.2) (17.4)
3285 (17.4) 3695 (17.4) 4100 (17.4) 5325
5-1/2 (140)
(14.6) (16.4) (18.2) (23.7)
2120 4090 2425 4900 2730 5310 3785 5310
3-1/4 (83)
(9.4) (18.2) (10.8) (21.8) (12.1) (23.6) (16.8) (23.6)
3/4 3240 4260 5285 6155
4-3/4 (121)
(19.1) (14.4) 5340 (18.9) 5340 (23.5) 5495 (27.4) 6225
4535 (23.8) 5860 (23.8) 7185 (24.4) 7005 (27.7)
6-1/2 (165)
(20.2) (26.1) (32) (31.2)
3330 7070 4050 7600 4670 8140 5070
4-1/2 (114)
(14.8) (31.4) (18.0) (33.8) (20.8) (36.2) (22.6)
1 4930 6000 7070 8400 9200
6 (152)
(25.4) (21.9) 9200 (26.7) 9200 (31.4) 9200 (37.4) (40.9)
6670 (40.9) 7670 (40.9) 8670 (40.9) 10670
9 (229)
(29.7) (34.1) (38.6) (47.5)
1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.

Table 7 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
1120 1370 1615 2060
1-1/8 (29)
(5.0) (6.1) (7.2) (9.2)
1/4 2375 1995 2690 1995 3000 1995 1995
2 (51)
(6.4) (10.5) (8.9) (12.0) (8.9) (13.3) (8.9) 3165 (8.9)
2830 2990 3150 (14.1)
3 (76)
(12.6) (13.3) (14.0)
2740 4250 3420 4790 4100 5328 4095
1-5/8 (41)
(12.2) (18.9) (15.2) (21.3) (18.2) (23.7) (18.2)
3/8 4720 5830 6935 7730 4930
2-1/2 (64)
(9.5) (21.0) 4930 (25.9) 4930 (30.8) 4930 (34.4) (21.9)
5925 (21.9) 6645 (21.9) 7365 (21.9) 8055
3-1/2 (89)
(26.4) (29.6) (32.8) (35.8)
4635 7000 5355 8630 6075 9030 7410
2-1/4 (57)
(20.6) (31.1) (23.8) (38.4) (27.0) (40.2) (33.0)
1/2 7240 8195 9145 12140 9065
3-1/2 (89)
(12.7) (32.2) 9065 (36.5) 9065 (40.7) 9065 (54.0) (40.3)
8000 (40.3) 8830 (40.3) 9655 (40.3) 13585
4-3/4 (121)
(35.6) (39.3) (42.9) (60.4)
7210 10315 7750 12790 8285 14195 10615
2-3/4 (70)
(32.1) (45.9) (34.5) (56.9) (36.9) (63.1) (47.2)
5/8 9975 11335 12690 17890 14650
4 (102)
(15.9) (44.4) 14650 (50.4) 14650 (56.4) 14650 (79.6) (65.2)
12315 (65.2) 13850 (65.2) 15385 (65.2) 19970
5-1/2 (140)
(54.8) (61.6) (68.4) (88.8)
7955 15335 9100 18375 10245 19910 14185 19910
3-1/4 (83)
(35.4) (68.2) (40.5) (81.7) (45.6) (88.6) (63.1) (88.6)
3/4 12150 15985 19820 23085
4-3/4 (121)
(19.1) (54.0) 20030 (71.1) 20030 (86.2) 20605 (102.7) 23355
17000 (89.1) 21970 (89.1) 26935 (91.7) 26260 (103.9)
6-1/2 (165)
(75.6) (97.7) (119.8) (116.8)
12500 26500 15200 28500 17500 30500 19000
4-1/2 (114)
(55.6) (117.9) (67.6) (126.8) (77.8) (135.7) (84.5)
1 18500 22500 26500 31500 34500
6 (152)
(25.4) (82.3) 34500 (100.1) 34500 (117.9) 34500 (140.1) (153.5)
25000 (153.5) 28750 (153.5) 32500 (153.5) 40000
9 (229)
(111.2) (127.9) (144.6) (177.9)

Table 8 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
260 595 320 380 725 470
1-1/8 (29)
(1.2) (2.6) (1.4) (1.7) (3.2) (2.1)
1/4 540 625 675 705 805
2 (51)
(6.4) (2.4) 675 (2.8) (3.0) (3.1) 805 910 (3.6)
685 (3.0) 750 810 (3.6) (4.0)
3 (76)
(3) (3.3) (3.6)
605 880 670 1110 730 1345 950 1690
1-5/8 (41)
(2.7) (3.9) (3.0) (4.9) (3.2) (6.0) (4.2) (7.5)
3/8 1285 1430 1575 1940
2-1/2 (64)
(9.5) (5.7) 1570 (6.4) 1570 (7.0) 1590 (8.6) 1590
1620 (7.0) 1755 (7.0) 1885 (7.1) 2035 (7.1)
3-1/2 (89)
(7.2) (7.8) (8.4) (9.1)
1015 1875 1230 2130 1450 2380 1620 2740
2-1/4 (57)
(4.5) (8.3) (5.5) (9.5) (6.4) (10.6) (7.2) (12.2)
1/2 1445 1975 2655
3-1/2 (89)
(12.7) (6.4) 3010 (8.8) 3010 2510 3045 (11.8) 3045
1990 (13.4) 2250 (13.4) (11.2) (13.5) 2985 (13.5)
4-3/4 (121)
(8.9) (10.0) (13.3)
1650 2875 1755 3485 1860 4095 2335
2-3/4 (70)
(7.3) (12.8) (7.8) (15.5) (8.3) (18.2) (10.4)
5/8 2455 2900 3340 4395 4625
4 (102)
(15.9) (10.9) 4625 (12.9) 4625 (14.9) 4625 (19.5) (20.6)
3480 (20.6) 3885 (20.6) 4290 (20.6) 6260
5-1/2 (140)
(15.5) (17.3) (19.1) (27.8)
1550 3945 1950 4260 2350 2610
3-1/4 (83)
(6.9) (17.5) (8.7) (18.9) (10.5) (11.6)
3/4 2510 3250 3870 5645 4670 5645
4-3/4 (121)
(19.1) (11.2) 5535 (14.5) 5535 (17.2) (25.1) (20.8) (25.1)
2930 (24.6) 3735 (24.6) 4530 5120
8 (203)
(13.0) (16.6) (20.2) (22.8)
3120 6080 3870 6770 4610 4800
4-1/2 (114)
(13.9) (27.0) (17.2) (30.1) (20.5) (21.4)
1 4400 6400 7200 7470 7330 7470
6 (152)
(25.4) (19.6) 7470 (28.5) 7470 (32.0) (33.2) (32.6) (33.2)
5600 (33.2) 8000 (33.2) 9390 9390
9 (229)
(24.9) (35.6) (41.8) (41.8)

Table 9 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
980 2240 1205 1430 2725 1755
1-1/8 (29)
(4.4) (10.0) (5.4) (6.4) (12.1) (7.8)
1/4 2035 2340 2530 2640 3020
2 (51)
(6.4) (9.1) 2530 (10.4) (11.3) (11.7) 3020 3415 (13.4)
2580 (11.3) 2810 3040 (13.4) (15.2)
3 (76)
(11.5) (12.5) (13.5)
2275 3300 2505 4175 2735 5045 3560 6015
1-5/8 (41)
(10.1) (14.7) (11.1) (18.6) (12.2) (22.4) (15.8) (26.8)
3/8 4825 5365 5905 7270
2-1/2 (64)
(9.5) (21.5) 5900 (23.9) 5900 (26.3) 5954 (32.3) 5954
6075 (26.2) 6575 (26.2) 7075 (26.5) 7625 (26.5)
3-1/2 (89)
(27.0) (29.2) (31.5) (33.9)
3805 7030 4620 7980 5435 8930 6080 10285
2-1/4 (57)
(16.9) (31.3) (20.6) (35.5) (24.2) (39.7) (27.0) (45.7)
1/2 5415 7410 9950
3-1/2 (89)
(12.7) (24.1) 11290 (33.0) 11290 9405 11410 (44.3) 11410
7460 (50.2) 8435 (50.2) (41.8) (50.8) 11200 (50.8)
4-3/4 (121)
(33.2) (37.5) (49.8)
6185 10790 6580 13075 6975 15360 8760
2-3/4 (70)
(27.5) (48.0) (29.3) (58.2) (31.0) (68.3) (39.0)
5/8 9205 10870 12530 16490 17355
4 (102)
(15.9) (40.9) 17355 (48.4) 17355 (55.7) 17355 (73.4) (77.2)
13040 (77.2) 14560 (77.2) 16080 (77.2) 23475
5-1/2 (140)
(58.0) (64.8) (71.5) (104.4)
5800 14790 7300 15980 8800 9800
3-1/4 (83)
(25.8) (65.8) (32.5) (71.1) (39.1) (43.6)
3/4 9400 11950 14500 21160 17500 21160
4-3/4 (121)
(19.1) (41.8) 20750 (53.2) 20750 (64.5) (94.1) (77.8) (94.1)
11000 (92.3) 14000 (92.3) 17000 19200
8 (203)
(48.9) (62.3) (75.6) (85.4)
11700 22800 14500 25400 17300 18000
4-1/2 (114)
(52.0) (101.4) (64.5) (113.0) (77.0) (80.1)
1 16500 21750 27000 28000 27500 28000
6 (152)
(25.4) (73.4) 28000 (96.7) 28000 (120.1) (124.6) (122.3) (124.6)
21000 (124.6) 28100 (124.6) 35200 35200
9 (229)
(93.4) (125.0) (156.6) (156.6)

Table 10 - Hot-Dip Galvanized Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
2-1/4 1125 1785 1265 1785 1400 1655
(57) (5.0) (7.9) (5.6) (7.9) (6.2) (7.4)
1/2 3-1/2 1895 2115 2335 2190 3105 2190
(12.7) (89) (8.4) 2190 (9.4) 2190 (10.4) (9.7) (13.8) (9.7)
4-3/4 2215 (9.7) 2530 (9.7) 2845 3740
(121) (9.9) (11.3) (12.7) (16.6)
2-3/4 1785 1965 2140 2745
(70) (7.9) (8.7) (9.5) (12.2)
5/8 4 2545 3780 3155 3780 3765 3780 5280 3790
(15.9) (102) (11.3) (16.8) (14.0) (16.8) (16.7) (16.8) (23.5) (16.8)
5-1/2 3375 4030 4030 6055
(140) (15.0) (17.9) (17.9) (26.9)
3-1/4 2355 4240 2545 4240 2735 2825
(83) (10.5) (18.9) (11.3) (18.9) (12.2) (12.6)
3/4 4-3/4 3730 4350 4970 5340 5805 5340
(19.1) (121) (16.6) 5340 (19.3) 5340 (22.1) (23.8) (25.8) (23.8)
6-1/2 5115 (23.8) 5805 (23.8) 6495 7520
(165) (22.8) (25.8) (28.9) (33.5)
Table 11 - Hot-Dip Galvanized Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
2-1/4 4220 6695 4740 6695 5255 6210
(57) (18.8) (29.8) (21.1) (29.8) (23.4) (27.6)
1/2 3-1/2 7100 7935 8765 8210 11645 8210
(12.7) (89) (31.6) 8210 (35.3) 8210 (39.0) (36.5) (51.8) (36.5)
4-3/4 8310 (36.5) 9495 (36.5) 10675 14030
(121) (37.0) (42.2) (47.5) (62.4)
2-3/4 6690 7360 8030 10295
(70) (29.8) (32.7) (35.7) (45.8)
5/8 4 9550 14170 11835 14170 14120 14170 19800 14170
(15.9) (102) (42.5) (63.0) (52.6) (63.0) (62.8) (63.0) (88.1) (63.0)
5-1/2 12650 15115 17575 22705
(140) (56.3) (67.2) (78.2) (101.0)
3-1/4 8825 15900 9545 15900 10260 10600
(83) (39.3) (70.7) (42.5) (70.7) (45.6) (47.2)
3/4 4-3/4 13995 16315 18635 20030 21765 20030
(19.1) (121) (62.3) 20030 (72.6) 20030 (82.9) (89.1) (96.8) (89.1)
6-1/2 19180 (89.1) 21770 (89.1) 24355 28210
(165) (85.3) (96.8) (108.3) (125.5)

Table 12 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete1,2
Anchor Anchor Tension Tension Tension Shear
Diameter Depth ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) ƒ'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/4 1-1/8 (29) 275 (1.2) 335 (1.5) 400 (1.8) 400 (1.8)
(6.4) 2 (51) 595 (2.6) 675 (3.0) 750 (3.3) 400 (1.8)
3/8 1-5/8 (41) 585 (2.6) 685 (3.0) 785 (3.5) 890 (4.0)
(9.5) 2-1/2 (64) 1120 (5.0) 1340 (6.0) 1560 (6.9) 1345 (5.9)
1/2 2-1/4 (57) 1160 (5.2) 1340 (6.0) 1520 (6.8) 1750 (7.8)
(12.7) 3-1/2 (89) 1810 (8.1) 2050 (9.1) 2285 (10.2) 2835 (12.6)
5/8 2-3/4 (70) 1560 (6.9) 1815 (8.1) 2070 (9.2) 2580 (11.5)
(15.9) 4 (102) 2485 (11.1) 2830 (12.6) 3170 (14.1) 3360 (14.9)
3/4 3-1/4 ( 83) 1920 (8.5) 2240 (10.0) 2560 (11.4) 3835 (17.1)
(19.1) 4-3/4 (121) 3035 (13.5) 3995 (17.8) 4955 (22) 5010 (22.3)
1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0.
Table 13 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete1,2

Anchor Anchor Tension Tension Tension Shear
Diameter Depth ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) ƒ'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) ƒ'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
1/4 1-1/8 (29) 245 (1.1) 300 (1.3) 355 (1.6) 545 (2.4)
(6.4) 2 (51) 510 (2.3) 585 (2.6) 660 (2.9) 630 (2.8)
3/8 1-5/8 (41) 560 (2.5) 625 (2.8) 685 (3.0) 825 (3.7)
(9.5) 2-1/2 (64) 920 (4.1) 1200 (5.3) 1475 (6.6) 1345 (6.0)
1/2 2-1/4 (57) 950 (4.2) 1155 (5.1) 1360 (6.0) 1755 (7.8)
(12.7) 3-1/2 (89) 1355 (6.0) 1855 (8.3) 2350 (10.5) 2955 (13.1)
5/8 2-3/4 (70) 1470 (6.5) 1605 (7.1) 1745 (7.8) 2695 (12.0)
(15.9) 4 (102) 2300 (10.2) 2715 (12.1) 3130 (13.9) 4500 (20.0)
Table 14 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads for anchor

installed at 1-3/4 in. Edge Distance in Normal-Weight Concrete1
ƒ'c ≥ 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
Anchor Min Depth Shear
Diameter Enbedment Tension Perpendicular Parallel
in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) to Edge to Edge
lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5) 3 (76) 955 (4.2) 410 (1.8) 915 (4.1)
3 (76) 930 (4.1) 375 (1.7) 1000 (4.4)
1/2 (12.7)
4-1/2 (114) 1285 (5.7) 445 (2.0) 1415 (6.3)

Table 15 - Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Installed into
the Underside of Metal Profile Deck into Lightweight Concrete1
Anchor Embedment ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Anchor Diameter Depth
Material Tension Shear2
1/4 (6.4) 2 (51) 620 (2.8) 713 (3.2)
Carbon 3/8 (9.5) 2-1/2 (64) 1035 (4.6) 1370 (6.1)
Steel 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 (89) 1725 (7.7) 2435 (10.8)
5/8 (15.9) 4 (102) 2220 (9.9) 3160 (14.1)
1/4 (6.4) 2 (51) 615 (2.7) 650 (2.9)
Stainless 3/8 (9.5) 2-1/2 (64) 1015 (4.5) 1450 (6.4)
Steel 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 (89) 1475 (6.6) 2200 (9.8)
5/8 (15.9) 4 (102) 2220 (9.8) 3355 (14.9)
1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0.
Figure 3 - Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck
Table 16 - Countersunk Kwik Bolt Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1

Anchor Embedment ƒ'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Anchor
Material Diameter Depth Tension Shear2
Carbon 1/4 (6.4) 1-1/8 (29) 365 (1.6) 350 (1.6)
Steel 3/8 (9.5) 1-5/8 (41) 810 (3.6) 750 (3.3)
Stainless 1/4 (6.4) 1-1/8 (29) 320 (1.4) 500 (2.2)
Steel 3/8 (9.5) 1-5/8 (41) 670 (3.0) 1330 (5.9)
2 Shear values acting thru threads of anchor bolt. If acting through the empty shell,
reduce loads by 70%.

Table 17 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads for Anchors Installed
in Top of Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Wall1
Anchor Anchor Shear V2
Diameter Depth Tension
lb (kN) V1 V2
1/2 (12.7) 3 (76) 645 (2.9) 310 (1.4) 615 (2.7) V1
5/8 (15.9) 3-1/2 (89) 850 (3.8) 310 (1.4) 615 (2.7)
1 Masonry prism strength must be at least 1500 psi at the time of installation in accordance with
UBC Standard 21-17.
Table 18 - HHDCA Ceiling Hanger Allowable Loads1

Anchor Minimum Normal-Weight Concrete 2 Lightweight Concrete 3 Lightweight over Metal Deck 3
Diameter Embedment Tension Shear Tension Tension
1/4 (6.4) 1-1/4 (32) 410 (1.8) 425 (1.9) 260 (1.2) 294 (1.3)
2 Allowable loads are for anchors installed into normal-weight concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi at the time of installation.
3 Allowable loads are for anchors installed into lightweight concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at the time of installation.
( NN ) + ( VV ) ≤ 1.0
5/3 5/3
d d (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)
rec rec
1 s = on-center fastening spacing

c = edge distance from center of bolt.
2 Apply appropriate load reduction factors for tension and shear N
if anchor spacing and/or edge distance is less the the critical
spacing (s cr ) or edge distance (c cr ) as defined by Hilti.
3 See Section 4.1.8.1 for determinig compounded spacing and c1 V
edge distance reduction as well as intermediate load values
for concrete strengths and embedments. s c2
h t

Table 19 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Grout-Filled
Concrete Masonry Units1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
Anchor Anchor Min. Distance

Diameter Depth from Edge of Block Tension Shear
1-1/8 (29) 4 (102) 150 (0.7) 380 (1.7)
1/4 12 (305)
(6.4) 2 (51) 4 (102)
540 (2.4) 445 (2.0)
12 (305)
1-5/8 (41) 4 (102) 320 (1.4) 735 (3.3)
3/8 12 (305) 340 (1.5) 940 (4.2)
(9.5) 2-1/2 (64) 4 (102) 1010 (4.5)
780 (3.5)
12 (305) 1395 (6.2)
2-1/4 (57) 4 (102) 630 (2.8) 830 (3.7)
1/2 12 (305) 665 (3.0) 1465 ( 6.5)
(12.7) 3-1/2 (89) 4 (102) 1080 (4.8)
905 (4.0)
12 (305) 2375 (10.6)
2-3/4 (70) 4 (102) 815 (3.6) 890 (4.0)
5/8 12 (305) 865 (3.8) 2165 (9.6)
(15.9) 4 (102) 4 (102) 1240 (5.5) 970 (4.3)
12 (305) 1295 (5.8) 2770 (12.3)
3-1/4 (83) 4 (102) 785 (3.5)
1035 (4.6)
3/4 12 (305) 3135 (13.8 )
(19.1) 4-3/4 (121) 4 (102) 1645 (7.3) 825 (3.7)
12 (305) 1710 (7.6) 3305 (14.7 )
1 Values are for anchors installed in Type 1 Grade N, lightweight, medium-weight, or normal-weight concrete
masonry units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4. The masonry units must be fully grouted with coarse grout
conforming to UBC Standard 21-15, Type S, N, or M. Masonry prism compressive strength must be at least
1500 psi at the time of installation when tested in accordance with UBC Standard 21-17.
2 Anchors must be installed a minimum of 1-3/8 inch from any vertical mortar joint (see figure).
3 Anchor locations are limited to one per masonry cell.
5 Linear interpolation to determine load values at intermediate edge distances is permitted.
6 All allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0
Figure 4 - Installation in grout-filled concrete masonry unit
1 Anchor installation is allowed in all non-shaded areas.

Edge Distance Adjustment Factors
Edge Reduction Factor

Tension Adjustment Critical Edge Minimum Edge
Conditions Distance Distance
Emb Ratio c/h c = 1.75 c/h c = 1.00

Reduction f RN = 1.00 f RN = 0.80
for h min ≤ h act ≤ h nom
c/h c
h c = h act
h c = h nom for h act > h nom
h act = Actual Embedment
c = Actual Edge Distance
f RN = Edge Distance Reduction Factor for Tension
Loading
fRN
Adjustment Conditions
Edge Reduction Factor
Shear Plane fRV Reduction factor at
Shear
Shear Conditions Min. Edge Distance
Correlation
f RV1 Shear towards edge f RV1 = 0.50
f RV2 Shear parallel edge f RV2 = 0.60
f RV3 Shear away from edge f RV3 = 0.83
embedment to edge distance ratio
c/h min
c/h min = 3.00

at critical edge distance
embedment to edge distance ratio
c/h min = 1.50
at minimum edge distance
c = Actual Edge Distance
h min = Min Embedment for Specific Anchor Diameter
fRV
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors
Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor Adjustment Critical Anchor Minimum Anchor

Tension Conditions Spacing Spacing
Emb Ratio s/h c = 2.25 s/h c = 1.00

Reduction f AN = 1.00 f AN = 0.60
h c = h act for h min ≤ h act ≤ h nom
h c = h nom for h act > h nom
s/h c

c = Actual Anchor Spacing Distance
f AN = Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor for Tension
Loading
fAN
Adjustment Critical Anchor Minimum Anchor
Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor
Conditions Spacing Spacing
Shear
Emb Ratio s/h c = 2.25 s/h c = 1.00
Reduction f AV = 1.00 f AV = 0.90
h c = hact for h min ≤ h act ≤ h nom
h c = hnom for h act > h nom
s/h c

c = Actual Anchor Spacing Distance
f AV = Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor for Shear
Loading
fAV

Influence of Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing on Anchor Performance
Load Adjustment Factors for 1/4 in. Diameter Anchors Standard Anchor Embedments (in.)
Edge Distance Shear h min 1-1/8
Adjustment Spacing Edge Distance Spacing ⊥ II ⊥ away
Factor Tension Tension, Shear toward to from 1/4 h nom 2
1/4 in. f AN f RN f AV edge edge edge h deep 3
f RV1 f RV2 f RV3
h min 1-5/8
≥2 ≥2 ≥2 ≥ 1-1/8 ≥ 1-1/8 ≥ 1-1/8
Embedment 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8
Depth, in. 3/8 h nom 2-1/2
1-1/8 0.60 0.80 0.90 h deep 3-1/2
1-11/16 0.75 0.93 0.94 0.50 0.60 0.83
h min 2-1/4
1-3/4 0.78 0.95 0.94 0.52 0.61 0.84
2 0.85 0.60 1.00 0.80 0.96 0.90 0.59 0.67 0.86 1/2 h nom 3-1/2
2 -1/4 0.92 0.64 0.83 0.98 0.91 0.67 0.73 0.89 h deep 4-3/4
Spacing (in.)
2-1/2 0.99 0.68 0.87 1.00 0.92 0.74 0.79 0.91

3 1.00 0.76 0.93 0.94 0.89 0.91 0.96
3-3/8 0.82 0.98 0.96 1.00 1.00 1.00
3-1/2 0.84 1.00 0.96
4 0.92 0.98
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment
4-1/2 1.00 1.00 depths. Reduction factors for
4-3/4 other embedment depths must be
5 calculated using equations below.
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8 in. Diameter Anchors

Edge Distance Shear Spacing — Tension
Factor Tension Tension, Shear toward to from h min≤ h act≤h nom h act ≥ h nom
3/8 in. f AN f RN f AV edge edge edge s/hact + 0.88 s/h nom + 0.88
f RV1 f RV2 f RV3 f AN = f AN =
3.13 3.13
≥2-1/2 1-5/8 ≥2-1/2 1-5/8 ≥ 2-1/2 ≥ 1-5/8 ≥ 1-5/8 ≥ 1-5/8
Embedment 1-5/8
Depth, in.
1-5/8 0.60 0.80 0.90
2 0.67 0.86 0.92 Edge Distance — Tension
2-1/4 0.72 0.90 0.93 h min≤ h act≤h nom h act ≥ h nom
2-1/2 0.77 0.60 0.94 0.80 0.94 0.90 0.51 0.61 0.83 c/h act + 2 c/h nom + 2
f RN = f RN =
3 0.87 0.66 1.00 0.85 0.97 0.92 0.62 0.69 0.87 3.75 3.75
Spacing (in.)
3-1/4 0.92 0.70 0.88 0.98 0.92 0.67 0.73 0.89

3-1/2 0.97 0.73 0.91 0.99 0.93 0.72 0.77 0.90
3-3/4 1.00 0.76 0.93 1.00 0.94 0.77 0.82 0.92 Spacing — Shear
4 0.79 0.96 0.95 0.82 0.86 0.94
h min≤ h act≤h nom h act ≥ h nom
4-1/2 0.86 1.00 0.96 0.92 0.94 0.97
5 0.92 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 s/hact + 10.25 s/h nom + 10.25
f AV = f AV =
5-5/8 1.00 1.00 12.5 12.5
5-3/4
Load Adjustment Factors for 1/2 in. Diameter Anchors Edge Distance — Shear
Edge Distance Shear h act ≥ h min
Factor Tension Tension, Shear toward to from perpendicular toward edge
1/2 in. f AN f RN f AV edge edge edge c
f RV1 f RV2 f RV3 f RV1 =
3h min
≥3-1/2 2-1/4 ≥3-1/2 2-1/4 ≥3-1/2 ≥2-1/4 ≥2-1/4 ≥2-1/4
Embedment 2-1/4
Depth, in. parallel to edge
2-1/4 0.60 0.80 0.90 c/h min + 0.75
2-1/2 0.64 0.83 0.91 f RV2 =
3.75
3 0.71 0.89 0.93
perpendicular away from edge
3-3/8 0.76 0.93 0.94 0.50 0.60 0.83
c/h min + 5.82
3-3/4 0.81 0.62 0.98 0.82 0.95 0.91 0.56 0.64 0.85 f RV3 =
Spacing (in.)
4-1/4 0.88 0.67 1.00 0.86 0.97 0.92 0.63 0.70 0.87 8.82
4-3/4 0.96 0.71 0.90 0.99 0.93 0.70 0.76 0.90
5 1.00 0.74 0.91 1.00 0.93 0.74 0.79 0.91
5-3/4 0.81 0.97 0.95 0.85 0.88 0.95
6 0.83 1.00 0.96 0.89 0.91 0.96 Note: Edge distance and anchor spacing for all light-
6-1/2 0.87 0.97 0.96 0.97 0.99 weight and sand-lightweight concrete are obtained by
7-1/4 0.94 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 dividing the normal-weight dimensions by 0.75 and
7-3/4 1.00 1.00 0.85, respectively.

Influence of Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing on Anchor Performance
Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8 in. Diameter Anchors Standard Anchor Embedments (in.)
Edge Distance Shear h min 2-3/4
Factor Tension Tension, Shear toward to from 5/8 h nom 4
5/8 in. f AN f RN f AV edge edge edge h deep 5-1/2
f RV1 f RV2 f RV3
h min 3-1/4
≥4 ≥4 ≥4 ≥ 2-3/4 ≥ 2-3/4 ≥ 2-3/4
Embedment 2-3/4 2-3/4 2-3/4
Depth, in. 3/4 h nom 4-3/4
2-3/4 0.60 0.80 0.90 h deep 6-1/21
3-1/2 0.69 0.87 0.92
h min 4-1/2
4 0.75 0.60 0.92 0.80 0.94 0.90
4-1/4 0.77 0.62 0.95 0.82 0.94 0.91 0.52 0.61 0.84 1 h nom 6
4-3/4 0.83 0.66 1.00 0.85 0.96 0.92 0.58 0.66 0.86 h deep 9
Spacing (in.)
5-1/2 0.92 0.72 0.90 0.98 0.93 0.67 0.73 0.89 1 Embedment depth shown reflects embedment for carbon
6 0.98 0.76 0.93 0.99 0.94 0.73 0.78 0.91 steel anchor, deep embedment depth for stainless steel
6-1/4 1.00 0.78 0.95 1.00 0.95 0.76 0.81 0.92 anchor is 8 inch.
7 0.84 1.00 0.96 0.85 0.88 0.95
7-1/2 0.88 0.97 0.91 0.93 0.97
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment
7-3/4 0.90 0.98 0.94 0.95 0.98 depths. Reduction factors for
8-1/2 0.96 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 other embedment depths must be
9 1.00 calculated using equations below.
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/4 in. Diameter Anchors

Edge Distance Shear Spacing — Tension
Factor Tension Tension, Shear toward to from h min≤ h act≤h nom h act ≥ h nom
3/4 in. f AN f RN f AV edge edge edge s/hact + 0.88 s/h nom + 0.88
f RV1 f RV2 f RV3 f AN = f AN =
3.13 3.13
≥4-3/4 3-1/4 ≥4-3/4 3-1/4 ≥ 4-3/4 ≥ 3-1/4 ≥ 3-1/4 ≥ 3-1/4
Embedment 3-1/4
Depth, in.
3-3/8 0.61 0.81 0.90
4 0.67 0.86 0.92 Edge Distance — Tension
5 0.77 0.62 0.94 0.81 0.94 0.90 0.51 0.61 0.83 h min≤ h act≤h nom h act ≥ h nom
5-3/4 0.85 0.67 1.00 0.86 0.96 0.92 0.59 0.67 0.86 c/h act + 2 c/h nom + 2
f RN = f RN =
6-1/4 0.90 0.70 0.88 0.97 0.93 0.64 0.71 0.88 3.75 3.75
Spacing (in.)
6-1/2 0.92 0.72 0.90 0.98 0.93 0.67 0.73 0.89

7 0.97 0.75 0.93 0.99 0.94 0.72 0.77 0.90
7-1/2 1.00 0.79 0.95 1.00 0.95 0.77 0.82 0.92 Spacing — Shear
8-1/4 0.84 1.00 0.96 0.85 0.88 0.95
h min≤ h act≤h nom h act ≥ h nom
9 0.89 0.97 0.92 0.94 0.97
9-3/4 0.94 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 s/hact + 10.25 s/h nom + 10.25
f AV = f AV =
10-1/4 0.97 0.99 12.5 12.5
10-3/4 1.00 1.00
Load Adjustment Factors for 1 in. Diameter Anchors Edge Distance — Shear
Edge Distance Shear h act ≥ h min
Factor Tension Tension, Shear toward to from perpendicular toward edge
1 in. f AN f RN f AV edge edge edge c
f RV1 f RV2 f RV3 f RV1 =
3h min
≥6 ≥6 ≥6 ≥4-1/2 ≥4-1/2 ≥4-1/2
Embedment 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2
Depth, in. parallel to edge
4-1/2 0.60 0.80 0.90 c/h min + 0.75
6 0.71 0.60 0.89 0.80 0.93 0.90 f RV2 =
3.75
7 0.78 0.65 0.95 0.84 0.94 0.91 0.52 0.61 0.84
perpendicular away from edge
8 0.85 0.71 1.00 0.89 0.96 0.93 0.59 0.67 0.86
c/h min + 5.82
9 0.92 0.76 0.93 0.98 0.94 0.67 0.73 0.89 f RV3 =
Spacing (in.)
9-3/4 0.97 0.80 0.97 0.99 0.95 0.72 0.78 0.91 8.82
10-1/4 1.00 0.83 0.99 1.00 0.96 0.76 0.81 0.92
11-1/4 0.88 1.00 0.97 0.83 0.87 0.94
11-5/8 0.90 0.98 0.86 0.89 0.95
12-1/2 0.95 0.99 0.93 0.94 0.97 Note: Edge distance and anchor spacing for all light-
13 0.97 0.99 0.96 0.97 0.99 weight and sand-lightweight concrete are obtained by
13-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 dividing the normal-weight dimensions by 0.75 and
14-3/4 0.85, respectively.
1. Hammer drill a hole to the same nominal 2. Clean hole.

diameter as the Kwik Bolt 3. The hole depth
must exceed the anchor embedment by at least
one diameter. The fixture may be used as a
drilling template to ensure proper anchor
location.
3. Drive the Kwik Bolt 3 into the hole using 4. Tighten the nut to the recommended
a hammer. installation torque.

Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Installation Instructions
1. Drill. 2. Clean. 3.Thread post nut completely onto anchor.

Tap into hole.
4. Loosen screw two full turns. 5. Tap-in again. 6. Tighten.
Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Installation Instructions
1. Drill. 2. Clean. 3. Tap-in. 4. Tighten.
Hilti Ceiling Kwik Bolt (HHDCA) Anchor Installation Instructions
Drill Depth
1-1/4"
1. Drill hole using 1/4" bit. 2. Tap in. 3. Pry downward.

Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Product Line
Size Length (ᐉ) Thread Length (ᐉth) ID

Box Item No.
in. (mm) in. (mm) Stamp Carbon Steel 304 SS 316 SS HDG
1/4 x 1-3/4 1-3/4 (44) 3/4 (18) A 282502 282539 - -
1/4 x 2-1/4 2-1/4 (57) 7/8 (22) B 282503 282540 282565 -
2 (51) 100 282504 282541 - -
1/4 x 3-1/4 3-1/4 (83) D
7/8 (22) - - 282566 -
1/4 x 4-1/2 4-1/2 (114) 2-7/8 (75) G 282521 282553 - -
3/8 x 2-1/4 2-1/4 (57) 7/8 (22) B 282505 282542 - -
1-1/4 (32) - - 282567 -
3/8 x 3 3 (76) D
1-1/2 (40) 282522 282554 - -
1-1/4 (32) - - 282568 -
3/8 x 3-3/4 3-3/4 (95) E 50
2-1/4 (59) 282523 282555 - -
3/8 x 5 5 (127) 3-1/2 (91) H 282524 282556 - -
3/8 x 7 7 (178) 5-1/2 (142) L 282525 282557 - -
1/2 x 2-3/4 2-3/4 (70) 1-1/4 (33) C 252509 282546 - -
1-5/16 (35) - - 282569 -
1/2 x 3-3/4 3-3/4 (95) E
2-3/16 (56) 282526 282558 - 378083
1-5/16 (35) 25 - - 282570 -
1/2 x 4-1/2 4-1/2 (114) G
2-7/8 (75) 282527 282559 - 378084
1-5/16 (35) - - 282571 -
1/2 x 5-1/2 5-1/2 (140) I
3-3/4 (96) 282528 282560 - 378085
1/2 x 7 7 (178) 4-3/4 (121) L 282529 282561 - 378086
5/8 x 3-3/4 3-3/4 (95) E 282513 282550 282572 -
1-1/2 (41)
- - 282573 -
5/8 x 4-3/4 4-3/4 (121) G
2-3/4 (70) 282530 282562 - 378087
1-1/2 (41) - 282552 282574 -
5/8 x 6 6 (152) J 15
4 (102) 282531 - - 378088
5/8 x 7 7 (178) 4-3/4 (121) 282532 - - -
5/8 x 8-1/2 8-1/2 (216) 6-1/2 (166) O 282533 282563 - -
5/8 x 10 10 (254) 7 (180) R 282534 282564 - -
1-1/2 (41) 20 - 286020 286033 -
3/4 x 4-3/4 4-3/4 (121) G 10 282535 - - 378089
2-7/16 (62)
20 - 286021 - -
1-1/2 (41) 20 - 286024 286034 -
3/4 x 5-1/2 5-1/2 (140) I 10 282536 - - 378090
3-7/16 (85)
20 - 286025 - -
1-1/2 (41) - 286026 - -
3/4 x 7 7 (178) L
4-5/8 (119) 282537 - - -
3/4 x 8 8 (203) 5-3/4 (146) N 10 282520 286027 - 378091
3/4 x 10 10 (254) R 282538 286028 286035 -
5-7/8 (152)
3/4 x 12 12 (305) T 286016 286029 - -
1x6 6 (152) J 286017 286030 286036 -
2-1/4 (57)
1x9 9 (114) P 5 286018 286031 - -
1 x 12 12 (114) 6 (152) T 286019 286032 - -

Countersunk Kwik Bolt Anchor Product Line
Item No.
Length
Size Box Quantity Carbon Steel 304 SS
in. (mm)
C1/4 x 2 2 (51) 100 286037 -

C1/4 x 3 3 (76) 100 286038 286044
C1/4 x 5 5 (127) 100 286039 -
C3/8 x 2-1/4 2-1/4 (57) 100 286040 -
C3/8 x 3 3 (76) 100 286041 -
C3/8 x 4 4 (102) 50 286042 286045
C3/8 x 5 5 (127) 50 286043 -
Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Product Line
Item No.
Length Thread Length ID Box
Size Stamp Quantity
in. (mm) in. (mm) Carbon Steel
3/8 x 2-1/4 2-1/4 (57) 7/8 (22) B 100 283470
HHDCA Ceiling Anchor Product Line
Item No.
Length Eyelet Size Box Quantity
Size in. (mm) in. Carbon Steel
1/4 x 2 2-1/32 (52) 5/16 100 412669
Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor
Long Thread Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor
Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor
Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor (3/8" x 2 1/4" only)
HHDCA Ceiling Hanger (1/4" x 2" only)
4.3.5.7 Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Sample Calculations
Given:
2-1/2 in. KB3 anchors under
AN
static tension load as shown. 1.5h ef
h ef = 3.25”
hef = 3.25 in.
Normal wt. concrete, f'c = 3,000 psi
h = 6”
No supplementary reinforcing.
s = 6''
Assume uncracked concrete.
Condition B per ACI 318-05 D.4.4(c)
Calculate the allowable tension load 1.5h ef
1.5h ef c = 4''
Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report. Code Ref. Report Ref
Step 1. Calculate steel strength of anchor in tension:
D.5.1.2 Table 17
Step 2. Calculate steel capacity Φ Nsa = (0.75) (23,320) = 17,490 lb .

Nsa = n A se f ut = (2) (0.11) (106,000) = 23,320 lb
D.4.4 a)
Step 3. Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension
A Nc D.5.2.1
N cbg = (⌿ ec,N ) (⌿ ed,N ) (⌿ c,N ) (⌿ cp,N )
A Nco
Step 3a. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance:
h min = 6 in. ≤ 6 in. ... ok D.8 Table 17
From Table 3; c a,min = 1.625 in. when s ≥ 4.25 in. ... ok
Step 3b. Check: 1.5 hef = (1.5) (3.25) = 4.88 in. > c 3.0h ef = (3.0) (3.25) = 9.75 in. > s D.5.2.1 Table 17
Step 3c. Calculate A No and A N for the anchorage: A No = 9h e f 2 = (9) (3.25)2 = 95.1 in 2 D.5.2.1
A N = (1.5 hef + c ) (3hef + s) = [(1.5) (3.25) + 4] [(3) (3.25) + 6] = 139.8 in 2 < 2 x A No ... ok
Step 3d. Calculate ⌿ ec,N : e N' = O: ⌿ e c,N = 1.0 D.5.2.4
Step 3e. Calculate N b : N b = k uncr f 'c (h e f )1.5

D.5.2.4
N b = 24 3000 (3.25)1.5 = 7,702 lb
[ (1.5) (3.25) ] = 0.95

4
Step 3f. Calculate modification factor for edge distance: ⌿ ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 D.5.2.5 Table 17
Step 3g. Calculate modification factor for splitting:

max | c a,min : 1.5 x h e f | max | 4 : 1.5 x 3.25 | D.5.2.7 Table 17
⌿ cp,N = = = 0.72
c ac 6.75
Step 3h. Calculate N cbg :
N cbg = (
139.8
95.1 )
(1.0) (0.95) (1.0) (0.72) (7,702) = 7,744 lb D.5.2.1 Table 17
Step 4. Check pullout strength: per Table 3, N p, uncr = (2) (6890) 3000 = 15,095 lb D.5.3.2 Table 17
2500
Does not control
Step 5. Controlling strength: ␾ N cbg = (0.65) (7,744 lb) = 5,034 lb, controls D.4.4 c)
5,034
Step 6. Convert value to ASD: N allow = 3,595 lb _
1.4
15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD 12/30/07 1:19 AM Page 353
HUS-H Screw Anchor 4.3.6

The Hilti HUS-H Fastening System • Hilti name and anchor length on
head facilitates quality control and 4.3.6.3 Technical Data
consists of the HUS-H fastener, the
SI 100 impact wrench and a standard inspection after installation 4.3.6.4 Installation Instructions
ANSI drill bit. The HUS-H is a concrete • Comprehensive performance test-
ing to provide high and consistent
screw anchor designed for use in
performance in concrete
normal-weight concrete. The anchor is
• Keying/Undercutting of threads
formed with a hex head, an integral
allows for immediate load
washer, a double lead thread, and a application
chamfered tip and has a zinc flake • Pressed-on washer for greater set-
coating (Deltatone). ting convenience
Product Features • Tapered tip and double lead thread
allow for easy installation
• Two step hardening process
- Hardened tip to facilitate quick Guide Specifications
and easy cutting into concrete
- Relatively ductile shank to reduce Anchor Concrete anchor shall be
risk of sudden brittle failure carbon steel, screw type with double
and/or Hydrogen Assisted Stress lead thread and a Deltatone coating.
Corrosion Cracking (HASCC) Anchor will bear the diameter and
• Deltatone coating process does length on the bolt head that is visible
not induce HASCC and has up to after installation. Anchors shall be
240 hr. salt spray (tested to ASTM
HUS-H as supplied by Hilti.
B117).
• No special bit required, standard Installation Drill hole with a Hilti ANSI
ANSI bit standard carbide tipped drill bit.
• HUS-H Anchors, SI 100 impact Remove dust from the hole with oil free
wrench, Hilti Drill and Drill Bits compressed air. Using Hilti SI 100
form a total system. impact wrench (or using manual
• Bolt head finish, no protruding Listings/Approvals
wrench), install anchor into hole until
thread European Technical Approval (ETA)
flush against top of fixture. ETA-06/0159
4.3.6.2 Material Mechanical Properties

Specifications fy min. fu
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Carbon Steel HUS-H Screw Anchors conform
DIN EN 10263-4 130 (900) 145 (1000)
Deltatone Coating
Deltatone is a highly reactive zinc-rich system based on an inorganic material. It
sticks to the steel substrate by a chemical reaction instead of mechanical adhesion.
In contrast to electrolytic plating, no hydrogen (which can lead to HASCC). Thanks
to the binding agents and high zinc content, a closed film with cathodic protection
effect is achieved after the curing process. A further important advantage lies in the
suppression of the so-called white corrosion or oxidation of the zinc surface. The
high zinc content of the Deltatone coating material helps protect steel against cor-
rosion. Screw Anchors coated with Deltatone are tested in accordance with DIN
50021 / ASTM B117 and achieve a level of 0 %
Base material Corrosion after 240 hrs. Salt spray Test.
The HUS-H Screw Anchor undergoes a Case Hardening (Carbo Nitration) process,
followed by a partial inductive heat-treatment. This process helps ensure optimum
cutting performance while maintaining a ductile anchor shaft.
4.3.6 HUS-H Screw Anchor

Table 1 - HUS-H Specification Table
Nominal Anchor in. 3/8 1/2 5/8

Details Diameter (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9)
d bit nominal bit diameter in. 5/16 7/16 9/16
(mm) (7.9) (11.1) (14.3)
h ef min./std/deep in. 2 2-3/4 2 3 2-3/8 4 5-3/8
depth of embedment (mm) (51) (70) (51) (89) (60) (102) (137)
h 1 min. hole depth in. h ef + 3/8 h ef + 3/8 h ef + 3/8
(mm) (h ef + 9.5) (h ef + 9.5) (h ef + 9.5)
Tmax max. tightening ft-lb 26 33 48
torque (Nm) (35) (45) (65)
d h min. thread clearance in. 7/16 9/16 11/16
hole in plate (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5)
h min. base material thickness 3" (76 mm) or 1.3 h ef whichever is greater
Table 2 - HUS-H Lengths1

Nominal Length
Anchor Diameter in. (mm)
2-1/2 (64)
dh 2-5/8 (67)
3 (76)
3/8
t
4 (102)
5 (127)
6 (152)
hef h1 h
2-1/2 (64)
3 (76)
1/2 4 (102)
5 (128)
6 (152)
3 (76)
4 (102)
5/8
5 (128)
6 (152)
d bit
1 Thickness to be fastened t = - h ef)
( NN ) + ( VV ) ≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)

5/3 5/3
d d
rec rec

Table 3 - Carbon Steel HUS-H Allowable Loads in Concrete
Nominal 2000 psi (13.8 Mpa) 4000 psi (27.6 Mpa) 6000 psi (41.4 Mpa)
Anchor Embedment
Diameter Depth Tension2 Shear3 Tension2 Shear3 Tension2 Shear3
in. (mm) In. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
21 810 1190 1025 1175
3/8 (51) (3.6) (5.3) (4.6) 14904 (5.2) 14904
(9.5) 2-3/4 1275 14904 1785 (6.6) 2025 (6.6)
(70) (5.7) (6.6) (7.9) (9.0)
21 815 1370 1055 1760 1175
1/2 (51) (3.6) (6.1) (4.7) (7.8) (5.2) 30004
(12.7) 3 1410 1780 1855 2365 2390 (13.3)
(76) (6.3) (7.9) (8.3) (10.5) (10.6)
2-3/81 1130 1740 1435 3005 2000 3590
(60) (5.0) (7.7) (6.4) (13.4) (8.90) (16.0)
5/8 4 2370 3320 3190 4985
(15.9) (102) (10.5) (14.8) (14.2) 49054 (22.2) 49054
5-3/8 3435 49054 4430 (21.8) 7105 (21.8)
(137) (15.3) (21.8) (19.7) (31.6)
1 IMPORTANT — EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential con- 3 Except where noted, shear loads based upon concrete pryout failure and a safety
crete thread damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest instal- factor of 4.0.
lation torque. 4 Noted Shear loads based upon minimum steel strength and a safety factor of 3.0.
2 Allowable tension loads based upon a safety factor of 4.0.
Table 4 - Carbon Steel HUS-H Ultimate Loads in Concrete
Nominal 2000 psi (13.8 Mpa) 4000 psi (27.6 Mpa) 6000 psi (41.4 Mpa)
Anchor Embedment
Diameter Depth Tension Shear2 Tension Shear2 Tension Shear2
in. (mm) In. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
21 3235 4100 4705
3/8 (51) (14.4) 44753 (18.2) 44753 (20.9) 44753
(9.5) 2-3/4 5095 (19.9) 7155 (19.9) 8095 (19.9)
(70) (22.7) (31.8) (36.0)
21 3265 5475 4215 7040 4705
1/2 (51) (14.5) (24.4) (18.7) (31.3) (20.9) 90003
(12.7) 3 5645 7110 7425 90003 9570 (40.0)
(76) (25.1) (31.6) (33.0) (40.0) (42.6)
2-3/81 4520 6960 5730 12025 8000 14365
(60) (20.1) (31.0) (25.5) (53.5) (35.5) (65.5)
5/8 4 9475 13285 12765 19940
(15.9) (102) (42.1) (59.1) (56.8) 147253 (88.7) 147253
5-3/8 13740 147253 17715 (65.5) 28435 (65.5)
(137) (61.1) (65.5) (78.8) (126.5)
1 IMPORTANT — EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential 2 Except where noted, shear loads based upon concrete pryout/pullout failure.
concrete thread damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest 3 Noted Ultimate Shear loads limited by minimum steel strength.
installation torque.

Table 5 - HUS-H Allowable Tension and Shear Values (pounds), Top of Grout-Filled
Concrete Masonry Construction1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Anchor Embedment Edge Shear

Dia. Depth Distance Tension
(inches) (inches) (inches) Perpendicular to wall Parallel to wall
1-3/4 590 245 640
3/8 2-3/4
2-3/4 730 420 745
1-3/4 590 275 865
1/2 3
2-3/4 745 475 1025
1-3/4 900 275 1015
5/8 4
2-3/4 1175 535 1355
1 Anchors must be installed a minimum of 1 inch from any vertical mortar joint.
2 Anchors are limited to one per masonry cell with a minimum spacing of 8 inches on center.
3 Embedment depth is measured from the top edge of the concrete masonry construction.
4 Masonry thickness must be at least 1.5 times anchor embedment.
Table 6 - HUS-H Allowable Tension and Shear Values (pounds), Face of Grout-Filled
Concrete Masonry Construction1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Embedment Min. Distance

Dia. Depth from edge of Tension Shear
(inches) (inches) wall (inches)
4 695
3/8 2-3/4 1015
12 910
4 695
1/2 3 1720
12 805
4 2585
5/8 4 1370
12 2725
1 Anchor locations are limited to one per masonry cell with minimum spacing of 8 inches on center.
2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry construction.
3 Loads in this table are for HUS-H anchors installed in the masonry at the edge distance listed in this table. No reductions for edge distance are required when anchors are
installed with the minimum edge distance specified in this table. Capacity of attached sill plate or other material to resist loads in this table must comply with the applicable code.
4 Masonry thickness must be at least 1.5 times anchor embedment.
5 Linear interpolation for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches is allowed.

Adjustment Spacing Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance Spacing Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance
Factor Tension, Shear, Tension, Shear Tension, Shear, Tension, Shear
fAN fAV fRN ⬜ toward II or away fAN fAV fRN ⬜ toward II or away
edge, from edge, edge, from
fRV1 fRV2 fRV1 fRV2
≥2 ≥2 ≥2 ≥2
Embed.
2 2-3/4 2 2-3/4 2 2-3/4 2 3 2 3 2 3
Depth, in.
1-3/4 0.75 0.75 0.30 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.20 0.65
2 0.70 0.70 0.80 0.78 0.35 0.77 0.70 0.70 0.80 0.77 0.26 0.68
2-3/4 0.76 0.70 0.81 0.70 0.95 0.86 0.51 0.83 0.76 0.81 0.95 0.84 0.45 0.76
3 0.78 0.71 0.85 0.73 1.00 0.88 0.57 0.85 0.78 0.70 0.85 0.70 1.00 0.86 0.51 0.79
3-1/2 0.81 0.74 0.93 0.78 0.93 0.68 0.88 0.81 0.73 0.93 0.75 0.91 0.63 0.84
4 0.85 0.77 1.00 0.84 0.99 0.78 0.92 0.85 0.75 1.00 0.80 0.95 0.75 0.89
4-1/8 0.86 0.78 0.85 1.00 0.81 0.93 0.86 0.76 0.81 0.97 0.78 0.91
4-1/2 0.89 0.80 0.89 0.89 0.96 0.89 0.78 0.85 1.00 0.88 0.95
5 0.93 0.82 0.95 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.00
5-1/2 0.96 0.85 1.00 0.96 0.83 0.95
6 1.00 0.88 1.00 0.85 1.00
7 0.93 0.90
8-1/4 1.00 0.96
9 1.00
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" Diameter Anchors
Anchor Diameter 5/8" diameter Spacing
Adjustment Spacing Spacing Edge Distance Edge Distance for scr>s>Smin
Factor Tension Shear Tension Shear
fAN fAV fRN ⬜ II or Tension Shear
toward away from
edge fRV1 edge fRV2 smin = 1.0 hef, scr = 3.0 hef smin = 1.0 hef, scr = 2.0 hef
Embed. Depth, in. 2-3/8 4 5-3/8 2-3/8 4 5-3/8 2-3/8 4 5-3/8 ≥2-3/8 ≥2-3/8 fAN = 0.15(s/hef) + 0.55 fAV = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.4
1-3/4 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.15 0.50
2 0.78 0.76 0.76 0.19 0.52
2-3/8 0.70 0.70 0.84 0.79 0.77 0.25 0.56
Edge Distance
3 0.74 0.78 0.92 0.82 0.80 0.35 0.62
for ccr>c>cmin
3-9/16 0.78 0.85 1.00 0.86 0.82 0.44 0.67 Tension – All Diameters
4 0.80 0.70 0.91 0.70 0.88 0.84 0.51 0.71 cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 1.5 hef
4-3/4 0.85 0.73 1.00 0.76 0.93 0.87 0.62 0.78
fRN = 1.0 – (0.375hef – 0.25c) / (1.5hef – 1 3/4")
5 -3/8 0.89 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.70 0.96 0.89 0.72 0.84 Shear – 3/8" Diameter
6 0.93 0.78 0.72 0.85 0.73 1.00 0.92 0.82 0.90 cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 5"
6-1/2 0.96 0.79 0.73 0.89 0.76 0.94 0.90 0.94
⬜ toward edge ll or away from edge
7-1/8 1.00 0.82 0.75 0.93 0.80 0.96 1.00 1.00
fRV1 = 0.215c - 0.077 fRV2 = 0.077c + 0.615
7-1/2 0.83 0.76 0.96 0.82 0.98
8 0.85 0.77 1.00 0.85 1.00 Shear – 1/2" Diameter
9 0.89 0.80 0.90 cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 5"
10 0.93 0.83 0.96
10-3/4 0.95 0.85 1.00
fRV1 = 0.246c – 0.230 fRV2 = 0.108c + 0.461
12 1.00 0.88
14 0.94 Shear – 5/8" Diameter
16-1/8 1.00 cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 7-1/8"
fRV1 = 0.158c – 0.127 fRV2 = 0.093c + 0.337
4.3.6.4 Installation Instructions or
1. Hammer drill a hole using appropriate 2. Clean hole with oil free 3A. Using Hilti SI 100 impact wrench, 3B. Or, using a torque wrench install
diameter ANSI carbide-tipped drill bit. compressed air. install anchor into hole. Immediately anchor into hole until flush against
discontinue when anchor is flush top of fixture. Do not exceed Tmax.
against top of fixture.
IMPORTANT — EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential concrete thread
damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest installation torque.

HUS-H 3/8" screw anchor with hexagon head 1/2" AF, 11/16" washer dia.
Regular PackagingMaster Carton
Ordering Description Drill Bit Anchor Length Item No. Contents Item No. Contents
HUS-H 3/8 x 2-1/8 5/16" 2-1/8" 336686 50 305618 600
HUS-H 3/8 x 2-5/8 5/16" 2-5/8" 336687 50 305619 600
HUS-H 3/8 x 3 5/16" 3" 336688 50 305620 400
HUS-H 3/8 x 4 5/16" 4" 304503 50 305621 300
HUS-H 3/8 x 5 5/16" 5" 304504 50 305622 300
HUS-H 3/8 x 6 5/16" 6" 336692 50 305623 300
HUS-H 1/2" screw anchor with hexagon head 5/8" AF, 9/10" washer dia.
Regular PackagingMaster Carton
HUS-H 1/2 x 2-1/2 7/16" 2-1/2" 304505 50 305624 300
HUS-H 1/2 x 3 7/16" 3" 304506 50 305625 300
HUS-H 1/2 x 4 7/16" 4" 304507 50 305626 150
HUS-H 1/2 x 5 7/16" 5" 304508 50 305627 150
HUS-H 1/2 x 6 7/16" 6" 304509 50 305628 150
HUS-H 5/8" screw anchor with hexagon head 13/16" AF, 1-3/16" washer dia.
Regular Packaging Master Carton Master Carton
HUS-H 5/8 x 3 9/16" 3" 282903 20 3001533 160
HUS-H 5/8 x 4 9/16" 4" 282904 20 3001534 80
HUS-H 5/8 x 5 9/16" 5" 282905 20 3001535 80
HUS-H 5/8 x 6 9/16" 6" 282906 20 3001536 60
HUS-H Screw Anchor Accessories

SI 100 impact wrench
Description Packaging Contents Item No.
SI 100 impact wrench in tool box 1 334203
Impact sockets for 3/8" HUS-H
Description Length Packaging Contents Ordering Description Item No.
3/8” Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic) 1-9/16" 1 S-NSD 1/2"-3/8" 336703
3/8" Long magnetic socket wrench insert 3-1/2" 1 S-NSD 1/2"-3/8" M 336701
1/2" Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic) 1-9/16" 1 S-NSD 5/8-1/2" 304786
1/2" Short magnetic socket wrench insert 1-9/16" 1 S-NSD 5/8-1/2" M 304795

13/16" Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic) 1-9/16” 1 S-NSD 13/16-5/8" 282932
13/16" Short magnetic socket wrench insert 1-9/16” 1 S-NSD 13/16-5/8" M 282933
SI 100 Accessories
Description Packaging Contents Item No.
Pin/O-Ring Set for 1/2" drive sockets 3 sets 336619
HCA Coil Anchor 4.3.7

The Hilti HCA Coil Anchor is a bolt type Guide Specifications
expansion anchor for use in concrete.
Expansion Anchor – Expansion anchors
Product Features shall be bolt style which meet the
• Reusable type anchors, providing mechanical properties of a Grade 5 bolt.
major cost savings* Anchors are to be zinc plated in
• Bolt type anchor enables low accordance with ASTM B633, SC1,
profile fastenings Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti HCA
• Preassembled units allow quick designation as supplied by Hilti.
production fastening
Installation – Install bolt type anchors in
• Utilizes a disposable, low cost
holes drilled with Hilti carbide tipped drill
expansion coil which minimizes
reuse costs bits or DD-B or DD-C diamond core
bits. Install anchors as per
• Heat treated to Grade 5 specifica-
tion, which provides high shear manufacturer’s recommendation.
load capacity
* Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity;
no reduction in shear.
4.3.7.2 Material Mechanical Properties

Specifications min. fu
ksi (MPa)
1/4" HCA Carbon Steel meets the requirements
of case of hardened AISI 1018 100 (690)
3/8"– 3/4" HCA Carbon Steel meets the chemica requirements
of AISI 1035 and heat treated to Grade 5 specification 120 (830)
Coil meets the requirements of plain carbon steel
Carbon Steel HCA and coil are plated in accordance with ASTM B633, SC1, Type III

Table 1 - HCA Specification Table Table 2 - HCA Lengths2
Bolt Size in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Length
Diameter
Details in. (mm)
1-3/4 (44)
d bit nominal bit diameter1 in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
1/4 2-1/2 (64)
h s depth set mark in. 3/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 1 3-1/2 (89)
anchor length min./max. in. 1-3/4 2-1/4 3 3-1/2 4-1/2 2-1/4 (57)
(other lengths available) in. 3-1/2 5 7 8 10 3/8 3 (76)
d h coil clearance hole in plate in. 5/16 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 5 (127)
3 (76)
T inst recommended installation ft-lb 10 40 80 130 180
4 (102)
torque (guide values) 1/2
5-1/2 (140)
h min. base material thickness in. 3" or 1.3 hef, whichever is greater 7 (178)
1 Hilti carbide-tipped drill bit or matched tolerance Hilti DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits 3-1/2 (89)
2 Maximum thickness to be fastened t = - (h ef + h s ) 3/8 5 (127)
8 (203)
4-1/2 (114)
Combined Shear and Tension Loading 3/4 6 (152)
10 (254)
( NN ) + ( VV )
d d
≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)
rec rec
4.3.7 HCA Coil Anchor

Table 3 - Carbon Steel HCA Allowable Concrete/Steel Capacity in Concrete1
Anchor Embedment Allowable Concrete Capacity3,4, lb Allowable

Diameter Depth 2000 psi 4000 psi 6000 psi Steel Strength 2, lb
in. in.
Tension5 Shear Tension5 Shear Tension5 Shear Tension Shear
3/4 230 230 325 330 400 400
1/4 1620 1080
1 355 380 500 535 615 655
1-1/2 650 850 920 1205 990 1475
3/8 4355 2905
2 1005 1390 1420 1965 1740 2410
2 1005 1515 1420 2145 1740 2625
1/2 7775 5180
3 1845 3020 2605 4270 3190 5230
2-3/8 1300 2175 1835 3075 2250 3765
5/8 12145 8095
3-7/8 2705 5000 3825 7070 4685 8660
3-1/4 2080 3915 2940 5540 3600 6780
3/4 17495 11665
4-1/2 3385 6810 4790 9630 5865 11705
1 Use lower value of either concrete or steel strength. 4 Applicable influence factors must be applied to concrete strength values.
2 Steel strength based on 0.22 Fu A g for shear and 0.33 Fu A g for tension. 5 Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity;
3 Concrete strength based on a safety factor of 4.0. no reduction in shear.
Table 4 - Carbon Steel HCA Ultimate Concrete/Steel Capacity in Concrete1
Anchor Embedment Ultimate Concrete Capacity3,4, lb Ultimate

Diameter Depth 2000 psi 4000 psi 6000 psi Steel Strength 2, lb
in. in.
Tension5 Shear Tension5
Shear Tension5 Shear Tension Shear
3/4 920 930 1305 1315 1595 1610
1/4 3675 2830
1 1420 1515 2005 2145 2460 2625
1-1/2 2610 3410 3690 4825 4515 5910
3/8 9900 7615
2 4015 5565 5675 7865 6950 9635
2 4015 6065 5675 8575 6950 10505
1/2 17665 13570
3 7375 12080 10430 17085 12770 20930
2-3/8 5195 8700 7345 12305 9000 15070
5/8 27605 21240
3-7/8 10825 19995 15305 28275 18745 34630
3-1/4 8315 15660 11760 22150 14400 27125
3/4 39760 30590
4-1/2 13545 27235 19160 38515 23465 47170
1 Use lower value of either concrete or steel strength. 4 Applicable influence factors must be applied to concrete strength values.
2 Steel strength based on 0.57 FuAg for shear and 0.75 FuAg for tension. 5 Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity;
3 Concrete capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design method and verified by test data. no reduction in shear.

Table 5 - HCA Influence of Edge and On-Center Spacing Distance1,2 See Note4
Influence
Load Direction Critical Minimum Factor3
Tension 3.0 hef 1.0 hef fAN = 0.70 concrete free edge
Spacing
Shear 2.0 hef 1.0 hef fAV = 0.70

Tension 1.5 hef 0.8 hef fRN = 0.75
Edge Distance
Shear 2.5 hef 1.0 hef fRV1 = 0.25

(⬜ toward edge)4
Shear 2.5 hef 1.0 hef fRV2 = 0.50
(II or ⬜ away from edge)4
1 For edge and spacing distances between critical and minimum spacing/edge distances, use linear interpolation.
2 Influence factors are cumulative.
3 Influence factor at minimum spacing/edge distance. Influence factor at critical equals 1.0.
4 For shear loads in between perpendicular and parallel toward edge, use the following equation,
fRVß = 0.25 / (cosß + 0.5 sinß ) for 55°≤ ß < 90°. For 0°≤ ß < 55°, shear load assumed to be perpendicular
toward edge.
* Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity; no reduction in shear.
HCA Coil Anchor 4.3.7
4.3.7.4 Installation Important Installation Considerations 3. Anchors are to be installed to the depth
1. Hole depth is determined by the anchor set mark on the shank below the head.
Instructions length minus fixture thickness plus 1/4" Tap anchor to the depth mark before
minimum. tightening.
2. When reassembling the coil tab onto
the tapered end of the bolt, the flattened
portion (tang) must be in the direction of
the head.
Drill hole same diameter as anchor Clean hole
Insert (tap anchor) to anchor’s depth Tighten to required torque

set mark
HCA HEX HEAD HCT Replacement Coil

Fixture Thickness Box
Box Bit at minimum Item No. Description Qty
Item No. Description Qty Dia embedment depth 255985 HCT 1/4" 100
252000 HCA 1/4" X 1-3/4" 100 1/4" 5/8" 255987 HCT 3/8" 100
252002 HCA 1/4" X 2-1/2" 100 1/4" 1-3/8" 255988 HCT 1/2" 100
252003 HCA 1/4" X 3-1/2" 100 1/4" 2-3/8" 255989 HCT 5/8" 100
252004 HCA 3/8" X 2-1/4" 100 3/8" 1/8" 255980 HCT 3/4" 50
252005 HCA 3/8" X 3" 100 3/8" 7/8"
252007 HCA 3/8" X 5" 50 3/8" 2-7/8" * Test results when reused four times:
252010 HCA 1/2" X 3" 50 1/2" 3/8" maximum 20% reduction in tensile
252011 HCA 1/2" X 4" 25 1/2" 1-3/8" capacity; no reduction in shear.
252012 HCA 1/2" X 5-1/2" 25 1/2" 2-7/8"
252013 HCA 1/2" X 7" 25 1/2" 4-3/8"
252014 HCA 5/8" X 3-1/2" 25 5/8" 3/8"
252015 HCA 5/8" X 5" 25 5/8" 1-7/8"
252016 HCA 5/8" X 8" 20 5/8" 4-7/8"
252017 HCA 3/4" X 4-1/2" 20 3/4" 1/4"
252018 HCA 3/4" X 6" 10 3/4" 1-3/4"
252019 HCA 3/4" X 10" 10 3/4" 5-3/4"
4.3.8 HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor

The Hilti HDI/HDI-L Drop-In anchor is an • Intelligent expansion section
4.3.8.3 Technical Data adapts to the base material and
internally threaded, flush mounted
4.3.8.4 Installation Instructions expansion anchor for use in concrete. reduces number of hammer blows
up to 50% (HDI-L)
Product Features Guide Specifications
HDI Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors
• Anchor, setting tool and Hilti drill bit shall be flush or shell type and zinc
form a matched tolerance system plated in accordance with ASTM B 633,
to provide reliable fastenings SC 1, Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti
• Allows shallow embedment without HDI/HDI-L anchors as supplied by Hilti.
sacrificing performance
• Lip provides flush installation, Installation Install shell or flush type
consistent anchor depth, and easy anchors in holes drilled with Hilti carbide
rod alignment (HDI-L) tipped drill bits. Install anchors as per
• Lip allows accurate flush manufacturer’s recommendations.
surface setting, independent
of hole depth (HDI-L)
• Ideal for repetitive fastenings with
threaded rods of equal length

HDI/HDI-L, 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", and HDI 5/8" and 3/4" are manufactured from mild
carbon steel which is plated with a zinc finish for corrosion protection in
accordance with ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III
HDI Stainless Steel material meets the requirements of AISI 303
Listings/Approvals
City of Los Angeles 4.3.8.3 Technical Data
Research Report No. 23709 (HDI Only)
FM (Factory Mutual) Table 1 - HDI/HDI-L Specification Table
Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic
Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4") HDI/HDI-L HDI
(HDI and HDI-L) Anchor
UL (Underwriters Laboratories) Size in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Details (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4") d bit Nominal Bit diameter in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 27/32 1
h nom Std. depth of embed. in. 1 1-9/16 2 2-9/16 3-3/16
C ᐉ Anchor length (mm) (25) (40) (51) (65) (81)
h1 Hole depth
ᐉth Useable thread in. 7/16 5/8 11/16 7/8 1-3/8
length (mm) (11) (15) (17) (22) (34)
Threads per inch 20 16 13 11 10
h min. base material in. 3 3-1/8 4 5-1/8 6-3/8
thickness (mm) (76) (79) (102) (130) (162)
T max max. tightening ft-lb 4 11 22 37 80
torque (Nm) (5.4) (14.9) (29.8) (50.2) (108.5)
≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)

5/3 5/3
( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec
HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor 4.3.8

Table 2 - Carbon Steel HDI Allowable Loads in Concrete
Anchor size 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
in. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L
1/4 ( 6.4) 500 ( 2.2) 500 (2.2) 450 ( 8.0) 450 (8.0) 570 ( 2.5) 570 (2.5) 625 ( 2.8) 625 (2.8) 790 ( 3.5) 790 ( 3.5) 700 ( 3.1) 700 ( 3.1)
3/8 ( 9.5) 890 ( 4.0) 890 (4.0) 965 ( 4.3) 965 (4.3) 1115 ( 5.0) 1115 (5.0) 1250 ( 5.6) 1250 (5.6) 1360 ( 6.0) 1360 ( 6.0) 1500 ( 6.7) 1500 ( 6.7)
1/2 (12.7) 1120 ( 5.0) 1120 (5.0) 1500 ( 6.7) 1500 (6.7) 1785 ( 7.9) 1785 (7.9) 2125 ( 9.5) 1940 (8.6) 2345 (10.4) 2345 (10.4) 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1)
5/8 (15.9) 1875 ( 8.3) – 2500 (11.1) – 2920 (13.0) – 3250 (14.5) – 3715 (16.5) – 3750 (16.7) –
3/4 (19.1) 2500 (11.1) – 3875 (17.2) – 4065 (18.1) – 5000 (22.2) – 5565 (24.8) – 5500 (24.5) –
Note: The ultimate shear and allowable shear values are based on the use of SAE Grade 5 bolts, (fy = 85 ksi, Fult = 120 ksi) with the exception of the 1/4" HDI/HDI-L in f’c = 6000 psi
concrete which is based upon the use of a SAE Grade 8 bolt (fy = 120 ksi, Fult = 150 ksi).
Table 3 - Carbon Steel HDI Ultimate Loads in Concrete
Anchor size 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
in. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L HDI HDI-L
1/4 ( 6.4) 1995 ( 8.9) 1995 ( 8.9) 1800 ( 8.0) 1800 ( 8.0) 2270 (10.1) 2270 (10.1) 2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 3150 (14.0) 3150 (14.0) 2800 (12.5) 2800 (12.5)
3/8 ( 9.5) 3555 ( 15.8) 3555 (15.8) 3850 (17.1) 3850 (17.1) 4460 (19.8) 4460 (19.8) 5000 (22.2) 5000 (22.2) 5430 (24.2) 5430 (24.2) 6000 (26.7) 6000 (26.7)
1/2 (12.7) 4470 ( 19.9) 4470 (19.9) 6000 (26.7) 6000 (26.7) 7140 (31.8) 7140 (31.8) 8500 (37.8) 7750 (34.4) 9375 (41.7) 9375 (41.7) 10000 (44.5) 10000 (44.5)
5/8 (15.9) 7500 ( 33.4) – 10000 (44.5) – 11685 (52.0) – 13000 (57.8) – 14865 (66.1) – 15000 (66.7) –
3/4 (19.1) 10000 ( 44.5) – 15500 (69.0) – 16260 (72.3) – 20000 (89.0) – 22250 (99.0) – 22000 (97.9) –
Table 4 - Carbon Steel HDI Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete

and Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck1, 2
Anchor Anchor Installed in 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Anchor Installed Through Steel Deck Upper Flute Anchor Installed Through Steel Deck Lower Flute
Size Lt. Wt. Concrete 3 Into 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Lt. Wt. Concrete 4 Into 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Lt. Wt. Concrete4
in. (mm) Tension, lb (kN) Shear, lb (kN) Tension, lb (kN) Shear, lb (kN) Tension, lb (kN) Shear, lb (kN)
1/4 (6.4) 465 (2.1) 340 (1.5) 530 (2.4) 335 (1.5) 375 (1.7) 250 (1.1)
3/8 (9.5) 755 (3.4) 940 (4.2) 880 (3.9) 1010 (4.5) 500 (2.2) 500 (2.2)
1/2 (12.7) 1135 (5.0) 1700 (7.6) 1105 (4.9) 1755 (7.8) 625 (2.8) 750 (3.3)
5/8 (15.9) 1465 (6.5) 2835 (12.6) – – 875 (3.9) 875 (3.9)
3/4 (19.1) 2075 (9.2) 3680 (16.4) – – 1250 (5.5) 1000 (4.4)
1 The allowable values are based on the use of SAE Grade 2 bolts installed in the 3 The tabulated shear and tensile values are for anchors installed in structural light-
anchors. weight concrete having the designated ultimate compressive strength at the time of
2 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0. installation. The concrete must comply with ASTM C 330-77.
4 The tabulated shear and tensile values are for anchors installed through 20 gauge
intermediate decking into structural lightweight concrete having the designated
ultimate strength at the time of installation. The concrete must comply with ASTM
C 330-77.
Table 5 - Stainless Steel HDI Allowable Loads in Concrete
Anchor size 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
in. (mm)
Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
SS HDI – 1/4 (6.4) 480 (2.1) 600 (2.7) 740 (3.3) 600 (2.7)
SS HDI – 3/8 (9.5) 1040 (4.6) 1230 (5.5) 1460 (6.5) 1230 (5.5)
SS HDI – 1/2 (12.7) 1840 (8.2) 2760 (12.4) 2410 (10.7) 2760 (12.3)
SS HDI – 5/8 (15.9) 2630 (11.7) 4510 (20.1) 3770 (16.8) 4510 (20.1)
SS HDI – 3/4 (19.1) 3830 (17.0) 5580 (24.8) 5030 (22.4) 5580 (24.8)
Note: The ultimate and allowable shear values are based on the use of Type 18-8 bolts.
Table 6 - Stainless Steel HDI Ultimate Loads in Concrete
Anchor size 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
in. (mm)
Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
SS HDI – 1/4 (6.4) 1930 (8.6) 2400 (10.7) 2950 (13.1) 2400 (10.7)
SS HDI – 3/8 (9.5) 4170 (18.5) 4920 (21.9) 5850 (26.0) 4920 (21.9)
SS HDI – 1/2 (12.7) 7350 (32.7) 11040 (49.1) 9630 (42.8) 11040 (49.1)
SS HDI – 5/8 (15.9) 10540 (46.9) 18040 (80.2) 15100 (67.2) 18040 (80.2)
SS HDI – 3/4 (19.1) 15340 (68.2) 22320 (99.3) 20130 (89.5) 22320 (99.3)
4.3.8 HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor
Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines (See Anchoring Technology Section 4.1.3)

s = Actual Spacing c = Actual edge distance
smin = 2.0 hnom cmin = 2.0 hnom
scr = 3.5 hnom ccr = 3.0 hnom
Influence of Anchor Spacing &

Edge Distance fA, fR
Anchor Size hnom

in. (mm) in. (mm)
1/4 (6.4) 1 ( 25)
3/8 (9.5) 1-9/16 (40)
1/2 (12.7) 2 ( 51)
5/8 (15.8) 2-9/16 ( 65)
3/4 (19.1) 3-3/16 ( 81)
Load Adjustment Factors (Anchor Spacing) fA Load Adjustment Factors (Edge Distance) fR
Tension/Shear Loads Tension, fRN Shear, fRV
Spacing Anchor Diameter Edge Distance Anchor Diameter Anchor Diameter
s c
in. (mm) 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 in. (mm) 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
2 ( 51) .50 2 ( 51) .80 .65
2-1/2 ( 64) .67 2-1/2 ( 64) .90 .83
3 ( 76) .83 .50 3 ( 76) 1.0 .80 1.0 .65
3-1/2 ( 89) 1.0 .58 3-1/2 ( 89) .85 .73
4 (102) .69 .50 4 (102) .91 .80 .85 .65
4-1/2 (114) .79 .58 4-1/2 (114) .98 .85 .96 .74
5 (127) .90 .67 .50 5 (127) 1.0 .90 .80 1.0 .83 .65
5-1/2 (140) 1.0 .75 .55 5-1/2 (140) .95 .83 .91 .70
6 (152) .83 .61 .50 6 (152) 1.0 .87 1.0 .77
7 (178) 1.0 .74 .57 6-1/2 (165) .91 .80 .84 .65
8 (203) .87 .67 7 (178) .95 .84 .91 .72
9 (229) 1.0 .77 8 (203) 1.0 .90 1.0 .83
10 (254) .88 9 (229) .96 .94
11 (279) .98 10 (254) 1.0 1.0
12 (305) 1.0
smin = 2.0 hnom, scr = 3.5 hnom cmin = 2.0 hnom, ccr = 3.0 hnom cmin = 2.0 hnom, ccr = 3.0 hnom
fA = 0.33 s – 0.17 fRN = 0.2 c + 0.4 fRV = 0.35 c – 0.05
hnom hnom hnom
for scr > s > smin for ccr > c > cmin for ccr > c > cmin
HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor 4.3.8
1. Adjust depth gauge so that anchor will 2. Hammer drill hole. 3. Clean hole. 4. Install anchor using proper setting
be flush with the concrete surface tool. Setting tool to be driven into
when installed. anchor until setting tool shoulder
meets top of anchor.

HDI Anchors
Anchor Carbon Steel Stainless Steel

Thread
Size Description Item No. Description Item No. Description Item No. Box Qty
1/4" HDI 1/4 336425 HDI-L 1/4 283608 HDI 1/4 (SS 303) 336430 100
3/8" HDI 3/8 336426 HDI-L 3/8 283609 HDI 3/8 (SS 303) 336431 50
1/2" HDI 1/2 336427 HDI-L 1/2 283610 HDI 1/2 (SS 303) 336432 50
5/8" HDI 5/8 336428 – – HDI 5/8 (SS 303) 336433 25
3/4" HDI 3/4 336429 – – HDI 3/4 (SS 303) 336434 25
Setting Tools for HDI & HDI-L Anchors

Anchor
Thread Size Description – Manual Setting Tools Item No.
1/4" HST 1/4 Setting Tool 00032978
Anchor
Thread Size Description – Automatic Setting Tools1 Item No.
3/8" HSD-MM 3/8" (TE-C-24SD10 3/8" Setting tool) 00243751
1/2" HSD-MM 1/2" (TE-C-24SD12 1/2" Setting tool) 00243752
1 Use automatic setting tools with TE-5A, TE-6, TE-15, TE-16, TE-16C, TE-18 and TE-25 rotary hammer drills.
4.3.9 HDI-P Drop-In Anchor

The Hilti HDI-P Drop-In anchor is an Guide Specifications
internally threaded, flush mounted
Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors
4.3.9.4 Installation Instructions expansion anchor for solid and
shall be flush or shell type and zinc
4.3.9.5 Ordering Information hollow concrete.
plated in accordance with ASTM B633,
Product Features SC 1, Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti
• Optimized 3/4" anchor length to HDI-P anchors as supplied by Hilti.
allow reliable fastenings in hollow Installation Install shell or flush type
core panels, precast plank & post
anchors in holes drilled with Hilti carbide
tensioned slabs
tipped drill bits. Install anchors in
• Shallow drilling enables fast
installation accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations.
• Lip provides flush installation,
consistent anchor depth and easy
rod alignment
Listings/Approvals • Setting tool leaves mark on flange
FM (Factory Mutual) when anchor is set properly to
Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic enable inspection & verification of
Sprinkler Systems proper expansion

The HDI-P is manufactured from mild carbon steel, which is zinc plated for
corrosion protection in accordance with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III

HDI-P Specification Table
Average Ultimate Loads, lb (kN) Allowable Loads, lb (kN)
4000 psi Concrete Hollow Core 4000 psi Concrete Hollow Core
Length Bit Size (27.6 MPa) (Spancrete) (27.6 MPa) (Spancrete)
Desc. in. (mm) in. Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
HDI-P 3/8 3/4 (19.1) 1/2 1900 (8.5) 3000 (13.3) 2100 (9.3) 4000 (17.8) 380 (1.7) 600 (2.7) 420 (1.9) 800 (3.6)
1. Set depth 2. Hammer-drill 3. Clean hole. 4. Insert anchor. 5. Insert setting 6. Collar of set-
gauge on drill. hole. tool and ting tool will
strike with leave an
hammer until indentation
anchor is on flange of
fully set. anchor when
properly
4.3.9.5 Ordering Information expanded.
HDI-P Anchor
Item No. Description Bit Dia Box Qty
283611 HDI-P 3/8 1/2” 100
Setting Tools for HDI-P Anchors

283611 HSD-G 3/8" – 3/4" Setting Tool w/ hand guard
253784 HST-P 3/8" – 3/4" Setting Tool
HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor 4.3.10

The Hilti HCI-WF/MD is an internally protective plastic sleeve, steel flange
threaded cast-in anchor suitable for use with pre-drilled additional fastening
in either wood (WF) or metal deck (MD) holes and placement spring for 4.3.10.4 Installation Instructions
form work. The HCI-WF/MD is ideally attachment to metal deck, anchor is to 4.3.10.5 Ordering Information
suited for a variety of rod hanging be secured by clamping the deck
applications and offers significant between the steel flange and the
anchor installation labor savings over protective plastic sleeve. Anchor will
traditional post-installed anchor bear the diameter and manufacturer
solutions. name on its hexagon head. Anchors
shall be HCI-MD as supplied by Hilti.
Product Features
• Installation from above Installation:
- No overhead drilling and anchor HCI-WF: Prior to pouring the concrete HCI-WF
installation. over the wood form, place the anchor
- No ladders or platforms needed. (nails down) on the surface of the wood
• Hexagon head prevents spinning in form at the pre-determined location.
concrete. Drive the anchor down until plastic
• Identification decals for flexible flange is flush with the surface of the
color application. wood form. When all anchors are
• WF: Large plastic flange helps installed, pour the concrete. When wood
ensure anchor is flush with wood HCI-MD
form is removed, the colored flange is
form to prevent concrete from
entering threads. exposed and the three break-off nails
usually remain. Wearing eye protection,
• WF: Easy break-off nails
if desired removal of the nails is best Listings/Approvals
• MD: Protective plastic sleeve to
prevent concrete / firestop spray / done by swiping with hammer. After the FM (Factory Mutual)
insulation spray from entering concrete has properly cured and Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic
threads. reached its design compressive Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4")
UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
• MD: Flange prepared for additional strength, install the threaded rod, UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire
screws if required for pre-concrete ensuring full thread engagement. Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")
rod installation.
HCI-MD: Prior to pouring concrete, drill
• MD: Strong placement spring for
reliable placement. a hole through the metal deck at the C
pre-determined location ( either lower or

Guide Specifications upper flute of the deck ), using the
Anchor: specified diameter metal hole saw.
From the topside of the deck, place the
HCI-WF: Concrete anchor shall be
plastic sleeve through the hole. By
carbon steel, cast-in type with single
stepping on the head of the anchor (or
internal thread and a zinc / yellow
by using a hammer), push it through the
chromate plating and contained by a
hole & compressing the spring until the
plastic flange. Anchor shall have break-
anchor plastic sleeve snaps into place
off nails for attachment to the surface of
(i.e. the metal deck is between the
wood forms. Anchor will bear the
sleeve and the flange of the anchor).
diameter and manufacturer name on its
After all inserts are installed, pour the
hexagon head. Anchors shall be HCI-
concrete. After the concrete has
WF as supplied by Hilti.
properly cured and achieved its design
HCI-MD: Concrete anchor shall be compressive strength, install the
carbon steel, cast-in type with single threaded rod, ensuring full thread
internal thread and a zinc / yellow engagement.
chromate plating. Anchor shall have a
4.3.10 HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor

Component HCI-WF HCI-MD
Insert Body Heat Treated Carbon Steel Heat Treated Carbon Steel
Flange Engineered Plastic Heat Treated Carbon Steel
Spring N/A Carbon Steel Wire
Plating Zinc – yellow chromate Zinc – yellow chromate
Protective Sleeve N/A Engineered Plastic

Table 1 - HCI-MD Specification Table
Nominal Anchor Dia. in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Details (Thread Size) (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
d bit Metal hole saw dia. in. 7/8 7/8 1-3/16 1-3/16 1-1/4
h s Height of spring in. 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8
(assembled) (mm) (47.6) (47.6) (47.6) (47.6) (47.6)
ᐉth Thread length (min.) in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
(mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
ᐉsl Length of sleeve in. 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8
(mm) (85.7) (85.7) (85.7) (85.7) (85.7)
ᐉ Overall length in. 5-7/16 5-7/16 5-7/16 5-7/16 5-7/16
(mm) (138) (138) (138) (138) (138)
t sh Steel head thickness in. 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
(mm) (3.18) (3.18) (3.18) (3.18) (3.18)
t sf Steel flange thickness in. 5/64 5/64 5/64 5/64 5/64
(mm) (2.00) (2.00) (2.00) (2.00) (2.00)
h MIn. slab thickness1 in. 4 4 4 4 4
(mm) (102) (102) (102) (102) (102)
1 Measured at the location of installation.
Table 2 - HCI-WF Specification Table
Nominal Anchor Dia. in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Details (Thread Size) (mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
ᐉth Thread length (min.) in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
(mm) (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
d pf Plastic flange diameter in. 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4

(mm) (38.0) (38.0) (38.0) (38.0) (44.5)
t pf Plastic flange thickness in. 7/64 7/64 7/64 7/64 7/64
(mm) (2.78) ( 2.78) ( 2.78) ( 2.78) ( 2.78)
ᐉ Overall length in. 2 2 2-3/16 2-3/16 2-3/16
(w/o break-off nail) (mm) (51) ( 51) ( 55.6) ( 55.6) ( 55.6)
t sh Steel head thickness in. 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
(mm) (3.18) (3.18) (3.18) (3.18) (3.18)
ᐉn Length of break-off in. 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8
nail (mm) (22.2) ( 22.2) ( 22.2) ( 22.2) ( 22.2)
h MIn. slab thickness1 in. 4 4 4 4 4
(mm) (102) (102) (102) (102) (102)
1 Measured at the location of installation.
HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor 4.3.10

≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)

5/3 5/3
( NN ) + ( VV )
d
rec
d
rec
Table 3 - HCI-MD Ultimate Loads in 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) Lightweight Concrete Over Metal Deck1,2
Nominal Embedment Minimum Minimum Anchor Installed in the Anchor installed in the
Anchor Depth Spacing End Upper Flute of the Deck Lower Flute of the Deck3
Diameter Distance Shear
Tension Shear Tension lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) II to flute ⊥ to flute
1/4 2 9 12 6250 6940 3280 4660 3825
(6.4) (51) (229) (305) (27.8) (30.9) (14.6) (20.7) (17.0)
3/8 2 9 12 6250 6940 3280 4660 3825
(9.5) (51) (229) (305) (27.8) (30.9) (14.6) (20.7) (17.0)
1/2 2 9 12 9485 11010 4710 4660 3825
(12.7) (51) (229) (305) (42.2) (49.0) (21.0) (20.7) (17.0)
5/8 2 9 12 9485 11010 4710 4660 3825
(15.9) (51) (229) (305) (42.2) ( 49.0) (21.0) (20.7) (17.0)
3/4 2 9 12 11195 11010 5010 4660 3825
(19.1) (51) (229) (305) (49.8) (49.0) (22.3) (20.7) (17.0)
1 Allowable loads should be calculated using a minimum safety factor of 4.
2 Load values based on base material or anchor failure modes. Engineer of record must independently evaluate rod/bolt capacity.
3 Anchors installed in lower flute of metal deck should be installed as close to the center as possible. Load values for anchors
installed a maximum of 1-3/8" offset from center of flute. For deck dimensions, see Figure 3 in the Kwik Bolt 3 section.
Table 4 - HCI-WF Ultimate Loads in 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) Lightweight Concrete1,2
Nominal Embedment Minimum Minimum
Anchor Depth Insert Insert Edge
Diameter Spacing Distance Tension Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/4 1-7/8 9 6 6000 4945
(6.4) (48) (229) (152) (26.7) (22.0)
3/8 1-7/8 9 6 6000 4945
(9.5) (48) (229) (152) (26.7) (22.0)
1/2 2 9 6 6000 10510
(12.7) (51) (229) (152) (26.7) (46.8)
5/8 2 9 6 6000 10510
(15.9) (51) (229) (152) (26.7) (46.8)
3/4 2 9 6 6000 10510
(19.1) (51) (229) (152) (26.7) (46.8)
1 Allowable loads should be calculated using a minimum safety factor of 4.
2 Load values based on base material or anchor failure modes. Engineer of record must independently evaluate rod/bolt capacity.
Table 5 - Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)1,2 and Factory Mutual (FM)

HCI-MD
HCI-WF
Anchor/ Upper Flute Lower Flute
Rod Dia. UL Max Pipe UL Test FM Max Pipe UL Max Pipe UL Test FM Max Pipe UL Max Pipe UL Test FM Max Pipe
(in.) Size (in.) Load3 Size (in.) Size (in.) Load3 Size (in.) Size (in.) Load3 Size (in.)
3/8 4 1500 4 4 1500 4 4 1500 4
1/2 8 4050 8 8 4050 8 8 4050 8
5/8 12 7900 12 - - - 8 4050 -
3/4 12 7900 12 - - - 8 4050 -
1 Intended for installation and use in accordance with NFPA 13.
2 All diameter HCI-MD and HCI-WF anchors are suitable for use in air handling spaces at a minimum 9’ spacing.
3 UL Listing based upon resisting the tabulated load for one minute.
4.3.10 HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor

Installation Procedure for HCI-MD
1. Prior to pouring concrete, drill 2. From the topside of the deck, 3. By stepping on the head of 4. After the concrete has prop-
a hole through the metal place the plastic sleeve the anchor (or by using a erly cured and achieved its
deck, using the specified through the hole. hammer), push it through the design compressive strength,
diameter metal hole saw. hole until the anchor plastic install the threaded rod,
sleeve snaps into place (i.e. ensuring full thread engage-
the deck is between the ment. (Note: Rod may be
sleeve and the flange of the installed prior to concrete
anchor). After all inserts are pour, but should not be
installed, pour the concrete. loaded or disturbed until con-
crete has cured and achieved
its design compressive
strength .
Installation Procedure for HCI-WF
1. Prior to pouring the concrete 2,3. Drive the anchor down until flush with the surface of the wood 4. After the concrete has prop-
over the wood form, place the form. When all anchors are installed, pour the concrete. When erly cured and reached its
anchor (nails down) on the wood form is removed, the three break-off nails usually remain. design compressive
surface of the wood form. Wearing eye protection, remove these nails. strength, install the threaded
rod, ensuring full thread
engagement.

HCI – WF Cast – In Anchor Color Identification Decals
for use in Wooden Form for use with HCI – WF
Packaging Packaging
Description Content Item No. Description Content Item No.
HCI – WF 1/4" 150 282907 HCI – WFID Decal Color: Blue 300 284256
HCI – WF 3/8" 150 282908 HCI – WFID Decal Color: Green 300 284257
HCI – WF 1/2" 100 282909
HCI – WF 5/8" 100 285927
HCI – WF 3/4" 100 285928
HCI – MD Cast – In Anchor for use in Metal Deck & Accessories

Packaging Hole Saw Hole Saw Arbor
Description Content Item No. Diameter Item No. Item No.
HCI – MD 1/4" 100 282910 7/8" 283131 283124
HCI – MD 3/8" 100 282911 7/8" 283131 283124
HCI – MD 1/2" 60 285929 1-3/16" 3001812 283124
HCI – MD 5/8" 60 282912 1-3/16" 3001812 283124
HCI – MD 3/4" 60 285930 1-1/4" 283134 283126
Color Identification Decals for use with HCI – MD
Packaging
Description Content Item No.
HCI – MDID Decal Color: Blue 300 284258
HCI – MDID Decal Color: Green 300 284259
HLC Sleeve Anchor 4.3.11

Hilti Sleeve Anchors are mechanical • Comprehensive testing to provide
high performance in block, 4.3.11.3 Technical Data
expansion bolts consisting of an
externally threaded stud with a full masonry/concrete base materials 4.3.11.4 Installation Instructions
length expanding sleeve for use in • Bulged mid-section with round and
diamond shaped openings help
hollow and solid concrete and masonry
prevent anchor from
base materials. spinning in the hole or dropping out
Product Features when being set overhead
• Stud bolt type anchor design allows Guide Specifications

easy through-type fastenings and
Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors
setting in bottomless hole
shall be stud or flush sleeve type and
• Pre-assembled anchor allows
easy/fast installation zinc plated in accordance with ASTM
B633, SC 1, Type III. Anchors shall be
• Anchor size is same as drill bit size
allowing easy installation Hilti sleeve anchors as supplied by Hilti.
• Variety of head styles, lengths/sizes Installation Install sleeve anchors in
allow versatile application/use holes drilled with Hilti carbide tipped drill
bits. Install anchors in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations.

Carbon steel sleeves and spacers are manufactured from cold rolled steel
Carbon steel anchors are zinc plated to minimum 5 µm thickness in accordance
with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III
Stainless steel anchor material (stud, sleeve, nuts and washers) meet the
requirements for AISI 304 stainless steel
Bolt Head (HLC-H)

≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)
Nd Vd
Sleeve Anchor
Specification Table ( ) ( )
N rec
+
Vrec Hex Nut – HLC-HX
Anchor Size, in. 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Details (mm) (6.4) (7.9) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
Flat Phillips Head – HLC-FPH
d thread diameter, in. 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8
dbit bit diameter1, in. 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
hmin min. depth of embed., in. 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2

(mm) (25) (25) (32) (38) (51) (51) Tie-Wire Head – HLC-T
h1 hole depth in. 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/4 2-1/8 2-5/8 2-5/8
(mm) (35) ( 35) (45) (54) (67) (67)
ft lb 2.2 5 10 15 60 90 Acorn Nut – HLC-AC
Tmax max. tightening HLC-HX, (Nm) (3) (6.8) (13.6) (20) (81.4) (122.1)
torque HLC-H, ft lb 12 18 35
– – –
(Nm) (16) (24.4) (47.4)
Round Head Slotted – HLC-RS
1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits
Rod Coupling – HLC-RC
4.3.11 HLC Sleeve Anchor

Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads in Concrete1,2
Sleeve Bolt Embedment 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Anchor Size Diameter Depth Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1/43 ( 6.4) 3/16 ( 4.8) 1 (25) 225 (1.0) 305 (1.4) 250 (1.1) 305 ( 1.4) 250 (1.1) 305 ( 1.4)
5/16 ( 7.9) 1/4 ( 6.4) 1 (25) 350 (1.5) 560 (2.5) 450 (2.0) 560 ( 2.5) 500 (2.2) 560 ( 2.5)
3/83 ( 9.5) 5/16 ( 7.9) 1-1/4 (32) 450 (2.0) 870 (3.9) 565 (2.5) 870 ( 3.9) 700 (3.1) 890 ( 4.4)
1/2 (12.7) 3/8 ( 9.5) 1-1/2 (38) 675 (3.0) 1250 (5.6) 925 (4.1) 1325 ( 5.9) 1100 (4.9) 1325 ( 5.9)
5/8 (15.9) 1/2 (12.7) 2 (51) 1035 (4.6) 1750 (7.8) 1500 (6.7) 2295 (10.2) 1950 (8.7) 2295 (10.2)
3/4 (19.1) 5/8 (15.9) 2 (51) 1125 (5.0) 1750 (7.8) 1500 (6.7) 3000 (13.3) 1950 (8.7) 3010 (13.4)
1 Based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2 Refer to Kwik Bolt 3 data, in Section 4.3.5.3, page 237, for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Concrete.
3 For 1/4" and 3/8" Flat Phillips head anchors, shear values should be reduced by 57% due to shear acting through the hollow portion of the head.
Stainless Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads1
Concrete2 Hollow C-90

Anchor Embedment Concrete Block 3,4
Size Depth 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa)
in. (mm) in. (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
1/4 (6.4) 1-1/8 (29) 235 (1.0) 450 (2.0) 300 (1.3) 450 (2.0) 200 (0.9) 400 (1.8)
5/16 (7.9) 1-1/4 (32) 310 (1.4) 675 (3.0) 410 (1.8) 675 (3.0) 335 (1.5) 600 (2.7)
3/8 (9.5) 1-1/2 (38) 450 (2.0) 1000 (4.4) 600 (2.7) 1000 (4.4) 470 (2.1) 890 (4.0)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0. 3 ASTM Specification C90, Type II.
2 Refer to Kwik Bolt 3 data, in Section 4.3.5.3, page 237, for spacing and edge dis- 4 Refer to HY 20 data, in Section 4.2.3.3, page 180, for spacing and edge distance
tance guidelines in Concrete. guidelines in Hollow Concrete Block.
Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads
in Grout Filled Block1,2,3,4,5,6,7 in Hollow Concrete Block1,2,3
Anchor Embed. Edge Sleeve Bolt Tension Shear

Size Depth2 Distance Tension Shear Anchor Size Diameter lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) in. (mm) in. (mm)
1/4 ( 6.4) 1 (25) 4 (101) 290 (1.3) 305 (1.4) 1/4 ( 6.4) 3/16 (4.8) 350 (1.5) 305 (1.4)
≥12 (305) 5/16 ( 7.9) 1/4 (6.4) 375 (1.7) 560 (2.5)
5/16 ( 7.9) 1 (25) 4 (101) 385 (1.7) 500 (2.2) 3/8 ( 9.5) 5/16 (7.9) 435 (1.9) 800 (3.5)
≥12 (305) 1/2 (12.7) 3/8 (9.5) 565 (2.5) 1125 (5.0)
3/8 ( 9.5) 1-1/4 (32) 4 (101) 435 (1.9) 725 (3.2)
≥12
1 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0.
(305)
1/2 (12.7) 1-1/2 (38) 4 (101) 605 (2.7) 865 (3.8) 2 ASTM Specification C90, Type II.
≥12 (305) 1145 (5.1) 3 Refer to HY 20 data on page 180 for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Hollow
Concrete Block.
5/8 (15.9) 2 (51) 4 (101) 710 (3.2) 1050 (4.7)
≥12 (305) 1815 (8.1) Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads
3/4 (19.1) 2 (51) 4 (101) 840 (3.7) 1050 (4.7)
≥12
in Red Brick1,2,3
(305) 1970 (8.8)
1 Values are for Lightweight, Medium Weight or Normal Weight concrete masonry units Embedment Tension Shear
conforming to ASTM C90 with 2000 psi grout conforming to ASTM C474. Anchor Size Depth lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. (mm) in. (mm)
3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, bed joint, cross web or any
1/4 ( 6.4) 1 (25) 295 (1.3) 335 (1.5)
combination of the above. 5/16 ( 7.9) 1 (25) 345 (1.5) 530 (2.3)
4 For anchors installed in the “T” joint or head joint reduce tension values by 20%. 3/8 ( 9.5) 1-1/4 (32) 375 (1.7) 850 (3.8)
5 Values for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches may be calculated by linear 1/2 (12.7) 1-1/2 (38) 435 (1.9) 1230 (5.5)
interpolation.
6 Anchors are limited to one per unit cell.
2 Due to the wide variation in the type and compressive strength of brick, these values
7 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0. should be considered Guide Values.
3 Refer to HY 20 data, on page 180 for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Brick.
HLC Sleeve Anchor 4.3.11

1 2 3
1. Drill: Drill the hole. Clean hole with blow 2. Insert: With the bolt flush to the top of the 3. Set: Tighten anchor to the recommended
out bulb. For hollow masonry, switch to nut, drive the sleeve anchor into the hole. torque value. Over-torquing will reduce the
drilling only mode before penetrating pullout and shear loads.
backside.
A
Round Head Slotted (RS)

Minimum Fastens
Bit Diameter1 Bolt Diameter Embed. Depth Materials Up To
Description Item No. in. in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Box Qty
HLC-RS 1/4 x 1-1/4 336238 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 1/4 (6.4) 100
HLC-RS 1/4 x 2 336239 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 1 (25) 100
HLC-RS 1/4 x 4 336240 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 3 (76) 100
Bolt Head (H)

Minimum Fastens
HLC-H 5/16 x 1-5/8 336244 5/16 1/4 1 (25) 5/8 (16) 100
HLC-H 5/16 x 2-5/8 336245 5/16 1/4 1 (25) 1-5/8 (41) 100
HLC-H 3/8 x 1-7/8 336252 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 5/8 (16) 50
HLC-H 3/8 x 3 336253 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 1-3/4 (44) 50
HLC-H 1/2 x 2-1/4 336259 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 3/4 (20) 50
HLC-H 1/2 x 3 336260 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) 25
HLC-H 1/2 x 4 336261 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 2-1/2 (64) 25
Flat Phillips Head (FPH)

Minimum Fastens
HLC-FPH 1/4 x 1-3/8 336234 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 3/8 (10) 100
HLC-FPH 1/4 x 2 336235 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 1 (25) 100
HLC-FPH 1/4 x 3 336236 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 2 (51) 100
HLC-FPH 1/4 x 4 336237 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 3 (76) 100
HLC-FPH 3/8 x 2-7/8 336248 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38) 50
HLC-FPH 3/8 x 4 336249 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 2-3/4 (70) 50
HLC-FPH 3/8 x 5 336250 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 3-3/4 (95) 25
HLC-FPH 3/8 x 6 336251 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 4-3/4 (120) 25
Definition of Nomenclature Outside diameter of sleeve, see

tables for threaded bolt diameter
HLC-AC 1/4 X 1-3/8
A: the overall length from bottom
Nut Configuration of washer to end of sleeve
4.3.11 HLC Sleeve Anchor
Hex Nut (HX)

Minimum Fastens
HLC-HX 5/16 x 1-5/8 336242 5/16 1/4 1 (25) 1/2 (13) 100
HLC-HX 5/16 x 2-5/8 336243 5/16 1/4 1 (25) 1-1/2 (38) 100
HLC-HX 3/8 x 1-7/8 336246 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 5/8 (16) 50
HLC-HX 3/8 x 3 336247 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 1-3/4 (44) 50
HLC-HX 1/2 x 2-1/4 336255 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 3/4 (19) 25
HLC-HX 1/2 x 3 336256 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) 25
HLC-HX 1/2 x 4 336257 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 2-1/2 (64) 25
HLC-HX 1/2 x 6 336258 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 4-1/2 (114) 15
HLC-HX 5/8 x 2-1/4 336263 5/8 1/2 2 (51) 1/4 (6) 25
HLC-HX 5/8 x 4-1/4 336264 5/8 1/2 2 (51) 2-1/4 (57) 10
HLC-HX 5/8 x 6 336265 5/8 1/2 2 (51) 4 (102) 10
HLC-HX 3/4 x 2-1/2 336266 3/4 5/8 2 (51) 1/2 (13) 10
HLC-HX 3/4 x 4-1/4 336267 3/4 5/8 2-1/2 (64) 1-3/4 (44) 10
HLC-HX 3/4 x 61/4 336268 3/4 5/8 2-1/2 (64) 3-3/4 ( 95) 10
Acorn Head (AC)

Minimum Fastens
HLC-AC 1/4 x 1-3/8 336232 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 3/8 (10) 100
HLC-AC 1/4 x 2-1/4 336233 1/4 3/16 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 100
A
304SS Sleeve Anchors

Minimum Fastens
HLC-HX 304SS 1/4 x 2-1/4 15731 1/4 3/16 1-1/8 (29) 1-1/8 (29) 100
HLC-HX 304SS 5/16 x 1-1/2 15732 5/16 1/4 1-1/4 (32) 1/4 (6.4) 100
HLC-HX 304SS 5/16 x 2-1/2 15733 5/16 1/4 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) 100
HLC-HX 304SS 3/8 x 1-7/8 15734 3/8 5/16 1-1/2 (38) 3/8 (9.5) 50
HLC-HX 304SS 3/8 x 3 15735 3/8 5/16 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) 50
Rod Coupling (RC)

Minimum
Bit Diameter1 Bolt Diameter Embed. Depth Rod Coupler
Description Item No. in. in. in. (mm) Box Qty
HLC-RC 3/8 x 1-7/8 336254 3/8 5/16 1-1/4 (32) 5/16" x 3/8" 50
HLC-RC 1/2 x 2-1/4 336262 1/2 3/8 1-1/2 (38) 3/8" x 1/2" 25
Definition of Nomenclature Outside diameter of sleeve, see

tables for threaded bolt diameter
HLC-AC 1/4 X 1-3/8
A: the overall length from bottom
Nut Configuration of washer to end of sleeve
KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System 4.3.12

4.3.12.1 Product Description
4.3.12.1 Product Description
The Hilti KWIK-CON II+ Fastening Guide Specifications
System for concrete and masonry
Concrete Screw Anchors Concrete or
consists of the KWIK-CON II+ fastener, 4.3.12.4 Installation Instructions
masonry screw anchors shall be
the KWIK-CON II+ drive tool, and a Hilti 4.3.12.5 Ordering Information
manufactured from AISI 1021
matched tolerance carbide-tipped
cold rolled steel case hardened to a
drill bit.
minimum Rockwell Hardness C 45 or
Product Features stainless steel conforming to AISI 410.
• Choice of head styles—Torx Hex The concrete or masonry screw anchors
Washer Head for fast, secure dri- shall have a trilobular, cold formed
ving; Torx or Phillips Flat Head for thread design and 8 threads per inch.
countersinking applications Screw anchors shall have one of the
• Matched tolerance carbide-tipped following head design: Tapered flat head
drill bit supplied with each box of with T-25 TORX recess,Tapered flat
100 KWIK-CON II+ fasteners
head with T-27 TORX recess or 5/16"
• Exclusive internal TORX drive hex washer with internal T-25 TORX
• Choice of 1/4" or 3/16" diameter recess. Anchor plating shall be in
fasteners
accordance with ASTM B633 SC 2
• Fasteners protected by corrosive Type II to a minimum thickness of 8 µm.
resistant coating; stainless steel
Anchors shall be Hilti KWIK-CON II
fasteners available in select sizes
anchors as supplied by Hilti.
• High quality Hilti SDS and straight
shank drill bits (Refer to section Installation Concrete or masonry screw
4.3.12.5) anchors shall be installed in holes drilled
with matched tolerance Hilti carbide-
tipped drill bits supplied with each box
of KWIK-CON II anchors. Installations
shall be in accordance with
manufacturer’s installation instructions.
Listings/Approvals
Metro-Dade County
Pending
4.3.12 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System
4.3.12.2 Material Specifications Mechanical Properties1

fy min. fu
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Material Composition
1018 to 1022 cold rolled steel (case hardened to HRC 45 minimum) 3/16" 137 138
1/4" 157 163
or 410 Stainless Steel 3/16" 157 184
1/4" 170 194
Head Styles
Tapered flat head with #3 Phillips recess (3/16" and 1/4" diameter anchors)
Tapered flat head with T-25 TORX recess (3/16" diameter anchor)
Tapered flat head with T-27 TORX recess (1/4" diameter anchor)
5/16" hex washer with internal T-25 TORX recess (3/16" and 1/4" diameter anchors)
Head Diameters
0.507" maximum (3/16" and 1/4" tapered Phillips flat head and 1/4" tapered T-27 TORX flat head anchors
0.385" maximum (3/16" tapered T-25 TORX flat head anchor)
0.432" maximum (3/16" and 1/4" T-25 TORX hex washer head anchors
Thread Diameter
Nominal 3/16"; Major: 0.217"; Minor2: 0.145"
Nominal 1/4"; Major: 0.283"; Minor2: 0.190"
Shank Diameter
3/16" – 0.170"
1/4" – 0.224"
Lengths
1-1/4", 1-3/4", 2-1/4", 2-3/4", 3-1/4",3-3/4",4" (See Ordering Information Section 4.3.10.5)
Thread Design
Trilobular, cold formed
Threads per inch
3/16" anchor = 8 T.P.I.
1/4" anchor = 8 T.P.I.
Inches of Thread per fastener
1.875" maximum
Plating
8 µm zinc/chromate plating in accordance with ASTM B633, Sc 2, Type II, on carbon steel anchors
Bending Capacity
Ductility at 10° minimum
1 Mechanical properties based on limited (30 samples) testing of actual KWIK-CON II samples
(i.e. not based on minimum steel properties).
2 Minor diameter based on average root diamter of 30 KWIK-CON II samples (i.e. not a controlled dimension).

Table 1 - Tension and Shear Allowable Loads in Concrete 1, 2
2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Anchor Dia. Embedment Depth Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1 100 260 125 260 185 280
3/16
(25) (0.44) (1.16) (0.56) (1.16) (0.82) (1.25)
1-3/4 275 260 295 265 325 300
3/16
(44) (1.22) (1.16) (1.31) (1.18) (1.45) (1.33)
1 190 325 240 390 275 540
1/4
(25) (0.85) (1.45) (1.07) (1.73) (1.22) (2.40)
1-3/4 425 560 625 600 650 600
1/4
(44) (1.89) (2.49) (2.78) (2.82) (2.89) (2.67)
1 Published load values represent the average test results of testing conducted in local base materials using Hilti matched-tolerance drill bits.
Because of variations in materials, on-site testing is necessary to determine actual performance at any specific site.
2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
Table 2 - Tension and Shear Ultimate Loads in Concrete1

2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Anchor Dia. Embedment Depth Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/16 1 400 1050 500 1050 750 1150

(25) (1.78) (4.67) (2.22) (4.67) (3.34) (5.12)
3/16 1-3/4 1100 1050 1180 1070 1300 1200
(44) (4.89) (4.67) (5.25) (4.76) (5.78) (5.34)
1 760 1300 970 1575 1100 2175
1/4
(25) (3.38) (5.78) (4.31) (7.01) (4.89) (9.68)
1-3/4 1700 2250 2500 2400 2600 2400
1/4
(44) (7.56) (10.0) (11.1) (11.3) (11.6) (10.7)
Table 3 - Tension and Shear Allowable Loads Table 4 - Tension and Shear Allowable Loads
in Hollow Block1,2 in Red Brick1, 2
Anchor Dia. Embed. Depth Tension Shear Anchor Dia. Embed. Depth Tension Shear
in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN)
1 150 225 1 125 235
3/16 3/16
(25) (0.67) (1.00) (25) (0.56) (1.05)
1-3/4 290 300 1-3/4 350 300
3/16 3/16
(44) (1.29) (1.33) (44) (1.56) (1.33)
1 165 275 1 205 415
1/4 1/4
(25) (0.73) (1.22) (25) (0.91) (1.85)
1-3/4 310 400 1-3/4 350 500
1/4 1/4
(44) (1.38) (1.78) (44) (1.56) (2.22)
1 ASTM Specification C90 Grade N. Type II pilot holes drilled with TKB matched 1 This test was performed on individual specimens of ASTM C62 common red brick.
tolerance bits for concrete blocks. Due to the wide variations encountered in the compressive strength of brick, these
2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0. values should be considered Guide Values.
2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
The anchors are installed a minimum of 12 diameters on center with a minimum edge distance of six diameters for 100 percent
anchor efficiency. Spacing and edge distance may be reduced to six diameter spacing and three diameter edge distance
providing values are reduced 50 percent. Linear interpolation may be used for intermediate spacing and edge margins.
( NN ) + ( VV ) ≤ 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)

d
rec
d
rec

Determining the Correct Hole Diameter
KWIK-CON II+ Fastener & Hole Depth
The diameter of the drilled hole is also
The Hilti KWIK-CON II+ masonry important to the performance of the
fastening system consists of the KWIK- KWIK-CON II+ masonry fastening
CON II+ fastener, the KWIK-CON II+ system. Using Hilti TKC (concrete) or
drive tool, and a TKC or TKB matched TKB (block) matched tolerance carbide- A
tolerance carbide-tipped drill bit. tipped bits will help assure consistent
Consistent performance and maximum fastener performance and maximum
pullout strength can be assured only pullout strength.
when all three elements of the system
are properly used.
Fastener Length
The length of the KWIK-CON II+

fastener to be used is determined by
combining the thickness of the fixture B
being attached (A) with the desired
depth of embedment in the masonry
material (B). It is recommended that a
minimum of 1" and a maximum of
1-3/4" embedment be used in
determining fastener length.
Head Styles C
TORX Hex Washer Head 1/2"minimum
KWIK-CON II+ fasteners are available in Uses either TORX or hex
drives
1/4" and 3/16" diameters. The diameter Washer head provides a
of the fastener and the depth of bearing surface for fast,
embedment affect pullout strengths. secure fastening.
TORX or Phillips Flat Head A = Fixture being attached
Application strength requirements and Used when a countersunk
safety factors should be considered appearance is desirable B = KWIK-CON II+ embedment
minimum of 1", maximum of 1-3/4"
when determining the depth of
is recommended
embedment and fastener diameter. For
assistance, contact your local Hilti Sales A + B = Length KWIK-CON II+
to be used
Representative.
B + C = Depth of hole drilled
Hole Depth must be at least 1/2" deeper than
A TKC matched tolerance carbide KWIK-CON II+ embedment
Torx Hex Washer
tipped drill bit is supplied with each box Head Internal Torx
of KWIK-CON II+ fasteners. The correct
hole depth (B+C) can normally be
obtained by drilling the full length of this
bit. In all cases, the hole must be at
least 1/2" deeper than the depth of the
fastener embedment. Torx or Phillips
Flat Head

KWIK-CON II+ Fasteners (100 per box including 1 bit except bulk which are 1,000 pieces per box without bit)
Description Item No. Diameter (in.) Total Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Shank Length (in.)
5/16" Magnetic Nut Setter or T-25 TORX Bit

KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 THWH 256009 3/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 THWH Bulk 220590 3/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 THWH 256010 3/16 1-3/4 1-3/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 THWH 256011 3/16 2-1/4 1-3/4 1/2
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 THWH 256012 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 1
KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 THWH 256013 3/16 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-1/2
KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 THWH 256014 3/16 3-3/4 1-3/4 2
KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 THWH 256015 3/16 4 1-3/4 2-1/4
5/16" Magnetic Nut Setter or T-25 Bit

KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH 256016 1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 THWH 256017 1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 THWH 256018 1/4 2-1/4 1-3/4 1/2
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH 256019 1/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 1
KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 THWH 256020 1/4 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-1/2
KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 THWH 256021 1/4 3-3/4 1-3/4 2
KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 THWH 256022 1/4 4 1-3/4 2-1/4
KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH Stainless Steel 256051 1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH Stainless Steel 256052 1/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 1
T-25 TORX Bit

KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 TFH 256023 3/16 1-1/4 1-1/8 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 TFH 256024 3/16 1-3/4 1-5/8 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 TFH Bulk 220597 3/16 1-3/4 1-5/8 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 TFH 256025 3/16 2-1/4 1-3/4 3/8
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 TFH 256026 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 7/8
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 TFH Bulk 220598 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 7/8
KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 TFH 256027 3/16 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/8
KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 TFH 256028 3/16 3-3/4 1-3/4 1-7/8
KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 TFH Bulk 220599 3/16 3-3/4 1-3/4 1-7/8
KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 TFH 256029 3/16 4 1-3/4 2-1/8
T-27 TORX Bit

KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 TFH 256030 1/4 1-1/4 1-1/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 TFH 256031 1/4 1-3/4 1-9/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 TFH Bulk 219953 1/4 1-3/4 1-9/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 TFH 256032 1/4 2-1/4 1-3/4 5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 TFH 256033 1/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 TFH 256034 1/4 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 TFH Bulk 219954 1/4 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 TFH 256035 1/4 3-3/4 1-3/4 1-13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 TFH 256036 1/4 4 1-3/4 2-1/16

KWIK-CON II+ Fasteners (100 per box including 1 bit except bulk which are 1,000 pieces per box without bit)
Description Item No. Diameter (in.) Total Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Shank Length (in.)
#3 Phillips Bit
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 PFH 256037 3/16 1-1/4 1-1/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 PFH 256038 3/16 1-3/4 1-9/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 PFH Bulk 219955 3/16 1-3/4 1-9/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 PFH 256039 3/16 2-1/4 1-3/4 5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH 256040 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH Bulk 219956 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 PFH 256041 3/16 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 PFH 256042 3/16 3-3/4 1-3/4 1-13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 PFH 256043 3/16 4 1-3/4 2-1/16
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 PFH Stainless Steel 256053 3/16 1-1/4 1-1/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH Stainless Steel 256054 3/16 2-3/4 1-3/4 13/16
#3 Phillips Bit
KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 PFH 256044 1/4 1-1/4 1-1/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 PFH 256045 1/4 1-3/4 1-9/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 PFH Bulk 219957 1/4 1-3/4 1-9/16 0
KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 PFH 256046 1/4 2-1/4 1-3/4 5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 PFH 256047 1/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 PFH Bulk 219958 1/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 PFH 256048 1/4 3-1/4 1-3/4 1-5/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 PFH 256049 1/4 3-3/4 1-3/4 1-13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 PFH 256050 1/4 4 1-3/4 2-1/16
KWIK-CON II+ Hex Driver System

Description Item No. Box Qty
KWIK-CON Hex Driver Deluxe Kit 235097 1
KWIK-CON Hex Driver 235098 1
5/16" Hex Driver (all THWH) 83313 1
5/16" Hex Nut Setter/Depth Locator 235100 1
Insert Bit Holder/Depth Locator 235101 1
#3 Phillips Driver (all PFH) 83312 1
T-25 TORX Driver (3/16" TFH) 374714 1
T-27 TORX Driver (1/4" TFH) 374715 1
1
KWIK-CON II+ Matched Tolerance Drill Bits
Bit Diameter
Description Item No. (in.) Box Qty
For 1/4" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Dense Concrete (2000 psi+)
TKC Large Concrete Bit SDS+ Hex 205114 0.2402 1
TKC Large Concrete Bit TM Hex 205115 0.2402 1
For 1/4" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Light Concrete, Brick or Block
TKB Large Block Bit SDS+ Hex 205116 0.2260 1
TKB Large Block Bit TM Hex 205117 0.2260 1
For 3/16" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Dense Concrete (2000 psi+)
TKC Small Concrete Bit SDS+ Hex 205118 0.1902 1
TKC Small Concrete Bit TM Hex 205119 0.1902 1
For 3/16" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Light Concrete, Brick or Block
TKB Small Block Bit SDS+ Hex 205120 0.1752 1
TKB Small Block Bit TM Hex 205121 0.1752 1
Metal Hit Anchor 4.3.13

The Hilti Metal Hit Anchor is a drive-in Product Features
type expansion anchor consisting of a • Quick and easy fastening for
zinc plated or stainless steel drive pin maximum speed and installation 4.3.13.4 Installation Instructions
and an alloy expanding body for light • Low profile mushroom head style 4.3.13.5 Ordering Information
duty fastenings in concrete and provides a clean, tamper proof
masonry. fastening
• Anchor design allows easy
through-type fastenings even in
bottomless holes
• Consistent load values provide light
duty fastenings in concrete and
masonry
• Choice of stainless steel or carbon
steel finish allows outdoor or indoor
use

Body material: Aluminum/Zinc Alloy
Drive Pin: Zinc plated carbon steel conforming to AISI 1018. Type 304 Stainless Steel
(Stainless Steel Version)

Metal Hit Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete
Hollow Red
Concrete Concrete Block Clay Brick
Anchor Embed.
Tension Shear
Size Depth Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN)
in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
2000 psi 4000 psi 2000 psi
3/16 5/8 (16) – – – 180 (0.8) 180 (0.8) – –
1/4 3/4 (19) 135 (0.6) 210 (0.9) 280 (1.2) 255 (1.1) 320 (1.4) 180 (0.8) 280 (1.2)
1/4 1 (25) 160 (0.7) 240 (1.1) 315 (1.4) 310 (1.4) 320 (1.4) 245 (1.1) 290 (1.3)
For overhead application reduce the allowable load values by a factor of 2.

1 2 3 4
1. Drill hole at least 1/4" deeper 2. Clean hole. 3. Install anchor through fixture. 4. Hammer in nail until nail head
than anchor. is flush with anchor body. Do
not overdrive.

Carbon Stainless Bit Diameter1
Description Item No. Item No. (in.) Box Qty
Metal Hit 3/16" x 7/8" 66137 N/A 3/16 100
Metal Hit 1/4" x 3/4" 15538 N/A 1/4 100
Metal Hit 1/4" x 1" 66138 230567 1/4 100
Metal Hit 1/4" x 1-1/4" 66139 230568 1/4 100
Metal Hit 1/4" x 1-1/2" 66140 230569 1/4 100
Metal Hit 1/4" x 2" 45453 230570 1/4 100
4.3.14 HPS-1 Impact Anchor

The HPS-1 Impact Anchor consists of a • Can be set with hammer or screw
4.3.14.3 Technical Data driver for quick and easy installa-
carbon or stainless steel drive-screw
4.3.14.4 Installation Instructions and a plastic expansion body, which tion
combine to form an easy-to-install yet • Available with 304 Stainless Steel
Nail for use in corrosive environ-
removable fastening, for light duty
ments
applications in concrete and masonry.
• Plastic body is temperature resis-
Product Features tant from –40°F to 176°F. Anchor
can be installed from 14°F to 104°F.
• Recessed philips drive connection Both temperature ranges allow use
in the screw head provides protec- in extreme climactic conditions
tion during hammering, allowing
simple setting and removal • Suitable for through-hole fasten-
ings to improve productivity
• Anchor collar and screw head form
a compact unit which allows coun- • Easy removal adds to HPS-1 ver-
tersinking in soft wood and solid satility.
clamping action with metal parts
• Expanding head opens in hollow
base material to provide reliable
keying effect
• One type anchor reduces inventory,
provides versatile use in brick, hol-
low block and concrete

Corrosion resistant body made of polyamide 6.6 plastic
Carbon steel drive screw material meets the requirements of AISI 1010
Carbon steel drive screw zinc plated to minimum 5 µm thickness in accordance
with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III
Stainless steel drive screw material meets the requirements of AISI 304

HPS-1 Allowable Loads1
Anchor HPS-1 HPS-1 HPS-1 HPS-1 HPS-1
1/4 to 1-5/8
Base 3/16 to 1 1/4 to 2-1/16 5/16 to 1-5/8 5/16 to 3-5/8
Material 3/16 to 1-1/2 1/4 to 1 1/4 to 2-5/8 5/16 to 2-1/2 5/16 to 4-3/8
Concrete Tension lb 30 55 70 80 90
2000 psi (N) (133) (245) (311) (356) (400)
(13.8 MPa) Shear lb 95 130 135 215 110
(N) (422) (578) (600) (956) (489)
Tension lb 35 40 45 45
N/A
Brick (N) (155) (178) (200) (200)
Masonry Shear lb 105 145 165 220
N/A
(N) (467) (645) (734) (979)
Hollow Tension lb 50 55 60 65
N/A
Concrete Block (N) (222) (245) (600) (289)
(Normal Wt.) Shear lb 120 140 160 185
N/A
(N) (534) (623) (712) (823)
Concrete in. 3/4 7/8 1 1-3/16 1-3/16
Min. Embed.
(mm) (19) (22) (25) (30) (30)

Depth
Hollow Base in. 5/8 13/16 13/16 1

N/A
(mm) (16) (21) (21) (25)
1 Representative results of testing and a safety factor of 5.0.
HPS-1 Impact Anchor 4.3.14

3
Solid Base Materials
1 2
3
OR
1. Drill hole (depth = anchor length 2. Insert anchor.

minus thickness fastened plus 1/2").
• Drive with a hammer or
an electric screwdriver
3. Set the anchor with a hammer or with
an electric screwdriver. • An accurately matched
anchor length provides
Hollow Base Materials optimized holding power
1 2 3 by allowing for expan-
sion in the first part of
the brick or block.

Carbon Steel
Fastenable Material
Fastenable Material Thickness in Hollow Bit
Thickness in Concrete Base Materials Diameter1 Box
Description Item No. max in. (mm) max in. (mm) in. Qty
HPS-1 3/16 x 1 260347 3/16 ( 5) 3/8 ( 9) 3/16 200
HPS-1 3/16 x 1-1/2 260348 5/8 (15) 3/4 (19) 3/16 200
HPS-1 1/4 x 1 260368 1/8 ( 3) 3/16 ( 5) 1/4 200
HPS-1 1/4 x 1-5/8 260344 5/8 (15) 3/4 (19) 1/4 100
HPS-1 1/4 x 2-1/16 260345 1 (25) 1-3/16 (30) 1/4 100
HPS-1 1/4 x 2-5/8 260346 1-5/8 (41) 1-3/4 (44) 1/4 100
HPS-1 5/16 x 1-5/8 260353 3/8 ( 9) 5/8 (15) 5/16 100
HPS-1 5/16 x 2-1/2 260354 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/8 (35) 5/16 50
HPS-1 5/16 x 3-5/8 260355 2-3/8 (60) N/A 5/16 50
HPS-1 5/16 x 4-3/8 260356 3-1/8 (85) N/A 5/16 50
Stainless Steel
Fastenable Material
Fastenable Material Thickness in Hollow Bit
Thickness in Concrete Base Materials Diameter1 Box
Description Item No. max in. (mm) max in. (mm) in. Qty
HPS-1 R 3/16 x 1 260357 3/16 ( 5) 3/8 ( 9) 3/16 200
HPS-1 R 3/16 x 1-1/2 260358 5/8 (15) 3/4 (19) 3/16 200
HPS-1 R 1/4 x 1 230520 1/8 ( 3) 3/16 ( 5) 1/4 200
HPS-1 R 1/4 x 1-5/8 230521 5/8 (15) 3/4 (19) 1/4 100
HPS-1 R 1/4 x 2-1/16 230522 1 (25) 1-3/16 (30) 1/4 100
HPS-1 R 1/4 x 2-5/8 230523 1-5/8 (41) 1-3/4 (44) 1/4 100
HPS-1 R 5/16 x 3-5/8 260365 2-3/8 (60) N/A 5/16 50
HPS-1 R 5/16 x 4-3/8 260366 3-1/8 (85) N/A 5/16 50
4.3.15 HTB TOGGLER® Bolt

The Hilti HTB TOGGLER® Bolt fastening • Plastic pull ring assists in setting
4.3.15.3 Technical Data lock cap
system consists of a metal channel
4.3.15.4 Installation Instructions threaded to accept a machine bolt, and • Anchor is adjustable for various
base material thicknesses
4.3.15.5 Ordering Information unique plastic legs and locking cap for
providing easier installation as well
fastening in a wide range of hollow-wall as minimizing inventory investment
materials.
• Remains mounted in the wall
Product Features without screw for convenient
handling, installation and reuse
• Unique installation legs and locking
• Available in stainless steel and
cap facilitate fastening in wide
carbon steel for different
range of drywall and hollow wall
environments
materials up to 2-1/4" thick
• Comprehensive offering with and
• One piece metal channel provides
without machine screws
greater holding power

Zinc plated metal channel material meets the requirements for AISI 1010 steel
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt Allowable Loads1
Toggler Bolt Hole 1/2" Drywall 5/8" Drywall Hollow Concrete Block
Size Diameter Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear
in. in. lb (N) lb (N) lb (N) lb (N) lb (N) lb (N)
3/16 1/2 30 (133) 70 (311) 45 (200) 95 (423) 140 (623) 160 (712)
1/4 1/2 35 (155) 85 (378) 50 (222) 105 (467) 160 (712) 240 (1068)
3/8 3/4 35 (155) 70 (311) 50 (222) 105 (467) 200 (890) 380 (1690)
3/16" & 1/4" 3/8" & 1/2" 1/2 3/4 35 (155) 85 (378) 50 (222) 110 (489) 240 (1068) 420 (1868)
TOGGLER® is the registered trademark of Mechanical Plastics Corp.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Drill correct size hole into wall cavity. 4 Pull the metal channel firmly against the 6 Snap the plastic legs off flush at the
2 Position the metal channel parallel inner wall cavity by tugging the plastic plastic cap by pushing outward.
with the plastic legs. pull ring. 7 Secure the item to be fastened with the
3 Insert the metal channel through the 5 Slide the plastic cap forward along the proper size machine screw and screw
drilled hole into the wall cavity. legs until it is seated flush to the work driver. NOTE: Maximum torque on
surface. screw or rod is 5 ft-lb.

Machine Screw Machine Screw Bit Box
Description Item No. Dia. (in.) Length (in.) Dia.(in.)1 Qty
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 3/16” with SRH screw1 374493 3/16 2-1/2 1/2 100
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 3/16” with PFH screw 2 374497 3/16 2-1/2 1/2 100
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 3/16” w/o screw 3 374495 3/16 – 1/2 100
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 1/4” with SRH screw 1 374494 1/4 2-1/2 1/2 100
HTB TOGGLER® Bolt 1/4” with PFH screw 2 374499 1/4 2-1/2 1/2 100
1 Round Head (Combination Slotted/Phillips)
2 Phillips Flat Head
3 Machine screws not included
TOGGLER® is the registered trademark of Mechanical Plastics Corp.
HLD Kwik Tog 4.3.16

The Hilti HLD Kwik Tog is a plastic • Leg braces provide added support
anchor designed to accept #8 or #10 • Ribs on body help prevent anchor
screws for light duty applications in from spinning during installation 4.3.16.4 Installation Instructions
hollow or solid base materials • Remains mounted in the wall with- 4.3.16.5 Ordering Information
out screw for convenient handling,
Product Features installation and reuse
• Unique one piece design for
easy setting
• Three convenient sizes for use in a
variety of hollow base materials
from 1/4" drywall to block
and concrete

Plastic: polypropylene for use in temperature range from –40°F to 140°F

Specification Table
S = Thickness of material being fastened
Base Material Drill Bit

Thickness Diameter
(in.) (in.) L d
HLD Kwik Tog 2 specially designed for 1/2" sheetrock
5/32" to 1/2" 3/8" 1-1/4" + S #8 / #10
17/32" to 19/32" 3/8" 1-1/4" + S #8 / #10 HLD Kwik-Tog Allowable Loads1
greater than 1-3/8" 3/8" 1-9/16" + S #10 / #12
Hollow
HLD Kwik Tog 3 specially designed for 5/8" sheetrock Concrete
5/8" to 3/4" 3/8" 1-1/2" + S #8 / #10 1/2" Drywall 5/8" Drywall Block
3/4" to 7/8" 3/8" 1-1/2" + S #8 / #10 Tension Tension Tension
Description lb (N) lb (N) lb (N)
greater than 1-5/8" 3/8" 1-13/16" + S #10 / #12
HLD 2 20 (89) 25 (111) 40 (178)
HLD Kwik Tog 4 HLD 3 — 35 (156) 50 (222)
15/16" to 1-1/8" 3/8" 1-7/8" + S #8 / #10 HLD 4 — — 70 (311)
1-1/8" to 1-1/4" 3/8" 1-7/8" + S #8 / #10
greater than 2" 11/32" 2-3/16" + S #10 / #12 1 Based on using a safety factor of 5.0.

1 2 3
1. Compress wings 2. Insert anchor 3. Insert and tighten

together. through drilled screw through
hole. fixture to expand
wings.

HLD Kwik-Tog Anchor Program
Allowable Recommended Screw Size 1
Bit Hollow Base Load in
Dia. Material 5/8" Drywall Hollow Solid Qty
Description Item No. in. Thickness (in.) Tension, lb(kN) Base Mtl. Base Mtl. Per Bag
HLD Kwik Tog 2 (HLD2) 335506 3/8 3/16 to 5/8 25 (0.11) #8 or #10 #10 150
HLD Kwik Tog 3 (HLD3) 335507 3/8 5/8 to 7/8 35 (0.16) #8 or #10 #10 100
HLD Kwik Tog 4 (HLD4) 335508 3/8 15/16 to 1-1/4 — #8 or #10 #10 100
1 Screw not included
4.3.17 HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor

The Hilti HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor is a • Can be set with electric or standard
4.3.17.3 Technical Data screwdriver for quick and simple
self-drilling anchor designed for fast and
4.3.17.4 Installation Instructions reliable fastenings in drywall. installation
• Removability adds to the anchor
Product Features versatility
• Shark tooth design for • Available in non-conductive nylon
correct positioning and or zinc for a variety
quick installation of applications
• Cuts its own thread, • Available with and without screws
no predrilling necessary for your convenience

HSP Die cast zinc conforming to DIN 1734
HFP Polyamide 6.6 plastic; glass fiber reinforced

HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor Allowable Loads1
Gypsum Wall Board Thickness 1/2" 5/8"
Tension Shear Tension Shear
Decscription lb (N) lb (N) lb (N) lb (N)
HSP with Screw # 8 x 1-3/16 15 (70) 40 (180) 22 (100) 60 (270)
HSP HFP HFP with Screw # 8 x 1-3/16 15 (70) 40 (180) 22 (100) 60 (270)

1 2 3
1. Push the teeth of the anchor into 2. Drive the anchor (clockwise rota- 3. Drive and tighten the screw with
the drywall panel. tion) until it lies flush with the wall. the Hilti Insert Bit.

Anchor length Screw Box
Item No. Description (in.) Dia. Qty
00332682 HSP 1-1/2 #8 100
00332683 HSP-S Delivered with 100 screws, # 8 x 1-3/16" 1-1/2 #8 100
00332686 HFP 1-1/8 #8 100
00332687 HFP-S Delivered with 100 screws, # 8 x 1-3/16" 1-1/8 #8 100
00332688 D-B PH2 HSP/HFP Phillips Head Bit – – 5
IDP Insulation Anchor 4.3.18

The Hilti IDP Insulation Anchor is a • Suitable for insulation thickness up
to 4-3/4" for enhanced versatility 4.3.18.3 Technical Data
plastic anchor designed for attaching
insulation to concrete and masonry. • Installation in concrete or masonry 4.3.18.4 Installation Instructions
allows versatile use
Product Features
• No metal reduces potential
• Specially structured head helps condensation behind finish coat
ensure bonding of plaster applied of EIFS
directly over the anchor

Plastic: polypropylene (not UV resistant)
In-place temperature range: -40°F to 176°F (-40°C to 80°C)
Temperature when setting: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C)

Minimum Average Ultimate Pullout4
Anchor Bit Embedment Hollow
Length Diameter1 Depth Insulation Thickness Concrete2 Concrete Block3 Brick
Description in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (N) lb (N) lb (N)
IDP 0/2 2 ( 50) 5/16 1-1/8 (29) 0 to 7/8 (0-20)
IDP 2/4 2-3/4 ( 70) 5/16 1-1/8 (29) 7/8 to 1-3/4 (20-40)
IDP 4/6 3-1/2 ( 90) 5/16 1-1/8 (29) 1-3/4 to 2-3/8 (40-60) 110 (489) 45 (200) 55 (245)
IDP 6/8 4-1/4 (110) 5/16 1-1/8 (29) 2-3/8 to 3-1/8 (60-80)
IDP 8/10 5 (130) 5/16 1-1/8 (29) 3-1/8 to 4 (80-100)
IDP 10/12 6 (150) 5/16 1-1/8 (29) 4 to 4-3/4 (100-120)
2 Concrete strength f'c = 2500 psi (17.2 MPa).
3 Hollow Concrete Block meets ASTM C90 Grade N Type II.
4 Pullout values may be limited by the strength of the material fastened.

1 2 3
1. Drill a 5/16" diameter hole 2. Hammer anchor into place 3. Anchor is set. For outdoor
through insulation into until washer is flush with application, anchor head
base material. insulation. must be covered by finish.

Description Item No. Box Qty
IDP 0/2 332105 250
IDP 2/4 332106 250
IDP 4/6 332107 250
IDP 6/8 332108 250
IDP 8/10 332109 250
IDP 10/12 332110 250
Notes
16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 Chemicals.qxd 12/30/07 1:22 AM Page 389
Notes
Hilti Product Technical Guide Hilti Product Technical Guide
In The United Sates In Canada
PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 days from date of invoice. Customer agrees to pay all PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 days from date of invoice.
PROFIS costs incurred by Hilti in collecting any delinquent amounts, Customer agrees to pay all costs incurred
including attorney’s fees. by Hilti in collecting delinquent amounts, if
any, including reasonable attorney’s fees.
FREIGHT: All sales are F.O.B. Destination with transportation allowed via Hilti
designated mode. Delivery dates are estimates only. Additional FREIGHT: Sales are F.O.B. Destination Point with
charges for expedited shipments, special handling requirements, transportation allowed via Hilti designated
and orders below certain dollar amounts shall be the responsibility mode. Additional charges may apply for
of Customer. Fuel surcharges may apply depending on market expedited delivery, special handling
conditions. requirements, and order under certain
limits. A fuel surcharge may apply
CREDIT: All orders sold on credit are subject to Credit Department approval.
depending on market conditions.
RETURN POLICY: Products must be in saleable condition to qualify for return.
CREDIT: All orders sold on credit are subject to
Saleable condition is defined as unused items in original
Credit Department approval.
undamaged packaging and unbroken quantities and in as-new
condition. All returns are subject to Hilti inspection and RETURN POLICY: Product may be returned prepaid (unless
acceptance, and a $125 restocking charge if returned more otherwise authorized) to Hilti provided:
than 90 days after invoice date. Proof of purchase is required i) it is returned by the original purchaser
for all returned materials. Special orders products and
ii) it is not dated product returned more
PROFIS: Firestop Systems Hilti Diaphragm discontinued items are not eligible for return credit. Dated
materials are only returnable in case quantity, and within 30 than 30 days after the original delivery
The World’s Most Powerful When it comes to Life Safety and building Deck Design days after invoice date. date
The Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design WARRANTY: Hilti warrants that for a period of 12 months from the date it sells a iii) it is not discontinued, clearance or
Anchor Design Software code compliance, Hilti provides complete special order product
product it will, at its sole option and discretion, refund the purchase
solutions with a wide range of products Program allows designers to quickly price, repair, or replace such product if it contains a defect in iv) it is unused, in original packaging and
• Easy to Learn – Start working in and unmatched technical support. and accurately design roof deck and material or workmanship. Absence of Hilti’s receipt of notification of in unbroken quantities.
any such defect within this 12-month period shall constitute a
just minutes composite floor deck diaphragms. waiver of all claims with regard to such product. Hilti will inspect product and, if the above
• Fast and Powerful – Produce detailed • Firestop Systems Guides requirements are satisfied, will credit to
THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER customer the original purchase price. A
designs quickly - Through Penetrations • Ability to design with innovative WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT 15% restocking fee may apply.
• Specify with Confidence – The - Joint Penetrations Hilti fasteners for frame and sidelap LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Hilti shall in no WARRANTY: Other than the manufacturer’s published
largest number of approvals and • FACT Program connection event be liable for, and Customer hereby agrees to indemnify Hilti warranty, no warranties or conditions,
against all claims related to special, direct, indirect, incidental, express or implied, written or oral,
latest design codes • FS 411 • Creates easy to use load tables with statutory or otherwise are implied. Any and
consequential, or any other damages arising out of or related to the
• BASIC Training span ranges based on user input sale, use, or inability to use the product. all conditions and warranties implied by
No charge. law or by the Sale of Goods Act or any
• Engineering Judgements • Allows for different safety factors ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER: Acceptance is limited to the express terms contained herein, and similar statutes of any Province are hereby
Download now @ www.us.hilti.com • Firestop Design Center online depending on load type, building terms are subject to change by Hilti without notice. Additional or expressly waived.
different terms proposed by Customer are deemed material and are
@ www.us.hilti.com code and field quality control objected to and rejected, but such rejection shall not operate as a TITLE TO PRODUCT: Title to product remains with Hilti until the
rejection of the offer unless it contains variances in the terms of the total purchase price of product is paid.
• Direct link to Hilti website description, quantity, price or delivery schedule of the goods. PRICES: Customer agrees to pay Hilti prices set out
Orders are not deemed “accepted” by Hilti unless and until it ships on invoice. Customer agrees to pay taxes
the associated items. as indicated on invoice unless Hilti
DOMESTIC ORIGIN: Any non-domestic Hilti product will be so identified on shipping receives acceptable exemption
documents and invoices for customers who properly identify certificates.
themselves as a federal government entity. All other customers INDEMNIFICATION: Customer agrees to use product at own
may obtain such information by written request to Hilti, Inc., risk and to indemnify Hilti against all
Contract Compliance, P.O. Box 21148, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74121. liabilities, including legal fees, to third
Hilti’s Quality Department personnel are the only individuals parties arising out of the use or
authorized to warrant the country of origin of Hilti products. possession thereof. Hilti shall in no event
BUSINESS SIZE: Hilti is a large business. be liable for special, incidental or
consequential damages.
PRICES: Prices are those stated on the order, and unless otherwise noted
are based on purchasing all items on the order — pricing for CHANGES: Hilti sales personnel are not authorized to
individual products may vary for purchases of different quantities or modify these Terms and Conditions or
item combinations. Hilti does not maintain most favored customer modify Customer’s credit terms. Terms are
records, makes no representation with respect to same, and rejects subject to change by Hilti with reasonable
any price warranty terms proposed by Customer. Hilti's published notice to Customer.
net price list is subject to change without notice. CASH SALES: Payment in full is due prior to goods being
CONSENT TO JURISDICTION: All transactions made pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have released.
been made and entered into in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Any and all QUOTATIONS: All terms and conditions apply once
disputes arising directly or indirectly from such transactions shall be customer agrees to purchase product.
resolved in the courts of the County of Tulsa, State of Oklahoma, to
Hilti Online MI – Industrial the exclusion of any other court, and any resulting judgment may
Quotations on special promotion products
are only valid until end of promotion
Pipe Support be enforced by any court having jurisdiction of such an action. All
transactions shall be governed by and construed in accordance
period.
• Technical Library Technical Guide with the laws of the State of Oklahoma.
• Design Centers A guide to specifying the Hilti modular INDEMNIFICATION: Customer hereby agrees to indemnify Hilti for any costs, including
• Interactive Product Advisors pipe support system for medium to attorney’s fees, incurred by Hilti as a result, in whole or in part, of
any violation by Customer of any Federal, State or Local statute or
• Full-line Product Catalog heavy loads without welding. regulation, or of any nationally accepted standard. It shall be
• Online Ordering Customer’s sole responsibility to comply with all applicable laws
• MI System is the ideal solution for and regulations regarding the handling,use, transportation, or
• Maps to Hilti locations disposal of products upon taking possession of same.
• “Contact Us” program to pipes up to 24 in. diameter AUTHORIZATION: HILTI LEGAL DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL ARE THE ONLY
answer your questions • Reliable fastenings without welds INDIVIDUALS AUTHORIZED TO MODIFY THESE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS, WARRANT PRODUCT SUITABILITY FOR SPECIFIC
• Easily installed APPLICATIONS, OR EXECUTE CUSTOMER DOCUMENTS, AND
ANY SUCH ACTION IS NULL AND VOID UNLESS IN WRITTEN
FORM SIGNED BY SUCH INDIVIDUAL.
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.ca.hilti.com I Product Technical Guide 2008 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en español 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.ca.hilti.com I Product Technical Guide 2008

4.0 Anchoring Systems (128-389) r021

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

4.0 Anchoring Systems (128-389) r021

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Attached are page(s) from the 2008 Hilti North

American Product Technical Guide. For

Hilti Product Technical Guide

PROFIS: Firestop Systems Hilti Diaphragm

Hilti Online MI – Industrial

Anchoring Systems Table of Contents

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

4.2 Adhesive Anchoring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Anchoring Systems Table of Contents

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

4.1.1 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Terminology

dbit = nominal drill bit diameter Nd = design tension load (unfactored)

dh = diameter of clearance hole in attachment Nrec = recommended tension load

dw = washer diameter smin = minimum spacing between adjacent

f 'c = specified concrete compressive strength t fix = maximum thickness of attachment

fy = specified reinforcing bar yield strength

Fy = specified bolt minimum yield strength

Fu = specified bolt minimum ultimate strength

h = thickness of member in which anchor is

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

4.1.2 Strength Design (SD) Terminology

ccr = critical edge distance MuM,5% = characteristic flexural resistance of anchor

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

4.1.2 Strength Design (SD) Terminology

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

Strength design: The Concrete Capacity Design (CCD)

Frec,a = Fallow,a ⋅ fRx ⋅ fRy ⋅ fAx ⋅ fAy

The recommended allowable load for an anchor or group of s min ≤ s < s cr

where: s cr = critical spacing between adjacent loaded anchors;

For example, the recommended tension load corresponding to α = exponent, 1 ≤ α ≤ 2

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

4.1.8.4 Bolt Bending - ASD

α M = 2 standoff installation with rotational restraint,

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

4.1.9.1 Load Distribution 4.1.9.2 General Requirements

whereby φNn and φVn are the controlling design strengths

φ N n = min | φ N sa, φ nN pn, φ N sbg, φ N cbg |

Steel failure of a ductile steel element:

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

where futa ≤ 1.9fya ≤ 125,000 psi (860 MPa)

Failure characterized by concrete breakout, side-face blowout,

Ψ ed,N Ψ c,N Ψ cp,N Nb

A Nc = area defined by projecting from the

Ψ ec,N = modification factor for anchor groups

Ψ ed,N = modification factor for near edges for single

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

Note that ACI 318-05 refers to k c ( ≡ k cr ) as the “coefficient for

relevant ICC-ES acceptance criteria. A summary of values for

Designation k cr k uncr Ψec,N

*HSL-3 M81 ca1 ca2,1 ca2,2 s

Example of determination of h'ef in a stem wall

The pullout strength of anchors loaded in tension is

Npn = Ψ c,P Np (D-14)

Np = for post-installed anchors, pullout strength

ICC-ES acceptance criteria

Ψ c,P = modification factor for concrete that is

anticipated to remain uncracked for the

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

Vsa = n 0.6A se futa (D-20) Vcp = k cp Ncb (D-29)

Vua ≤ 0.2 φVn φ Nn ≥ Nua

Vcbg = A Vc Ψ ec,V Ψ ed,V Ψ c,V Vb (D-22) If Nua ≤ 0.2 φ Nn φVn ≥ Vua